CD CO CD - The Department of Education
Transcription
CD CO CD - The Department of Education
a m CD cr CD 3a» CD CD CD c z CD f— r o c ~ CD CO T c«_ c r m c o CD CD EDUCATION DEPARTMENT W E S T E R N AUSTRALI A W.J. ROONEY L I B R A R Y I Books are available to superintendents, teachers and staff generally. II Books are to be returned by date due. m Borrowers will be held responsible for damage to books or to replace total loss. IV Books are posted free of cost to borrowers outside the metropolitan area. 20387/7/82—10M—D267 EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WESTERN AUSTRALIA W. J. ROONEY LIBRARY INFORMATION SERVICE ^ (I " tea ch ers; ' ( ' ' n s f c v ^ i ' -ii b c a x U ) * y No- J-M X 1 S T J _/ „;iZ.I “ H P " 'S T - TO THE EDUCATION CIRCULAR VOLUME II. ( J u ly , 1 8 9 9 —- J u n e , 1 9 0 0 .) A. P P Absence of Teachers ... Absentee Cards Accommodation (E rratu m ) ... Accounts ... ... ... Addresses (private) of Teachers Adelaide U niversity Exam inations Admission of Children Admission Register, Form s for Age R eturn Appointments, Permanency of Appointments, etc. ... ... Arbor Day Arithmetic, Teaching of Associations (Teachers’) Attendance, H in t re ... age 111 3 2 .............. 126 118 ... 71 14 24 2 ■ 75 ... .. 1,13, 23, 24, 35,47, 59, 81,107,117 111 55 9,10, 20, 24, 43, 57, 74, 105,115, 123,131,135 37 B. Banks, School ... Beaconsfield Accommodation ... Bearing a t School Book, Notice of Bootless Children B rush Drawing... 2 2 17 126 1 4,14, 25, 48, 134 Brush-work M aterial ... 118 Building Inspectors of W orks Departm ent .. 2 Buildings, Care of 108 Bursaries .. ... ... 2, 28 Bursaries (A pril) Exam ination—Questions set, Notes, Results 128 c Candidates for P u pil Teachership, Examina tion re ... ... ... __ 82 Cardboard Modelling ... Certificates (Teachers’) Certificates, re lapse of tim e between “ B 1 ” and “ A ” ...................................................... Chimneys, Cleaning of Chicken-pox ... ... ... ... " . . . Classification of Schools and Teachers for 1900 ... , ......................................... Clay M odelling... Cleaning Allowance Closing of Schools by Medical Officers Clubs, R eading... Collecting Subscriptions, re ... Colour, H ints on Committees, School Management (See “ Dis trict Boards” ). *' Composition ... ... ... ... 5, Compulsion Compulsion under new Act. ... Continuation School ... Contributions to Circular Coolgardie Exhibition; Awards Copy Books, M arking of Corporal Punishm ent ... Correspondence Culture as a D uty of the Citizen Curriculum, a wider age 5 24 126 117 110 59 120 118 125 2 108 40 38, 52, 115 n O 24 118 36 ■7 4 4i '3, 5,117 127 18 D. Decorations Denmark (W .A.) Desk R eturn Diarrhoeal Affections Dictation D iphtheria Discipline Diseases of the Eye Diseases (infectious) Dismissing children boots f° 0 0 0 3 1 4 ......................................... ... ... through not wearing 111 15 1 111 0 110 17, 29, 41 77 109 1 ii. IN D E X D istrict B o ard s, etc. 2 ,11, 20, 33. 44, 58, 76, 106,116, 123, 135 20, 36, 72 113.126 50.126 4, 25 4 P ])r awing Drawing, Scale .... Drawing Syllabus Drawing, in Teachers’ Examination Drawing in Sand TO II. P age Holiday Fares Holidays ............................ E. 36, 45, 49 23. 24 24 48 48 18,32,43,56 23, 24 2, 3, 14 K. 3 15 32, 55, 111 13, 14, 15, 29, 51 14 24 Geography for Standard II. Government Exhibitions H. H ealth Regulations History, Teaching of 109 27 32 .Karri L. Leaf Drawing ... Leave, re extension of ... ... L ibrary (School) Library (Reference), Catalogue ... 36 23 121 8 ,2 4 ,5 0 M. M anners ... ... ... ... M anual Training Class for Teachers ... Map Teaching ... M aps (Relief) ... ... ... Measles ... M edal W inners, 1899 ... Medical Certificates Medical Officers, Closing of Schools by Meetings of D istrict Boards, R eturn of Metal-working Class ... Modelling ... ... " ... Modelling, M aterial for Monitors Examinations, 1899, R esults M oral Lessons M ultiplication Table, Teaching of Mumps ... Murchison Goldfields ... 113 13, 108 32 112 110 72 48 125 2 108, 5,112,120 71 69 25 50 110 29, 51 N. "National Education Needham, E .W . H . (Chief Clerk) Needlework Notes N otation Box ... G. Gardens, Seeds for Geographical Terms ... Geography, Teaching Geography, Local 18 ... ... Fares, Reduced Pees, Abolition of Pees for over-age pupils, re Pee Returns Porrn “ D ” ............... Forestry of TV. A. Free Education Pree Railway Tickets ... .. 2 36 24,111 3 J. Ja rra h 24 47,118 18 25 ...3 ,1 1 ,2 1 ,3 4 , 44, 48, 57, 75,105,111, 116,124,135 2 E rratu m ... ... ................ Examination, Individual subjects ............... Examination of Teachers (see “ Teachers Examination of P u p il Teachers (see “ P upil Teachers”). Examination of M onitors (see “ M onitors” ). 28 Examination Papers, Bursaries 82 Do. do. Teachers 94 Do. do. Pux^il Teachers 47, 71 Examination of Schools, Changes in ... 99, 82 Examinei's, Teachers’ Exam ination ... 89, 100 Exam iners’ Remarks 1899 Exam ination 4 Exercise Boots, M arking of ... 72 Exhibitions and Scholarships—R esults 3 Experim ental Seed Plots 77 Eyes, Diseases of—H in ts re ... age .. 3(5,45, 49 3, 23 I. Individual Subjects In fa n t Teachers, hints to Inquiry Admission Form s Instructions, R eprint of 6 E. Education Act ... Education Circular, The Education, National ... Efficient Schools Entertainm ents VOL. 18 74 37 119 0. Obituary Notices Object L essons... Observation Training ... Official Documents, Publication of ... 111 ... 5,119,126 119 125 P. Pencils, M aking of P e rth Evening School ... P lan of School, re Drawing Plym pton School Bank ... ... ..; 26 118 126 2 INDEX. P Private Schools ............................ ... Prize List, C o m p ilin g ................ ... ... P rizes ... ... ... ... ... ... Public W orks Depai-tment, Building I n spectors ... ... ... ... ... Publication of Official Documents ............... P ublic Service Bill and Teachers' ................ P unishm ent Book ... ... ... ... P u p il Teachers, Railway Concessions to ... P u p il Teachers’ Exam ination ................ P u p il Teachers’ Exam ination, 1899, R esults ............... P u p il Teachers, Needlework ... P u p il Teachers’ Exam ination, 1899, Ques tions set ... ... ... ... ... P u p il Teachers’ Exam ination, 1899, E xa m iner’s rem arks ... ... ... ... R. Railway Tickets (Scholars’) ... Railway Concessions to P u p il Teachers Reading Clubs ... Recess ... Recitation B oots R ed Gum - Registration Regulations, Alterations in Regulations, H ealth ... Religious Instruction ... Remittances, Forwarding R eprint of Instructions Requisitions, Forw arding of ... Respect towards children ............................ R eturn of desks R eturn, Age R eturn, D istrict Boards "Return re Special Religious Instruction R eturn of Fees ... R eturns, Form “ D ” ... TO YOL. II. iii. P age 25 127 3 2 125 244 ,H 8 5 36, 82 69 71 94 100 o 2 3 5 56 13, 36 109,118,125 109 4,13, 24 3 3 1, 118 113 1, 36 2, 36 2 4 48 48 S. Sadler, J . T ............................................................. 118 Salaries of Teachers ... ... ... ... 24, 48, 74 Sand Drawing, Modelling ... ... ... 6,111 Scarlet Fever ... ... ... ... ... 110 Scholars, Railway Concession to (see also under Free Railway Tickets) ................ 5 Scholarships and Exhibitions, R esults ... 72 School Buildings, use of ............................ 49 School M anagement Committee (see “ D istrict Boards ”) School P apers ... ... ... ... ... 4 School Sports (Frem antle Boys) ................ 49 Schools’ Classification, 1900 ... ... ... 59 Seeds, Supply of Sewing M aterial Sickness, Medical Certificate ? “ Sitting Still ” Slate Fram es, Repairing of Small Pox Smoking (cigarette) Spelling Stock Notes Subscription Collecting Supervisors, Works D epartm ent Swimming Class (Girls) T. Teachers’ Associations (see “ A ssociations” ). Teachers’ Classification, 1900 ... ... Teachers’ Examinations, D rawing ... ... Teachers’ Examination, Results of Supple mentary ... ... ... ... ... Tea.chers’ Examination, Notice re ... ... Teachers’ Examination, 1899, R esults ... Teachers’ Examination, 1899, Questions set Teachers’ Examination, 1899. Exam iners’ Rem arks ... Teachers’ Examinations, re period between “ B1 ” and “ A ” ............... . Temperance Training of observation Tramway Tickets for children Transfers (see “ Appointments ”). Transvaal Travelling Expenses, Vouchers for Trees (see “ Forestry of W .A .”). T uart Use of Schools ... ' U. ... • age 3 2 48 29 34 110 73 t; 5,11, 34, 44, 76,116,124, 135 108 2 49 59 4 9 36 69 82 89 126 25 119 84 52 118 43 49 ■ V. Vacations, etc., for 1900 Vine-leaf, Lesson on ... W. W ater, Lesson on W est A ustralian Teachers’ Union, Annual Conference W hooping Cough W oodw orting Class, Syllabus W o rt, Children leaving school for . 71 16 122 131 110 108,126 25 WESTERN AUSTRALIA. No. - A U S T R t^ ' PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. No. 1.] JU L Y , 1899. [Vol. II. A P P O IN T M E N T S , T R A N S F E R S , ETC. Name. Sdiool, Office. Classification. Young, H ugh ............................. Grace, Sydney J. ................ Barnes, T. W allis ................ Olley, Jacob ............................. Subiaco ... ................ Y o r k ....................................................... G-reenough Central ................ .......................................... Nannine A cting H.T. H.T. H.T., temp. H .T. B1 B1 B2, temp. C2 Nielson, E l l e n ............................. TJduc* H.T. Braddock, Roma Boulder ................ Boulder Lee, Ida ... Cameron,1E f f i e ............................. Prem antle North Infants’ ................ Subiaco ... ................ Shelley, Lucy ...' ................ Grace, L eslie E ................................. Y o r k ....................................................... ................ M idland Junction ... Lindfield, Thomas Connolly, M a r y ................ H ighgate .......................................... Binney, Catherine ................ North Prem antle ... ................ ................ Frem antle Infants’... W heeler, Georgina Tuke, Stanley ............................. P erth Carpentry C la s s e s ................ Qfctaway, H ild a M ay i ................ P erth Girls’ ... Egan, Mary P . ... . ... Cue ... ... ................ ... ................ Bunee, Elizabeth A ...................... Mt. Barker ... Crogan, K ate ............................. W aigerup ................ ................ Ventura, Lucy -............................. Moonyonooka ................ M cIntyre (B.A.), A ugustus T. Grass V alley A. A., temp. A. P.T. P.T. P.T. P.T. P.T. P.T. P.T. Mon. Mon. S.M. Mon. and S.M. S.M. H.T. 4th Class 2nd Class 4th Class 4th Class 4 th Class 4th Class 3rd Class C l prov. Salary per mmnm. £ s. d. 150 0 0 220 0 0 ISO 0 0 100 & £ 1 2 allowance. A s par Re gulations. 70 0 0 70 0 0 SO 0 0 16 3 0 44 0 0 20 0 0 16 L 0 16 0 0 16 0 0 32 Ci 0 30 0 0 37 10 0 12 0 0 42 0 0 12 0 J 120 0 0 * New School. BOO TLESS C H IL D R E N . Several times lately it lias been brought to the notice of the D epartm ent th a t children have been sent out of school because they came w ithout boots. Such a course is quite beyond the province of the teacher. A teacher has, of course, every righ t to see th a t children come neat and clean, as th a t is p art of their necessary training. They have also the rig h t to see th a t they come clothed sufficiently for decency, but they have no rig h t to dictate to parents, or to force upon poor parents such a thing as the provision of boots. In all probability it is much healthier for children to go w ithout boots during their early years, and.it- is quite possible th a t parents m ight reasonably send children to school bare-footed on principle. U R G E N T R E Q U IS IT IO N S . Several times recently teachers have w ritten in to say they supposed th a t only the A nnual Requisitions need be sent through the D istrict Board, as they were mentioned in R egulation 196 as amended. Teachers seem to have forgotten th a t Regulation 132 still remains intact, b u t now th a t Regulations 130 and 131 have been amended, veiy few requisitions, if any, will be accepted, except the annual ones. - I n Regulation 196, therefore, only th e A nnual Requisitions were referred to, b u t anything very urgent is still allowed to come in under Regulation 132. , D E SK R E T U R N . The head teachers of the different schools are requested to send in at once a return, showing the num ber and length, of the desks in their schools. W here there is more th an one room, the num ber in each room should be given sepa rately. Remarks may be made a t the foot of the retu rn as to whether the desks have slate-slots and shelves, and also as to whether there is a gallery for the infants. F o r the TH E 9 EDUCATION sake of uniformity, it would be as well if the return were made out in th e following sh ap e:— ; Rooms. N S iz e um ber of D esk s. Children’s. Infants’. AGS R ETU R N . H ead Teachers of all schools are requested to forward as early as possible a retu rn showing the num ber of children in attendance during the last school week in 1898, divided into three groups, viz., under six years, between six and 14, and over 14. F or convenience and uniformity the return m ight be drawn up as indicated below :— Gerls. B oys. 6 to 14. [J uly, 1899. D IS T R IC T BO A R D M E E T IN G S . Hon. Secretaries of D istrict Boards are reminded th a t th eir half-yearly returns of meetings, etc., for the six m onths ended June are now due. L ength of Desks. ; Leug-tli and , x Breadtli. i Under 6. CIRCULAR. Over 14. Total. | Under 6. 6 to 14. ! Over 14. Total. | ERRATUM . Through an error the accommodation of Beaeonsfield School was set down in last m onth’s Circular as -300. This should read 3-50. S E W IN G M A T E R IA L . I t does not seem to be understood bv all sewing mis tresses th a t the D epartm ent supplies the m aterials for the exercises in needlew ork: but, of course, application m ust be made for same. The D epartm ent does not, however, supply m aterial for the garments, as the parents are ex pected to provide that. R E A D IN G CLUBS. The H ead M aster of the Albany School has, with the concurrence of the Department, formed Reading Clubs at his school—one for boys and one for girls. The subscrip tion is Id. per week, and w ith the money th u s raised suit able periodicals are purchased for the children to peruse in the school during lunch time and before and after school, preference being given to the English illustrated news papers and magazines. I t is thought th a t good pictures of current events will be of great benefit in arousing the children’s interest in w hat is taking place in the world. P L Y M P T O N SCHOOL P E N N Y B A N K . W e have received a copy of the balance sheet of the Plym pton School Penny B ank, duly audited by Messrs. W . E. W ray and H oward Evans, for the half-year ended June 30, 1899. I t shows th a t the am ount deposited during tliat period was .£42 13s. 8d. The withdrawals totalled J26 Is. 2d., leaving a balance in th e hands of the H ead Teacher of =£36 i2s. 6d. The to tal num ber of depositors was 9-5, and of these eight had sums of over £ 1 to their credit. V IS IT S 02? B U IL D IN G IN S P E C T O R S . • I f any Inspector of Buildings comes to a school on behalf of the Public W orks D epartm ent, the head teacher will, of course, give him every facility for examining the building and quarters. Any Supervisor or Inspector of the Public W orks D epartm ent should have with him a warrant, signed “ A. D. Bell, Superintendent of Public Buildings.” SCH O LARS’ F R E E R A IL W A Y T IC K E T S. I n connection with the issue of Scholars’ Free Railway Tickets, the D epartm ent, in order to save time and trouble, has made the following arrangem ent:—The teacher should fill up the form and forward it to the D epartm ent for the Inspector General’s endorsement, and the D epartm ent will send it on direct to the Station Master. Teachers m aking application should, therefore, see th a t the name of the station from which the ticket is to be issued is duly inserted in the form. IN D IV ID U A L E X A M IN A T IO N SU B JE C T S. Inquiries have been made as to whether the notification regarding examinations in the February Ch-cular, page 49, does not clash w ith the notes •as to the coming into force of the new Regulations in the M arch Circular, page 83. A careful study of the two will show, we think, the distinc tion th a t is intended. F o r purposes of the examination individually and collectively no changes will be made u n til January 1, 1900; th a t is, u n til th a t date Geography and E nglish will be individual subjects, and Drawing a class subject. A fter th a t date these will be reversed; Geography and English will be class subjects, and Drawing an individual subject. W riting and Spelling will be separated and treated as two individual subjects. Regula tions 170 and 171, as amended, give this information. The M arch Circular, however, under the head of “ Curriculum,” prescribes th a t certain amendments to the Regulations would come into force on the 30th June, and this was perhaps a somewhat misleading phrase. W hat was in tended was th a t the amendments to the actual curriculum, all of which are very small, should come into force on June 30, b u t th a t the alterations to the kind of examination in these subjects should not be interfered w ith till 1900. F o r example, English will now be examined on the lines of the curriculum as laid doivn in the amended Regulations, but still as an individual subject for schools examined during the current year. The alterations are very trivial indeed, and it was thought th a t teachers could quite easily, between M arch and their examinations, teach such small changes as were laid down. B U R S A R IE S . There has been some doubt as to the Bursary Exam i nations. I t has been decided th a t, in lieu of the announce ments made in the March Circular as to the examinations to be taken, the Bursary Exam ination immediately follow J uly, 1899.] THE EDUCATION ing the school examination m ust be taken in every case. This is intended to allow children, to go in as soon as possible after tlaey are qualified, as the work will be of much th e same character as in the ordinary Standard E x amination. This change was notified in th e Amended Regulations sent to the schools, b u t seems to have escajied notice. ■ Thursday and Friday, 24th and 25th August, have been fixed as the dates for the next B ursary Exam i nation. E X P E R IM E N T A L S E E B PL O T S. The Lands D epartm ent has placed a small supply of seeds at.th e disposal of this D epartm ent for distribution in the schools, with a view to the establishm ent of experi m ental and educational plots for th e benefit of the scholars. The following i's a list of the seeds in q u estio n :— Cereals. W heat Maize Vegetables. Flowers. Poppies French Marigolds Sweet Peas G-omphrena Cosmos H elipterum L arkspur Sunflower Candytuft. Tomatoes Vegetable Marrows Cucumbers Pum pkins Rock Melons W ater Melons W e shall be glad to have applications immediately from any teachers who feel th a t they could properly utilise this P R IZ E S . I n Circular 98/1, issued on the 8th January, 1898, it ■was stated th a t children attending punctually and regu la r ly every half-day during which th e schools are open throughout the year wTill be presented w ith a book and a special medal. By the year mentioned is m eant the school year, or the year ending with the m onth previous to the examination of each school. A book, b u t not a medal, will be given to those who have been late or absent on only fifteen or less half-days. I n schools where the year is already completed teachers should forw ard th e names of those they recommend to receive these special prizes. The recommendations m ust state the num ber of half-days the school was opened, the name in full, age and standard of the child, and the number of attendances made. I n schools where the school year has not extended over twelve months the following course will be ad o p ted :—Medals, if won, will be given at the expiration of twelve months from, the commencement of the school year. Prizes will be given on the attendance for the actual school year, and the num ber of half-days allowed for absences and late attendances will be in proportion to the possible a t tendances if the school year had extended over the full twelve months. R E P R I N T OF IN S T R U C T IO N S . Certain numbers of the Circular are now out of print, and cannot therefore be furnished to new schools. I t is necessary th a t where certain definite instructions as to the programme have been given, these should be revived for the CIRCULAR. 3 benefit of those who may n o t have seen them. The follow ing are m atters which it seems im portant new schools should have before th e m :— Holidays.—I n Regulation 137 there is a list of special holidays. Unless under special circumstances, schools should not remain open on those days, and in no case without the permission of the D epartm ent.—Circular No. 1. Morning Recess.—Certain teachers seemed to think th a t the ten minutes recess in the morning was permissive only. R egulation 89, however, is quite explicit th a t there shall be a recess of ten m inutes for the elder children, and twenty minutes for infants. Teachers should not keep any children in during this recess, wrhich is intended solely for the benefit of their health, and to enable the rest of the m orning’s lessons to be earned out more easily by them. The schoolrooms should also be aired during this recess.—Circular No. 2. School Entertainments.—To place these entertainm ents on a proper footing, it is deemed advisable th a t notice should be forwarded to the D epartm ent when it is proposed to organise an entertainm ent, stating the purpose for which it is to be held. To protect teachers from state ments which have been made to the Departm ent, a state ment, with receipted accounts attached, should be forwarded to the D epartm ent for publication in the Circular.—Circular No. 3. Compulsion.—F or the more efficient enforcement of the Compulsory Clauses of the Education Act, teachers m ust furnish Compulsory Officers, on Form E, with the names of all children who have left school, and whose names have been removed from the Register. This form would then serve as a fortnightly compilation of children leaving any district. The reasons for striking off names from the Register should always be stated for the inform ation and guidance of the Compulsory Officer.— Circular No. 4. Forwarding Remittances and Correspondence. — W hen enclosing stamps or postal orders with letters, returns, etc., care should be taken to attach them in such a manner as to prevent th eir being overlooked. Loose coins should on no account be forwarded, as this is contrary to tbe Postal Regulations. Communications m ust not be forwarded in unfranked envelopes. W hen the school supply of envelopes is running out, a requisition for replenishment should be forwarded. The D epartm ent is-liable to be surcharged for every letter and packet sent unfranked and -without sufficient postage.—Ibid. Absentee Cards.—Representations having been made to the D epartm ent th a t in certain instances it is difficult to obtain inform ation from the parents through th e medium of the ordinary absentee card, a supply of these cards, bearing the frank stamp of the D epartm ent, has been procured. W hen forwarding, the card should be enclosed in an envelope and addressed to the parent. Their use m ust be resorted to only when the ordinary card cannot fulfil its purpose. A limited num ber will be issued to the principal schools, and an explanation will be required of any extravagance in their use. As this innovation involves the Depai-tment in double postage, the strictest economy m ust be exercised.— Ibid. Scholars’ Railway Tickets.—The following are the regulations under which free tickets are granted by the 4 TH E EDUCATION Railway D ep artm en t:—Free school tickets are issued to enable any child to travel to a State school, provided th at such school is th e one nearest to the residence of the parents or guardians of such child. The tickets are issued free, and no liability attaches to the Commissioner of Railways in regard to any journeys made upon them. They are available between the stations named thereon for the purpose of attending school for one journey each way on school days only, and th e holders are subject to the Commissioner’s by-laws and regulations for passengers. Free tickets will only be issued to children living outside tbe school radius of two miles. Distances are to be m easured by the nearest road. The tickets m ust be given up on date of expiry. Should the train service to the nearest school not be convenient, tickets may be issued to the school most suitably served by the train s running. I f there are no passenger trains by which thechildren can travel, they are to be allowed to travel in the brake van of goods trains, provided th a t no girl be perm itted to travel alone with the guard in such brake van. Form s of application for free tickets can be obtained a t any railway station.— Circular No. 5. Religions Instniction.— Sub-section 3 of Section 18 of the Act sta te s:—“ W here two or more clergymen, or other religious teachers of different persuasions, desire to give l-eligious instruction at any Government school, the children of each such religious persuasion shall be so in structed on different days.” The M inister has held th a t this applies only to small schools; b u t where two different class rooms can be provided, the different denominations can teach on th e same day, as the intention of the A ct was merely to prevent two teachers being in the same room. Of course no children m ust be allowed to attend the religious instruction of any teacher unless belonging to th e denomination which th a t teacher represents. The heads of the denominations may delegate th eir powers to any individual under the Act, b u t unless the teacher is either a m inister or an accredited delegate of a denomina tion, he cannot teach, and, of course, he can only teach the children of th a t denomination. No children of other denominations can be sent in to the religious teacher w ith out contravention of the Act. ’The denomination assigned to the children under Regulation 96, and w ritten in the Registers, will be the teacher’s guide as to w hat classes to assign to any special religious instructor. Should a parent send a w ritten notice to the teacher th a t he wishes his children to atten d the instniction given by some indivi dual not of th e denomination placed against their names in the register, it may be assumed th a t the parent wishes to change the denomination of the children, and they may be allowed to attend the class; but, w ithout th is written request from th e parent, no teacher is a t liberty to allow any child to attend a class of any religious instructor unless it is of the denomination of which th e instructor is representative. The Departm ent attaches great importance to the special religious instruction in the schools, and hopes th a t teachers will make special efforts to make th is p art of th e curriculum of the greatest possible use to the children. N o t only is the Bible the greatest literary and historical book in th e English language, b u t it contains the highest ethical code and the noblest pattern life th a t th is world has ever seen.— Circular No. 6. CIRCULAR: [ J u ly , 1899. Corporal Punishment.—I t has come to the notice of the D epartm ent th a t some teachers are under the impression minor punishm ents are not to be entered in the P u n ish ment Book. The Regulations say th a t all cases are to be so entered. I t is, of course, desirable to reduce corporal punishm ent to a m inim um ; b u t a book which has no punishm ents noted in it is not always a sign th a t the school is being well conducted, and the D epartm ent would much prefer to see a fair modicum of corporal punishm ent duly entered than have suspicion raised by the statem ents of various teachers, when individual cases are noticed, th a t they did not think they had to do w hat is clearly laid down in the Regulations.—Ibid. Marking of Copy Boohs.—Teachers, in spite of frequent reminders from Inspectors, still fail to m ark the Copy Books and Exercise Books, or to p u t in the dates of lessons. The dates of each copy and lesson should always be w ritten in by the children. This is valuable to the children themselves as a study in business exactness, and is also necessary for the Inspectors to properly test the progress throughout the books. —Ibid. School Papers.—Applications for an alteration in the m onthly supply of School Papers m ust reach the D epart m ent before the 10th day of the preceding month. Unless received then, no change can be made.—Ibid. Special Religious Instruction.—The teachers of those schools in which special religious instruction is given shoidd forward, w ith th eir other returns a t the close of the school year, a schedule showing particulars of the visits paid by the Instructors from the commencement of the year. A copy of the page in the Attendance Registers con taining this information will meet all requirements. There are still some m isunderstandings about the giving of religious lessons by outside teachers. M oral and general religious lessons are to be given only by the school teachers themselves in accordance with the Regulations. Special religious instruction can only be given to members of a special denomination by the accredited representative of th a t denomination. The teacher is not therefore at liberty to accept th e services of any evangelist who may come into the neighbourhood.—Circular No. 7. The Drawing Syllabus.—W ith reference to the Drawing Syllabus, teachers in m any cases still seem to think th a t they are a t liberty to go on with the old style of drawing. The D epartm ent does not wish the old style of drawingcontinued a t all, in any school. The Teachers’ Examination in Freehand and Blackboard Draw ing will be on the lines of th a t Syllabus, and not on th e old lines. I n the Examinations of Teachers, D raw ing will be made a failing subject. A s a first stage in the introduction into schools of the Syllabus, small drawing blackboards and chalk will be su pplied. The boards are made to fit into the slate slots of the desks, and can thus be used by the children for the arm ’s length drawing, which is such an im portant feature of the new style. W hen the children have made some progress, it will be found useful to do more perm anent work by fixing brown paper to the boards, and allowing the children to draw on th a t in chalk. The brown paper will, for the present, be supplied in small quantities by the D epartm ent. The brush drawing m ust not be taken u n til a satisfactory commencement has been made J l' l t , 1 8 9 9 .] TH E EDUCATION with the chalk work. Teachers m ust state when they are prepared to go on w ith the brush work, and an initial supply of th e m aterial will be sent. A t first, and until the children have m astered the use of the brush, coloured inks will be found an economical substitute for the “ p ain ts” which are to be used later. The red and black ink powders now available can be used in this way. The colours will be provided in small tubes, and must be care fully and sparingly used. F or mixing, a tin tin g saucer will be supplied for every two children. As a guide to teachers, copies ot' J. Y aughan’s work on Brush Drawing, already recommended, will be issued for circulation. Only a small supply of lliese will be available, so th a t no teacher will be perm itted to retain a copy beyond a reasonable time. I n using the work, though it contains numberless designs, it is im portant to remember th a t B rush Drawing m ust never degenerate into mere copying. The teaching of invention and design m ust be the very essence of the new system if it is to be the educational factor th a t it can be.—Ibid. Modelling in Cardboard.— Schools prepared to take up C ardboard' Modelling as M anual W ork for the Upper Classes, or as preparatory work for the Woodwork Classes already established, can now be supplied with th e necessary material. This consists of m ottled grey cardboard in sheets 22in. x 15in., binding paper 30in. x 20in., book binder’s cloth 39in. wide, tracing cloth 30in. wide, bottles of gloy and fish glue, w ith the following tools :—Scissors, knives, and brass rulers. A series of cards for class work will accompany these. A few copies of a standard work on the subject are on hand. Teachers m ay borrow these books for lim ited periods, b u t every care m ust be taken of the volumes.—Ibid. Correspondence.—I n all correspondence with the D epart ment care should be taken to quote the num ber, if any, of the letter received from the D epartm ent.—Circular No. 8. Railway Concessions to P u p il Teachers and Scholars.— The Railway D epartm ent announce th a t .on and after the 1st December, 1898, Season Tickets will be issued to P upil Teachers and Scholars as hereunder:— P u p il T eachers. A t half-rates to those under th e age of 18 years. A t tw o-third rates to those over the age of 18 and under 21 years of age. N o t e . —P upil Teachers m ust produce a certificate from the H ead of the School where they are employed. (a.) (b.) Scholars. Season Tickets a t one-quarter of th e ordinary fare will be issued to scholars under the age of 18 years, on produc tion of the necessary certificate from the H ead of the School th a t they attend. This new Regulation is not intended to affect the Free School Tickets.—Ibid. Macmillan’s Recitation Boohs.—There appears to be little inquiry on the p art of teachers for Macmillan’s Series of Recitation Books. These useful publications are supplied at the low rate of Id. each for Standards I., II., and I II., and a t 2d. each for the higher Standards. Their use is distinctly recommended in the R egulations.—Ibid. CIRCULAE. ■5 S P E L L IN G . I t is still common in the schools to find too m uch of the old laborious learning by rote of hard spellings. The other day in a country school complaint was made th a t the parents were forced to buy expensive reading books, and the teacher, when asked whether it was not sufficient for the children to take home the School Paper, said th a t for home work she always gave a list of spellings out of the reading book to be learnt by heart. The Regulations point out th a t spelling is to be tau g h t by the eve chiefly, and not by the ear. Our language is so full of anomalies th a t all attem pts a t teaching by uniform method are likely to fail. I t is for this reason th a t word-building is only set down for certain portions of the school, and should not be carried on throughout all the Standards. In the infant classes it is of value, and in the senior classes it may be used in connection with prefixes, but care m ust be taken th a t it is properly used, and th a t word-building does n o t mean th a t many uncommon and useless words are learnt simply to compare or contrast them w ith others. W h at is really our aim is th a t ihe common words used in every-day talk shall be spelt correctly by the children when they write. To learn to spell a num ber of rare words which the children are never likely to need in real life is really a waste of time. As a m atter of fact, it is the common words in which the children usually fail in examinations, and this even in the composition of the upper classes. In the dic tation lessons teachers cannot be too careful to see th a t the children get an opportunity of learning the'difficult words beforehand. A very good plan is for the teacher to collect a list of anomalous words used in every-day life, and make sentences or compos:tion embodying them. I f the teachers took some trouble to map out th eir spelling for the year, so th a t the difficult words in the reading books, as well as the ordinary words of anomalous form, were worked into com position lessons, great improvements would result. The D epartm ent requires a considerable amount of composition from the children, but this composit'on must, of course, be very simple in form, and it is intended to bear practical, fruit. Dictation is not so valuable, even for spelling, as composition, and a short piece, which should embody one or two words w ritten on the board, and carefully thought out beforehand, would include the spelling advan tages of a dictation lesson with the greater intelligence brought out by making the children form th eir own sentences. Transcription is a very valuable exercise in the younger classes, as it teaches by the eye, and should lead to neatness and care in copying small words as well as the more difficult ones. OBJECT L E SSO N IN S T R U C T IO N . I n the “ Practical Teacher ” for February, an Inspector writes as follows :—“ Object Lesson instruction does not receive as much time as it should. In many schools, w hilst two-hundred and fifty minutes go to Reading, and the same to Number, only sixty to seventy are devoted to Object Lessons. I should say an Object Lesson is of as much, value as a Reading L sson, and I would give at least one lesson of twenty to th irty m inutes’ duration daily to the first and second-class infants. I n the standards, where possible, arrange for a continuity of instruction in this subject. One advantage of the Scotch system of ha,ving a TH E (3 EDUCATION .CIRCULAR. principal over all departments is the due gradation and intervening of th e various departments. One sometimes finds Standard I I I ., and even Standard IV., receiving Object Lessons which have been done to death in the infant school and lower standards.” In the same issue there is an article on Sand Drawing, as a means of illustrating Object Lessons. F o r the information of teachers, we reproduce the article ; b u t at the same time it seems th a t an equally satisfactory result could be achieved by the children drawing direct from the object on th eir slates or drawing boards, or by the teacher illustrating the object on the blackboard, and the children copying his drawiugs. “ Sand Drawing, as a means of illustrating Object Lessons, is of considerable value, and for the training of the powers of observation there is no better occupation. The child who has been trained to look steadily at, and examine minutely, the forms and aspects of things m ust naturally, in later life, be a better observer of things round him,, and consequently derive much more pleasure and enjoyment from the beauties of nature, fine paintings, and the harmonising of colours ; and also be better prepared to do his work in after life th a n a child who has been in the habit of gazing at things in an indifferent and aimless manner. No teacher will have failed to notice with what keen interest the children watch the progress of a drawing on the blackboard. However dull and uninterested they may have been previously, as soon as the teacher begins to draw, interest is aroused a t once. Illustrating th e lessons on the blackboard is a valuable means of training, b u t how much greater m ust the value be when th e drawing is reproduced by the child P The drawing m ust be carefully examined, and each detail noted before it can be copied; thus sand drawing forms the habit of accurate observation. Children take a great interest in this occupation, and, besides training the hand and eye, it develops a taste for drawing. I t is a most inexpensive occupation. The only apparatus required consists of a little Calais sand, sand tray or disused slate, a lead pencil or sharpened skewer. Each teacher would draw her own sketches to correspond with the course of lessons for the year, b u t the following hints may be helpful. The first lesson would be taken on Form, as it is neces sary to have a little practice in drawing lines and curves before attem pting anything more difficult. I .— L esso n on F orm. 1. Lines.—Place a ruler in a horizontal position. Allow the children to say w hat kind of a line it makes. Draw a horizontal line on the blackboard; th is m ust be copied by the children in the sand. Now call upon the children to name the objects they can see w ith horizontal lines—the edge of desks, window sills, etc. Proceed w ith perpendicular and slanting lines in the same manner. "2. Angles.—Show a triangular figure. D raw from the children the num ber of lines and corners, also the kind of [ J u ly , 1899. lines. W hen the teacher lias drawn one line of the triangle, have it copied by the children; complete the triangle; name objects of a triangular figure. Deal with the square and oblong in a similar way. 3. Curves.—Bend a cane; elicit what kind of a line it makes ; proceed to draw a half-circle, and allow the chil dren to copy it. Now draw a circle ; prove th a t it consists of one line, and th a t from the centre to any p art of it the measurement is the sam e; have the circle copied. Now take the o v a l; compare it with the circle. I I . —C h e r r y a n d P l u m c o m p a r e d . The shape would first be dealt with, and each readily named. Draw the children’s attention io the p a rt where the stalk is fastened ‘to the fruit. Draw each shape and have them copied. Now proceed to compare them—the line on the plum, the difference in the stalks, the shape of the stones. As each p art is dealt with draw it. IH .— L esso n on L ea v es. Show different kinds of leaves. (F or exam;do, the gum, fig, and rose leaves—E ditor.) Compare their shape and size; allow the children to find out in what respects they differ; refer to the smooth edges of some, and to the pointed and saw-like edges of others. N ext proceed to the parts of the leaf—the blade, stalk, and veins. Draw each p a rt of the leaf as it is dealt with. IV .—L e s s o n on a T ree. Show the picture of a.tre e; name the different p a rts— trunk, roots, branches, twigs, etc. A s each p a rt is taken, allow the children to draw it. Conclude the lesson by teaching the use of trees, and nam ing articles made of wood. E licit th a t some trees bear fruit. V.— L e s s o n o n a B i r d ’s N e s t a n d E g g s . Show a n e s t; allow the children to find out of what it is made, and where the m aterials are found. Next take the sh ap e; elicit why it is hollow*; proceed to draw the shape. Now proceed with the e g g ; compare the e n d s; show several eggs of different size and colour. D raw the egg, and allow children to copy. V I.— L e s s o n o n a n A p p l e . Proceed with the lesson in the usual way, first talcing the shape, and then drawing it. N ext deal w ith the colour, skin, pulp, core,pips, and stalk. E licit where apples grow; w hat grow on trees beside fru it—leaves; before the fru it grows w hat is seen on the tree—blossom. Now draw a branch, stalk, leaf, and apples. VJJL.— H o r s e a n d Cow c o m p a r e d . Show a picture of a horse and cow; compare the size ; next examine the head of eac h ; elicit th a t the cow has horns, the horse is without th e m ; draw the shape of a cow’s horns. The horse has a mane, b u t the cow has not. Now proceed with the different pai-ts of the body. Com pare th e tails ; draw each, and allow the children to copy. I t will be noticed th a t the hoofs are different; proceed to draw th e m ; elicit th a t the horse and cow eat the same kind of food, b u t in a different m anner.” J uly, TH E 1899.] EDUCATION COOLGARDIE E X H IB IT IO N A W A R D S, The following awards have been given by the judges at the Coolgardie Exhibition for th e different exhibits in the Educational Court. The D epartm ent is glad to congratu late teachers on these awards. A pparently, though not many schools exhibited, there was a very fair show of work for so young a colony as ours. The exhibits were chiefly arranged and supervised by Mr. Clayton, head-m aster of the Coolgardie school, and to him the D epartm ent and the teachers concerned owe their thanks fo r the trouble he took in the m atter. In d iv id u a l A w ards. —Exercise Boohs: Jan e H orton, 1st C e rt.; T. Sullivan, 2nd C e rt.; Grace Carlyon, 3rd Cert. A lbany. B e a c o n s f i e l d .—D raw ini: W m. Letchford. 1st Cert. ; Carl Carson, 2nd C e rt.; E ric Brown, 3rd Cert. Map D raw ing: Annie G-rahatn, 1st C ert.; Ivy Eraser, 2nd C e rt.; Lucy Marshall, 3rd Cert. Needlework: Annie Graham, 1st C e rt.; Charlotte Stewart, 2nd Cert. B everley . —Exercise Boohs: S. W illiams, 1st Cert. B o u l d e r .— Writing: R. Crotehett, 1st C ert. ; C. Mons, 2nd C e rt.; L. H orton, 3rd Cert. C o o l g a r d i e . —Exercise Boolcs: S. McAdam, 1st C e rt.; D. Kinnear, 2nd C e rt.; E. Bigg, 3rd Cert. Needlework: E . M arker, 1st C ert.; M. H udson, 2nd C ert.; D. Arnold, 3rd Cert. Fancy W o rk: E. Marker, 1st Cert. ; 0 . Kingsbury, 2nd Cert. Map Drawing: W . Taylor, 1st C ert.; H . Rigg, 2nd C e rt.; E. Bigg, 3rd Cert. Penm anship: Geo. Halliday, 1st C e rt.; R obert Eindall, 2nd C e rt.; D. Kinnear, 3rd. Cert. Drawing: Lucy Brom'ield, 1st Cert. Copy B ooks: G\ Halliday, 1st C e rt.; Olive Morgan, 2nd C e rt.; E lsa McNeill, 3rd Cert. D a y D a w n . —Map Drawing: Mary Egan, 1st Cert.; Eileen-Egan, 2nd C ert.; A. Menzies, 3rd Cert. Writing: Eileen Egan, 1st C ert.; Lily Egan, 2nd Cert.; F. Menzies, 3rd Cert. Bookbinding: Eileen Egan, 1st. C e rt.; Lily Egan, 2nd Cert. D e n m a r k M i l l . — Exercise Books: Robert Ross, 1st Cert.; Id a Price, 2nd C ert.; K ate Snell, 3rd Cert. F r e m a n t l e B o y s ’.— Map Draw'ng: Sydney Reading, 1st C e rt.; A lan Manthorpe, 2nd Cert. ; A. Jackson, 3rd Cert. Exercise Books: G-. Knox, 1st Cert. ; A. Ja rre tt, 2nd C e rt.: H . H arling, 3rd Cert. W riting: A. Manthorpe, 1st C e rt.; F . G rade, 2nd C e rt.; A. Jackson, 3rd Cert. F e e m a n tle G -irls’.— W riting: E dith Doonan, 1st C e rt.; Lucy W arren, 2nd Cert. ; Beatrice Hale, 3rd Cert. Needlework: E thel Albert, 1st C e rt.; Nellie Jardine, 2nd C e rt.; Beatrice Hale, 3rd Cert. ; Lucy W arren, 1st (Special Cert.) ; Dora Coe, 1st Cert. Fancy work: Dora Coe, 1st (Special Cert.) ; K ate Jardine, 1st C e rt.; Chrissie Petrie, 2nd C e rt.; Jessie Bailey, 3rd Cert. F r e m a n t l e I n f a n t s ’.— Needlework: E th el Herbert, 1st C e rt.; Minnie Ball, 2nd C e rt.; Florence Tates, 3rd Cert. F r e m a n t l e N o r t h .— Drawing and Wood P a in tin g : G. H. Paulin, 1st Cert. W riting: A . M ottam, 1st C e rt.; M. Griffin, 2nd C e rt.; L. H ardm an, 3rd Cert. CIRCULAR. 7. H i g h g a t e .— Map Drawing: Bruce Bott, 1st C ert.; Tlios. Hill, 2nd Cert. Drawing: Thos. H ill, 1st C e rt.; Minnie Rayner, 2nd C e rt.; Bruce B ott, 3rd Cert. Exercise oolcs :' Minnie Ravner, 1st C e rt.; Bruce B ott, 2nd C ert.; T hos.. Hill, 3rd Cert. K u r a w a .— Map Drawing: Mabel Mettam, 1st Cert. L e e d e r v i l l e . — Map Drawing : Archie Brodie, 1st C e rt.; Elizabeth Brodie, 2nd Cert. N o e th a h .— Exi-rcise Books : B. Millington, 1st Cert. ; H . Henley, 2nd Cert. W riting: B. Davis, 1st C e rt.; B. Riley, 2nd. C e rt.; Ivy Green, 3rd Jert. P e r t h G i r l s ’. — Exercise B o o ls: L. Rogers, 1st Cert. ; E. Carroek, 2nd C ert.; J. Carlan-Smith, 3rd Cert. W riting: E . Katling, 1st Cert.; M. W ilson. 2nd Cert. ; M. W illiams, 3rd Cert. ' P e r t h E a s t . — Clay Modelling: A. E . H atton, 1st Cert.; G. Booth, 2nd Cert. Exercise Books: F . Tildesley, 1st C ert.; R. F arrar, 2nd Cert.; E . Snow, 3rd Cert. W riting: F. E . W ebb, 1st Cert.; M. Reith, 2nd Ce*t.; F. Tildesley. 3rd Cert. Needlework : F. Tild.-slev, 1st Cert.; E. W hitehorn, 2nd C ert.; G-. Tildesley, 3rd Cert. Fancy work: F . Webb, 1st Cert.; F . Tildesley, 2nd Cert.; E. Snow, 3rd Cert. P b r t h E v e n i n g . — Carpentry: L. Hutchinson, 1st Cert.; W . A. Sieveright, 2nd C ert.; A. Cameron, 3rd Cert. S t j b ia c o . — Exercise Books: Lilly Richardson, 1st Cert.; Needlework: Lilly RichardsoD, 1st Cert.; E thel Day, 2nd C ert.; Cissie Mills, 3rd Cert. COOLGARDIE E X H IB IT IO N . G eneral R e su lts. K i n d e r g a r t e n (including embroidery, paper cutting, sewing, brush drawing, pricking, colouring, stick-laying, bead threading, ravelling, paper folding, m at weaving, drawing, and wool weaving).—P e rth [nfants’ School, i ; Beaconsfield, 2; Frem antle, 3. M a n u a l W o r k . — Carpentry: P erth E v e n i n g School, 1 ; Newcastle School, 2. Basket W o rk: P e rth In fa n ts’ School, 1; Newcastle School, 2. Clay M odelling: Boulder School, 1; E ast P erth School, 2; N ortham School, 3. Book binding: Day Dawn School, 1. Frameivork: Cluttering School, 1. M a p D r a w i n g .—Coolgardie School, 1; Beaconsfield School, 2; Day Dawn School, 3 ; Leederville School, 4 ; Broad Arrow School, Special Award. D r a w i n g .— Geometrical and Scale: Frem antle Boys’ School, ! ; N ortham School, 2. Crayon: P e rth Girls’ School, 1. Instrumental: Beaconsfield School, 1. Tinted Drawiuq : H ighgate School, 1. Or initial Desiqn: Beacons field School, 1. P e n m a n s h i p .— Coolgardie School, 1 ; Boulder School, 2 ; Northam School, 3. C o p y B o o k s . —Day Dawn School, 1 ; Coolgardie School, 2 ; Frem antle Boys’ School, 3. E x e r c i s e B o o k s .— Coolgardie School, 1; Frem antle Boys’ School, 2 ; P erth Girls’ School, 3 ; D enm ark Mill and Day Dawn Schools, Special Award. TH E 8 EDUCATION IN S P E C T O R S ’ R E F E R E N C E L IB R A R Y . A small num ber of books lias been collected in the Inspectors’ room which it is proposed should be made avail able for teachers, if they wish. The list is printed below, together with th e rales which will regulate the lending of the books. I t is not, of course, intended th a t such books as Quick’s Educational Reformers, which are specified for the Teachers’ Exam ination, should be borrowed for the purposes of examination, as it is almost essential th a t teachers should buv a book of th a t kind, and should have it by them to study from tim e to tim e ; b u t these and other books th a t are in the library will be very useful for teachers to borrow, if they have not got them , for re ference. They have been carefully selected after con sultation with a num ber of leading members of the pro fession. The H istory Section has been specially obtained, in order th a t th e teachers engaged iii th e work of the evening classes, or who are taking higher history work for the ex-seventh children, may have books to refer to readily. The D epartm ent hopes th a t teachers will be able to avail themselves of the opportunity th a t is now offered. R u les for Library. 1. All books are to be returned w ithin three weeks from date on which they are issued. 2. A fine of Id . per day will be imposed for each day a book is retained beyond the tim e above mentioned. 3. Those availing themselves of the privileges of the library shall be held responsible for any damage done to books whilst in their possession. 4. I n all cases of damage or injury to books, the D epartm ent may call upon the responsible party to pay an am ount sufficient to cover the cost of m aking good the damage done. Any person responsible for the loss of a. book may, in the same m anner, lie required to replace it. 5. No book m ust be removed from th e L ibrary room w ithout being first noted by th e Offici*r-in-Charge; and all books returned are to be handed to him for a similar purpose. 6. Applications for books will be entertained.on Satur day mornings only. In all cases, where it is possible, borrowers should apply in person. 7. Applications from country teachers will also be con sidered; but. these, if approved, shall be subject- to the conditions stated in Rules 1 to 4. Teachers applying under this Section should state the num ber of the book required, and also the Section, as entered in th e catalogue. Education.. SECTION "A.” No. of Book. Title. 1 2 3 ,4 5 a-b. 6 7 S, 9 ................ Art of Teaching, The Arnolds, The (“ Great Educators ” ) Educational Eeformers, E ssays on Frcebel, The Student’s ................ Froebel (“ Great- Educators ” ) Aims and Practice of Teaching ... Kindergarten Guide ................ Author. Salmon F itch Quick W. H . Herford Bowen Spencer Lois B ates CIRCULAR. [ J u l y , 1899- SECTION “ A ”—continued. No. of Book. Title. Author. Herbartian Principles of Teaching, Introduction to 11,12 Lectures on Teaching Psychology in th e Schoolroom ... 13 Psychology, Teacher’s Handbook of 14 15 Teaching and Organisation ................ School and Home Life 16 17 a-b. Special Reports on Educational Subjects (Vols. II. and III.) P sychology, Apjilication of to Edu 18 cation 19 Secondary Education, Essays on ... Letters and Lectures on Education 20 21 Physical Education... 22 Common Things Drawing and D esigning ... 23 24 M usic for Pupil Teachers ... 25 M usical D rill for I n f a n t s ................ N atural Law in the Spiritual W orld 26 ................ Man and H is Markets 27 28 Object Lessons ................ 29 a-c. Object Lessons in Elem entary Science (Vols. I.-III.) 30 S in gin g Class Book 31 Educational System s of Great B ritain and Ireland 32 The State in its Eelation to Edu cation 33 Object Lesson Book—The Austra lian, P art I. 34N ew Methods in Education 10 Dodd Fitch D exter and Gorlick Sully P. A. B arnett T. G. Booper E nglish Education Departm ent H erbart (M ulliner) Cookson Herbart (Felkin) Lennox and Sturrock H assell Leland (Nelson & Sons) A. Alexander Drummond L. W. Lyde (Longman’s) V incent T. Murclie Stimpson Balfour H enry C rait D. T. W iley J. Liberty Tadd H isto ry . SECTION “ B.” E nglish Men of A ctio n :— Strafford H. D. Traill 2 Warwick 0 . W . Oman 3 W o l f e ................ A. G. Bradley 4 Drake ... Julian Corbett 5 Bodney David Hannay 6 W arren H astings Sir Alfred L yall 7 Dundonald Hon. J. W. Fortescue 8 H enry the F ifth A. J. Church 9 Havelock Archibald Forbes Peterbororgh ... Wtu. Stebbing 10 E nglish Statesm en: 11 W illiam the Conqueror | E. A. Freeman 12 Henry the Second i Mrs. J. B. Green 13 Edward th e F irst T. F . Tout 14 Henry the Seventh Jas. Gairdner 15 Queen Elizabeth E. F. B eesley 16 Oliver Cromwell Frederic Harrison 17 W illiam th e Third H. D. Traill 18 W alpole John Morley 19 P itt ................ Lord Eosebery 20 Peel ................ J. E. Thursfield 21,31 English People, Short H istory of Green (in one volume) 22 a-c. E nglish People, Short H istory of Do. (in 3 volumes, illustrated) '2'Sa-j. England, H istory of, 1603-1642 Gardiner (Volum es I.-X .) 24a-d. England, H istory of (Volumes I, II, M acaulay I I I. and IV . in “ Life and Works of Lord M acaulay ”) 25 a-l. England, H istory of, from th e F all 'Fronde of W olsey to th e D efeat of the Spanish Armada, i Vols. I.-X II.) 1 J uly, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 9 S cien ce. SECTION “ B ”— continued. N o. of Book. Title. SECTION “ E.” Author. England, A Student’s H istory of... M odem England— Before .th e Eeform B ill ( “ The Story of the N a tio n s” Series) 28-a-d. Eom e (Volum es I.-IV .) ................ 29 Scotland— (“ The Story of the Nations ” Series) Australia and N ew Zealand, H is 30 tory of 26 27 Gardiner Ju stin M cCarthy Gibbon M ackintosh Sutherland C lassics, etc., M odern L an guages, L itera tu re, etc. SECTION “ C.” I 2 3 a-c. Latin.—Composition—Bradley’s ... V ia Latina ... Caesar—D e B ello Gallico, Books II., i n . and IV . 4 French.— H ernani ... ... 5 E ugenie Grandet 6 E n glish Language, T he ................ English Men of Letters—E dited b y John Morley 1. Bacon ............................. 7 8 2. Cowper . ... 9 3. Defoe 10 4. Dryden 11 o. Hume 12 6. Gray 13 7. M ilton ............................. ................ 14 8. W ordsworth' 15 9. Shelley _16 10. Pope ' ................ 17 a-c. M acaulay’s Essays, Biographies, etc., (Yols. V , V I., and V II. of “ Life and W orks of Lord Ma . caulay” ) 18 Macaulay’s Speeches and Poems (Y ol. Y III. of “ L ife and W orks” ) 19 a-b. M acaulay’s Life and L etters (Yols. IX . and X . of “ Life and W orks” ) 20 Esmond 21 Lycidas ... ... ................ 22 H am let .......................................... 23 French.—Accidence and Syntax ... 24 Composition 25 ■M odem L anguage Exam iner 26,27 French.—Progressive Eeader I I . ... 28 English.—Deserted V illage Arnold Abbott V ictor H ugo H. de Balzac Professor M eiklejohn E. W . Church Goldwin Sm ith W . Minto G-. Saintsbury Professor H m dey Edm und Gosse Mark P attison S’. W . H . Myers J. H . Symonds •. L eslie Stephen. Thackers y M ilton Shakespeare V ictor Spiers Do. E. A. Eowe (M acmillan’s) Goldsmith No. of Book. Title. 1 ,2 3 Astronomy, Elem entary ................ Chemistry, Inorganic ................ Chemistry, Elem ents of ................ Dom estic E con om y... G eology .......................................... P hysiology for B e g in n e r s................ Physiography, Elem entary P h ysical Geography, Elem entary Physiography ............................. P olitical Economy for B egin ners... H ealth in th e House ................ 4 5 6 .7 8 9 10 11 12 Author. Lockyer Eoscoe and H unt Eem sen J. C. Horobin Geikie Poster and Shore Thornton Geikie H uxley Mrs. F aw cett C. M. Buckton I n addition to the foregoing there is also a copy of The Century Dictionary in eighteen volumes. The following educational periodicals are received regularly and are available for reference:— The Education Gazette, South A ustralia. The New South "Wales Educational Gazette. The A ustralian Schoolmaster. The Educational News. The Educational Times. The Schoolmaster. The Schoolmistress. The Jo u rn al of Education. The Practical Teacher. The Practical Teacher’s A rt Monthly. The E ducational Review. The Encyclopaedia B ritannica is under order, together w ith several additional educational books. W hen these are to hand, a notification will appear in the Circular. T E A C H E R S ’ E X A M IN A T IO N . A supplementary examination was held on the 24th Ju n e in connection w ith the .examination which took place in January last (see F ebruary Circular), with the following re s u lts :— B. C e r t i e i c a t e . W . D. Nicholson • -P a ssed . Frances Burgess. C . C e r t if ic a t e .- - P a s s e d . M ath em atics. SECTION “ D.” 1 2 3 Algebra for Beginners Algebra, Elem entary ................ Algebra, (Elem entary, Part I.) ... 4 Arithm etic 5 6 7 8 9 10 a-b. 11 12 ... ... ................ E uclid E uclid .......................................... E iiclid .......................................... M ensuration for Beginners Trigonometry for Beginners Arithm etic • Teacher’s Manual of Algebra— Part I. ... ................ Art of Beckoning ... ................ Todhunter H all & K night ( B l a c k i e ’s T e x t Books) Sonnenschein and N esb itt Todhunter P otts H all & Stevens Stevens Todhunter J. A. H artley Colenso Howard Isabel M orton John CuUigan Stephen W allace Eva Silvester M ary Brobble A lbert W illiams M ary Hervey John R. P arks A ll the above are subject to an Inspector’s report on Practical Skill. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. E a stern D is tr ic t S ta te School T each ers’ A ssociation . The annual m eeting of the above Association was held in the Y ork State School, on Saturday, 20th May, at 11-30 a.m. Mr. R. Gamble, D istrict Inspector, presided.J^The 10 THE- EDIJCATION teacliers present, representing th e various schools of the district, were Misses Gough, Jeffries, Boyd, Ashe, Hill, G-leeson, Pyke, Smith, Bourke (2), and Messrs. Palm er, H albert, Riley, W ilson, Slater, P rv, Russell, O’Connor, Lyngberg, H arm er, Lloyd, and Turvey. The Secretary (Mr. P . J . Turvey) read the following annual report, which was received with applause :—“ I have th e honour to place before you the annual report of our proceedings during the past year. This Association was inaugurated on 14th May, 1898, when the following were elected as officers of the Association :—R. Gamble (D istrict Inspector), P resi dent ; J. H . Riley, V ice-P resident; P . J. Turvey, Secretary and T reasu rer; T. H albert, A u d ito r; Miss Gough and Messrs. Banks and Slater, with the officers ex-officio, as a committee. The membership fees then fixed w ere:—H ead Teachers, 5 s .; Assistants, 2s. 6d., P upil Teachers being admitted free. Since th en the fee for Provisional H ead Teachers has been reduced to 2s. 6d. D uring the year five Association meetings have been held a t the various centres—N ortham , York, and Newcastle. A t the first meeting it was decided to hold th e meetings bi-moDthly, b u t th is has since been altered to quar terly. N ineteen members have been enrolled during the year. The balance sheet, as placed before you, shows a credit balance of <£1 19s. 8d. I t was decided to affiliate with the P erth Executive; but owing to th e exorbitant initiation fee demanded, this association was unfavourable to affiliating at present. The object of th is Association has been to encourage a kindly feeling amongst the teachers, and to promote the interests of education by model lessons, papers, debates, and lectures. D uring the past year the model lessons given were : ‘ Phonic Reading for Infants,’ by Mr. R iley ; ‘ Tonic Sol-fa of Music,’ by Mr. S later; ‘ M anual W o rk ’ (carpentry), by Mr. R ussell; ‘ Clay Modelling,’ by Mr. Riley. The papers were : ‘ K indergarten W ork for In fan ts,’ by Miss Gough ; and ‘ Scale D raw ing and Physical Geography for Lower Standards,’ by’Mr. Dobson. Lectures on A rithm etic and Geography were also given by Mr. Gamble. The interest manifested by the members, and the attendance a t these meetings, is sufficient to prove th a t th is Association has been successful in its aim. Exhibition of Copy Books, Transcription, and D ictation Books from district schools have been held on two occasions, and excellent examples of K indergarten work were procured at different times by Mr. Gamble, to whom the thanks of th is Association are due. The Association has, since its inauguration, worked in hai-mony with the D epartm ent, and on no occasion has any concession been requested or any petty grievances brought forw ard by th is Association.” A fter th e Secretary had read th e annual report, th e P resident remarked th at th e success of the Association was due in a g reat measure to the energy Mr. Turvey liad displayed in its in terests as Secretary, and he had m uch pleasure in conveying to him the unanimous vote of thanks accorded by the members. The election of officers then took place with the following re su lt:—President, Mr. R. Gamble (re-elected); V ice-President, Mr. .J. H . Riley (re-elected) ; Secretary and Treasurer, Mr. P . J . Turvey (re-elected); A uditor, Mr. T. G. H albert (re-elected); Committee, Messrs. Palm er, Slater, and Russell. The President then briefly addressed the members. I t was decided to reduce th e annual subscription to one shilling. CIRCULAR. [ J uly, 1899. Mr. Palm er read a paper on “ H istory,” after which the visitors were entertained at lunch by the York staff. A fter the adjournm ent for lunch, Mr. T. H albert, of Meckering, read a paper on “ Contracted M ultiplication and Decimalisation of Money,” his methods being demonstrated on the blackboard, as was also a method suggested by a member (Mr. W ilson). Votes of thanks were passed to Mr. H albert for his paper, and to Mr. W ilson for his enunciation of a principle of decimalisation of money. Then followed the debate on writing. Mr. Riley, for the sake of argum ent, opened the debate in favour of the sloping system. H is objections to the upright system were th a t there was in it a great inclination to backhand, th a t the junctions are not formed properly, and th a t the w riting does not adm it of analysis. A t the conclusion of his speech he read the rem arks on w riting made by the Inspector General in his reply to the deputation of teachers from th e E aster Conference. Mr. H albert then spoke in favour of the upright system. The position of the pupil, he thought, was a natu ral position, and did not adm it of any cramp, as the sloping position undoubtedly did. H e thought there was as great a tendency, in the sloping system, to slant too much as there was for upright w riting to slant a little, and th a t the joining was as definite in one system as another. A vote was then taken, and it was found th a t the opinion of the teachers present was decidedly in favour of a sem i-upright system. The President (Mr. Gamble) read several quotations from the “ Practical T eacher” on how to arrange a plan or map to scale, on collective answering, how to deal -with problems, especially in the infant classes, and on the benefits of establishing a library and museum at the school. H e advised all teachers to become subscribers to this m ost valuable educational journal. A t the next meeting, which will be held in Newcastle in A ugust, Mr. Russell will give an object lesson, Miss H ill a paper on “ Sewing,” and Mr. Riley a lesson on finding the cubic contents of a rectangular prismoid. The meeting term inated with a vote of thanks to the York teachers for the repast they had prepared for the visitors. South.-W estern S. S. T each ers’ A ssociation . The first meeting of this Association was held on Saturday, 24th June, a t 10 a.m., at the B unbury School. M r. Paisley occupied the chair, and fourteen teachers were present. A set of rules, as drafted, was adopted. The election of officers resulted as follows:—President, Mr. Inspector McCollum ; Vice-President, Mr. P a isle y ; Secre tary and Treasurer, Mr. Loveridge ; Committee, the P resi dent, Vice-President, Secretary,Messrs. Schneider and Blair, Miss Mews, and Mrs. McAliece. I t was resolved th a t Mr. Inspector McCollum be asked to address the Association at the next m eetin g ; Mr. Schneider was also asked to contribute a paper. The. teachers were entertained at afternoon tea by M r. and Mrs. Paisley, G eraldton Branch., W .A . S. S. T eachers’ U nion. A meeting of the newly-formed Geraldton Branch of the W .A. State School Teachers’ Union was held in the G eraldton School on June 11, when there were present:—■ Misses Burgess, McKay, and Douglas, and Messrs. Storey (in the chair), . Kenafick, Green, Cross, Brown, and J uly, TH E 1899.] EDUCATION W illiam s (Secretary). I n accordance witli Ms promise made a t the previous meeting, Mr. Storey brought; forward a paper on “ The Decimal System, in our Schools.” The next meeting of th e Association was fixed for the second Saturday in July, when Mr. Kenafick, of Moonyonooka School, was to read a paper on “ P ure Geometry on its application to Surface and Cubical M easurements.” The Secretary was instructed to w rite to Mr. Inspector R obert son, and* invite him, on behalf of th e Association, to visit Geraldton, and deliver a lecture on th e new Syllabus or any p art of it. Southern D is tr ic ts T each ers’ A ssociation . Mr. A. M. Lyngberg writes th a t an Association, bearing the above title, was form ed a t W agin, on Saturday, June 10, and th e next m eeting has been fixed for September 9. D is tr ic t Boards, etc. Bulong School Committee.—The following have been appointed as the Committee of School M anagem ent for the Bulong d is tric t:—Mrs. R. C. Jones, Mrs. J. Nicholas, Mr. Thos. Furlong, Mr. E . E. Schroeder, D r. J. Moffitt. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . C a n n in g M il l s S c h o o l .— H e a d T each er, M r. L. J. W . B utler. A Penny Concert was held in th is school on Friday, 22nd June, to provide funds for the purchase of m aterials for school decoration. The items were contributed entirely by the children. The proceeds am ounted to JJ1 2s. 4d., which, w ith the exception of 2s. lOd. in hand, has been expended in purchasing material. , M e n z ie s S c h o o l .—H ead Teacher, M r. H . Thomas. A concert in aid of th e Piano F u n d of this school was held in th e Maori Hall, on June 19, and judging by the laudatory account of the proceedings published in the North Coolgardie Herald, it was an unqualified success. The fund now stands in a very satisfactory condition. The receipts am ount to <£56 4s. lf d ., made up as follows Subscriptions from parents and friends, ,£29 7s. l f d . ; gross proceeds .of concert, .£26 17s. From th is to tal m ust be deducted th e expenses, am ounting to ,£4 6s. B u s s e l t o n S c h o o l . —H ead Teacher, Mr. E . Kershaw. B y A u th ority: R ic h a r d P ether CIRCULAR. 11 A school concert was held in the W eld Institute, on Friday, 7th instant. The receipts amounted to ,£10 16s., and the expenses to £ 3 -3s. 10d., leaving a balance of £ 7 12s. 2d. for the prize fund. B a l in g u p S c h o o l .—Teacher, Miss McGuckin. School concert, held on M ay 11. Receipts, =£9 1 0s.; ren t of hall, 1 0s.; refreshm ents for supper, =£1 1 0s.; other expenses, £ 2 ; prizes, £ 3 10s. ; printing, £1 Is. 4d., leaving a balance of 18s. 8d., which was devoted to a treat for the children on July 12. STOCK N O T E S. A doubt still seems to exist m the minds .of some teachers as to w hat forms are to be forwarded in connection with the annual requisition. The necessary forms will be supplied to the schools ju st prior to their examinations, and teachers should send in the requisition form in duplicate, b u t the F urniture R eturn and Application to W rite-off Stock singly. The balance in hand column on the requisition form m ust be filled in, otherwise the form will be returned to the teacher, and delay will be experienced in the receipit of the stock. I t would perhaps save correspondence if teachers would also send in a return, showing the num ber of children in each class, as it could then be seen a t once if the am ount of stock asked for by the teacher was w airanted. A supply of K indergarten Gifts, I. and II., is now ready for issue. As the large size boxes of G ift I. have been obtained, teachers may apply for same to the extent of one box for every six children. Only teachers’ boxes of G ift II. are as yet in stock, so th a t only one box will be supplied to each school. A further supply of children’s boxes of G ift m . and IV ., Paper-folding, Babies’ Card M ats, and W eaving Fram es is now available, so th a t teachers who were unable to obtain these before can do so now, on application. The M anual Training Classes, under Mr. Storer, have made some boxes of Sonnenschein’s slaves, for use in the schools. The Department, is prepared to consider applica tions for these from the larger schools, which have not a box already. Quadrille-ruled Exercise Books have beeti reduced in price from 4d. to 2d. each. Teachers are requested to note this on their price list of books for sale. , Government Printei-, Perth. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. No. 2.] A U G U ST, 1899. [Vol. II. A P P O IN T M E N T S , T R A N S F E R S , ETC. Name. 'Richardson, Geo. J. Rogers, Annie M. Harkness, Jane B. W arthwyke, Harold G. Kershaw, Maud A. Parsons (B.A.), Joseph.. Lee, I d a ................ Dodd, Juliana ... Barnes, Thos. TV. Am ies, Sarah A. ... Cowden, B rooke... Quinn, A gnes I __ Brown, Catherine McKeown, Annie B. Office. Classification. H.T. H.T. H.T., on probation H.T. H.T. Asst. A. A. A., on supply A., on supply P.T. S.M. ' S.M. S.M. Cl Scliool. Chidlow's W ell Northampton Greenough, North Bibi'a Lake ... W o n n eru p * ... P erth Boys’ ... K algoorlie In fants’ Boulder In fants’ E ast Perth ... E ast Perth ... Albany Strawberry ... Boranup Armadale Cl ci A3 C l, prov. B2, temp. B2, prov. 4th Class Salary per £ s. d. 125 0 0 80 0 0 80 0 0 90 0 0 As per B egs. 160 0 0 70 100 150 100 20 12 12 12 * Be-opened. R E L IG IO U S IN S T R U C T IO N . I n the reprint of certain portions of the Circulars given in last m onth’s issue, the reprint on Religious In struction from Circular No. 6 was wrong in one im portant particular. The last two sentences dealt w ith the general religious instruction given by the teachers in th e schools, and by an error in transcription it was made to appear th a t they applied to the special religious instruction dealt with in the preceding portion of th e paragraph. W ithout the general instruction given by the teachers a large num ber of the children would, through the absence of other special instruction, grow up without a knowledge of th e B ib le; and apart from the religious and moral reasons for teach ing it, no person can be considered educated who does not know this oldest and greatest of books. M A N U A L T R A IN IN G CLASS FO R T E A C H E R S. The M anual Training In stru cto r has started classes for teachers, b u t the small num ber who have a t present joined make it impossible for th e D epartm ent to go to any expense in the m atter. Mr. Storer has up to the present taken these classes without pay, b u t of course cannot do so for any longer period. Teachers should certainly not lose this opportunity of obtaining instruction in the use of tools, as i t would be very helpful to them in th eir school work. The D epartm ent would be very glad to see such a class started, and in the event of it coming into operation would endeavour to devise some certificate. Teachers wishing to join should send in their names to the D epartm ent at once. R E G IS T R A T IO N (R e g s. 8 9 and 9 0 .) The Inspectors’ Reports have once or twice lately shown th a t teachers are careless in m arking exactly to time and totalling their Registers. Blanks have been found in the Register a t 10 and 11 o’clock in the m orning in one or two cases. Such carelessness is a very grave m atter, and would have to be dealt with very seriously if it was found to recur. The D epartm ent cannot impress too strongly upon teachers the absolute necessity of perfect accuracy in so im portant a m atter as registration. LOCAL G EO G R A PH Y . The E d itor would like to remind teachers of the request made in these columns some tim e ago, th a t they should prepare a concise description of the district surrounding their schools, and forward same to the D epartm ent, in order th a t a series of Local Geography Notes m ight be published in the Circular. These need be notes only. The physical features should be dwelt upon, heights of hills 14 TH E EDUCATION stated ; an account of flora and fauna m iglit be given, and anything noteworthy in the history of the district, as in the case of an early settlem ent like Busselton, Augusta, or Northam pton. A D M IS S IO N OP C H IL D R E N . As the ages four to 16 110 longer appear in the Regulations, teachers will w ant some guidance as to the age a t which they may adm it children to the school and p l a c e them on th e roll. The age of compulsion is from six to 14, but the D epartm ent has no objection, if the parents wish their children to be instructed during the years three to six, to have them placed on the roll and instructed in the ordinary ■way. Teachers will find th a t the younger children w i ll , probably, get on m uch more quickly than those who go to school late. No child under three can be adm itted to any school, and in schools where there is no separate infants’ division it would be undesirable to adm it children below four years of age. SC H O L A R S’ F R E E R A IL W A Y T IC K E T S. Some teachers when sending in to the D epartm ent applications for scholars’ free railway tickets seem to be in doubt as to w hat is meant by the school term . This, as fa r as these tickets are concerned, is the period between vacation and vacation. The applications should therefore date from the day the ticket is required to the beginning of th e next ensuing vacation. B R U S H D R A W IN G . Besides the very valuable book on the above subject by Y aughan (copies of which are lent by the D epartm ent to teachers m aking the necessary application), a book on this subject by M arion H udson, published by 0 . Newmann and Co., and obtainable through E. S. W igg and Son., will be found of great assistance to teachers. G EO G R A PH Y F O R S T A N D A R D I I . Many teachers find great difficulty in teaching the geography of the neighbourhood w ithin 10 miles. There certainly will be differences as to what is advisable in different localities. I n small country schools in many parts of the colony the physical features w ithin 10 miles are very few, and the drawing of a m ap by th e children themselves from rough measurem ent and observation will be a very simple m atter, as far as the neighbourhood of the school is concerned. In such cases the map should be built u p by the teacher on the blackboard by th e aid of the contributions of the children living on the different farm s around. E ach child, should be encouraged to define the correct distance and 'direction of his own home, and when these points have been fixed upon the board, th e roads and any physical features can be dealt with. Of course the teacher should himself be able to correct the children's distances ; and u n til he has some fairly accurate notion of th e direction and distances of all the settlem ents the lesson should not be given. The m ain point, however, to be remembered is th a t th e m ap or plan is not to be a mere rough drawing by the teacher literally copied by the pupils, b u t it should be made to grow from the children’s own information. CIRCULAR. [ A u g u s t , ]8 9 9 . I n the Regulations teachers are advised to get maps from the Lands Department, and so get the true direction of settlement. This is for corrective purposes, and th e Lands D epartm ent maps are not, as a rule, to be employed to show the childreu. In the June Circular a teacher gave some excellent practical hints for drawing a good reference m ap from these plans. The map, once drawn, will of course remain with the teacher, b u t year by year, as a fresh class has to be taught, the same method ought to be used for eliciting from the individual scholars their notions of the local geography. In many bush schools the 10-mile radius furnishes very little for a map. This is not, however, the case in m ost of the town schools, and consequently where there are very many more details which can be. obtained, the teacher has to begin to consider what ought to be left out. In the P erth district, for example, the 10-mile radius is fidl of local interest. There are all the bends of the Swan River, the sea, the hills, the harbour, and the suburbs of Perth. I t is obvious, therefore, th a t an entirely different set of lessons from those used in small bush places will really be wanted. I t is not intended th a t the teacher should get a map which gives the bends of the Swan, the main roads, railways, hills, etc., and then ju st let the children draw from it. This is not m aking a sketch plan from observation, nor getting them to observe or make any rough measurements, The rough measurement in the case of the town or sub urban school, will, of- course, have to be applied only to the immediate neighbourhood of the school and homes. In these cases various sets of plans will have to be drawn. One plan, for example, m ust give the school and play ground really measured to scale. A nother plan should be b u ilt up as fa r as possible .by the children, giving their own homes and the streets in which they lie ; and then by pacing, or some other rough form of measurement, ai-riving a t the distance and direction from the school. I n this way a suificiently accurate plan of the streets and neighbourhood could be obtained and corrected by the teacher. Eor a wider knowledge of the 10-mile area all these details are of course not wanted, and cannot be given in the same way by observation. There is, however, hardly a child in the P e rth district who will not know, from picnics or other excursions, something of the ma.in curves of the Swan. They should all know the direction roughly of Guildford or Frem antle, the line of the D arling Ranges, and the positions of the principal suburbs. I t is still necessary th at, as far as possible, the children should be tau g h t to observe for themselves the m ain lines of the geography round them. Possibly in P erth itself there are m any children' who have not been to the P e rth Park, and have not studied, as they can there, the lines of the siu-rounding country, from the boldest hill th a t they, can see for some distance round. The fact of their learning about it in school will probably lead them to go ; and in any case will give them an added interest in its appearance when they see it from the town. I n the m etropolitan district almost all children can learn from observation the simple geographical term s required by the i-egulations. There will of course be an intermediate class of schools between the big city schools and the small bush schools, such as those situated in country towns. For these some £ i- ■ A u gust, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION kind of m ixture between the two methods mentioned above will be wanted. The teacher could deal w ith the main lines of street, the children's homes, and then w hat physical features there are ui th e surrounding district. U nfortu nately the colony is singularly deficient in bold physical features,- and consequently the teaching of geography by observation is more th an usually difficult. I t cannot, how ever, be too m uch impressed upon th e teachers th a t the real importance of the system laid down in the R egulations is observation bv th e children. In some suburban schools very fair maps of the mam features of the district, say from Guildford to Frem antle, have been drawn by the children, b u t when asked to place in position some quite local and special feature they have failed to do so. A t Belmont, for example, th e children m ight be able to give a rough sketch of the 10 miles, with a good m any of the im portant features, aud yet be quite unable to place upon the map, when asked, their own homes, or the Ascot racecourse. Similarly, a Claremont child m ight be unable to give the rough distance of the K arrak atta cerneta-ry from the school; Any such failure to answer would seem to show th a t there had been too much teaching and too little of the child’s own effort to observe and understand. The question of scale seems curiously enough a very difficult one to many teachers. They appear to th in k th a t even the simple measurements of a plan of the room for Standard I., is too hard a task for the children. This is by no means the case, as in many countries, and th a t not excluding parts of A ustralia, large num bers of the children, in quite the in fan t classes, can correctly draw their own room to scale. There are many ways of attaining this ; a child may pace the room and so get a rough id e a : the teacher may also pace the ro o m ; it is best of all, of course, to accurately measure the room with a foot- rule or tape. Squared slates may then be used which would take two feet (or one pace) to the square, or whatever scale the teacher thinks will best suit the size of th e slate. Of course it is better to use scaled rulers than the rough method of the squares, and a really accurate scale can’ only be obtained in this way. In many plans the relative sizes of door, windows, cupboard, desks, etc., are so imperfectly set down th a t it is evident th a t little observation and no real measurement has been employed. Smilarly the whole school and playground can very easily be roughly paced and p u t on to another plan. Too often thq school is shown much too large for the playground when the plan is subm itted to the In sp ecto r: and again, in showing the neighbourhood of the school, th e latter often appears as a large coloured object in the middle of the plan, entirely out of proportion, and gives the children completely false ideas of the relative sizes of the playground, and the fields, farm s, settlements, or roads round about. Absolute accu racy is not asked for, but the whole idea of the Regulations is to teach the children, as fa r as possible, w hat the mean ing of. scale and size is, and to teach them how, beginning a t the large scale of things as they see them , to continually re luce them in order to arrive at- the scale of their globes. LOCAL G E O G R A PH Y N O T E S. Denm ark. The D enm ark D istrict is situated in the South-W estern Division of the colony, about 40 miles westward from Albany. Through it runs the Denm ark River, which CIRCULAR. 15/ empties into W ilson’s In le t^ n Q ^ M sIM dnneets ■with Ratcliife Bay. The riv e7 l?~ ar« l« g g islr^ream , w ith no remarkable features. Towards its m outh it broadens out to a width of about two chains, and has a depth of from 12 to 14 feet. The In let is a long, oval-shaped stretch of water, running almost parallel with the sea coast. I t is about 4-5 miles round, b u t is not more th an four miles across in the widest, part. Originally the In let was an arm of the sea, b u t the sand has silted up across its narrow neck, and, except in the winter months when the water forces a passage outwards through the sand, it is practically a lake. An additional factor towards this end is found in the rising coast, an action which is clearly dem onstrated by the water-worn caves on the west of the entrance now high above the sea level. " The country is hilly, though as a rule the undulations are fairly even. The only eminence of any note is Mt. Hallowell, situated about eight- miles to the west of the village of Denm ark. This village lies on the rig h t bank of the river, abi.ut a mile from its mouth. The population numbers about 800, all of whom are dependent on the tim ber trade. A railway line, the property of the 'Mill Company, runs from D enm ark to Torbay Junction, where it connects with the G reat Southern railway. This line, though serving the needs of the people, is used principally for the carriage of the tim ber from the Mill to Albany. N ear the coast the hills are clothed with a short, stunted herbage, of a greenish brown colour, b u t inland this shrubbery gives place to the tim ber on which the pros perity of the district is based. K arri is the principal tim ber, b u t jarrali, red gum, banksia, etc., grow in the neighbourhood, while the essentially typical vegetation of W estern A ustralia—the blackboy and the Zamia palm — are plentiful in the locality. The tim ber industry is the reason of the existence of D enm ark as a settlement, and it is an industry of great importance. There are three mills in full working order situated on the western bank of the Denmark River, -with a combined motive power of 750h.p. Some 400 men are employed by the company, and 160 horses and 100 bullocks are used for haulage purposes. Over 10 miles of tram ways have been ru n into the forest for the purpose of conveying logs to the mills, and more tramways are in course of construction. The output of the mills, when all are running, amounts to about 750 loads per week. [A load of tim ber is 600 superficial feet-.—E d .] W ith the exception of the comparatively small local demand, all the tim ber is exported to England, the continent of Europe, America, South Africa, and India. The shipping port is Albany. As showing the value of the industry, it may be mentioned th a t the total output- o f ' the company for the years 1897 and 1898 amounted to 72,000,000 superficial feet of sawn tim ber, besides piles and hewn timber. T H E T E A C H IN G OF G E O G R A PH IC A L T E R M S . Geographical term s represent ideas which cannot be correctly or intelligently formed without th e objects referred to being actually seen. The class may be able to give definitions glibly enough, and yet not be in possession of the corresponding ideas. Good pictures and models are the best substitute for the actual things, and should be freely used. 16 TH E EDUCATION Along w ith the picture and description of the thing should come the conventional representation of it on the map, so th a t each lesson should give the pupils an increased, power of interpreting a physical map. Any suitable physical feature of the district should, be freely referred, to fo r illustration, however imperfectly it may represent the type of feature under consideration. A large wooden tray and a few handfuls of sand will do much to help in these lessons. I t may be used in such a way as to help materially in giving intelligent conceptions of such features as hills, m ountain chains, and p e a ts, bays, capes, and islands. Im aginary landscapes should be con structed in sand by the children, and th e practical hand work involved • in so doing will fix interest and attention. W henever such a landscape has been modelled, the map of it should be draw n on the blackboard, so th a t increasing fam iliarity w ith the meaning of a physical map may be given. A model in clay is easily constructed, and is also more jiermanent, so th a t it can be used for several succes sive lessons. I f the district presents any marked physical features th e teacher will find it of great service to construct a rough model of the district itself. Many teachers use a model of th is kind—a somewhat exaggerated relief map, which forms a useful transition step to the flat paper map. Small objects may be fixed in th e clay to represent houses, trees, etc., on an exaggerated scale, and when dry the whole can be roughly coloured in tin ts somewhat approaching those of nature. Children take great interest in such models, especially when allowed to assist in their construction, and anything -which excites interest is of the highest value in school work. Some teachers have caused a very lasting impression of a volcano, for example, by embedding in the sand model of a hill a small cone of dam p gunpowder, and then setting fire to it. The eruption which resulted was, if not strictly in accordance with the laws of volcanic action, a great deal more valuable for teaching purposes th an an hour’s talk to a young class. Others have illustrated th e phenomena of rivers and watersheds by pouring an artificial rainfall from a watering pot over the prepared clay model. The rivers behaved in a more n atu ral way th a n the volcano referred to, and the experiment was entirely on th e rig h t lines for m ental teaching. In teaching the meaning of geographical terms, it is of much importance to show the relation of one set of features to another. A n island should be tho u g h t of as the top of a partially submerged hill, a lake as a dammed-up river, and so on. The teacher can use a clay model and a small quantity of w ater to illustrate such facts in a practical way. A nd even w ith a young class some notion may thus be given of the action by which the physical features have been formed, such as th e way in which rivers form valleys, or form islands at their m ouths, and th e way in which islands are affected by a gradual rising or sinking of the land in any district. F o r in teaching geographical defini tions, as in teaching everything else, it is only by going a good deal wider than his actual subject th a t the teacher can give an intelligent view of th a t subject. Doing good work up to any prescribed lim it always implies going be yond th a t limit. W e m ust aim above our m ark in order to h it it. CIRCULAR. [A u g u st, 1899. The way in which mountains and rivers are related may be shown experimentally on the clay model, as already mentioned. The same point may be impressed by the use of the blackboard. The teacher may draw the m ap of an im aginary or real island or district, and m ark on it all the im portant watersheds and hills. The pupils may then be required to p u t in the rivers which would probably be found there in their correct j>ositions as regards these watersheds and coast line. Or the exercise m ay be reversed. The teacher may draw the rivers flowing in various directions, and require the class to show the position of the w ater sheds. W hen these exercises have been done, the probable position of seaports, and of lines of railway connecting these with other towns marked in the valleys, may be put in by the pupils, having regard to the slopes roughly indi cated by the m ap.— (Practical Teacher). N O T E S OP A L E SSO N O N T H E V IN E L E A F . Class I I I . or Standard I. To cultivate love of nature and powers of observation. 1. Blackboard and Accessories. 2. Slates and Pencils. 3. Collection of Y ine leaves (one for eacli child) and specimens of other kinds of leaves. 4. A sm all microscope, if possible. 5. A picture of th e Grape Yine. C l a s s ... A im A ppa ra tu s Method. I. I n t r o d u c t io n The Grape Y ine A Climber The FruitThe Nodes II. L D e s c r ip t io n of ea f. 1. Shape of leaf. 2. Serrated Edge. Show a picture of the V ine, or if th a t is not procurable draw a rough sketch of a branch on th e blackboard. E licit th a t the Y ine is a clim bing plant. P oin t out th e tendrils. Ask for other climbers. Consider briefly th e fruit— grapes—how acceptable in summer. Lead the class to observe th e joints. W hat spring from th e joints ? The leaves. These joints are called nodes. D istribute specimens of Y ine leaves to the class, and allow the children to handle and exam ine them. D irect attention to the shape of th e leaf. Divided into five parts. Compare w ith other leaves. Make th e children count the parts— Divided into five pieces (like our-hand). Draw a sketch of the leaf on th e board, and le t th e children im itate on their slates, or draw round th e real leaf on their slates. Connect the live points by lines. How many sides has the figure now drawn ? How many corners ? Compare with other leaves. N ext ask the children to examine th e edge of the leaf. W hat do you notice ? Jagged edge. Liken to th e teeth of a saw. Compare w ith other leaves. A u gust, TH E 1 8 9 9 .] EDUCATION NO TES OP A LESSO N ON T H E Y IN E L E A F — continued. Method. M a tte r. 3. Surface of lea f. Rough'surface on oue side. Smooth on th e other 4. Is a net-veined leaf T he function of Yeins 5. The Pores ... 6. Colour. B right green 7. Leaf falls off every year ... H I. R T ell th e children to draw th eir fingers along the surface of th e lea f under and over. W hat do you find ? A rough surface on one side. Smooth on th e other. (This is not so in all Y ine leaves.) Compare w ith other leaves. W hat do you see on th e leaf ? L ines going in all directions. P oint out th a t all come from central line. Show a parallel-veined leaf and compare. The teacher here m igh t draw samples of net-veined and parallel-veined leaves, e.g., th e Belladonna L ily or Orchid leaf. T ell the children these lines are called veins. Do you know any other kind of veins ?—. Our own veins. W hat do our veins carry ? The veins of a plant are for a sim ilar purpose. T ell th at plants breathe through little holes on th e under side of the leaves. Introduce th e microscope. (This m ay be done a t a separate lesson.) L et children notice th e little holes in the leaf. T ell their name—Pores. W liat happens to a leaf if kept in a close room ?— I t dies. Lead th e children to see th at th is is from lack of air to breathe. Compare with evergreens. Show children a collection of several kinds of leaves. H ow easy i t is to detect th e fresh green of th e Vine. Is th e Y ine leaf always green ? No, in autum n it is brown, yellow, or pui-ple. Name a tree which never loses all its leaves.—■G-um-tree. This is called an evergreen. The Y ine is not an evergreen. e c a p it u l a t io n B lackbo ard Sketch. The joints of the plant are called nodes. Leaves spring out at nodes. A leaf is divided into five pieces. Drawings of net-veined leaf, and a parallelveined leaf, e.g., L ily leaf. A plant breathes through pores. B E A R IN G A T SCHOOL. Mr. E . E . Schroeder contributes an article on the above subject to the Ju ly Australasian Schoolmaster, an d in sup po rt of liis case quotes, amongst others, th e following arg u m en ts:— A good position of th e child a t the desk is conducive to its health. I t is p art duty of the school—and as such every teacher should regard it—to help bring up a generation ’which is fit fo r th e performance of the work devolving upon it. F or this purpose we should insist upon a good position of the children, all the more so because writers t o . the papers CIRCULAR. 17 occasionally ascribe the cause of defects of the children to the school. Especially was this the case when a few years ago a medical gentleman sought to show the connection of some children’s shortsightedness with the construction and other features of our schools [South A ustralia.—E d .]. Guillaume’s and V arentrapp’s researches have shown th a t from 80 to 90 per cent, of abnorm al spinal curves in G-ennany are due to bad positions in school, and th a t 85 per cent, of these consist in deflections to the right of the vertebral column, due, it is said, to the awkward position of the children a t writing. W e should insist th a t the children’s bodies are erect yet not touch the desk with the b re a st; the head should be bent forw ard a little ; one arm should rest fully on the desk, the other (right) nearly up to the elbow; care should be taken th a t when w riting on the bottom lines the books should be moved higher up, not the arm lower dow n; th a t the soles of the feet rest fully on the floor; and th a t the distance of the eyes from the writing be not less th an 1 3 | inches. A t reading, too, a good jjosition should be observed. W e should not allow children to hold the print nearer th an 12 inches, or fu rther from the eyes th a n 13f inches, because this is the correct visual distance. Short-sighted children should be given a place nearest the blackboard, and the best position in the school as regards lig h t should be reserved for them. W e should see th a t our aids to teaching are clear and distinct, and th a t our blackboard w riting be not hieroglyphic,' b u t bold and legible for the weakest eyes. I f all these desiderata are duly attended to, then we contribute a great deal towards the health of the children, and keep off the complaints which are sometimes made. B ut the measures for securing a good bodily position during lessons have not- yet been exhausted. L et us consider how tiresome and fatiguing it is for a child to sit for hours in one ])Osition. The circulation of tbe blood is impeded and certain groups of muscle will necessarily slacken. I n this way it becomes very difficult, and in the end impossible, to m aintain a good position. Something else m ust be done, or the very objectwhich we seek to obtain will be defeated. I t is necessary th a t the children should be given opportunities a t intervals to stretch their limbs to promote circulation. W ith th a t object in view it is not enough for the children to stand when giving answers, or to stand as a class upon the call of the teacher when he notices a slackening in the class ; but it is desirable to devote a few m inutes a t the change of lessons to the best advantage. SCHOOL D IS C IP L IN E . . The Rev. R. H. Quick delivered a lecture on the above subject to the Brighton Branch of the Teachers’ G uild on February 14, 1889, and a reprint of same appears in the Education Gazette, South A ustralia, for the m onth of July. The following extracts would seem to summarise the principal points :— “ If any case of impertinence or insubordination arises, I know of no better method th an th a t suggested by Mr. A rth u r Sidgwick, in his admirable lecture on ‘Form Discipline.’ Suppress all sign of emotion, and sternly summon the offender to your desk. W hen he is standing before you like a culprit, ask him w hat he said or did th a t 18 TH E EDUCATION for. The great probability is he will hang his head and give no answer. You can th en tell him to come to yon after school, and in th e absence of his comrades you will find he is entirely a t your mercy.” “ I t is often said, ‘ There is no rule w ithout an exception,’ b u t I can hardly imagine an exception to th e rule I am about to s ta te : ‘ Never threaten.’ Inexperienced teachers are apt to think they should w arn their pupils not to do this or th a t, and th a t if they do th is or th a t punishm ent will be inflicted. This is a great mistake.” “ The great thing to feel oneself and to let one’s pupils feel is th a t one has a much greater reserve of force than will be required. This feeling of power is lessened when th e m aster is pledged to a certain line of action ; he m ust therefore be careful to keep his hands free. W hen it becomes necessary to punish, the punishm ent should not be given on the spot, but should be settled after the m aster has had tim e for reflection.” “ I have got now into the subject of punishm ent, and punishm ents are sometimes necessary for discipline; b u t they are not always necessary. On th e other hand, when punishm ents are often inflicted it is quite certaiu th a t the discipline is bad.” “ N o w .it may seem tolerably obvious, yet it is worth more consideration, perhaps, th an we give it, th a t the gravity of an offence does not depend on th e inconvenience it occasions the m aster.” “ I f ‘Don’t set the punishm ent on the s p o t’ is a good rule generally, it is especially valuable when the punish ment is set w ith th e cane. F o r caning is like h a n g in g ; you m ustn’t be in a hurry, for you can’t rem it the penalty afterwards. As for punishing for trifles I should say, avoid it as much as possible: b u t it can’t always be avoided. One thing, however, can be avoided, and th a t is, thinking or speaking of trifling offences which cause annoyance to the teachers as if they were offences against the laws of G-od. About trifles the teacher should keep cheerful and good-tempered, even in punishing. I have known a teacher punish for trifles w ith the air of a person playing a game of forfeits. This is far better th a n showing displeasure. The teacher’s displeasure should be kej)t for serious occasions.” “ I n the old Journal of Education, February, 1876, Mr. W . W elch has a note on discipline th a t the effect of a punishm ent depends not on th e quantity, b u t on the quality, and the quality of the punishm ent is derived from the person who sets it.” “ Every teacher should make a careful study of the sub ject, and should, in a private notebook, record ivhy he punishes,' how he punishes, and w hat effect the punishm ent produces. There is nothing like taking notes at the time. Generalisations from carefully observed and recorded facts are likely to be valuable. Generalisations from impressions and vague remembrances are p retty sure to be worthless.” A W ID E R C U R R IC U L U M . In the Educational Review for January, in an article on “ Atmosphere and Perspective in Education,” there are some sentences which combine to make out a strong case in favour of a wider curriculum. Though w ritten more particularly for E nglish teachers, the arguments are equally applicable to our own system, especially ill relation to the comparison of fam iliar w ith rem ote objects. The CIRCULAR. [A u g u st, 1899. author, P . A. B arnett, writes :— “ I t should be a m atter of great satisfaction to teachers to see the gradual expansion of the public views on teaching, as they are represented faithfully in an expanding curriculum. The nation, th a t is, begins to have wider and farther-reaching views of w hat m atters in education. As an eminent authority once said, a ploughm an drives a straighter furrow for knowing how to d ra w ; and he does something more besides. . . . . . W e can do something for connectedness in the first stratum of education by at least using all possible opportunities to extend interest to remote things and per sons and to compare them w ith those fam iliar to us ; and this is a t once more necessary and easier to E nglish teachers th an to others because of the world-wide scope of E nglish interest and activity................................ I n both prim ary and secondary stages of teaching we are inclined to attach excessive importance to the letter-perfect m astery of the small things which are the elements—the num ber of sums right, the num ber of dates known, the num ber of towns whose position is remembered, the num ber of obvious things th a t can be said of a word as a p a rt of speech, the num ber of words spelt right, and so forth. This is true m ental dissipation. I t is more fruitful, intellectually, to know what an arithm etical process implies, what is the casual connection between events, why towns should be where they are, and how to p u t words and sentences together to make concatenated sense. Moreover, to every one of these larger processes, in its own place and degree,’ the scholar can be profitably brought earlier in his career th an is commonly supposed, and th a t with positive advan tage to his studies of detail.” N A T IO N Ala ED U C A TIO N . Education, it is often said, is one line of national defence, and, like a strong navy, good education is a costly th in g ; but its worth cannot be simply measured in term s of money, though money is indispensable to its m ainten ance. I ts real value tu rn s not merely on equipment or apparatus, b u t on the worth of the teachers who im part i t ; on their attainm ent and w idth of c u ltu re ; on their skill, experience, and esprit de corps-, b u t still more on th eir insight and sympathy ;■ on the elasticity of their sp irits; on their persoual example and moral influence; on their love for their work and for the children committed to their care. True education, as we know it in its best tradition, is not “ cram,” b u t discipline. I t does n o t merely aim at im parting inform ation or- a t the gymnastics of the memory, b u t it seeks, while training the body in healthy and noble exercise of varied powers, to touch the tem per of the m in d ; to mould principle and character : to purge and deepen belief; and on education in this sense depends n o t the welfare only, b u t the very existence, of a free state.—M r. Sadler’s preface to the “ Handbook of the E ducational Section of the Victorian E ra Exhibition.” T H E F O R E S T T R E E S OF W E S T E R N A U S T R A L IA . (A dapted from Mr. J. Ednie-Brown’s Report on the Forests Western A ustralia.) of N o. 1 Jar rah (E u ca ly p tu s M arginata). Ja rra h is w ithout doubt the principal tim ber-tree in the W estern A ustralian fo re sts; no one knowing the subject A ugu st, 1 8 9 9 .] THE EDUCATION would for a moment dream of classifying it as anything else. -It is predom inant above all others in its extent of forest, the various uses to which it is or can be applied, the p a rt which it is now taking in the great tim ber export, and the esteem in which it is held in the country. Jan-all and W estern A ustralia are almost synonomous words, and, as this has been the case from th e earliest days of th e founda tion of the colony, so it will now remain as long as a Ja rra h forest exists. This, of course, does not disparage in the least degree any of the other commercial woods of the country, but simply emphasises the fact th a t Ja rra h is the principal indigenous tim ber of this p a rt of th e A ustralian continent. There are other tim bers in our forests which are equally, if not more, valuable for their own special purposes ; b u t for general constructive works necessitating contact with soil and water the tim ber of th is tree stands foremost. The specific name refers to the thickened m argin of the leaves, and th e vernacular is th e name given to the species by the aborigines. In some districts the tree is known to the settlers as the “ Mahogany Gum.” Taken as a whole, thereis nothing im rticularly picturesque about th e appearance of a Ja rra h tree or forest of these. Indeed, the general effect of the species, en masse, is dull, sombre, and uninteresting to th e eye. Except in special spots and localities, th e trees are rugged and decidedly inclined to be straggling and branchy. I n th is respect they differ very materially from the karri, which is almost invariably a fine, straight tree and comparatively free from branches,' except a t th e top. I n general appearance the Ja rra h resembles w hat is known in the other colonies as the stringy-bark. Its like ness to this division of th e Eucalyptus family is very marked. The bark is persistent, fibrous, and of a dark, grey colour, although more deeply indented in its longitu dinal furrows than the true stringy-bark. I t is not uncommon to find areas of Ja rra h forest where m any of the m atured trees attain heights of from 90ft. to 120ft., w ith good stems, 3ft. to 5ft. in diameter, and 50ft. to 60ft. to th e first branch. Such places would be de scribed as first-class Ja rra h forest. Taking an average, however, of these forests, a Ja rra h tree of a good healthy stam p and representing a fa ir specimen of its kind would ru n about 90ft. to 100ft. in height, an d from 2 |f t. to 3fft. in diam eter a t th e base. U nder such conditions and in fairly favourable situations, trees of th is size m ight be expected to be sound and convertable into good m arketable tim ber w ithout much waste. There are, however, individual trees which much exceed the figures given above, and the measurements of one or two of these may be cited as indicative of the possibilities of trees as regards size and wealth of tim ber. One measured on the Ferguson River had a circumference of 22ft. at 5ft. from the ground, and the first branch was 80ft. above ground. Such a tree as this would tu rn out a t least 20 loads of good sawn tim ber. A nother specimen, on the Ferguson area, went 21ft. in circumference a t 4ft. from the ground, and 75ft. to the first branch ; while a third, at M ornington, measured 22ft. in circumference at 4ft. up, and 60ft. to the first limb. These few instances will show to what an immense size the species will sometimes obtain, under w hat m ust of course be favourable circumstances. CIRCULAR. 19 Ja rra h is considered fit for the sawmill when it has attained a diam eter of 2ft., and this dimension it reaches when about 40 or 50 year old. The distribution of Ja rrah is confined to the South W estern Division of the colony. Roughly speaking, the Jarrah district may be said to commence about Gringin, run due South to the Blackwood, and then curve round Easterly to ju st beyond Albany. A lthough this stretch of country is the real home of Jarrah, the tree is found all over the South W estern Division, and is almost invariably inter mixed w ith red gum, and in some places with blackbutt as well. The J a rra h is purely a semi-coastal tree; th a t is, it is not found anywhere strictly beyond the influence of the sea, and yet it is not a t all partial to the direct effect of the sea breezes. Perhaps the best forests of the species are found from 20 to 30 miles off the coastal line, along the table lands and slopes of the D arling Range. I n all cases this tree delights in an ironstone formation, and it would appear as though the rougher and the more the site is composed of ironstone rocks and barren of almost any other vegetation, the better the tree will grow. I t is certainly beyond doubt th a t under such circumstances the tim ber attains a greater degree of soundness, strength, and general durability. There are, it is true, some fine belts and patches of Jarrah in the low-lying portions, where the geological formation is ironstone. I t is, however, very marked th a t as soon as a granite formation comes in, so sure will the J a rra h fall off to a mere scrub, if it does not disappear altogether. The late Baron von Miieller, the eminent botanist of Victoria, in speaking of this tim ber, said : “ The Ja rra h is famed for its indestructible wood, which is neither attacked by the borings of the Chelura, Teredo, or Termite.” I ts resistance to white-ants is remarkable, and houses built of the wood when thoroughly seasoned are almost indestructible, and have been known to exist in. perfect preservation for nearly 100 years. I t gets extremely hard w ith age and th en becomes almost unw orkable; even strong nails cannot be driven into it, and when struck the wood rings like a bell. A ltogether it is a remarkable tim ber and is highly suited for outside works. The weight of the wood when newly cut is a little over 701bs. per cubic foot, which is reduced to 601bs. when thoroughly seasoned. I t is red in colour, polishes well, and is comparatively easily worked. Some of the principal uses to which it is applied are as follow :—W ood-blocking, piles, jetties, bridges, boat build ing, posts, furniture, and railway sleepers ; while it makes the best charcoal of any tim ber in the colony. Its suita bility for piles or any works requiring immersion in salt or fresh water has been practically noted and is worth record ing. In the Woods and Forests D epartm ent there are specimens which have been obtained from piles and girders 60 years old. These were driven and used in local harbours and bridges. W hen obtained for the D epart m ent the tim ber appeared to be perfectly sound and free from any signs of decay w hatever; if anything, the wood is harder, more solid, and apparently more durable than 20 TH E EDUCATION freshly-cut timber. Its immersion in th e w ater has ren dered its colour darter, compared w ith newly-cut tim ber, and pieces which have been converted into cups, cardcases and other articles have taken on a polish equal to th e finest old mahogany. The area of Ja rra h forest surface in the colony is esti m ated a t 8,000,000 acres, and the q uantity of m atured round tim ber a t present growing in the forests is p u t down a t 40,000,000 loads. D R A W IN G IN' E L E M E N T A R Y SCHOOLS. In a paper read by Mr. Ricks, one of th e London Board Inspectors, a t th e W hitsun Conferences, the following notes on Drawing ap p e a r:— Drawing constituted one of the very best a a d m ost potent agencies for developing the powers of observation in children. Modelling in plastic m aterial was an even better medium for developing th e observing faculties. I t was essential th a t children should be tau g h t to draw w hat they saw, th a t is to say, to draw from things rath er th a n from copies. W hile learning to draw from things, the im portant point was to secure a proper appreciation on the p art of the child of the mass and th e contour. These were shown by lines, but, after all, th e lines were b u t the means to th e end, namely correct form. Too much attention has been con centrated upon lines and not enough on the form of the mass. To illustrate th is point, M r. Ricks showed some pieces of cardboard' from which various forms had been cut. W hen such pieces of cardboard were pinned on to the blackboard, the “ cut out ” form showed m ost distinctly as a mass, w ithout of course any surrounding contour line. The attention of the child would th u s naturally be concen trated on th e mass form. W hile the great m ajority of our scholars on leaving school are able to make a beautifully balanced freehand or brush drawing from the flat, and to draw groups of the orthodox models with fair accuracy, they are hopelessly a t sea when asked to sketch from memory th e simplest wellknown object in nature or art. A n ivy leaf, a mushroom, a builder’s brick, a kitchen table, each is a sealed book so fa r as drawing is concerned. The children -have acquired manipulative skill, b u t have failed to store u p m ental im pressions for futu re use. They have not learned to appreciate eye-form, growth, or even proportion. Mr. Ricks concluded by insisting th at, though it m ight be possibly tru e th a t b u t few people could learn to be artists, every boy and girl m ight be tau g h t to draw ju st as every boy and girl can be tau g h t to read and write. D IS T R IC T BO A R D S, E tc. K ttnaitaiiLin g .—The Coolgardie Committee of School M anagement has appointed M r. B. J . B ryant as delegate for the K unanalling School. S w a n .—The Swan D istrict Board of Education has appointed Mr. Sydney Chester as delegate for W est Swan School, and Mr. J . H . Leach as delegate for Sm ith’s Mill School. CIRCULAR. [A u gust, 1899. S h a r k s B a t .—Mrs. K night has accepted the position of bon. secretary to the Shai-ks Bay D istrict Board of Education. V a s s e .—Rev. Thos. E. Peters has been appointed a mem ber of the Vasse D istrict Board of Education, vice Mr. J . Bovell, deceased. Mr. Peters has also taken the position of hon. secretary, in succession to Mr. Bovell. G ingin.—Mr. W. G. M artin has been appointed a meniber of the Gingin D istrict Board of Education, vice M r. George Buchanan, resigned. S o u t h P e b t h .—Mrs. A. G. Russell has been appointed a member of the South P e rth D istrict Board of Education, vice Mr. R. T. McMaster, resigned. NAitBOGrtT.—The Rev. P. C. G illett is acting temporarily as hon. secretary of the Narrogin D istrict B oard of Education. W e s t P e b t h . —Rev. A lbert Gailey and Mr. J. H . H u n t have been appointed members of the W est P e rth D istrict B oard of Education, vice Rev. W . H . Peters and M r. W m. Burns. Mr. Gailey has been elected chairm an of the Board, and Mr. H u n t hon. secretary. M e n z i e s .—Mr. P . S tu art has been appointed a member of the Menzies Committee of School Management. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. Southern Districts Teachers’ Association.—A meeting of teachers convened by Mr. J. A. Richards (W agin) was held in the W agin School on June 10, when the following schools were represented:—W agin, K atanning, TTarrogin, Cuballing, Broome H ill, Marracoonda, and B adjanning. I t was resolved th a t an Association be formed, to be called “ The Southern D istricts Teachers’ Association,” and the fol lowing office-bearers were re-elected :—President, Mr. Inspector Gamble; committee, Miss Roche and Messrs. Richards and O’Brien; secretary, Mr. A. M. Lyngberg. The annual subscription was fixed a t one shilling, and it was arranged to hold meetings quarterly. The form al business concluded, an inspection was made by the teachers present of a varied collection of M anual W ork kindly lent by Mr. Gamble. A discussion on the A rithm etic programme fol lowed, and a most profitable afternoon was spent. A t th e next meeting, to be held on Saturday, Sept. 9, Mr. Gamble will be present and will speak on A rithm etic for the Lower Standards. Mr. P. Graham (Moojebing) will take teachers present as a class for Clay Modelling, Mr. O’Brien (K atanning) will treat on Decimals, and Mr. Richards on The Programme in English.—Communicated. P E R T H T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N . The Hon. Secretary of the W .A. State School Teachers’ Union has forwarded to the D epartm ent the following resolutions, passed a t a meeting of the P erth Branch on Monday evening, 21st- in s t.:— 1. That, in the opinion of this Association, the scale of salaries paid to teachers is inadequate, and th a t an increase of tw enty per cent, be asked for. 2. T hat the Inspector General of Schools be asked to use his influence with the M inister of Education to endeavour to secure perm anent appointm ents for teachers. A u g u s t , 1 8 9 9 .] TH E EDUCATION- CIRCULAR. 21 SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . 3. T hat the M inister be respectfully requested to secure tlie amendment of the last section of Clause 4 of 3 9 - M i l e M i l l S c h o o l —Teacher, Mr. Stephen Wallace. the PubJic Service Act, so th a t it may r e a d :—Officers A concert was given by the pupils of the above school on employed as teachers in State Schools shall rank with Ju n e 20, at which there were many visitors from Jarrahdale. other officers in the Professional Division of the Public The allowing Friday a party was given to the children out Service in the class to -which they belong, according to the of the proceeds. A fter paying all expenses a balance of salaries received by them. 19s. 6d. remains towards prize funds for Christmas. B y A uthority: K ic h a b d P etheb , Government Printer, Perth. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. UNTo. 3.] SEPTEM BER , 1899. [Vol. II. A P P O IN T M E N T S , T R A N S F E R S , ETC. School, Office. Classification. Salary per annum. E s p e r a n c e .......................................... H.T. B1 4195 & 415 Name. •O’Connor, Patrick ................ 'Turvey, Piiilip J. McDonnell, Edward ................ ■Casey, Jeremiah. W ....................... H art, Thomas E. ................ Adam, E d ith A ............................... O’Brien, Aida •Clarke, E v a A .................................. Amies, Sarah A ................. “Wright, Margaret ................ W ardlaw, Thomas D ..................... Spangler, Rudolph W ................... Dobson, James ... ................ 'Menz, Clarissa L. ................ Eannard, Richard E . E. Mason, V iolet ............................. Timmins, Y i o l a ............................. •Collard, Mrs. It. J .......................... Greenbushes ............................. H am elin M om b ek in e................ H igh gate .......................................... C la r e m o n t .......................................... E ast P erth ... ... ................ G reenbushes. ............................. W est L e e d e r v ille ............................. Northam ................ ................ H igh gate .......................................... Boulder .......................................... Northam ............................. Boulder .......................................... Jarrahdaie, No. 39 M ile M ill ... E ast P e r t h .......................................... ................ Jarrahdaie ... " ... Chidloiv’s W ell ... ... H.T. H.T. H.T. A. A. A. A. A. on supply A. A. A. A. . P.T. Monr. Monr. Monr. (fu ll tim e) ' S.M. Cl Cl . Cl *B2 temp. C2 C2 B2, pr jv. C2, prov. B2, prov. C2 Cl 4th Class lodging al lowance. £120 .£100 4120 4150 480 480 480 4100 480 4130 4120 4110 420 420 416 430 412 * Subject to examination in December. F R E E E D U C A T IO N . lie accepted from parents/' 'J u 1 E X T E N S IO N O F LE A V E . L ast year various teachers asked for an extension of the •Christmas holidays in order to visit th e E astern colonies, and the M inister gave permission for a week’s extension ■without- pay. Before teachers make any arrangem ents for th is Christmas vacation, th e M inister '-wishes to point out th a t th e holidays have now been lengthened to five -weeks, •on purpose to give an extended rest in th e h o t w eather; and he is not willing to grant, year after year, extension of leave. I t would, therefore, be advisable, if any members of the staff do wish to leave th e colony during th e coming Christinas holidays, th a t they should endeavour to com municate among themselves, and, when they have found -that a num ber are going on th e trip, to make arrangem ents w ith the steamship companies so th a t boats m ay be ru n to suit their convenience, both going and coming, and •extension of leave will not have to be asked for. I f the -steamship companies were approached by the Teachers’ Union, and it was pointed out th a t a certain num ber of teachers would engage to go if the boats were run on certain dates, there is little doubt th a t arrangem ents could be made. The D epartm ent cannot hold out any hope that, a t this coming Christmas, extension of leave will be allowed. Since w riting the above we have received the following letter from the H on. Secretary of the Frem antle Teachers’ A ssociation: “ Teachers who intend travelling to the E astern Colonies during the forthcoming Christmas Vacation are requested to forward th eir names and addresses to the Secretary of the Frem antle Teachers’ Association, Mr. A. I. Molloy,' not later th an 10th October, pros., stating also to w hat port they intend to travel and the num ber of passages required. On receipt of this inform ation arrangem ents will be made, if possible for a steamer to leave, say, on Sunday, 17th December, and an attem pt will be made to secure substantial reductions in fares on the occasion. As this latter would depend largely on the num ber travelling, it is hoped th a t all who intend leaving the Colony a t Christm as will lose no tim e in doing as suggested.” 24 TH E EDUCATION S P E C IA L R E L IG IO U S IN S T R U C T IO N . Teachers are reminded of the note on religious in struction, reprinted on page 4 of tlie July Circular. Prom time to tim e when the D epartm ent has found special religious instructors, whose names have not been sent iu, giving lessons in schools, the reply of the teachers has been th a t they believed them to be delegates of such and such a denomination. The D epartm ent does not recognise any delegate unless he has w ritten permission to give special religious instruction. I t is desirable, therefore, th a t all head teachers should be careful to see th a t th e names of tlie ladies and gentlemen coming to their schools have been notified to the D epartm ent, and permission given. T H E R E F E R E N C E L IB R A R Y . The D epartm ent has added to the Reference L ibrary a copy of th e Encyclopedia Britannica. This work is so complete in character th a t it is almost tru e to say one can get information on any subject, and the D epartm ent feels it will be of m uch advantage to teachers in any branch of study they may take up. A few teachers have been using th e Library, b u t the-D epartm ent hopes th a t more will take advantage of th e chance of borrowing some of the books, though it is possible many of them, are already in the pos session of teachers. Some of them , however, are expensive hooks, and doubtless all teachers have not yet formed the educational library which they will eventually collect. G O V E R N M E N T E X H IB IT IO N S . In the Government Gazette of the 22nd September full particulars are published regarding the examination for Government Exhibitions. The examination will commence on November 20, and will be on the course prescribed for the Adelaide Senior and Ju n io r U niversity'Exam inations. The D epartm ent’s prelim inary examination will be held on October 16 and 17, and th e last date for receiving applica tions is October 13. As in th e previous examination, there are five Senior and five Ju n io r Exhibitions of the value of £ 2 5 and =815 each respectively, tenable for one year. The general regulations are unaltered, b u t a few changes are made in the syllabus. T E A C H E R S ’ S A L A R IE S A N D A P P O IN T M E N T S . The following is the D epartm ent’s reply to the resolu tions forwarded by the P erth Teachers’ Association, and printed in th e A ugust Circular :— “ W ith further reference to your letter of the 22nd instant, in which you sent to me the resolutions passed by the P erth Branch of your Union and asked me to forward them to the Minister, I have forwarded them in accordance w ith yoiu- request and the M inister has given th e m atters mentioned his careful consideration. “ W ith regard to R esolution'1, as to an increased scale of salaries, he regrets very m uch th a t th e Government cannot a t present see its. way to increase the salaries. I should be glad if your Union would lay before me next year the question for fu rth er consideration, some tim e before the Estim ates are compiled—for example, in A pril or May. Of course this is not a m atter of any promise from the Minister, b u t I should like to have the question raised again at th a t time. CIRCULAR [S eftembeb, 1899. “ As to your second resolution, requesting th a t permanent appointm ents may be secured for teachers, the M inister informs me th a t it is not the intention of the Government to place any officer on the perm anent staff except in special cases—this year at any rate. H e asks me to notify you to th a t effect. “ W ith reference to your th ird resolution, as to the Public Service Act, I will discuss it fu rther as soon as the Assembly has tim e to seriously enter upon the consideration of th e measure.—I have, etc., C y r i l J a c k s o n , Inspector General of Schools.” U nfortunately the Inspector General has since been suf fering from influenza, and has therefore not been able todiscuss the m atter with the teachers, as he had hoped. IN Q U IR Y FO R M S FO R A D M IS S IO N R E G IS T E R . A n amendment to Regulation 96 has been sanctioned by the Executive Council, in which it is required of parents to fill up and sign an admission form. This form has been previously in teachers’ hands, b u t has not been in th e regulations. I t will now appear as a schedule, and it hasan additional question at the end, so th a t parents who object to the general religious instruction may, in accordance w ith the term s of the A ct which has not been altered, state th e ir objection in w riting w ith the least possible inconvenience to themselves. This form is not of course a new one,t except w ith regard to this particular question. I t will be used by teachers in all admission cases in future, and any old forms on hand should be destroyed. Teachers are reminded th a t they m ust not in any way endeavour to unduly influence parents in this m atter, b u t they can of course inform parents of the general character of the religious instruction should they be asked questions about it.. T E A C H E R S’ C E R T IF IC Ao T E S. Teachers should send in their certificates (A, B, or C) fo r endorsement after the school examination. Those who have not done so in the p ast should send them in a t once, as it is entirely a teacher’s own fa u lt if his or her parchm ent shows nothing w ith regard to work done. T H E N E W E D U C A T IO N ACT. F ees. Teachers have probably observed from the newspapers th a t the Education Bill has passed both Houses. I t will receive the Governor’s assent this m onth (September) and will then become law, and fees can then no longer be taken from the pupils between the ages of six and .fourteenThe D epartm ent has not a t present any intention of im posing a fee on children below six or between fourteen and sixteen years of age, though this is allowable under the Act. Should any occasion arise, the D epartm ent will have the rig h t to impose a fee. Com pulsory C lauses. The new A ct above cited makes certain differences in th e law as to attendance a t school. Copies of the Act will be sent to teachers, with the new regulations resulting therefrom. The principal alteration is th a t attendance is now insisted upon every tim e the school is ojsen, unlessgood reason can be shown to the Minister. S eptem ber, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION P r iv a te Schools. I t is also w ithin the power of tlie D epartm ent to see th a t private schools are efficient. The Roman Catholic schools ■of the Colony had already spontaneously invited the inspec tio n of the D epartm ent. Teachers m ust inform the D epart m ent of all private schools -within their district. This return is a very im portant one, and should be sent in to th e D epartm ent, if possible, -within th e n e s t fortnight. .The inform ation required is the name of the teacher, the name of th e school (if it has one), and th e num bers of -children in attendance, if th is can be approximately obtained -without difficulty. CIRCULAR. 25 following diagrams and instructions will p u t the teacher on the right p a th :—• To produce the blob w ith the point a t the bottom, the brush, full of colour, m ust be laid down horizontally on the paper and then lifted up again (Pig. 1). N either the brush nor the paper m ust be moved either up or down, or from side to side. C hildren L eavin g for Work. Teachers are invited, -when sending in their returns of •absentees,,to state, in any case where children have gone to work before they are legally exempt, the name of their -employer, if they can ascertain it. F o r the blob with the point to the left, the brash, full of colour, m ust be laid down w ith the tip of the holder pointing to the right, and the hairs to the left (Pig. 2.) TEM PERANCE. I t is hoped th a t all teachers will give, among their M oral lesson s, a t least one lesson on Temperance during th e year to each class. I n the M anual of H ealth and Temperance, ■which is supplied by the D epartm ent, pages 91 to 132 are devoted to this subject. The D epartm ent does not necessarily require th a t the children should receive lessons -actually on this book, nor is it of course desirable th a t the statistics th a t are given in th e book should in any -way be ta u g h t as p art of the subject. W h a t is m uch more im portant is th a t th e children should have every year brough t before them the virtue of self-restraint, temperance being also necessary with regard to eating and any other pleasures or functions of life in which excess may be easily reached. Page 91 gives an excellent definition of w hat temperance really is, and shows teachers th a t they are not required to teach merely to tal abstention from alcohol, or teetotalism as it is usually called. I t is of course quite possible for a teetotaller to be exceedingly intem perate in other ways, and the children therefore m ust be led to see th a t the error is in excess. A too strong statem ent as to the dangers of drink carries its own refutation. I f a teacher informs a child th a t alcohol is a deadly poison, and the child is in the habit of seeing its parents using alcohol moderately day by day w ith no ill effects, the lesson loses all its force, and the veracity of th e teacher is the only thing about which the child feels any doubt-. Of course on the other hand, total abstention from alcohol is certainly the best coiu-se for children. The real essence of temperance is the restrain t of the desires to a moderate and healthful degree. F o r the blob with the point to the right, place the b rash horizontally on the paper (Fig. 3) -with the tip of th e holder pointing to the left, and the hairs to the risrht. F o r the blob w ith the point a t the top, let tlie b rash be laid down on the paper as in ' Fig. 4. T H E DRAW ING- S Y L L A B U S. • There still seems to be difficulty experienced bjr such teachers as wish to sta rt brush work, in getting hold of clear instructions how to use the brush. The work is so simple when it is understood th a t even little children in the In fa n t classes can easily do it, b u t of course it m ust be ■carefully tau g h t in the preliminary stages. The elementary forms given on page 19 of the Syllabus, to be made by a single touch, without moving the brush on th e paper, can be produced by simply tu rn in g the hand. A study of the This figure repre sents the completedform Wia2 produced in accordance w ith the above direc tions. in The blobs in the diagrams are very much exaggerated comparison with the size of the brush, in order 26 TH E EDUCATION to show liow th e brush is held. There is no pushing of the brush either u p or down, or backward or forward, in order to shape th e b lo b ; the mere laying down of the brush, w ith the hand in the rig h t position, makes the required shape. In every case the hand m ust be so held th a t the hairs of the brush can be fully seen; they m ust never be hidden by th e hand. In last m onth’s Circular the importance of mass as well as line in drawing was pointed out. Brushw ork is one of the best ways of beginning to teach m a ss; it is also one of the easiest media through which to teach design, as it is much swifter th an th e line drawing ; and by th e use of colour and mass, design can be made much more effective than by mere lines. There are very suggestive decorations throughout the syllabus, showing the kind of design th a t is easily done in brush-work. On page 19, for example, the leaf "form can be taken alm ost immediately, and eventually the very beautiful designs on page 25 are reached, with much less expenditure of tim e and trouble th a n if they were drawn w ith a pencil. I t m ust never be forgotten throughout th e syllabus th a t the children m ust be induced to themselves make unaided efforts to develop design. I t is only by doing so th a t individuality can find expression. Repeat patterns from blackboard copies, or from the syllabus, are not w hat is intended ; b u t th a t the children should be encouraged to m ake new arrangem ents w ith the same elements. W ith the brush-work it is much easier to teach the children to fill up spaces. F o r example, they may be instructed to. place designs in the square, or in th e oblong or circle. The simplest example of designs in th e square is given on page 19, while th e circle and oblong are shown on page 25. N ot long since forms, like Figure 1, on page 26, were' being carefully drawn and coloured w ith a flat wash in one of the schools; and it would have taken perhaps an hour with a pencil to arrive a t th e result.obtained ■with the brush alone in a few minutes. I f children are encouraged in their early efforts to fill up spaces and to make small designs and repeats, it is wonderful how quickly they will develop new forms and designs. Of coui'se a teacher will at once see th e advantage of encouraging a child when any new arrangem ent has been produced, by holding it up to the class and m aking the children use it as a basis for still fu rth er patterns. Teaching of design is, strictly speaking, impossible, as th e inventive faculty of th e designer m ust be used, b u t it can be stim ulated and developed very m uch by th e teacher. I f a teacher will give the children the elements from which design is to be formed, he will be surprised at th e new patterns which residt. T H E M A K IN G OF P E N C IL S . One of the m ost obvious and useful of inform ation lessons would be on the m aking of th e pencils th a t the children use for th eir slates or for drawing. Of course the actual am ount th a t a child can learn by observation of these pencils is extremely small. H e can see th a t the lead pencil has a wooden case and an inner core, while he can see very little of the slate pencil but its shape and colour. H e can of course feel th e relative hardness of the two, and CIRCULAR. [S e p t e m beb , .18 9 9 . can see the m arks they make, b u t unless told b y , theteacher lie could glean nothing of the process of m anu facture. I n the older classes, a t any rate, the m aking o f these articles could be given as an inform ation lesson, and. in case teachers wish to do this we publish the following p artic u la rs:— S la te P en c ils. These are made of the odds and ends of broken slatefrom the quarries. ' The materials are p u t into a m o rtar and pounded into small particles, which are then sent intoa bolting mill, such as is used in flouring mills, and bolted into fkrar. This is taken into a mixing room where a sm all quantity of steatite (soapstone) flour, m anufactured in a sim ilar manner, is added, and the whole is made into astiff dough, which is thoroughly kneaded by passing it several tim es between iron rollers. The dough is then made into short cylinders, four or five inches thick, and containing from eight to ten pounds each. F our of these are placed in a strong iron chamber, or retort, w ith a changeable nozzle, so as to regulate the size of the pencil,, and subjected to tremendous hydraulic pressure, under which the composition is pushed through the nozzle in along cord, and passes over a sloping table slit at right angles with the cords to give passage for a knife which cutsthem into lengths. They are then laid on boards to dry, and after a few hours are removed to sheets of corrugated zinc, the corrugations serving to prevent the pencils from warpiugduring the process of baking. This is done in a ldln, into which super-heated steam is introduced in pipes, the tem perature being regulated according to the requirementsof the articles exposed to its influence. From the kiln thepencils go to the finishing and packing room, where the ends are th ru st for a second under rapidly revolving emery wheels, and are w ithdraw n neatly and smoothly pointed, ready for use. They are then packed in wooden boxes,, each containing 100 pencils, and these boxes are packed in tu rn for shipm ent in wooden boxes containing 100 each,, or 10,000 pencils in a shipping box. Nearly all the work is done by boys. Ziead P en cils. The title lead pencil is a misnomer, as no lead is used in its composition. Once upon a tim e sticks of lead wereused for m aking m arks on paper and wood, and the namehas survived, though nowadays all the pencils are filler! w ith graphite, or plumbago. This m ineral is found in only a few places in the world—in Cumberland, fo r instance, and along the L aurentian ranges, in the provinceof Quebec. The graphite, when mined, is pulverised in. stam p mills, which work under water. The powdered graphite floats w ith the w ater through a series of tanks, in. which it collects. I t is then packed in barrels and sent tothe factories. W hen in this state the graphite is as fine as dust, dingy in colour, and smooth and oily to the touch. To sort it into various grades of fineness, the services o f tanks are once more requisitioned. The dust is carried by w ater from one ta n k to another ; the coarse dust sinks to th e bottom of the first tank, the next quality to the bottom, of the second tank, and so on down the line, the finest powder settling in the last tank. In another series o f tanks th e -German pipe-clay, which is mixed w ith graphite to make the different grades of pencils, is treated in th e same way. The finest clay is mixed w ith the finest- S e p t e b ib e k , 1899.] THE EDUCATION graphite, and the m ixture is ground between stones. The hardness of the pencil is secured by increasing the proportion of clay in the m ix tu re; for th e medium grade seven parts by weight of clay are mixed -with ten parts of graphite. A fter the graphite and clay are ground together, the mixture is p u t in canvas bags, and th e water is squeezed out under hydraulic pressure, leaving .a mass with the consistency of putty. This is placed in a small iron cylinder, in which a solid piston w o rts up and down. A steel plate having a hole the size and shape of the “ le a d ” is p u t under the open end of the cylinder, and the piston, pressing down, forces the. mixture through the hole, m a tin g a continuous thread of graphite. As long as th is thread is moist it is pliable, b u t it becomes brittle when dry, so it is handled rapidly. I t is cut into three lead lengths, and hardened in a crucible over a coal fire, and is then ready for use. The wood for the pencils is cut in flat strips the length of the pencils, and is passed through a machine which cuts six grooves in each, and at the same tim e smooths the face of the wood. For the cheap pencils pine is used, and cedar for the more expen sive. ones. The filling of the strips is usually, done by girls. The first one ta te s a grooved strip of wood in one hand and a bunch of leads in the other. She spreads the leads out fan shape, and with one motion fills the' six grooves with leads. The girl next to her ta te s the filled strip and covers it w ith another strip ju st coated with hot glue by a th ird girl. The filled strips are piled upon each other and p u t into a press where they are left to dry, and th en the ends of th e strip are evened off under a sand paper wheel. The strips are afterwards fed into a machine which cuts out the individual pencil, shapes it, and delivers it smooth and read}' for -the colour and polish. The colouring is done with liquid dyes, after which, th e pencils are sent through the varnishing machine. W e have seen specimen cards issued by th e firms of L . and C. H ard tm u th and Johan Faber, illustrating the process of m anufacture of lead pencils, and it is possible that teachers who wished to give the lesson in its completest form could obtain these cards, or something similar, by w riting to these firms. EH- G1ISE H IS T O R Y . CIRCULAR. 27 “ I n deciding upon the selection of the m aterial which, is extraneous to the text-book, great care m ust be taken to avoid so overweighting a subject with detail so as to obscure the m ain d rift of events. Landm arks in a pro gress towards a definite goal m ust stand out clear and distinct. So m ust the goal itself. Hence the tem ptation to introduce stories from Shakespeare or from Scott’s ‘ Tales of a G randfather,’ in order to add picturesqueness, may have to be resisted on the one h a n d ; while, on the other, we may have to boldly shut our eyes to sto ct ques tions of examination papers, and reduce the ‘twelve horrid, hateful battles ’ to five, or the longer list of the Cromwell period to a similar number. To ta te a fu rth er example : N either the religious gain in the introduction of Chris tianity, nor the decision come to a t W hitby as to the exact pattern of the tonsure, nor the events in the reigns of the Kings of Wessex, nor the w o rt and personality of D unstan, nor, lastly, the feudal institutions of W illiam I., should be so treated as to allow the mind to lose sight of the gradual process by which a number of separate kingdoms became united into a compact whole. A nd when the goal is reached, and a description has been given of how 60,000 landholders all swore allegiance to the same sovereign upon Salisbury Plain, how necessary it is to recapitulate" “Graphic extracts from leading historians are, neverthe less, a great help, especially if pains be taken to read them, well. The style of w riting which now obtains among studeuts of history is calm and philosophical rather th an rhetorical or picturesque ; b u t boys will always prefer the la tter ; and if, through such literature being thus brought before them, they acquire a taste for history, which will ultimately lead them to appreciate the thoughtful and suggestive writers of the present day, the highest aim of our teaching will be realised. Such scenes as the election of Anselm to the Archbishopric, .as told by C h u rch ; the siege of Calais, by Charlotte Yonge; the death of Elizabeth, by J. R. G reen; the trial of Charles I., by F oster; Cromwell driving out the Long Parliam ent, by G uizot; or the trial of the Seven Bishops, by Macaulay— whether the actual incidents narrated are remembered or n o t—cannot fail to arouse enthusiasm, and a lasting impression will be produced. “ Many famous sayings also assist in driving home the The following extract is taken from an article on “ How main facts. ‘ Sir, you have ta u g h t me to look for the to treat E nglish H istory from G ardiner’s Outline,” by W . opinion of my subjects in other places th an in the House E . Brown, in the July “ Journal of E d u catio n ” :— “ The chief art consists in raising upon the text-boot I of Commons,’ recalls a t once the liigh-souled patriotism of the ‘ first great Commoner.’ ‘ They are ringing their foundation a building whose elevation m ust depend upon bells now, b u t soon they will be wringing th eir hands,’ ' the age and attainm ents of the class which is being taught. brings before us the burly doggedness of Sir R obert F o r example, G ardiner’s sentence, ‘ W illiam of N orinandy Walpole. Schoolboys should be deeply grateful to the h a 'l no rightful claim to the English crown a t all, b u t by Scotch minister who dubbed Jam es I.‘ ‘ God’s silly vassal,’ pu ttin g together a num ber of reasons, none of which was and to H enry IV . for styling hiui, no. less wittily, ‘ the worth anything, he managed to m a te it seem as though he wisest fool in Christendom.’ had a real claim,’ may be amplified into an excursus which, to a junior form, would include E dw ard’s promise of heir “ Foreign affairs ought to occupy a more prom inent ship and the version of the story of H arold’s shipwreck position in the lesson th an they do in most text-books, ■and oath, which poet and novelist make use of. The especially with older pupils. They at any rate should have murder of E dw ard’s brother Alfred would be added in a as vivid a conception of W illiam D uke of Normandy as of lesson to a middle form, while a still higher class would W illiam K ing of England, of Charles V. and Philip of require some discussion upon th e real nature of the oath, Spain as of H enry VIII.' and his children, of Louis XIV. and upon the p art which the Pope took in furthering as of James II. and W illiam in ., of Napoleon as of W illiam 's aims. W ellington or P itt.” 28 TH E EDUCATION E L E M E N T A R Y SCHOOL B U R S A R IE S E X A M IN A T IO N . An examination for Bursaries was conducted a t the Education D epartm ent on A ugust 24 and 2-5. The follow ing were th e successful candidates, and the M inister has therefore awarded them a B ursary each :— G ertrude Minchin, Guildford School. John W hiteley, Beverley School. P ran k C. Cook, Bayswater School. In justice to W est Swan School it should be mentioned th a t G ertrude M inchin was a pupil in attendance there u n til the 21st July. For genei-al information we publish herewith the ques tions set a t the examination :— E L E M E N T A R Y SCHOOL B U R S A R IE S . R eading, in clu d in g M ean in gs (1 0 0 M arks). Fenm ansM p (1 0 0 M arks). 1. Your handw riting in th e D ictation Exercises will be taken into account in estim ating the m arks to be given for penmanship. 2. W rite in large hand— The everlasting hills. 3. A nd in small hand— The flora of W estern A ustralia is very beautiful. S p ellin g ( 1 0 0 M arks). 1. W rite the selection read by the Exam iner. M arks will be deducted for alterations and interlinings. 2. M arks will be deducted for errors in spelling in any of your papers. D ic ta tio n : “ M rs.'C lark said she thought th a t with these things they should go to the whole root of the m atter. W hy was it th a t people wanted to play these games on Sundays ? They said it was because they h ad not th e tim e in the week days. She thought it was Gladstone who said th a t if every m an and woman did th e ir rig h t proportion of work there would be only foxu- and a half hotu-s’ work per day for each. W omen would flock into the shops to buy at half-past five or a quarter to six in the afternoon, which hindered the assistants from clearing up. I f women would try to avoid late shopping it would be a great help. She tho u g h t eight hours was long enough fo r anyone to work. Doctors had said th a t th e proper division of the day was eight hours for work, eight hours for sleep, and eight liom-s for play or leisure.” English. ( 3 0 0 M arks). Time allowed ................ Three hoiu-s. 1. W rite a composition on yom- favourite game. 2. Analyse :— “ T h a t you have wronged me doth appear in th is.” 3. Parse the sentence quoted in question 2. 4. W rite out any lines, not fewer th an six and not more th a n 10, from the selection of poetry last learnt by you in school, and then give their m eaning in your own words. •5. W h a t is a regular verb? Give six examples of the same. CIRCULAR. [S e f t e m bek , IS P S ’ 6. W h at does the prefix “ in” mean in the word intransitive? Give four words in which the same prefix occurs and having the same meaning; 7. Give th e roots of the following w o rd s:—Subtraction,. Geography, Subterranean, Exported, Dependent. 8. P oint out any prefixes and affixes which occur in thewords given in question 7, and state the meaning in each case. 9. How many kinds of nouns are there ? How can you tell one kind from another ? 10. Give the past tense and past participle of thefollowing verb s:—W rite, talk, cut, sing, have, may. 11. Form sentences containing the following words as indicated:—“ W alk” as a noun, “ fru it” as an adjective,. “ judge” as a verb, “ th a t” as a Relative Pronoun. 12. Pick out all the adjectives from the followings passages, and indicate the word which each qualifies:— N “ A ll our huge cannons and other weapons of war,, with which we conquer our enemies, are bu t th e productions of the wonder-working h a n d !” “ The deep thunder of the surf seemed not adisturbing element, b u t a fitting accompaniment; and as the crimson light of the western sun shone upon his face, the sick man beckoned the faithful sergeant to raise him on his couch.” o t e . —Take no notice of the Adjectives “ th e” and “ a.” A rith m etic (3 0 0 M arks). Time allowed ... Three hours. 1. How m any half ounces in -5i cwt. ? 2. - I f 450 people wanted to travel a journey of 250 miles a t three-farthings a mile, w hat would all the fares am ount to ? 3. How many chains in 4,906 poles ? 4. A m an bought half a ton of tea a t Is. l i d . per lb. H e gained 5 ld . on every l b .; what did he sell the whole of it for ? 5. The interest on ,£35 is £ 2 16s., w hat is the interest on i315 P 6. A girl spends -25 of a day a t school, -375 of a day a t meals and amusements, and the rest in sleep, how many hotu-s does she spend in each ? 7. W hat should I pay for £5,495 stock at 9 4 | per cent.- ? • 8. How many hours from 9 o’clock a.m. on the 1st Juneto 7 o’clock p.m. on the 30th Ju n e ? 9. (a) S u b t r a c t f r o m i- t- f ( b) Simplify 2-|+3f-§- 10. F in d by practice the value of 1,065 articles a t £317s. 9fd. each. 11. Reduce 12s. 7id . to the decimal of £ 2 . 12. I f a dollar be worth 4s. 2 |d ., how many woidd b& equal to 101 half-crowns. Septem ber, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION H isto r y (1 0 0 m arks). Time allowed ... ... Two hours. Not more than eight questions to be attem pted. 1. How did th e Saxons divide E n g lan d ? Name t i e divisions. 2. Give some account of th e conquest of France by H enry th e F ifth. 3. W hen and where was tlie battle of W aterloo fouglit ? W ho were the commanders on eitlier side ? W hat were th e results of the battle ? 4. W h a t distinguished m ilitary commander lived in the reign of Queen Anne ? Nam e any battles in which he took part. 5. Give a brief account of two of th e follow ing:— Carton, Lady Jane Gray, George Stephenson, Jam es H a r greaves, Sir John Moore. 6. W hen did the Duke of W ellington first distinguish him self as a commander? U nder w hat name was he known a t th a t tim e ? 7. Say w hat you know about one of the follow ing:— M agna Charta, P etition of E ight, Habeas Corpus Act. 8. Mention the circumstances connected w ith what is known as the Gunpowder Plot. 9. Say what you know about Gordon and his con nections w ith the Soudan. 10. W h at countries were engaged in the Crimean W ar ? Name any battles which took place during the war. How did Miss Florence N ightingale come into prominence ? 11. W hom did Queen Yictoria m arry ? Give a short sketch of his character. , 12. W h at was the cause of th e Indian M utiny ? W here did it break out ? Name three towns and three officers who are intim ately connected w ith its repression. G eography (2 0 0 m arks). Time allowed ... ... Two hours. 1. Draw a map of A frica indicating the chief rivers and mountains, and th e portions of th e continent form ing p a rt of th e B ritish Empire. 2. Name two British possessions in Asia which may be considered commercial centres. Give reasons for your selection. 3. -Name th e principal m ountain ranges of N orth America. Show by a rough sketch where they are situated. 4. W here are the principal lakes of Europe situated ? Name them. 5. W here are the following o btained:—Pine, Mahogany, K auri, K arri, Tobacco, Currants, W ool and Cotton. 6. W hy are G ibraltar and E g y p t of special importance to the B ritish Em pire F 7. Describe the form ation of a Glacier. In what m ountain ranges are they to be seen? 8. W hat is m eant by evaporation and condensation. Explain briefly how dew is formed ? CIBCULAR. 29 N O T E S B Y A T E A C H E R OH “ S IT T IN G S T IL L .” “ To the young teacher, ‘ sitting still ’ is synonymous w ith good discipline. H e gives the orders and the boys shrivel up into stillness. W h a t could anybody wish for more ? Discipline is absolutely perfect. I am afraid we have all got our ideas of discipline in a bad school. This ‘ sitting still ’ is the doctrine of repression. I t is one of the false results of a vicious system. “ Let us get away from this idea of stern repression to a better life, which is th a t of natural growth and develop ment. The discipline th a t will tell upon the life of the child is one th a t springs from rig h t motive. In order to see what motives actuate children, we m ust give them opportunity to act freely. Such opportunity they never obtain in the ordinary school life of to-day. “ W e often hear complaints of the rude behaviour in the streets of children who have not long left school. The reason is simple. They have become so- accustomed to being restrained by others th a t they have practically no power of self-restraint. The cultivation of this most valuable faculty has been entirely neglected. “ Professor Huxley once defined an educated man as 1the man who does the rig h t thing at the rig h t time whether he likes it or not.’ The essence of the definition is in tlie last- clause. I t points to perfect self-governance as the one distinguishing feature of the educated man. H e lias his powers of body and mind, his jiassions and emotions absolutely under control. H e is master of himself. A m an’s self is the m ost difficult subject in the world to conquer. I t is a conquest given to few men to achieve, b u t it is an ideal to be aimed at. “ Then the question is, how fa r does tlie discipline of the prim ary school lead children towards the attainm ent of th a t ideal ? The answer m ust be th a t ‘ sitting still ’ does not even set the child with his face towards the goal, m uch less does it take him any steps along the road. “ In H olland children walk into school at the beginning of each session as they anive, and sit down a t the desks to await the coming of the teacher. Im agination fails to picture w hat would happen in a big town school in E ngland were such a system instituted. One thing is certain, the discipline grant would be irrevocably lost on the first occa sion the Inspector happened to p u t in an appearance a t nine o’clock. [W e hope not in W .A .—E d.] The English system of form ing in lines and of marching with precision is sm art, b u t it is the m ilitary idea. The D utch system I venture to call the home idea. The children are tru sted to walk into school as they would walk into the home. And, after all, school is,.or should be, b u t the extension of the home principle of conduct. Children do not march into the home in single file, right turn, left turn, stand, sit, according to strict order. A t any rate, my boys don’t.”—-T. P . Sykes in The Teachers’ Aid. LOCAL G EO G R A PH Y N O T E S. T he M urchison Goldfield. By Mr. Inspector Robertson. The Murchison Goldfield was proclaimed on the 24th September, 1891, and the Government paid the reward for 30 THE EDUCATION reporting payable gold on this field to M r. Corelly, who first announced it, although. Messrs. M cPherson and Peterkin were the practical prospectors of Nannine, which . was the seat of the first alluvial rush of any importance. The country embraced w ithin the boundaries of the field may be described as an elevated plateau or table-land, with auriferous tracts running N orth and South for the most p art between belts of granite and desert sandstone, in many instances the heaviest gold being found where the latter, which in bygone ages covered a large area of the country, has been eroded by the action of centim es and stands up from the plain in fantastic cliffs—oases of rock in a wilderness of mulga scrub, known as “ table-tops ” and form ing landm arks visible for miles in all directions. The Nicholson and W eld Ranges, and some isolated peaks at intervals, constitute the only elevations of consequence on the face of the country. Lake Austin, presumably so called from the absence of water on its sandy bed, is situa ted about the middle of the field, and is a continuation of th a t chain of dry lakes which stretches for miles N orth and South almost to the Southern seaboard of the colony. The Murchison is the best watered of all th e goldfields. w ith th e exception, perhaps, of Kimberley, an abundance of fresh w ater being obtained a few feet below the surface: R ound the shores of Lake A ustin, a t Cuddingwarra, and a few other places, the water is intensely salt, b u t as fresh drinking water has been found a few miles d istant no great inconvenience lias been experienced by those th a t live in the Lake district. A t Cuddingwarra the salt an d fresh water country runs in parallel belts, and it is 110 uncommon th ing to see two wells, one intensely brackish, the other fresh and sweet, in close proximity. The climate is hot. The nights are, however, always bearable in the height of summer. P rom Ju ly to the end of October hardly a more perfect climate could be imagined, warm, sunny days, cool nights, and a crisp, dry air. Owing to the expansion of the m ining industry and the num ber of new finds, the M urchison Goldfield’s have been split up into the following divisions:— 1. The M urchison Goldfield. 2. The Talgoo Goldfield. 3. The E a st M urchison Goldfield. T h e M u r c h i s o n G o l d f i e l d . —The boundaries of this field were altered on th e 8th February, 1895. Area, 20,513 square miles. B oun d aries:— Starting from the summit of M ount M urchison and extending N .E. to sum m it of M ount Hale, thence E.S.E. to th e summit of M ount R ussell; thence S.S.W. to the N.W . corner of the N orth Coolgardie G oldfield; thence. W .N .W . to th e sum m it of W vemandoo H ill, and onwards to Goonahmondey P e a k ; thence N.W . to the sum m it of M ount F arm er and onwards to th e summit of M ount L u k e ; and thence to the sum m it of M ount Murchison. The gold-bearing belt runs N orth and South for a distance of 100 miles, and is situated on the E astern side of the field, about 200' miles from the coast. The country is mostly open, and is comparatively high, as it forms the w ater-parting between the M urchison River and the lake area of the interior. CIRCULAR. [S e p t e m ber , 1899. The m ost im portant places on th e M urchison Goldfield are— Nannine D ay Dawn A bbott’s Cuddingwarra Yagahong The Island, Lake A ustin Quin’s The Mainland, Lake A ustin Star of the E ast Lennonville M eekatharra Boogardie Tuclrauarra M ount M agnet Cue Paynesville. NAjnsrmE is a township, almost surrounded by an am phi theatre of hills, those to the E astw ard having as tlieir backbone the m ain line of reef, which runs N orth from Lake A nnean to the spur of the rough ironstone ridge. The main line of reef stands up in huge blows, and would, to anyone used to gold-inining in other parts of the world, present a very unpromising appearance. Lake Annean is usually an arid sand waste, b u t after heavy rains it becomes fu ll of water, and is dotted w ith wildfowl. The water evaporates in the summer, leaving only a crust of white salt on tlie bare sands. I t is surrounded by a stunted fringe of mulga scrub. N annine was discovered some tim e before Cue, and it was here th a t the first lease was taken up. Annean station, of three-quarter odd million acres, embraces all the country round, the head station being 16 miles from the townsite. A b b o t t ’s is situated about 51 miles by road N orth of Nannine. is a hill about 20 miles E a st of Lake Annean. is about 12 miles South of Yagahong, and marked on the map of intervening scrub by tall Now thanna H ill, and is situated on the N orth side of one of those salt lakes for which the country is famous—dry, fiat, and sandy. Y agahong Q u i n ’s S ta b , oe th e E a s t is 20 m ile s E a s t of N a n n in e . is a rising m ining centre which has come to the front of late. It- is situated about 25 miles N orth of Nannine. T u c k a n a r r a , originally known as Boyd’s Find, and sometimes Cork-tree Flat, is situated in the ranges about 25 miles N orth-E ast of Cue, and nearly midway between Cue and Nannine, on the N annine road. C u e , which is the centre of the Government of the Murchison, is situated about the centre of the'field, and so far boasts the largest population. I t is situated in an old creek bed, and is consequently subject to inundations when it does rain. I t is a solidly built little city, and has some substantial buildings. Cue itself is in the middle of the celebrated “ specking” grounds, over which in the past hundreds of men walked day by day turning over every stone w ith a forked stick to see if it m ight not be a specimen or cover a nugget. A very large quantity of gold was found in this way, and a stray piece is now "and then still picked up. Now th a t the alluvial has been worked out, the district round Cue is purely a reefing one. There are three distinct classes of reefs in the locality. The first.is composed for the m ost p a rt of white, barrenlooking q u a rtz ; the second is a white, glassy, hungrvlooking quartz with many cavities, which are usually filled M eekatharra Septem ber, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION ■with crystals of green, foliated talc and crystalline gold. The th ird is of a bluish, m ottled appearance, and of great size and well formed. A n attractive natural feature to th e monotonous landscape round Cue is found in some fantastic geological rem ains called the Tabletops. They consist of a series of bold scarped elevations rising abruptly from the dead level of the surrounding plain, th e ir surfaces composed of red desert sandstone underlaid by pure -white kaolin of so soft a nature th a t b u t comparatively few years -will be needed till th e erosion by wind and weather shall have levelled and dissolved them altogether. The largest of these “ table-tops ” is known as M ount Murchison. There is a rough range of hills situated about 3-5 miles N orth-W est of Cue called th e W eld Range. Cue is the present term inus of the Murchison railway. D ay D a w n .—F o u r miles South of Cue, on the railway line, is D ay Dawn, compactly built, b u t possessing a disadvantage in common with Cue, though in a lesser degree. Cue is built on both sides of a creek, Day Dawn on one side o n ly ; consequently the danger of a flood after the tropical storms th a t b u rst over th e hot interior in summer time, though m itigated, is still a cause of anxiety. Close to th e town is situated th e Consolidated Murchison Gold Mines, better known as the Big Day Dawn Mine. The huge quartz outcrop, which forms a high hill, can be seen for m any miles, and forms a conspicuous landm ark. CtrDDiNG-wAEKA, ten miles N orth-W est of Cue, is situated a t the foot of a low range of hills, and th e township is almost w ithin a stone’s throw of th e leading mines. The aspect of the country is different to th a t round Cue. The granite and kaolin give way to brown diorite, and large tracts of white alkaline incrustation in patches on a sandy siu-face denote the presence of th e salt w ater underu'eath a t a shallow depth. This w ater is very salt indeed, and contains about one-tenth solid chemical m atter. Cuddingw arra was originally called “ The D ead Finish.” Between Cue and Lake A ustin th e country for 10 miles South-E ast is covered by thickets for the greater p a rt of the way, b u t upon approaching the Lake it opens out into large, salt, sandy, and clay flats, covered w ith samphire. L a k e A u s tin .—A bout 16 miles due South of Cue there stretches across the landscape from E ast to W est th e arid face of Lake A ustin, a vast level sheet of tawny-coloured sand, coated for th e most p a rt w ith a covering of pure w hite sand th a t glistens and shimmers in th e bright sun like the face of a burnished mirror. I t is from four to five miles in w idth from N orth to South, narrow ing and widen in g w ith th e contour of the country, and bounded by low ranges of rocky, iron-bound hills. On both hands it stretches its dreary waste E ast and W est till lost in a dancing mirage of seas, bays, headlands, and even the black hulls of large vessels seem to dot the distant view, so perfect is the delusion. Vast, desolate, uninviting, and dreary is thirst-begotten Lake Austin in its solitary grandeur. B uilt of ju ttin g ironstone and slate, rising about 200ft. above the level of the sandy lake, and covered w ith stunted scrub, is w hat is called The Island. On this small area, about two miles one way by one mile across, thousands of ounces of gold have been found, and the diggings on the Island were some of th e richest and most concentrated on the fields. The M ainland is a rich patch CIRCULAR. 31 of country on the N orth side of the Lake. The great drawback to successful m ining around Lake A ustin is the intensely salt nature of the water, which is heavily impreg nated -with mineral m atter, chiefly gypsum and magnesium; so much so th a t a gallon of the fluid contains from 28oz. to 30oz. of solid m atter after evaporation. A fter the railway station a t the Island is left behind, the train, after taking in water a t Ned’s W ell, does not stop u n til Lennonville is reached. L e n n o n v i l l e is distant about 10 miles from Mt. M agnet, and embraces an atu-iferous belt of great promise. B o o g a b d i e , or Jones’s Well, about four miles W est from Mt. M agnet, has sprung into prominence lately. M o u n t M a g n e t , which is 60 miles South of Cue, is, like Cue and Day Dawn, situated in the bed of a creek, and as a consequence the tropical rains often cause an inundation of the lower parts of the town. Three miles to the N orth rises the m ountain from which the township takes its n am e; its native name, however, is W arramboo. The m ountain is 2,000ft. above the sea level, and is a conspicuous and picturesque n atu ral feature visible for many miles across the flat, bush-covered country a t its base. I n many respects the scenery about M ount Magnet has been compared w ith the African veldt. F resh w ater abounds everywhere a t no g re a t. depth all through this district. Mt. M agnet received its name from AssistantSurveyor R obert A ustin while exploring the country as long ago as 1854. H e called it M t. M agnet because he found th a t the rock of which it was composed caused great local magnetic attraction, and th a t each piece of the stone had two poles like the loadstone, powerfully attracting and repelling the same point of the magnetic needle. Mt. Magnet, besides being an im portant mining town, forms a centre for supplying the wants of the E a st Murchison goldfield. J u s t as a t the other centres of the Murchison, M t. M agnet has emerged from the era of alluvial working, and its future prosperity depends on the value of its reefs. There is a great variety of stone on this field, and the reefs are of two or three totally different classes. P aynesville , which is situated about 60 miles to the Eastw ard of Mt. Magnet, and about eight miles from E ast Mt. Magnet, is attracting atteution as a promising mining locality. From M t. M agnet the railway, hitherto due South from Cue, pursues a cotu-se South and W est on to Toweragabbie, 18 miles distant, where the M urchison is left behind, and the confines of the Talgoo Goldfields are approached. Tbe country for miles on all sides here is pui-ely p a sto ra l; th a t is, it shows neither, quartz nor other auriferous signs—nor, for th a t m atter, any visible grass on its surface—b u t appears to be a wilderness of red d irt and nralga scrub. Fifty miles down, the Two Brothers (N anotharra), twin granite mounds of equal size and height, rise like islands from the sea of scrub round their base. There is a railway station here, and a bush clearing alongside the track. Seventy miles from Mt. M agnet we approach Yalgoo. The country becomes b ro k en ; hills and low ranges break up the surface, and once more the ground is strewn with quartz and ironstone—a sure sign of the auriferous zone. 32 THE EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [S e p t e m ber , 1899. M A P T E A C H IN G OP G EO G R A PH Y . The land of maps to be used is a m atter of great im port ance. I t has been well said th at, in order to leave a clear impression on tlie memory, a map should look empty. The maps hitherto used in schools have been too much of the nature of reference or library maps. F o r teaching purposes something xuuch simpler, more distinct, and empty looking will be found more serviceable. F o r teach ing the physical features, a m ap should be used which presents these features alone. B u t it is a mistake to confine the map to one set of physical features—m ountains alone, or rivers alone. These different sets of features should always be shown conjointly, related as they are to one another. F o r political divisions and towns a different m ap should be used, giving prominence to the political facts to be taught, and showing only th e towns and divisions which are to be taught. No unm eaning or unexplained feature of any kind should be on th e teaching map. I t should be a representation of w hat is tau g h t about th e topography of th e country ; no more, and no less. The presence of the usual boldly-printed names which are found on m ost m aps is a great hindrance to their usefulness. In using such maps w ith a class, th e teacher can never tell whether the features are found out by the pupils from their relative position or by th eir names, though he may reasonably conclude th a t while th e name is so conveniently prom inent the pupils will seek no .other means of identifying the place. M aps w ithout names are coming more into use ; b u t m any of them have by far too m any towns, <fcc., marked, so th a t even th e teacher himself may be excused for failing to recognise which of half-adozen dots in a given district represents th e one town which he has mentioned to his class as im portant. I n this case he should p u t a bold red circle round th e towns he has referred to in his lesson, and neglect all the other dots. The power of drawing sketch-maps to illustrate th e lesson of the.day is invaluable, and should be acquired by every teacher. B u t these rough sketches m ust be accurate so fa r as they go. Many teachers are too careless on this point. I t is a good plan for the young teacher to have a small map in his hand to draw from, in order th a t he may not make blunders. In d u strial maps are of m uch service in intelligent teach ing. The position of coalfields, of leading industries, so fa r as they are represented in special districts, of m ain rail way lines, and of steamship routes, can all be shown on maps, and are by this means learned in their relation to the country as a whole. This gives a much more intelli gent view of the industrial facts regarding a country th an the mere learning of lists of names. Statistical charts are also of imj)ortance. I f they cannot be obtained otherwise, the teacher m ust construct them for himself. Statistical tables, giving actual numbers, are of little or no use for class teaching. The im portant facts m ust be shown by th e “ graphic method.” Instead of giving the actual population, say, of a series of im portant towns, squares should be drawn representing these towns, the size of these squares being in proportion to the actual numbers. So with such facts as the relative importance of our various imports, exports, or industries. Squares, or bold thick lines, parallel to each other, should be drawn, th eir area or length being in proportion to the value of the imports, etc., in round numbers, such as millions of pounds. This is the only method of showing a t a glance the relative importance of these various imports, and the method gives a much more intelligent and memorable knowledge of the facts th an abstract numbers can do. The illustrations which may be used, and which should be used all through the school course, are only lim ited by. th e ingenuity and skill of the teacher. Pictures and photo graphs are now easily obtainable, which may serve to give graphic ideas of distant scenes and places. The school museum will yield specimens to illustrate manufactures. Curios from distant lands are often found in such museums, contributed by form er pupils, or by those who have friends in foreign countries; and these will serve to awaken interest in those places, even if they do not throw much light on th eir characteristics. The class excursion has little or no place in the teaching of Geography in this country, b u t in many other countries it is found one of the most valuable means of showing w hat geography really means.—Practical Teacher. I t is better for the class to have the scale varied occasionally, and to have the district under study presented as a complete map for the time, while its relations to other districts are shown by sketches of larger portions on a smaller scale, or by a class map. ('Adapted from Mr. J. Hdnie-Broivn’s Heport on the Forests of Western Australia.) The drawing of memory maps is the m ost exacting test of the pupil’s memory of topography. This drawing should be taught, not merely practised as an exercise in drawing. The proportions of the country should be studied, the exact trend of sketches of coast-line, rivers, and mountains, the relative positions and relative distances of im portant towns, and the like, so th a t the pupil can draw the m ap on any desired scale. Frequently this exercise seems to be performed as a mere drawing lesson, and pupils have been found who .could draw a country with satisfactory accuracy of form, and yet* could not name correctly the rivers and other^ features whose positions they have indicated quite accurately. T H E F O R E S T T R E E S OF W E S T E R N A U S T R A L IA . N o. 2 —K arri (E ucalyptus D iversicolor). This is the giant tree of W estern Australia, if not of the whole A ustralian continent. The latter rem ark is often disputed, b u t the assertion is made by Mr: Brown w ithout m uch fear of contradiction. The measurements piyen fu rth er on will show to w hat extraordinary size the' trees attain. I t comes next to Javrah as one of the principal tim ber trees of the Colony, though it is not so well known, owing to the lim ited field of its growth, and the, a t present, comparative inaccessibility of its haunts. The late Baron von Mueller was the first to give this tree its specific apellation, which bears reference to the paleness of the leaves upon th eir lower side, compared -with eucalypts generally. The common or vernacular name is the aboriginal designation of the tree. < ^ ^ T E aCHERs ’ Septem bek , 1899.] TH E EDUCATION I n its young stage K arri makes a highly ornam ental tree, being regular in its growth, straight, and umbrageous. The leaves change in a few years from an oval to the long, broad shape which m a rts the more m atured condition. In this respect, and in general appearance as well, it resembles greatly the sugar gum of South A ustralia. W hen m atured, and it has attained large dimensions, its appearance is grand in the extreme, and in this respect a t least it puts the Ja rra h fa r in the shade. The trees are alm ost always of straight growth, and tower styw ards for great heights without having even the semblance of a branch. So marked are they in this respect th a t they lo o t lite a mass of upright candles. The b a r t is smooth, yellow-white in appearance, b u t not persistent lite the Jarrah . As a rule the height of an average tree may be p u t down a t 200 feet, w ith 120 to 1-50 feet between the ground and the first branch. A tree of this description woidd have a diam eter of about 4ft. a t from 3ft. to 4ft. from the ground. Trees of this size are generally sound in every respect, and may be expected to tu rn out tim ber free from the usual blemishes of dry-rot, gum veins, etc., to which large trees are usually subject. On th e W arren river, how ever, it is not unusual to meet w ith trees which go 300 feet in extreme height, over 180 feet in height to th e first limb, and from 20 to 30 feet in circumference at th e base. Of course these are exceptional cases, b u t still they do exist. Mr. Brown awards th e palm to a tree known as “ K ing K a rri,” growing a t K arridale. The measurements of this m onster are as follow :—-34 feet in circumference at three feet from the ground ; 160 feet to th e first branch ; 14 feet in circumference a t the first lim b ; over 200 feet in extreme height. From these figures it will be seen th a t the bole of this tree from the bottom to th e first limb contains nearly 6,000 cubic feet of tim ber. This means a weight of over 40 tons in a l l ; th a t it would take one of our ordinary mills a t least four days to convert it into sawn stuff; and th a t it would form about a quarter of the loading capacity of one of th e ships which form the fleet of our present export tim ber trade. The K arri is a very rapid grower, and soon attains a great height and considerable dimensions of timber. A norm al tree at 35 years of age would have a height of about 1-50 feet, height to top of available tim ber 100 feet, diameter a t three feet from th e ground about two feet. A tree'of th is size would contain, roughly, 175 cubic feet of timber. I t will therefore be seen th a t a forest of m arket able k arri can be produced in the short term of from 30 to 40 years. The species is. strictly confined in its range of locality to the South-W estern portion of the South W estern Division of the Colony, or th a t p a rt of the latter lying between Cape Ham elin on the W est and Torbay, near Albany, ou the E ast. This part, of the country comprises the more hum id portions of the tem perate region of W estern A ustralia, where the annua] rainfall is from 35 to 40 inches ; the tree may therefore be classified as one which delights in plenty of moisture. The region is purely coastal, and is very distinct in its general physical features from anything else in this wav in the Colony. The tree seems to be a component p art of its surroundings, or vice versa, as th e case may be CIRCULAR. individually viewed. H ere are ’foQririam m senEe^rests of trees, straight, and of wonderful size, springing out of a rich soil deep and spongy, yet the country is sufficiently undulating to make it in some parts w hat may be termed hilly, b u t not difficult of working by road or tram . W here the K arri grows really close to the sea coast it is generally scraggy, stag-horned, and b ra n ch y ; thus showing th a t though a coastal tree it is shy of actual contact with saline particles or strong direct sea breezes. The K arri is evidently not partial to any particular kind of soil. I n th a t portion of its h abitat south of the Black wood River, the country consists of knolls and belts of red chocolate, or partial ironstone-humas so ils; whereas the soil of the K a rri belt at K arridale is of limestone formation. The best K arri forests are to be found at elevations of from 300 to 600 feet, and the tree seems to attain its highest perfection on the ranges and plateaux upon the W arren River. The tim ber is red in colour, and has very much the appearance of Jarrah ; indeed so alike are the two th a t it takes a good judge of both to distinguish each. I t is hard, heavy, elastic, and tough, b u t does not dress, nor can it be wrought so easily as its contemporary. Eor work under ground or in w ater it is inferior to Jarrah, though there are instances where it has been known to rem ain in the ground for 30 or 40 years with only the ordinary amount of decay. However, w ith regard to the tests which have been made as to its tensile, crushing, and breaking strength, it stands as a tim ber of very high order. P ending more general experiments, K arri m ust be looted upon as a tim ber best suited for superstructure! w orts. F o r bridge-planting, shafts, spotes, felloes, and large plantin g of any sort, flooring, general waggon -work, and beams it is unequalled in this Colony. I ts lateral strength is very much greater th an jarrah, and for works requiring the. bearing-up of considerable weights, such as bridges, floors, rafters, beams of various kinds, it is of m uch value. In our railway sheds the wood is now m uch in use for the construction of waggons of all sorts. F o r street blocking it is most valuable, and for this purpose seems equal to, if not better, th a n its colleague, the Jarrah, as its surface when worn by the traffic is not so slippery for the horses’ feet. I t is now largely exported for London street paving, and is also finding a ready sale in South Africa, for mining purposes chiefly. The area occupied by karri is estim ated to be 1,200,000 acres, and the am ount of m atured growing tim ber is set down at 15;000,000 loads. D IS T R IC T B O A R D S, E tc. N a n n i n e .— Messrs. H . R. W illiams, W . J. Kelly, and John Bond have been appointed a Committee of School M anagement for Nannine. Mr. Bond has been elected Chairman, and Mr. C. H . Jenkins, Hon. Secretary. N a k b o g i n .—Messrs. Michael Brown and Jas. P itt have been appointed members of the N arrogin D istrict Board of Education, vice Messrs. W . L. Graham and J . F. Chipper. B l a c k w o o d . —Mr. M. W illiams has been appointed a member of the Blackwood D istrict Board of Education, vice D r. Dicldnson, deceased. 34 TH E EDUCATION STOCK N O T E S. As some slight alteration has taken place in the mode of despatching small articles of furniture, such as brooms, buckets, towels, and sewing m aterial for use in the schools, teachers are requested to carefully check the goods imme diately on arrival w ith th e receipt, and report any breakages or shortages at once. I f a teacher thinks the D epartm ent is being supplied w ith an inferior article, the same should be duly reported. Some teachers are very lax in returning th e receipts to the D epartm ent, over one hundred being outstanding a t the present time. : This causes the D epartm ent considerable inconvenience, besides often keeping contractors w aiting for paym ent of their accounts. I t would be well if teachers would go through th eir portfolios a t least once a m onth to see th a t no receipts have been overlooked. A correspondent of th e Queensland E ducation Office Gazette sends to th a t journal th e following hints, which m ay be found useful to teachers in W estern A u stra lia :— To repair slate frames, w ith a small b it or bradaw l drill two small holes, one in each fram e of th e slate, about an inch and a h alf from th e broSen comer. Pass some fine copper wire through these holes several tim es, drawing and beating together tightly. Finish off by tw isting the two ends together. Dispose of th is end by pushing into another hole drilled for the purpose.—To make paste th a t will not mildew or be eaten by vermin, add a tea-spoonful o f borax to common paste. I f it is required to make extra strong paste, add glue as i t is being boiled.— To render the red ink made from powder less liable to ra n , add sugar in about the same proportion as to tea. P etheb , 1899. C o l l ie M i l l .—Mistress, M rs. McAliece. Conceit held on 25th A ugust. Receipts, £ 5 6s., which is to be devoted to the purchase of prizes. Albany S c h o o l .— H ead M aster, M r. John H orton. A l b a n y I n f a n t s ’ S c h o o l .—H ead M istress, Miss L. Gmeiner. Concert held on 18th A ugust and repeated on 25th August. Total receipts for the two concerts, £5 1 1 8 s.; expenses, £ 7 13s., leaving a balance of £ 4 4 5s., which has been divided equally between the two schools. W ith the senior school’s share the head m aster proposes to pay an instaimeDt of £ 8 on the piano, to buy sufficient instru ments to form a fife and drum band, and to decorate the walls of the school-room. The infants’ school share is being held towards th eir Piano Fund. P e l l M e l l S c h o o l .— M a s te r, M r. N o rm a n F r y . Taken a t door, £ 7 8s. 9d.; donation by Mr. S. P . Phillips, 1 0 s.; expenses, £ 1 10s., leaving a profit of £ 6 8s. 9d. Of this, £ 4 was devoted to the Organ F und, and the balance will remain as a Prize Fund. B a y sw a t er S c h o o l .— H ead M aster, Mr. C. R. Jam es. Concert held on 25th A ugust. Receipts, £ 5 16s. 3d.; expenses, =£1 16s. 5 d .; purchase of prizes, £ 3 4s. 6 d .; balance on hand, 15s. 4d., which will go towards form ing a school library. ic h a b d ber Concert held 17th A ugust. Receipts, J>26 Os. 6 d .; ex penses, <£2 5 s .; balance, £ 2 3 15s. 6d. Of this a sum of £ 6 14s. has been paid for clubs, dumb-bells, rings, and single-sticks, leaving *£18 Is. 6d. to be carried forw ard to th e Piano Fund. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . B [S e p t e m C u e S c h o o l .—H ead Master, Mr. W . C. Arm strong. W a l k a w a y S c h o o l .—M aster, Mr. A. W . Green. By A uthority: CIRCULAR. Sixpenny concert held on 29th August. Receipts, £ 3 Os. 6 d .; expenses, 3s. 6d.; balance, £ 2 17s., which will be devoted to purchasing prizes a t Christmas. , Government Printer, Perth. WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. Mo. 4.] OCTOBER, 1899. [Vol. II. A P P O IN T M E N T S , T B A N S F E R S , ETC. Name. Raymond, Bertha C. McLean, Charles F. F oley, Julia Office. Scliool. ... Mogmnber ... Coolingup .. Irishtown ... H.T. H.T. H .T. on probation ................ Burgess, Frances H. Armstrong, Andrew C__ Draper, James T. ... Hewson, John C. Burbanks Northam pton ............................. Gooseberry H ill ................ M ount Malcolm* and Leonora* ... H.T. H.T. H.T. H.T. Armstrong, Alice Niagara* H.T. Smith, E llen G............................... Brown, Thomas J. Rogers, Annie M. Dusting, Clarinda Smith, M a r t h a ................ Braddock, R om a... ... Cook, Louisa R. ... ................ E s p e r a n c e .......................................... Boulder .......................................... Geraldton ... ................ M enzies W oodville ................ K algoorlie In fants’ ................ W oodville ... Cook, Louisa R .................. Snowden, Florence E . ... Gustafson, John E. Shaw (Mrs.) Harriet A. Lee, Ida ... ................ Hewetson, E dith J. H uggins, Cecilia............................. Green, Ivy H enley, B e r t i e ............................. Clarke, Amy K. H. Cassell, Lillie ... •... Plym pton .......................................... M idland J u n c t io n ............................. Fremantle Boys’ Plympton K a lg o o r lie .......................................... North F r e m a n t le ............................. Subiaeo ... ................ Northam Northam .......................................... B rid g eto w n ... ................ W oodville ... Cassell, K atie Newcastle s t r e e t ............................. ............................. ... Wooldridge, Charles M. Mount Barker Brown, Catherine Boranuj) ... ................ Mett-ain, Mabel ... Knrawa Macdonald, Muriel ................ Cumming, Laura F . G.... M cDowall, D aisy Thomas, Adelina................... Sewell, Constance ................ Shaw, Alice V iney, Isabella M ay ................ Armstrong, Jane ................ M ornington M i l l ............................. Cottesloe ... ................ C o o lg a r d ie .......................................... C o o lg a r d ie .......................................... Beverley ... ................ Boulder Boulder In fants’ ... Northampton ............................. •New Scliool. Cl C2, temp. C l, prov. Cl Cl C l, temp. Bl SO 0 0 100 110 70 0 0 0 0 0 0 Cl SO 0 0 .C l C2, temp. B2, prov. SO SO 0 0 0 0 130 0 0 SO 0 0 70 60 16 16 20 30 30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 0 0 40 0 0 42 0 0 4th Class 4th Class 4th Class o W aterous M ill A. on supply A. A. A. A. on supply A. A. temp, from 28th Sept. to 10th Oct. A. A. A. A. on supply A. A. P.T. P.T. . P.T. Mon., full tim e Mon. on probation. full tim e Mon. on probation, fu ll tim e Mon. till Xmas, fu ll tim e Mon. and S.M., fu lltim e Mon. and S.M., fu ll tim e Mon. and S.M., half-tim e Mon., half-tim e Mon., half-tim e Mon., half-tim e Mon., half-tim e . Mon., half-tim e Mon., half-tim e Mon., half-tim e S.M. B2 £ s. d. 70 0 0 120 0 0 As per R egu lations 130 0 0 90 0 0 120 0 0 150 0 0 and .£10 for age a l lo w ance. As per Begulations with ,£30 G.F.A., & £15 L.A. SO o o 130 0 O O ................ ... ... Cl Salary per aiminu. 3 Harms, Sara ................ ... Classification. 35 0 0 16 16 20 20 16 20 20 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 36 TH E EDUCATION T E A C H E R S ’ E X A M IN A T IO N . Tlie annual examination of teachers will be held in the Central Schools, Jam es Street, commencing on Monday, 18th December, and, in accordance -with R egulation 49, teachers who desire to be examined m ust notify the D epartm ent in w riting a t least one m onth before the date of the examination. Candidates for the “ A ” Certificate m ust state whether they wish to take the examination in one or two parts (as per amendment to Regulations, dated 20th June, 1899). I f in one p art they m ust state th e two additional subjects they intend sitting for. Candi dates for the “ B ” Certificate m ust state the additional subject they intend to take (Appendix I.). The attention of all candidates is directed to the fact th a t Drawing is now a F ailing Subject (see am endm ent of 15th May, 1899, to note under Appendix I.). F U F I L T E A C H E R S ’ E X A M IN A T IO N . The examination for P u p il Teachers, Candidates, and M onitors will be held on T hursday and Friday, 14th and 15th of December. The attention of those about to sit is drawn to th e amendments to Appendix II., published on M ay 15,1899. In these it is declared th a t th e following will be considered as Failing Subjects :—Reading, 'Writing, Spelling, A rithm etic, English, Geography, Drawing, and School Management. The additional needlework specimens recjuiredare also mentioned in these amendments. Those who wish to sit as candidates must, of course, make appli cation to th e D epartm ent for permission to do so. U S E F U L TO I N F A N T T E A C H E R S. The A ugust num ber of The Practical Teacher specially deals -with in fan t school work. I t has several interesting articles which would be of great use to teachers who want hints for their infant classes. The tables showing the connection of lessons, a model tim e table for infant classes, and an interesting article on the “ John R uskin” School, would be found useful, and there are m any other things which, if carefully read, teachers will find of assistance. U N S IG N E D R E T U R N S . A large num ber of the Age and Desk R eturns recently asked for by the D epartm ent have come to h and w ithout either signatures or the names of the schools. As the returns in th is shape are absolutely valueless, all teachers who feel doubtful about the omission of these particulars should a t once send in .duplicate returns. C O N T R IB U T IO N S TO T H E C IR C U L A R . The D epartm ent is ra th e r disappointed th a t more teachers have not w ritten articles for the Circular. H O L ID A Y F A R E S . The Adelaide. Steamship Company has notified the D epartm ent th a t a discount of 10 per cent, on current rates will be allowed to teachers who m ay be proceeding to the E astern colonies during the coming holidays, on production of a certificate from the' Education D epart m ent. Teachers -wishing to avail themselves of the con cession should apply to the D epartm ent in good time. CIBCULAE. [O ctobee, 1899. M A R K IN G T H E R E G IS T E R S . Considerable hardships are sometimes inflicted tipon children, or great difficulties are placed in the way of the D epartm ent, by teachers who forget to observe th e Regulation for m arking the early-comers in red ink. In a case th a t came to the notice of the D epartm ent the other day, the teacher had no red ink in the school, and there fore m arked in black. Nothing, however, was said of this, w ith the result that, of course, the medals were refused by the D epartm ent at the end of the year, and then th e teacher remembered th a t red ink had run short in the school. Of course red ink ought not to run short, because teachers can usually requisition in good time, b u t supposing such an incident did occur w ithout any fa u lt of th e teacher—and in this case it was a teacher taking over a new. school from one who left the service—there is a very simple and obvious way of immediately recording the difficulty by noting a t the time in the book th a t red ink was not available, and by m arking late comers with an “ L ” instead of the ordinary black m ark, so th a t there may be no doubt a t the end of the year in reckoning for medals. In other cases teachers seem to have used black ink w ithout thinking, or have dipped a black ink pen in the red, so th a t it is impossible to tell what colour the m ark is. The children have accordingly had to lose th eir medals simply through a slight want of care on the part of the teachers, it being impossible for any teacher, m onths afterwards, to be able to guarantee th a t on a given' morning a child was not late. Teachers cannot be too careful in registration, and if any alteration or difficulty in the register arises, they should always immediately make a note of it in the journal and on the register itself. L E A F D R A W IN G FR O M N A T U R E . I n the Practical Teacher’s A rt Monthly for A ugust there is an admirable specimen of Leaf Drawing from N ature for Standards I., I I., and H I . The leaves taken are the leaves of the privet, the arum lily, and the lilac. I t m atters very little what leaf is taken as long as it is carefully taught. Teachers could easily pick any leaf from the bush and show the children its main lines, pinning it on a card perhaps, or placing it upon the blackboard, and then from it draw the principal curves of the leaf and its midrib. I t m ust not be forgotten th a t the midrib is always a continuation of the stalk, and should be shown, therefore, in a form which will lead the children to see th a t it is not a mere th in line. In the same issue there is a paper by Mr. Ricks on Drawing, in which fu rth er leaves drawn from nature and from memory are reproduced. Specimens are given of an ivy leaf drawn by a child in Standard II., who had previously drawn the leaf from nature, and by a Standard V I. scholar, also from memory, but, who had not drawn from nature, and had been through the old system of drawing from the flat and through th e carefully ta u g h t model drawing from the cylinder, prism, etc. One child had learned to copy, and the other to observe, w ith the result th a t the memorv of the Standard I I . child had really been cultivated, while the Standard VI. child, who would have done an admirable im itation, failed entirely even to remember the five points of an ivy leaf, and thought there were seven. O ctober, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION There is also ail am using reproduction of a really adm irably drawn group of conventional models, and the. same child’s idea of a table, where th e perspective of the legs is really an astonishing production. Teachers interested in Draw ing should take in The Practical Teacher’s A rt Monthly, as it contains very m uch of great use. I t shows, for example, how the very simplest flowers •can be utilised, and th e above-mentioned issue gives an admirable design of th e nasturtium which, from the sitnplicity of its leaf, forms an excellent drawing lesson for the lower standards, and it is so common in gardens every where th a t almost every teacher could grow it or get it. CIRCULAR. 37 attention should be paid to the proper joining of threads, turning of corners, and finishing of seams. In fa n ts. Infan ts before beginning to sew should have several lessons in needle chili, thim ble drill, and threading needles. The form and slope of the hem stitch should be illustrated by frame and blackboard lessons. Joining of threads requires m uch practice. Errors to be avoided are—needle held wrongly ; stitches too upright, or not taken through. S tandard A N A T T E N D A N C E H IN T . A teacher writes to the Ju ly Teachers’ A id under the above heading as follows :—“ A lthough I am inform ed by the S.A. officer th a t my school stands amongst th e best in. his district for regularity, I did not feel satisfied, b u t determ ined to try and improve m atters, so h it upon the following id e a :— A circular was graphed and sent to the parents of the ' irregulars ’ and the announcement quite appalled them. The following is a facsimile of one :— Copt . Errors.— Stitches coming too far over side of seam or too far apart. Joinings made by means of knots or not enough thread tucked under ; finishing not secure. II. Gathering is now required in this standard. The stitch should be practised on canvas or cheese clo th ; two threads should be taken up by the needle and three passed over. The calico should be stroked above as well as below the gathers. Teachers will find it better to teach the children to stroke by means of the head of the needle instead of by the point (the usual method), as it prevents the cloth being torn and weakened by scratching. Errors.—Stitches too large or irregular, fastenings in secure, calico scratched or torn in stroking. Standard St. M ichael’s School, D eak S ik , I b eg to inform you th a t ‘ W illiam ’ has been absent ‘ 45 ’ tim es since ‘ h e ’ has been in Standard ‘ I I . / and so lo st ‘ 225 ’ lessons. U nless there is an im m ediate and continued improvement, ‘ h e ’ w ill be placed in a lower standard, for you m ust know he cannot keep up w ith th e other children when lessons are lost in th is manner. Illness m ust be th e only reason for absence, and th en a n ote should be sent to th e school. W e hope this friendly warning w ill be remembered for the child’s sake. Yours truly, Etc. etc. The fact th a t W illie had ‘ lost 225 lessons ’ (five for each meeting) was enough! The boy has not been absent since, and altogether the result has been m ost gratifying in ■every case. Give it a trial.” NEEDLEW ORK I. The initial trouble of holding the needle has been mastered. Oversewing is the new stitch to be learned. Children m ust be drilled to hold the needle opposite the chest. They m ust be tau g h t th a t only the top thread of each edge is to be caught. One lesson should be given on the joining of threads. N O T ES. (By Miss J. A. Nislet.) Sewing being one of the compulsory subjects for girls, th e following brief notes may be of use to teachers, ■especially those who have had no previous training in the subject. I n teaching needlework the first thing to be im pressed on the children is not to hurry ; “ H asten slowly ” m u st be the rule both for teacher and pupil. Before attem pting garm ents teach the stitches required for them thoroughly. The best plan is to devote the first term after inspection to practice only. Garments could then be begun, and the work will be comparatively easy, as th e children have already grasped the details. I t is to be feared th a t sewing is made an unnecessary burden in school work from over-elaboration. Trimmings are of no value as far as securing marks goes. The piece of work should be plainly made, and show only th e stitches demanded by th e D epart m ent. I n teaching the various stitches teachers should aim a t securing uniform ity in size and slope. Over-fine stitches are a great strain on th e eyesight of the. pupils. G reat S t a n d a r d III. Bands have to be made in this standard and fixed to gathers. The fixing should be done with w hat is prac tically an oversewing stitch. The top of each gather has to be lifted on the needle and fixed to the band. Strings should be oversewed a t the edge of the band. Errors.—Bands are often stitched to gathers, or run and turned o v er; this should never be done. G athers are sometimes not caught, and tapes not hemmed at the ends. IV . Herring-bone is the new stitch to be learned in this standard; it should be taught on canvas to ensure uniform height. I n hemming woollen m aterials the edge should be left raw, and the herring-bone worked over it, an equal distance being left under and above the edge. B utton holes in this standard should be worked with rounded ends only. The stitches should be of a uniform depth. A t first it is a good plan to trace a line with a pencil round the hole to guide the eye. Errors.—The m ost common fau lt in herring-bone is w ant of uniform height and width. In button holes th e common faults are stitches too deep and too fa r a p a rt; corners badly tu rn e d ; too m any or too few stitches p u t in a t the ends. Seven stitches is the num ber usually set down in S tandard TH E 38 EDUCATION manuals of needlework, b u t five makes a mucli neater end, except 'tlie cotton is very fine. Standard V. Flannel patching, darning, and sewing on buttons is tlie work of this standard. I n flannel patching the great aim is exactness of measurement. In darning the hole shoidd be made tidy round the edges, the stitches a t opposite ends cauglit up, and the top of every row of darning should have a loop left for shrinkage. Errors.—In flannel patching the most common error is the untidy tu rn in g of corners. (A -whole lesson should be devoted to this.) In darning the errors most frequently made are—neglect- to catch loose stitches, rough and untidy edges, and thread being drawn tig h t a t ends where, loops should be left. S t a n d a r d s V I. a n d V II. Cutting out is introduced in these standards. Scholars should be tau g h t the scientific basis of m easurem ent for different garments. Errors.—In cutting out the chief faults are—want of proportion, and forgetting to allow for hems and lays. E N G L IS H C O M PO SIT IO N I N ST A T E SCHOOLS. (By E. S . Sargant.) In the teaching of English Composition there are so m any difficulties to be overcome th a t it is better to try to meet them separately rather than to attem pt to m aster all a t once. Most persons have, experience of the way in which thoughts evaporate, or else come in inconvenient numbers, ' and in confused order, as soon as pen and paper are to hand. I f this is true of adults, how much harder m ust it be for children to struggle w ith the difficulties of w riting and of expressing their thoughts a t the same time. The first simplification, therefore, is to teach oral before w ritten composition. Oral Composition is best begun in the infant school. The teacher, after choosing some simple subject, such as a picture, or a bunch of flowers, or a story which the children have heard lately, proposes th a t the class shall all try together to express th eir ideas. To prevent confusion she may nominate one of them as leader, and it will often be found a good plan to bring th e leader to her side, so as to face the other children. As th e first suggestions will be usually incoherent, and not clothed in complete sentences, m uch patience is necessary in the initial stages of this lesson. Appeals should be made frequently to the whole class as to whether they like the proposed sentence: Is it good E nglish ? Does it express a tru th ? Does it make a satisfactory beginning or end to the composition, or more generally is it in the rig h t place ? I f not, w hat would the class suggest instead? A fter a while it will be found th a t suggestions come pouring in from all quarters, and the difficulty is often how to select the most appropriate. As fa r as possible this should be left to the whole class, who may vote in cases where there is doubt. A m istress who uses this m ethod persis tently will come to find th a t after awhile she occupies a position analagous to the Speaker of a Legislative CIRCULAR; [O c to b er , 1899. Assembly, who controls rather th an leads the debate. W hen the whole class is agreed upon a sentence, th e result is recorded upon the blackboard, and fresh paragraphs added, until the children are satisfied th a t enough has been said upon the subject. The whole is then read over to them , and alterations may be made a t their desire, or the teacher herself may point out the deficiencies of the com position as a whole. To make the foregoing remarks clearer, let us suppose th at the subject selected for an infant school in P erth is the Swan River. A wise mistress would tell the children on Friday th a t this would be the composition lesson for Monday, and suggest to them th a t their parents should take them for a walk on Sunday in the neighboiu-hood of the river. On Monday the teacher, chalk in hand, would call out a child as leader, and ask how the composition should begin. M istress : W hat would you say first about your river ? Leader (after hesitation) : I t is nice. M istress (to the class): Shall I write on the board, “ I t is nice.” Class voices: No ! No ! W e don’t like that. M istress : W hy not ? Class remains silent. M istress: Does that- tell us w hat is nice ? Class voices: N o ! M istress (to leader) : Then w hat will you say instead ? L ead er: The river is nice. M istress (to class) : Shall I write th a t ? Class voices : Tes. No ! M istress (to class) : Some of you say “ No.” W hat do you wish me to write, Alice ? A lice: The Swan River is nice. Other children : The river at P erth is nice. M istress (to leader) : Now what shall I write ? Leader remains silent. M istress : Thank you, Tommy, you’ll help me another day, when you understand better. W on’t you ? Leader : Tes, Miss Jay. M istress: Now, go back to your seat. Alice, will you please take his place ? Alice (as leader) : The river Swan is nice at Perth. M istress (to class) : So many things are nice ! Does th a t tell me much about the river ? C lass: No, Miss Jay. (A boy’s voice: I t is very .broad.) M istress: Very good, Charles. W hat would you say then ? Charles : The river Swan is very broad a t P erth. M istre ss: T hat is quite true. JBut think which of those words is best a t th e beginning. (To the class : W h at do you say ?) Voices from the Class : “ Very broad ” should come first. “ A t P e rth ” : I like it best as it is. M istress: Well, we will try. Listen, children, “ The river Swan is very broad a t P e rth .” “ Very broad is the river Swan at P erth .” “ A t P e rth the river Swan is very broad.” Alice (as leader) : I like the last best. Class V oices: A nd so do I ! And I ! Class becomes unanimous, and the sentence is w ritten down. The mistress may then ask w hat the children have •O c t o b e r , ] 8 9 9 .] TH E EDUCATION seen on the liver—Sw ans; black sw an s; black swans with red bills. Some child will possibly suggest th a t he thinks th a t is th e reason th a t the river has its name, and the next sentence may take some such shape as t h i s :— “ Black swans with red bills swim about on it. W e th in k th a t is the reason it is called the Swan River.” Another child will have noticed boats on the river. A skilful mistress may use this to lead the class fu rth er in recording their observations th an they would have gone alone. Thus—-How do the boats move P M ost of them have sails. Can they always sail ? N o ; only when there is a wind. How does the river look when there is no wind '? I t is b lu e ; it is sm ooth; it is like a looking-glass ; it reflects the houses and trees. Are the houses and trees seen in the water real F N o ; they are gone as soon as the water becomes rough. The blackboard now contains in addition this p a ra g ra p h :— “ Sometimes the wind blows. Then the boats w ith their white sails move over the water. Sometimes . the air is still. Then the river is as blue as the sky, and we see houses and trees reflected in the water.” If there is some unusually imaginative child in the class, especially if this lesson is being given to Standards I. or II., the teacher may hear an observation th a t there m ust be people in the houses under th e water. I t is a great a rt to seize such a suggestion as this, and set the children’s imagination at work, b u t no attem pt should be made to force th e idea on the class. Suppose th a t Alice has suggested this notion. Mistress : W ould they be real people ? , A lice: No, Miss Jay. Mistress : Could you go to see them ? A lice: No, Miss Jay (a pause), b u t our reflections in the water m ight go. M istress: T hat would be very funny. (To the c la ss: W h at would your reflection do ?) Class Voices : They would say, How-do-you-do ? They would shake hands ; they would cu rtsey ; they would curtsey upside down ; we should walk upside down like flies on the ceiling (great laughter). This is fa r more than children will usually do. B u t when they are thoroughly roused, and the lesson is going with a real swing, it is astonishing how m uch they are capable of. The mistress will now bring them back to earth and ask them how much of all this should be put into the composi tion. Their instincts of self-repression and proportion will immediately be aroused, and the following may appear on the black b o ard :— “ W e cannot visit the people who live in these houses, for they are not real people. The wind blows again, and the houses and trees in the river are gone. B ut th e real houses and trees remain.” The mistress may then ask the children from w hat place they like to see the river best. Perhaps they agree th a t it looks m ost beautiful from the park. W hy ? Because the children can see so fa r from th e re ; because the river CIRCULAR. 39 w in d s; because South P e rth looks so pretty across the water, ju st like a num ber of dolls’ houses. “ W e like best to see the river from our beautiful park on the hill. I t shines so brightly in the distance and winds like a great snake. Across the water is South P erth. Its red and white roofs look quite small, ju s t like dolls’ houses.” Perhaps the m ost difficult thing is to find a fitting conclusion to the composition, and as there is nothing th a t will give the children greater pleasure, it is well to consider this ending carefully, and to give them some assistance: “ How happy we are to have a river like the Swan close to our homes. W e can never be tired of looking at it, for it is always changing.” The composition will now stand thus :— T he Sw an R iver. A t Perth the Swan River is very broad. Black swans w ith red bills swim about on it. W e think th a t is the reason it is called the Swan River. Sometimes the wind blows ; then the boats with their white sails move over the water. Sometimes the air is s till; then the river is as blue as the sky, and we see houses and trees reflected in the water. W e cannot visit the people who live in these houses, for they are not real people. The wind blows again, and the houses and trees in the river are gone; b u t the real houses and trees remain. W e like best to see the river from our beautiful park on the hill. I t shines so brightly in the distance, and winds like a great snake. Across the w-ater is South P erth. I ts red and w hite roofs look quite small, ju st like dolls’ houses. How happy we are to have a river like the Swan close to our homes. We can never be tired of looking at it, for it is always changing. This is, perhaps, twice as long as the actual composition which the children will be able to complete in a single lesson. I t m ust be considered as an eindeavour to show how many different suggestions m ight be made by P erth children about their own river; and how these might, be utilised. The two following compositions, the first w ritten by infants of six to eight, the second by children from 10 to 14, may serve to show what has actually been accomplished by this method. T he Japanese P ans. A t school we are learning a song for Christmas, called “ The Japanese P an.” I t is-a pretty song. W hen we sing we have fans to act with. They are nice fans, w ith birds and flowers painted on them. L ast Saturday we had our photographs taken with the fans, and we held them before our faces and peeped round the com er and laughed. Then we had it another way, too. W e held them to our noses, and our eyes ju st peeped over the top of the fans, and we smiled. Do you like our story ? For now it is time to stop. G ood-bye! T he Alm ond Tree. W h at a fairy-like tree is the Almond, with its pink blossoms. The twigs are so delicate th a t it seems as if the flowers are growing in the air, and have been enchanted 40 TH E EDUCATION by tlie fairies. Even tlie gentle swaying of the wind causes them to fall, m a tin g a carpet fit only for Titania to rest her dainty feet upon, for th e old saying g oes: “ Pink and green are fit for a Queen.” I t is rem arkable how soon a class acquires a character of its own in oral composition, and how, under a skilful mistress who knows how to subordinate h er own individu ality, this character may vary from year to year, as different children fill the class. J u s t as the teacher m ust beware of imposing her thought and personality upon the children instead of evoking their own, so she will take care th a t no one child takes possession of the whole class. The leader m ust frequently be changed; indeed, a t first he will so often be gravelled for lack of m atter th a t half-a-dozen children have to come to the front before a composition is complete. > W hile in the infant school and in Standard I., subordin ate sentences should seldom be u s e d ; in higher standards the value of a complex sentence may be pointed out. B ut throughout the school children should be made to feel th a t clearness is preferable to variety of phrase. I f a word has been used several times, it is better to repeat it than to substitute one which does not exactly convey th e meaning intended. Should any confusion appear to arise from the length and complexity of a sentence, let it be cut down remorselessly into its simple parts. The,teacher will often find to his surprise th a t such a sacrifice of style to clear ness really produces a style superior to th a t which was yielded up. A nother consideration th a t should be constantly in the mind of the m aster or m istress who gives an oral composi tion lesson is th e am ount th a t children can be expected to say about the subject which they or the teacher chooses. I n the in fan t class it is generally best to proportion the m atter th a t th e children are likely to use to th e length of th e lesson, though to do this successfully requires con siderable experience. In the higher parts of the school let a subject some tim es be taken which would require two or three lessons to exhaust it, and after the boys and girls have considered how much can be said in th e tim e at their disposal, let them select th e essential parts for the composition. This is a most valuable exercise, and it is one th a t can be readily treated in a class lesson in the m anner already described. There is less to say about w ritten th an about oral com position. I f th e latter has been taken as one lesson in English, say in Standard U ., then a t the next composition lesson th e children m ight be required to w rite their own essays on the same subject. A fter a tim e it will be found th a t they will know how to use the m atter a t their dis posal w ithout the prelim inary exercise of working in con cert. B ut it will never be found advisable to give up col lective composition entirely. A t th e top of the school the boys and girls should be encouraged to find their own sub ject, and a small committee m ay be formed, which will ■consider if any of th e result is worth preserving in some perm anent form, e.g., in a school magazine. Nothing supplies a stronger incentive to working a t E nglish com position th a n such a magazine. Original stories may be w ritten, and, if approved, copied out by their authors on CIRCULAR. [O ctober, 1899. foolscap and stitched together. Good drawings may be added, and so the magazine will grow to be a perm anent record of the school and its scholars, past and present. [Mr. Sargant assumes th a t oral composition will begin in the In fa n t School and w ritten composition in Standard II . This is not quite in accordance with our actual programme a t present, b u t it is quite in accordance w ith its spirit, and teachers would find no difficulty in the lessons as he suggests them. The above conversation lesson on the Swan River only needs to be w ritten down as each sentence is elicited to make the children feel they have w ritten a composition. I n all Standards, after w riting these class compositions on the board it is well to copy them into a book and so keep a record.—Ed.] H IN T S ON COLOUR. (From the Ju ly Teacher’s Aid). Points are so much used now in brush-work, tabletpainting, and various infants’ work, th a t the anxiety to produce results often leads a teacher to om it a m ost attractive and also necessary p a rt of preparatory work which should be performed by the children, b u t which is too frequently done by the teacher without the children even seeing the operation or having a word of explanation as to how the different colours are obtained; om itting facts regarding the relation of one colour to another which children easily grasp, because of their fascinating nature. The class should be thoroughly interested in the choice and preparation of all colours required for lessons given to them on any subject. Teachers have often said to me, “ Oh, it is too slow work to let them mix the paints but though a slow beginning, the result is permanent. F ir s t L esson. A very pleasing lesson, and not a tiresome one either for the teacher, can be given thus : L et each child have a sheet of brash-work paper, the teacher having a larger piece fixed to the blackboard, or if preferred she may work with coloured chalk on the black board itself. Few schools can afford to supply to each child a num ber of paints, so the next step is to let a child pick from a num ber of tubes the three colours to be used during the lesson, the prim ary red, blue, and yellow, e.g., lig h t red, ultram arine, and chrome. H aving chatted w ith the children (not “ to ” them ) a while regarding these three, let some children come forw ard and press the tubes, add the water, and mix. The class will meanwhile be all attention; b u t it is here th a t so m any young teachers hastily take the brush and do the mixing themselves. Much patience is needed, yet it will be repaid m ost assuredly in the increased ardour with which the little ones will contemplate their future lessons, and also by giving a little stim ulus to th eir adm iration of a teacher who perhaps has n o t excited their attention so much for a long whilei. Three others may next be chosen as brush-dippers fo r' th e three colours. Then the teacher demonstrates on the blackboard, giving clearly the directions for the children’s work, and very gratifying the result will be under careful supervision. O ctobek, TH E 1 8 9 9 .] EDUCATION Tlie child’s sheet for tlie first day shows— R ed ............................................. Blue............................................. Yellow........................................ Second L esson. A painting book should be supplied to each child, and in it should be shown from tim e to tim e the various colours mixed and used by the class. The sheet used during the first lesson should be also w ith the book, and kept as a trial piece. The children should proceed to paint in books the same three lines as on the paper—red, blue, and yellow. Besides h a rin g the paint, it is well to have sheets of brightlv-cokmred paper, such as is used for paper-folding, and let the children handle these, leaving their seat to give each other the colour required to mix w ith another prim ary to form a secondary. Also have the gelatine film worked by other children. Tell them to look a t th e three lines. They are going to mix the first and third, i.e., the red and yellow, and produce orange. The teacher next divides the length of her sheet into three parts, the children doing' the same by drawing a light line or placing simply a dot. The next step is to colour the three divisions as below and join th u s :— Red. Yellow. Orange. The broad bands of colour are effective, and the children do not readily forget th e impression. The teachers can decide the width, b u t half an inch band is recommended. Then pain t the n e x t:— Blue. Red. Purple. A nd while the colours dry the conversation m ay be revived and the films used in illustration. Repeat the three bands this tim e :— Yellow. Blue. Green. A nd it willbenoticed th a t all th e prim ary colours are in lines one under the other in the first day’s work, and th e second ary colours down the rig h t side of th e sheet or page of the second day’s work, one under th e other—orange, pm-ple, green. A Conversational lesson should follow the previous work. F or this let each child be provided w ith the painting books, as before, tu rn in g to a blank. Each should also have paper —folding-papers again—of red, blue, and yellow. A little drill m ay be said for variation, namely, both hands u p ; first fingers; thum bs as in kindergarten drill. A ll lift the red paper by the two bottom corners. Look at it steadily for a few seconds, then glance straight from it to a white page, looking steadily there, and ask what they see coming—a green tinge. R epeat this w ith th e blue paper, and let the class say which this time becomes visible, viz., orange. CIRCULAR. 41 Then look, this time taking the yellow paper, and see the purple tint. The curious fact is th a t it is always the colour produced by mixing the colours th a t you did not look at, which shows on the blank sheet, e.g., gazing a t the red we see on the white sheet green, the product of blue and yellow, and so on with all. Supposing another day th a t the secondary coloured papers are distributed, the children will see on the clear sheet the tinge of the odd prim ary colour th a t was not used in the mixing, e.g., gazing a t a green paper the tinge “ r e d ” will be observable. I t is not expected th at all will see the colours appear, as to some they may be very f a in t; but the exercise gives pleasure, though, of course, for young eyes it requires to be judicious, so as not to in the least weary the sight. These are complementary or falling-in colours, and though this latter p a rt may not lie taken in class, it is useful th a t a teacher should a t least once go through these trials of colour so as to be ready w ith information, and also to train the eye to distinguish tints, however delicate they may appear. D IS C IP L IN E . (By Mr. A. G. Clayton, Master, Government School, Coolgardie.) Of all professions which a young m an may choose, there is probably not one in which is needed so intim ate an acquaintance w ith the force and effect of. Discipline as there is in th a t of a teacher. H e m ust govern— what ? F irst of all himself. Aye, there’s the rub. H e who cannot properly govern himself will never succeed in properly governing others. I n m ost treaties on Education we find a m arked distinction made between Education and Instruction—and rightly so. I t is, however, very necessary th a t we should associate with our ideas of instruction right ideas of the discipline, w ithout which our efforts at instruction would be futile. B ut we m ust be on our guard lest in our endeavours to secure the necessary discipline we form imperfect or false conceptions of the true objects of th a t discipline. In reference to this I cannot do better than quote the rem arks of H e rb a rt:— “ W e m ust remember th a t when all goes well, government, which is a t first in the ascendant, m ust disappear sooner th a n . discipline. W e should learn to feel th a t it will be most prejudicial to discipline when the teacher, as so often happens, becomes so accustomed to governing th a t he cannot understand why the same act which served him well w ith little children continually fails in its effect with older ones. . . . I t will be easy now to define the concept of discipline. I t has in common with the government of children the property th a t it works directly on the m ind with instruction, b u t its aim is culture.” I t would be well a t this stage to consider the relation of discipline to the form ation of character. This relation will be found to be of two kinds, direct and indirect, and we may consider the la tter as the more im portant. I t m ust be remembered th a t the act of dis cipline is really a modification of the act of intercourse with men, and so the possession of tact, is of the very highest importance to the teacher. H e m ust be able to m aintain Ms superiority over his pupils in such a way th a t he will influence them bv a moulding power, which, while 42 TH E EDUCATION it has an anim ating as well as a eon straining influence, also directly encourages and attracts them. I f discipline is to be fe lt as a form ing principle, it m ust not be felt as acting against the aims of the mind. The pupil m ust not be in inw ard opposition, while through compulsion he is outwardly complying. The child m ust be imbued with a real faith in the teacher’s beneficent purpose and power. The real power of discipline only extends as fa r as the pupils’ willing assent meets it. The full power of discipline is not felt until the pupil has realised th a t there is a something within him m ost power fully affected by approbation or rep ro o f; he m ust be imbued w ith the importance of self-respect, and be most jealous of losing any portion of it. H erb art says m ost tru ly : “ To give joy by deserved approbation is the fine a rt of discipline. T hat a rt can be but rarely learned; it is more easily discovered hy those whose minds are attuned to love it heartily.” The teacher m ust realise th a t in every pupil there is some n atu ral goodness. H e m ust recognise this, and he m ust m ate the pupil value th is existent good. I n recognising what is good and deserving of recognition the teacher must, how ever, be m ost careful not to estim ate anything above its true value, nor blame too severely w hat he feels he m ust condemn. How, then, is tb is discipline to be utilised in the formation of character ? Is the aim of discipline to m aintain quiet and order—to get children to sit perfectly still P These ends will be gained by good government, but the business of discipline is to cause the pupils 1o be habitually attentive, not on the one hand with the expectation of reward for such attention, or 011 the other through the fear of punishment for any breach of attention. The sense of" w hat is their plain duty m ust be patent to them. They m ust feel th a t they are expected to do th a t which is right because it is right. They m ust have right ideas of good ness and rectitude, and discipline m ust cultivate in them the spirit of patience, of industry, of acquirement. I f our jrapils will have their characters moulded by the discipline which we use in our dealings w ith them , w hat an enormous responsibility is ours. Do we thoroughly realise it Y Is it constantly before us ? Here are children whose desires, whose choice of action through life will be determined, will be strengthened by principles rightly or wrongly impressed upon them during th e most impressionable p a rt of their lives. W e are bonnd to foster, to guide, to watch continuously th e employments to which our pupils spontaneously tu rn , and do our utm ost to develop constancy of purpose in them, so th a t the spirit of industry may be properly developed. They m ust be accustomed to w o rt of every tin d . B ut, besides cultivating the spirit of industry, we m ust cultivate the spirit of endurance, of acquisitiveness, and of activity, both physical and mental. External activity is indeed early w anting in children, b u t if it exists w ithout strong steady inclination and delibera tion, i t will hinder th e grow th of firmness of character. There are natures whose n atu ral activity reqrures no external excitem ents; they are so volatile th a t there seems CIRCULAR. [O c to b eb , ]8 9 9 . scarcely room enough for them in the world. They have no real depth of character, no real worth, no powers of endurance, they do not realise the true value of things. B u t w hat is this character with the form ation of which discipline is so potent a factor ? I t has been defined to be th a t which a man wills, as compared with th a t which he wills not, the actual embodiment of the will. B ut as m utual constancy of will is not often found in the young, it becomes necessary th a t the mind shall have such wholesome discipline as shall supj)ly it with th a t constancy. B ut to attain constancy of will we need to remember th a t everything is not willed with equal firmness and strength. The degrees of firmness are determined by choice. W e m ust be able to tn o w the actual cost, the true value of our wishes, and choose accordingly, so th a t the trivial m ust give way to the more im portant. To do this we m ust possess the power of self-restraint. B ut self-control or self-restraint is not n a tu ral; it can only be acquired by long and careful training, by con stant, powerful discipline. In the attainm ent of a proper discipline, recourse may be had to w hat properly belongs to the ordinary sphere of government, viz., rewards and punishments. B u t here the teacher’s tact and discrimination m ust be exercised to the highest degree. A noble character will never be.formed if the training be based on the unvarying principle of reward for success and punishm ent for failure. Rewards, if bestowed too liberally, tend to deaden the fine feelings which should stim ulate all to the highest efforts; while punishments indiscriminately administered are equally baneful in their influence. Too frequently both rewards and punishm ents are given w ithout a due regard to the motives which influence the pupils. The punishm ents proper to education are not bound to a proportionate retribution, b u t m ust be so given as to impress the pupils as well-meant -warnings, and not be such as to excite lasting opposition to the teacher. In a word let teachers “ attem pt nothing by reward or punishm ent which will not raise and enhance their personal worth ” in the eyes of their pupils. The teacher m ust therefore aim, in his discipline, at form ing habits th a t will be of permanent value, and he should endeavour to render the observance of such habits easy by repetition, and pleasurable from the knowledge of th eir advantages. H e m ust aim a t securing regularity, punctuality, a love of order, prom pt obedience, regard for law, respect for authority, and attention to whatever w o rt is ta te n in hand. In his efforts to form these habits in his pupils, he m ust ever remember th a t “ example is better th a n precept,” and he who sedulously cultivates the habits which he wishes to see adoj)ted by Ms pupils will assuredly be successful in Ms endeavours. I f Ms example and the motive to which he appeals are not of the highest order, it will be impossible for him to m aintain a high moral standard in his school. O ctober, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION In the exercise of discipline the attention of young teachers cannot be too frequently directed to the urgent necessity th a t discipline should be regular, and th a t it should be natural, unobtrusive, land, and fast. A teacher who is severe to-day and indulgent to-morrow, who in his laws for the government of his school fails to utilise the instincts common to children, b u t is constantly running counter to those instincts; who is constantly m aking th e most persistent efforts to secure order ; who imagines th a t the relation between him self and his pupils is one of incessant hostility; who fails to mete out measure of justice for all his pupils, has not realised his position or his duty. In conclusion, then, let th e young teacher particularly cultivate a manner which is courteous to his pupils, and ever as m indful of their self-respect as his own. l e t him study their n atu ral instincts, and utilise them, and n o t forget th a t they have bodies as well as minds. L et him be in thorough sympathy w ith his pupils, and inspire them with high and lofty motives. L e t him .give full approbation to honest effort, and to m oral as well as intellectual success; and m ake his approbation fully pro portioned to th e degree of excellence which he commends. THE F O R E ST T R E E S OF W E S T E R N A U S T R A L IA . (Adapted fro m Mr. J. TSdnie Brown's Report on the Forests of Western Australia.) N o. 3 .—T u art (E u ca ly p tu s G om phocephala). A lthough T u art is comparatively lim ited in extent, it m ust be considered as one of the commercial trees of the colony. The technical designation has reference to the markedly peculiar swelling or hanging-over appearance of the lid of the calyx tube. This is a very distinguishing feature of the species. Sometimes the vernacular name is spelt “ Tooart.” I t is our rendering of the aboriginal pronunciation of the word. The T u art is a very handsome Eucalypt, and has a wonderfully bright and cheerful appearance in the forest. The bark is of a greyish-white colour, and is smoothly crinkled and persistent throughout. The trees are always clean and bright-looking. I n the young stage the species forms a very ornam ental tree, and is planted as such in some of the other colonies. I t is straight, well clothed, and has a beautiful bright-green leaf, and in th is respect is not unlike the K arri. W hen the tree has developed out of the seedling and sapling stages, the leaves get more narrow and elongated th an formerly. In height this species attains sometimes to 150 feet, and in circumference to more th an 22 feet a t th e base. In some cases the trees ru n up to 70 and 80 feet w ithout a branch, b u t as a rule they have heavy tops, w ith boles about 40 feet to the first branch. As a rule they do not form a dense forest, b u t appear to like plenty of individual room. In general appearance the trees resemble very much w hat is known in the E astern colonies as “ box.” They are confined in their natural h ab itat to th e limestone belts CIRCULAR. 43 lying along the coast between P e rth and Busselton, and seem to grow nowhere except upon this calcareous form a tion. So far as observations go, it is not found even slightly outside of this. This calcareous strip of country is interm ittent in places, and is hardly, if ever, more than two or three miles in w id th ; b u t in all cases it is quite close to the sea, and in some instances runs into the coastal sand hills. The soil form ation of the limestone belt referred to is a sandy loam of considerable fertility, with a subsoil of a rather retentive nature. Upon this the T u art seems to feed and thrive well. From these natural proclivities the tree m ust be classified as purely coastal. The T uart is gregarious, and does not interm ingle with any of our other tim ber trees, except perhaps in places sparsely with a stunted form of the jarrah. W ith the banksias and melaleucas it is of course intimately associated, b u t these only form the undergrow th of the forest which it creates. The place where the T uart is found in its perfection as regards size, health, and soundness of tim ber is in the neighbourhood of W onnerup Station, which lies about 50ft. above sea level. The tim ber stands classified as the strongest, heaviest, and toughest in W estern A ustralia. I t is extraordinarily bard, and so interlaced in its grain th a t it is difficult to split. I t is said to season w ith o u t. much shrinkage or splitting. There are some wonderful, apparently correct, records in connection with it. I t has the quality of resisting the changes of the weather, and altogether is a tim ber of a high standard. Some of the uses to which it is now applied are railway wagons, buffers, engine bearers, keelsons, stem posts, bridge supports, dockgate frames, wheelwrights’ work generally, shafts, and most other works where great strength, solidity, and hardness are requisite. The wood is of a yellow-whitish colour, and so dense th a t it is difficult to work. Its resistance to white ants and teredo is, however, doubtful. Its w eight is about (Mbs. per square foot. The area occupied by T uart is estimated a t 200,000 acres, and the quantity of m arketable tim ber now growing in the forests a t 300,000 loads. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N . S outh W estern D istbict S.S.T. A ssociation .—A meeting of this association was held in the Bunbury School a t 10 a.m. on Saturday, September 16, when there were present •.—M r. Paisley (in th e chair), Messrs. Blair, Boxall, Crogan, Loveridge, Mrs. McAliece, M rs. Blackman, Misses Carroll, Cleary, Buchanan, Mews, Jeffrey, Hislop, Logue, and G-ilholy. Mr. Loveridge explained the uses of the N otation Box to a Second S tan d ard ; M r. Paisley read a paper on A ttendance; and M r. B lair gave an address on M ensuration and Scale Drawing. The following business was arranged for next m e e t i n g P a p e r on W riting, Mr. Schneider; on Model Drawing, Mr. B oxall; on an Object Lesson, Mrs. McAliece. A vote of thanks was passed to Messrs. Paisley, Loveridge, and B lair for the contributions. The visiting teachers were entertained by the B unbury teachers a t luncheon. The Secretary has forwarded to the D epartm ent a copy of the rales printed in' a very handy style. TH E 44 EDUCATION D IS T R IC T B O A R D S, etc. G-. B artlett has been appointed a member of the Irw in D istrict B oard of Education, vice W . H. Linthorne, resigned. I r w in .—D r. J a r k a h d a l e .—-Rev. George P o tts has been appointed a member of the- Jarrah d ale D istrict Board of Education, vice S. Rowett, resigned. K a n o w n a . — D r. S. A. Ewing, Rev. A. C. Plane, and Mrs. Dixon have been appointed members of the Kanowna Committee of School Management. C o o l g a b d i e .— -M r s . Cheston, Mrs. W atkins, and P ro fessor Nicholas have been appointed members of the Coolgardie Committee of School Management. STOCK N O TES. The D epartm ent has on hand a few of th e following d iagram s:— Source and Circulation of W ater, W ater Pollution and W ater Purification. Teachers wishing to secure these are invited to send in applications. I t would be as well for those teachers who have time to pay a visit to the store in Pier Street, and inspect these diagrams. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . i l l s .— H ead teacher, Mr. L. J . W . Butler. D ate of concert, A ugust 19. Receipts, £ 2 15s. 3d.; C a n n in g M CIRCULAR. [O c to b er , 1899. expenses, 2s. 6d. Profits, w ith exception of 5s., in hand, expended in certificates for regular attendance,T)ooks for school library, and m aterials for games. B e a c o n s f i e l d S c h o o l .— A concert was held in this school on Ju n e 16. The proceeds amounted to i>3 8s. Id., which was spent in decorating th e class room of Standard H I., as the credit of the affair was due to the teachers (Misses Birchell and Mofflin, aided by Miss M orton) and pupils of th a t standard. C o o n d l e S c h o o l . —Teacher, Miss Mercie Syred. A picnic and sale of goods was held on the 29th A ugust. The gross proceeds amounted to ,£6 14s. 8d., aild expenses £ \ 17s., leaving a balance in hand of £ 4 17s. 8d. for purchase of prizes, etc. B e v e r l e y S c h o o l . —H ead teacher, Mr. T. G. Slater. Concert held September 19. Gross receipts, .£10 10s.'; expenses, <£1 4 s .; leaving a balance in hand of £ 9 6s. for prize fund and school decorations. K a n o w n a S c h o o l . — H ead teacher, Mr. J . A. Moore. A nnual entertainm ent held on September 1, and repeated, w ith alterations to programme, on September 22, half profits of entertainm ent on latter date being handed to W hite Feather Hospital. Gross proceeds of both enter tainm ents, £59 1 1s.; expenses, £ 8 8s. 9d. Balance of piano account, ,£24 13s. 6 d .; am ount handed to hospital, £ 8 12s. 6 d .; balance in hand for prizes, medals, etc,, £ 1 7 16s. 3d. . B y A u t h o r i t y : R ic h a b d P e t h e r , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r t h . J O ctober, TH E 1899.J H O L ID A Y EDUCATION FA R ES. Since tlie Circular went- to press, tlie President of tlie Frem antle Teachers’ Association has handed tlie D epart ment tlie following com m unication:— W ith reference to arrangem ents th a t are being made for teachers travelling to the E astern colonies during the vacation, the s.s. “ W ollow ra” will leave Frem antle on Sunday morning, 17th December, and the Adelaide Steam ship Company has agreed to reserve berths for those who have already sent in their names, and for any others who may do so up to the middle of November. The question of concession has not yet been fully decided; a discount of 10 per cent, is certain, and a fu rth er reduction is probable. CIRCTTLAS. N o .W t r ■,-f P &■ ftU pjJAllowing the 10 per cent. reduetiOT^offiyT^the fares will be as follow:— To Adelaide, saloon return ... J28 2 0 To Melbourne ,, ... 9 18 0 To Sydney ,, ... 13 10 0 W ith regard to country teachers who have to travel to Frem antle by rail, inquiries have been made, and it has been ascertained th a t they m ust make their own arrange m ents for railway travelling. To facilitate arrangements, Mr. A. Molloy, Secretary of the Branch, will arrange passages and procure tickets for any teachers who will forward the am ount of passage money to him. I t would be well to book at rates mentioned above, and if fu rth er concessions are made the am ount will be refunded to the teachers concerned. B y A u th o r i ty : B ic h a b i ) P e t h e b , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r t h . WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. No. 5.] NOVEMBER, 1899. [Vol. II. A P P O IN T M E N T S , T E -A N SF E B S, ETC. School, Name. Office. Classification. A cting H .T. H.T. H.T. B1 A3 Salary per annum. £ Coolgardie ... Young, Hugh. ................ K lem (B.A.), Jas. A ........................ Subiaco ... ............................. Bardoe .......................................... W illiam s, Mary H ......................... Brennan, Alice ... W icklow H ills ............................. Frederick, Margaret ................ McCulloeh, E l i z a b e t h ................ Cranbrook Kintore Schonell, Edw ard W .................... Pombarc, A ngele Pombart, M athilda STeilson, Lewesa C. Gray, D o a r ietta ............................. K ettle, H enry W m ........................ Armadale ................ Cool gardie In fants’................ C o o lg a r d ie .......................................... Kanowna Coolgardie In fants’............................. P erth Boys’ ................ Thom sett, James M ...................... Toal, Anna M .................................. Parsons (B.A .), Joseph................ H ayes, Edward J. ................ M annell, W m. J. ................ Shelton, W m. 0 , ............................. B eavis, W m. G............................... M inchin, Gertrude Green, Frank ............................. Robinson, Florence ................ Collins, Annie ... Flaherty, Florence M idland J u n c t i o n ............................. Coalville Perth Boys’ ........................................ . H ighgate .......................................... Subiaco Plym pton ... ............................. C o o lg a r d ie .......................................... Guildford .. ................ Pinjarra Pinjarra .......................................... Gooseberry H ill ............................. P icton .......................................... .......................................... ................ 1 ................ H.T. on probation H .T. H.T. C l, prov. H.T. A. on probation A. on probation A. AA. on supply to 30th November, 1899 A. on probation A. 1st A. 1st A. 1st A. 1s t A. A. P.T. Mon. S.M. S.M. S.M. Cl s. d. 215 0 0 250 0 0 As per R egu lations and £ 3 0 Goldfields Al lowance. A sper R egu lations. 80 0 0 A s per R egu lations and .£30 Goldfields A l lowance. 120 0 0 70 70 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 70 80 0 0 155 155 175 190 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 0 0 80 0 0 C2 A3 B2 B2 A3 A3 4th Class 0 ~0 200 0 0 20 20 12 12 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 T H E “ C IR C U L A R .” E X A M IN A T IO N CH A N G ES. I n consequence of the Christmas Vacation there will be no issue of the Circular for the months of December and January. I t is intended in the future to issue the Circular eaily in the m onth whose date it bears, and th e next Circular will appear early in February, and bear the date of th a t month. The D epartm ent hopes to be able to publish the re-classification of the schools and teachers in the February Circular, and teachers are therefore reminded th a t they m ust send in their returns for the December quarter a t the closing of the schools, otherwise the re-classification cannot be fully carried out. I t is proposed by the D epartm ent next year to initiate a great change in the m atter of school examinations. The change will only be introduced g rad u ally ; b ut it is intended eventually to abolish altogether the annual indi vidual examinations by the Inspectors for promotion from standard to standard. F o r the present th e change will only take place in certain schools where the reports show a. higher assessment. W here the Inspectors report a t present th a t it is desirable to retain the individual examination, it will be retained. Schools will therefore be divided into two classes : ( i) Schools where the fu ll individual exam 48 THE EDUCATION. CIRCULAR. ination will be conducted as a t present, with, of course, tlie alterations already notified in the systems for Geography and E n g lis h ; and ( 2) schools in wrhich the individual examination of each of the children will be no longer con ducted by th e Inspector. The Inspector will, of course, where he thinks it desirable, himself examine on the occasion of his inspection visits any classes or subjects, and lie may examine any p a rt of the school or any p a rt of a class a t his discretion. On his schedule, however, he will no longer make the actual promotions from standard to standard. The head teacher of the school will be expected to arrange for individual examinations for the promotion of children, and to keep the schedule containing the results of these examinations to present to the Inspector a t his visit. The Inspector will look into th e promotions made by the head teacher, and if he thinks th a t any children have been prom oted whose ultim ate progress would have been better served by their retention in the lower classes, or if, on th e other hand, children have been kept back who should have been promoted, he will so report. Teachers will see th a t it will be necessary for them to take the regular annual examinations with schedules ron the present lines, b u t th a t they may also make their quarterly or half-yearly examinations for promotion if they wish. By this means they can, if they so wish it, arrange -that a child has two, three, five, or more quarters in a standard, according to its capacity. Teachers will also be able to carry out Regulation 167, Sub-section 2. T E A C H E R S’ S A L A R IE S . The Teachers’ Union has memorialised the Hon. the M inister on the subject of the teachers’ salaries. The M inister is giving the memorial full consideration, and hopes to be able to make some slight changes this y e a r; bu t any large scheme of change can only be prepared for the Estim ates next year. P E E R ET U R N 'S. A fewr teachers have sent in the m onthly fee return form for November, showing all the scholars under the heading “ No. of Free Scholars P resent.” There is no necessity to forw ard th is form now, as with the abolition of fees its operations ceased. Now th a t the Fee R eturn Form has been abolished, it is imperative th a t the salary sheets should reach th e D epartm ent by the 24th of each month. A N N U A L IN C R E A S E S OF SA L A R Y . I t has apparently been the impression in some quarters th a t the <£10 annual increase allowed by the Regulations •will not be given a t Christm as to such teachers as fulfil the requirements of Regulations 64 and 68. The D epart m ent knows no reason why such an opinion should have got abroad, as the Estim ates were fram ed with a view to fully carrying out the Regulations. The re-classification of the schools will, of course, take place after Christmas, and the result of the teachers’ examination should also be known, a t th a t time ; so th at, as mentioned above, the February Circular should contain the full classification of the schools and teachers and the new salaries in accordance with the Regulations. [N ovem ber, 1899. T H E D E C E M B E R S A L A R IE S . The Teachers’ Union asked th a t the December salaries m ight be paid before the Christmas holidays. The Accountant is, however, unable to do this, and the D epart m ent has no longer Fee F und to draw on as last year. The R ight Hon. the Prem ier has, however, expressed his willingness, as fa r as possible, to meet the cases of such teachers who may be leaving home on a. holiday, and to arrange for th eir payment. Teachers therefore, who are wishing to leave, m ust inform the Departm ent, and apply individually. CONCERT BA LA N C E S H E E T S. The D epartm ent presumes th a t most of the funds raised by school entertainm ents during the past year will be expended about Christmas in the purchase of prizes for the children. Teachers who are following th is course should send the receipted accounts to the D epartm ent, together w ith a statem ent showing how the fund stands. This is necessary in the interests of the teachers as well as the children. M E D IC A L C E R T IF IC A T E S. Regulation 87 refers to the necessity of obtaining medical certificates for any sickness which is longer th an two days. I t has been the custom of teachers occasionally to send in medical certificates which do not state the nature of the sickness. Such certificates are of no value to the D epartm ent, and do not come within the term s of the Regulation. Of course, in some cases, as contemplated by the Regulation, it is not possible for teachers to obtain a certificate, as in parts of the country there is not a doctor who could attend them. U nder these circumstances it would be advisable th a t they should send in, as a rule, through the D istrict Board, or get the Chairman of the Board to initial, their report of absence. Occasionally pupil teachers or assistants—especially in schools in the country or on the goldfield s—are absent for three or four days, b u t w ithout the attendance of a. medical man. In such cases, if an exception is to be made in their favour, the head teacher initialling the letter notifying their absence and resumption of duties m ight make some state ment as to his own knowledge of their illness. FO R M “ D.” Teachers are notified th a t Form “ D ,” which has hitherto been rendered a t the end of the school quarter, will not from this date be required to be sent in: The only form now needed is the usual Form “ E ,” which is rendered fortnightly. Teachers will please fill in the rem arks column on this form as fully as possible, so as to guide the D epart ment in issuing the necessary notices to parents of irregular attendants. Only the names of children between the com pulsory ages (6 to 14) should be returned, and in all cases where the teacher is assured th a t the child resides beyond the compulsory radius the name may be omitted from the return. B R U SH -W O R K A P P A R A T U S . In the Circulars of M ay and November it was pointed out th a t the D epartm ent could not continue to provide the [N ovem ber, 1899. TH E EDUCATION somewhat expensive apparatus for th e brush-work, and th at teachers m ust either procure it out of some school fund derived from concei*ts and entertainm ents, or obtain con tributions from the children. A stock has been provided in some cases, in order th a t the work may be started, and the D epartm ent is quite prepared to continue to help schools to a beginning in th is w ay; b u t as the work develops, and the children begin to appreciate it, there will probably be no difficulty in obtaining from the parents the funds for carrying it on, which would entail a very considerable sum if all paints, etc., were supplied by th e Department, while it would be a very lig h t expense when distributed am ongst the individual children. Teachers are advised to use coloured inks a t first, b u t these will not be satisfactory as the work becomes more advanced. H O L ID A Y F A R E S . The Frem antle Teachers’ Association has sent to the D epartm ent th e following fu rth er inform ation on th e above su b je c t:— I t has been arranged th a t th e s.s. “ H arloo ” will leave Frem antle on Sunday m orning, 17th December next. The fares will be as quoted in la st m onth’s Circular, a fu rth er reduction th an 10 per cent, being unobtainable a t present. So as to give teachers all possible information, the President an d Secretary of the Association have made inquiries in different directions, but the only other fixture which will at all fit in with the times of teachers going and returning is th eR .M .S . “ Arcadia,” leaving Albany on 20th December. The difficulty arising through the m ail-boat arriving at Albany on Sunday, thus preventing any teacher a t a distance from entering on duty on the following day, has been overcome by D epartm ental sanction to the re-opening of schools where necessary on Tuesday, 23rd January, 1900, such schools to rem ain open on 26th January (Anniversai-yDay). (This sanction m ust, of course, be asked for and obtained in each individual instance. —E d .) The following inform ation refers to the m ail steamers only, and has been supplied by M r. H . P . Thomas, Frem antle agent for Messrs. Thomas Cook & Son:— Second-class return rail from P e rth or Frem antle to Albany, thence second saloon, R.M.S. “ Arcadia.” £ A d e la id e ................ M elbourne ... Sydney ... ... s. d. 9 5 0 11 10 0 14 10 0 - First-class rail from P e rth or Frem antle to Albany, thence second saloon. £ s. a. A d e la id e ................ 10 7 4 Melbourne ... 12 12 4 Sydney ... ... 15 12 4 No discount is allowed on these fares. Passenger swishing to leave th e m ail steamer at Adelaide or Melbourne, and travel to th eir destinations by rail, may CIRCULAR. 49 book by steamer to those ports, and from thence will be entitled to the following railway rate s:— F irst Return. £ s. d. Second Betnrn. £ s. dT Adelaide to Melbourne ... 3 10 0 ... 2 5 0 Adelaide to Sydney ... 5 17 0 ... 3 19 4 Adelaide to Brisbane ... 10 0 0 ... 6 10 0 Melbourne to Sydney ... 4 1 0 ... 3 0 8 Melbourne to Brisbane ... 8 0 0 ... 5 10 0 Sydney to Brisbane ... 4 6 8 ... 2 13 0 F o r general information M r. Wheeler has added the following particulars regarding other tr ip s :— Melbourne to Launceston (steam er). Launceston to H obart (first-class rail), H obart to Sydney (steam er), Sydney to Melbourne (steam er); total fare for round trip, ,£6. Melbourne to H obart, H obart to the Bluff, the Bluff to Dunedin, D unedin to W ellington, W ellington to Sydney ; fare for round trip, £11. The secretary of the Frem antle Branch will, as previously mentioned, pay passages and secure berths for teachers on receipt of the amount, b u t early application is necessary, as the passenger list is filling fast. F R E M A N T L E BO Y S’ SCHOOL SP O R T S. The first annual sports meeting in connection with the Frem antle Boys’ School was held on the Frem antle Oval on Wednesday, October 11, and was both enjoyable and successful. The weather was fine, and a long programme of 31 events was carried out. Preceded by the combined drum and fife bands of Cottesloe, N o rth Frem antle, and Frem antle Boys’ Schools, the pupils marched through the main streets of the P o rt to the Oval. The arrangem ents were in the hands of the teaching staff of the school. Mr. W ray acted as starter, while the Mayor, Mr. J. McHenry Clark, and the Town Clerk, Mr. Gr. B. H um ble (a former headm aster of the school), officiated as judges. Prom inent among the events were the displays of squad and company drill, and a display of dumb-bell exercises by about 200 boys. I t is to be hoped th a t before next season action will be taken to form an Athletic Association in connection w ith the whole of the Frem antle schools, and arrangements made for holding a combined sports meeting, which would be a veritable Children’s Day.— Communicated. U SE OF SCHOOLS. From tim e to tim e teachers have applied for the use of schools for concerts, and it has afterwards transpired th a t the buildings have been used for dancing. The M inister does not approve of dances being held in the schools. I n other eases people apply to teachers to be allowed to give entertainm ents, etc., in the schools. Teachers are not entitled to accept the services of any lecturer, entertainer, or other outside person in the schools, even after school hours, without first obtaining permission from the D epart m ent. ' G IR L S S W IM M IN G C LA SSES. The proprietor of the P e rth B aths, M r. H . F . Edmiston, has approached the D epartm ent with a view to the TH E 50 EDUCATION form ation of swimming classes for girls. I n th e past, he writes, school girls have been practically debarred from learning swimming, owing to w ant of a competent teacher a t reasonable te rm s ; b u t if classes of 20 coidd now be arranged to attend the B aths at specified hours, they would be taug h t by a professor of natation at a charge of 3d. per lesson each. A lady would be in attendance. This is, of course, exclusive of the fee for admission and charge for dress. The D epartm ent would be very happy to see the girls tau g h t to swim, and would be glad to meet the teachers in any way possible as regards the fixing of hours. Of course it would be advisable, if various schools were trying to arrange for teaching in the Baths, th a t fixed hours should be decided upon for each school. The D epartm ent would be glad to hear from head teachers whether they wish to take any p a rt of the afternoon school hours for swimming for, say, half-a-dozen lessons. The Inspector General will be pleased to talk th e m atter over with any teacher who may feel inclined to form a class. T E A C H IN G T H E M U L T IP L IC A T IO N T A BLE. In the column in the Educational Neivs (Vic.), headed “ Editorial Talks w ith the Juniors,” th e following para graph on teaching the m ultiplication table app ears:— “ The multiplication, table can be ta u g h t in telligen tly. I t is also a saving of tim e to teach it. The ancient idea of roaring out th e table from twice one are two to tw elve tim es tw elve are one hundred and forty-four, and th en begin de novo, is dead, and, except in a few remote places, decently buried. There are m any devices whicli a teacher can adopt, e. g., procure a number of wooden m atch boxes and a good supply of coloured beads. Sup pose you w ant to teach “ six fours are twenty-four,” count out, or le t th e scholar do it, and place four beads in each of six boxes. Question out th at m ultiplication is only a short way of doing addition, and the scholars w ill make their own m ultiplication table, and you hare not interfered w ith their " sacred righ t of discovery.” Teaclx division- at th e same tim e from th e same illustration. Give plenty of practice by varying th e questions, e. g., call th e beads ai>ples, nuts, marbles, lollies, stones, diamonds, coins, nu ggets, etc., and th e boxes cases, bags, carts, rooms, banks, shops, etc. Of coiu'se you w ill use th e blackboard freely.” IN S P E C T O R S ’ R E F E R E N C E L IB R A R Y . In addition to the books mentioued in th e catalogue of the Reference Library, published in the Ju ly Circular, the following have been obtained, and are now available for issue:— SECTION A.—EDUCATION. No. of Book. Title. Author. 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 a-c. 42 43 44 45 46 Needlework and C utting out School M eth od.......................................... Object Lessons in Geography Practical, Plane, and Solid Geometry Paper F o ld in g ... B aby’s O p e r a .......................................... L ittle Songs for L ittle Voices ................ The Kindergarten ... Froebel’s Theory and Practice K indergarten Songs and Games Brushwork FroebeFs M other P lay—M ottoes and Commentaries Froebel’s M other P lay— Songs and Music Mrs. Jones Gladman D exter and Garlick Riddel Lucy R. Latter Crane G atty Goldammer H eerwart Berry & M ichaelis Teats Blow 47 Blow CIRCULAR. [N o vem ber, 1899. SECTION A .—EDUCATION (continued). No. of Book. Title. 48 F roebers Mother’s Songs, Games, and Stories Cane W e a v in g ................ ................ Brush Drawing for Infants ... 49 50 Author. Lord Lucy R. Latter H elen Forbes SECTION C.—CLASSICS, M ODERN LANGUAG ES, 30 31 32 33 34 35 a-d. Latin—Horace—Odes, I. E n glish Literature—F irst Sketch/of Latin—Y irgil—Georgies, IY . French—E lem entary Grammar Celtic— Grammar „ Simple Lessons in Irish— Parts I.-IY . „ F irst and Third Irish Book S6 E tc. Morley Le H arivel Joyce Presented by Dr. Todd a and c SECTION E .— SCIENCE. 13 I Science Work Simplified ................I Long P articular attention is directed to the large list of K indergarten manuals of the m ost recent date. The perusal of these should be of the utm ost service to the teachers of In fa n t Schools. I t is to be regretted th a t teachers generally are not availing themselves of the facilities now afforded by the D epartm ent i n ' placing at th eir disposal, gratuitously, standard works on Pedagogy and E nglish H istory, as well as other miscellaneous works, the perusal of which would keep them in touch w ith the m ost recent developments in the Educational world a t large. I f it be found th a t the tim e allowed to borrowers, three weeks, is too short, an application for extension can be m ad e; this would be in almost all cases favourably considered. Regarding the book on B rash D rawing for Infants, by Helen Forbes, though this is very interesting, too much appears to be attempted in some of the examples given. The work is really too highly finished for infants, and the danger is th a t because of the superior attractiveness of some of the more advanced-looking work, the elementary work may be neglected. SCALE D R A W IN G . I n the Drawing Syllabus teachers are, of course, required to draw to scale, and also in the Geography of Standards I. and I I . they are obliged to carefully consider the scale of plans and maps. Though not laid down in the Programme, it ■is quite permissible to begin with a class in Standard I. by making them take a varied number of squares on their slates to represent feet or yards. As the children get on, they m ust be able not only to know th a t they have to count so many squares in order to make up the rig h t proportions of the room, b u t they should also be able to reduce the actual measurements in feet to inches or fractions of inches, and use the scale rule. Eor scale drawing the best possible thing th a t a teacher could do would be to let the actual object be measured up in the room—a door, cupboard, picture, window, easel, or blackboard, or whatever comes handiest (if N ovem ber, 1899.] TH E EDUCATION CIECULAE. 51 possible lettin g th e pupils measure it themselves), and then make a scale of one inch, half-inch, or three-quarter inch, and proceed to draw th e plan. Gradually objects outside can be measured also. There are some interesting questions on drawing to scale on pages 486-7-9 of th e A ugust Teacher’s A id, and from these we have extracted the following as a guide to teachers for m aking a test :•— Construct a scale of 14-in. to 1ft., showing 4ft. 4in. I draw an object to a scale of lii n . to 1ft., and th en to a scale U p to February, 1895, the Talgoo Goldfield formed p art of th e Murchison field, and was under the charge of the warden a t Cue, 120 miles distant. The Talgoo Hills, from which the field takes its name, are situated about 130 miles from 'G eraldton, on the W est M ount M agnet road. They are the official centre of the field, and here the warden’s headquarters have been fixed. The township of Yalgoo is situated in these hills, about 80 miles distant from Mullewa, and 75 miles from M ount Magnet, and presents all the features of the usual goldfields settlement. About the same size as Day Dawn, it is not so compact, of 3in. to 1ft. W hich is th e larger drawing ? b u t stretches a long way back from the railway, with A line 6in. long represents 6ft. by scale. Construct th e scale. m any vacant blocks among the hotels, stores, and offices Draw a picture frame to a scale of 1Jin. to 1ft. which make up the place. A n object is drawn to scale of 2in. to 1ft. Compare the size of th e drawing w ith th a t of th e object. The Carlaminda H ills bound the valley N orth and Name any persons who use scale drawings. E a st—a defined range some miles in length, term inating A line 7in. long represents 4ft. by scale. Construct th e scale. where the railway track runs E astw ard to the Magnet. A room is 24yds. long, and you w ish to draw it on a piece of Away to the Southw ard the country is broken up into paper 8in. long. W hat scale w ill yon use ? hills and ranges, piled together, an d -d o tted with peaks Construct a scale of lin to 1ft. th a t raise th e ir heads skywards above the hummocks Make a drawing of the front of the teacher’s desk, usin g th e a t their base. W arrim ini is the highest of these, and scale you have made. cannot be less than 3,000 feet. The conical head of A person measures a street, and then makes a drawing of it, Bilberatha is conspicuous also, and overlooks the group drawing each part of th e street A- of th e actual size. To of mines, of which the notorious Joker was the chief and what scale does he make the drawing ? best known. A garden, which is 80yds. long, is drawn to a scale of fin . to 1 yd. W hat is the len gth of th e drawing ? A bout 150 miles to the South-W estward of Cue, and 100 A room is 30yds. long. I w ish to make a drawing of it to the miles N orth-E ast of Geraldton, are the Nancarrong Hills, scale of 2in. to oyds. W hat len gth of paper m ust I have ? where in the early p a rt of 1890 gold was discovered in a An architect, having drawn a building to th e scale of lin . to 5yds., wishes to make Ms drawing tw ice as large. W hat -reef on a low range of hills about five miles to the E a st ward of Y uin Station. scale m ust he use ? Name some of th e scales used in the construction of maps. An architect m ates a drawing to th e scale of lin . to 1yd. Compare the size of th e drawing w ith th a t of the object. A street is 75yds. long. I w ish to make a drawing of i t to th e scale of 3in. to 10yds. W hat len gth of paper m ust I have ? Name some of th e objects which architects draw to scale. A drawing is one-fourth th e actual size of th e object. To w hat scale is it drawn ? LOCAL G EO G R A PH Y N O T ES. T lie M urchison GoldfLelds. (By Mr. Inspector Robertson.) (P art II). YALGOO GOLDFIELD. This goldfield was proclaimed on the 8th February, 1895, and has an area of about 18,921 square miles. ■I t is bounded by lines starting from the sum m it of M ount Murchison, and extending W est-South-W est to the sum m it of Tallering P e a k ; thence South-E ast to the summit of M ugga M ugga H ill and onwards to the sum m it of M ount Gibson, which lies about 12 miles South-W est from N inghan C reek; then E astw ard to Trigonometrical Station K83, on the W est shore of la k e M oore; then due E a st to the W estern boundary of the N orth Coolgardie Goldfield, and along it N orth to its N orth-W est c o m e r; thence W estN orth-W est to the summit of W yemandoo H ill and onwards to Trigonometrical Station K6, on Goonalimondey P e a k ; thence N orth-W est to the summ it of M ount Farm er, and onwards to the sum m it of M ount lu k e , and onwards to the sum m it of M ount Murchison. A townsite called Noongal, formerly called Melville, is situated 16 miles N orth of Yalgoo. I t was a place of some importance, b u t is now suffering from the prevailing depression on these fields. W adgingarra is situated in hilly, ironstone country, 10 miles E a st of Yalgoo and two miles N orth of the railway track. Gullewa is a township 18 miles South from W urarga and 40 miles South-W est from Yalgoo. The settlem en t's situated in a depression among surrounding hills. W ant of w ater has delayed m ining operations a great deal, but with a good supply, the mines may become payable. Pingalling is situated 98 miles South-East from Yalgoo, and a little longer distance from Mingenew, on the Midland railway. Pingalling bids fair to become a big goldproducing camp in the future. Field’s F in d is a few miles N orth-W est of Pingalling. Rot-hsay is 30 miles South-W est of Pingalling. W urarga is a railway station between Mullewa and Yalgoo, and is the nearest stopping place on the line to Gullewa, whence its machinery and supplies are carted. The country between W urarga and Mullewa changes as the coast is approached. Stunted gum trees take the place of m u lg a ; rolling prairies, covered with almost impene trable thickets of low bushes, alternate, and the brown m ud ant-hills rise to a height of five feet a t times, in all shapes—conical, domed, and corrugated. Before the dis covery of gold the district of Yalgoo was a pastoral one, b u t the persistent droughts have made the lot of the pastoralist most precarious. 52 TH E EDUCATION EAST M URCHISON GOLDFIELD. Proclaim ed 29th May, 1885: Boundaries altered 24tli December, 1897 ; area, 28,242 square miles. Bounded by lines starting from the Southernm ost corner of the M urchi son Goldfield, situated about 4 | miles E a st and four miles South of Trigonometrical Station K75, on Wyemandoo Hill, and extending E a st to a spot 15 miles E a st and 44 miles N orth from th e sum it of M ount Id a ; thence- N orth about 4§ m iles; thence E a st about 74J miles, passing through a tree m arked AN33, a t Doyle’s Well, to a spot about two miles W est and about 3 5 | miles N orth from a tree marked B82, at Brickey’s Soak; thence N orth to the 26th parallel of South la titu d e ; thence W est to a spot due N o rth of the summit of M ount R ussell; thence South to th e said summit of M ount R ussell; thence South-South-W est along the Easward boundary of the Murchison Goldfield to its Southernm ost corner. The chief centres of this extensive field are Lawlers, M ount Sir Samuel, Lake W ay, and Lake Darlot. Lawlers is situated about 65 miles South-W est of Lake Darlot, and about 200 miles E a st of M ount M agnet. The first th in g th a t strikes the eye of a visitor on approaching Lawlers is th e Donegal line of reefs running along the eminence of a small range of hills. From Donegal H ill one can trace a belt of gum-lined country tw isting like a snake through the level country beneath u n til it is lost to sight in the shimmer and gleam of the dry salt lakes. Turning round to the South-East, th e gums still continue on, forming w ith Gum Creek, one of the boundaries of the town of Lawlers. Lawlers itself is situated about three miles to th e N orth-E ast of the Donegal reefs, a little over one mile W est from th e extensive G reat E astern line, while two mining centres, McCaffrey’s and Ogilvie’s, are res pectively situated 4 | miles N orth-N orth-E ast and six miles N orth of the town. Lake W ay, or Wellona, as the natives call it, is a large salt lake 70 miles in circumference, closely adjoining which is Lake Yiolet. This latter lake, after heavy rains, contains a large supply of fresh water, which is a great boon to the inhabitants. The township of Lake W ay is situated 200 miles from Cue, and the road is a bad one, 50 miles out of the last 80 being through th e terrible spinifex desert country. There is an alternative route from Nannine, which is about 130 miles distant. The country round Lake W ay itself is good, and after a wet season the grass grows to a height of three feet in m ost places. R ising from the Lake a huge outcrop of quartz is seen trending away to th e N orth, and travelling on to the higher ground one can see some of the strongest and m ost continuous reefs in W estern A ustralia. The township is laid out w ith great care, and its future prospects are bright. M ount Sir Samuel is about 36 miles N orth of Lawlers, and here a considerable am ount of development has taken place. The distance from Cue to M ount Sir Samuel is about 250 miles by road, and a more excellent or better watered road could not be desired, for, w ith th e exception of a very small proportion of the distance, the road is hard and suitable for wheel traffic. The distance from M ount Magnet to M ount Sir Samuel is about 20 miles shorter th an from Cue. The m ail goes from M ount M agnet, the road from which is equally as good as from Cue. CIRCULAR. [N ovem ber, 1899. Lake D arlot is 65 miles N orth-E ast from Lawlers, and there a quantity of gold has been obtained since the early portion of the year 1895, when the rush thither took place. ORAL COMPOSITION" IN' ST A T E SCHOOLS. “ I n an article on the above subject, in the A ugust Teacher’s A id, the following passages occur:— “ I n many cases only w ritten composition is taken in the Upper Standards. The oral p a rt of this subject is neglected or omitted altogether. This is a great mistake, for oral composition is an invaluable aid towards getting good w ritten work. No boy can w rite good sentences if he has not previously formed them in his m in d ; and, of course, the aim of oral composition is to give the boys practice in expressing their knowledge in the form of complete sentences. “ A fter an oral lesson, allow one or two boys to come in fro n t of the class and question the others on the lesson ju st given. The boys will readily do this after a little practice, and they consider it a great honour to be allowed to take the teacher’s place for a few minutes. The teacher mean while stands near, ever ready to point out errors in gram m ar or the subject-m atter of the answers. “ W hen a composition lesson arrives, have reading books given out. L et each boy in tu rn read a short passage, then p u t down his book and give orally a brief resume of w hat he has ju st read. Another good plan is to give the class a few m inutes to read through a certain chapter in th e reading books, and then require one or more boys to come in fro n t of the class a,Dd tell the others what he remembers of the subject-m atter of the chapter. “ The teacher should sometimes read a short tale to the boys, and then require each scholar in tu rn to repeat it in his own words. The boys should understand th a t they are to reproduce the sense of the piece, and not try to remem ber the exact words of the tale. “ Each boy should be able to give a good oral paraphrase of his recitation for the year. This not only aids the composition, b u t also shows th a t each one understands the meaning of what he has learned. Many Inspectors require this when hearing the recitation. “ Conversational lessons may be taken. These should be on any interesting current events, and will serve to encourage the children to read the papers, and so keep abreast of the times. Due notice of these lessons should be given, so th a t the scholars may have had a chance to collect any facts bearing on the subject which have come under their notice. “ Suitable subjects for Standards V I. and V II. are the ‘ Dreyfus case,’ ‘E ru g er,’ and the 'P ea ce Conference.’ ” T H E T R A N SV A A L . The D epartm ent has forwarded to the larger schools maps of South Africa, showing the position of the South African Republic, the Orange Free State, and the surround ing territory. The railways, rivers, and principal towns are also indicated, and the seat of the war now in progress can be easily located. I t is always im portant to keep children in touch with current events, and now th a t a N ovem ber, 1 8 9 9 .] TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 58 W estern A ustralian Contingent lias departed for South I the perpetual bickerings of Pretorius and Potgeiter, all attem pts a t establishing organised government failed, till Africa, information on th is subject, though outside the Pretorius induced the B ritish Government to sign the curriculum , will be eagerly drunk in by the children. W e Sand River Convention in January, 1852, which virtually therefore publish a short history of th is p art of th e world. established the political independence of the Trans P o sitio n . vaal. The death of both Pretorius and Potgeiter, in 1853, prepared the way for a period of internal peace under The Transvaal lies between the Limpopo an d Vaal Rivers, which form its N orth and South boundary respec Pretorius’ eldest son, M arthinus W essels Pretorius, who was the first President of the “ D utch African Republic,” tively. On th e E a st the Libomba M ountains divide its afterwards styled “ South A frican Republic.” The peace territory from Portuguese E a st Africa and Zululand. An of the settlement would doubtless have been assured for irregular line drawn from th e Limpopo to the V aal sepa some time had it not been for the persistent refusal of the rates it on th e W est from th e Bechuanaland Protectorate. Boers to tre a t the natives on a footing of equality or even The Orange Free State, which has throw n in its lot w ith justice. This was shown in the “ Apprentice Act,” passed the Transvaal in the present straggle, adjoins it on the in 1856, which established a system of disguised slavery, South, and N atal on th e South-East. Rhodesia, the and was fu rth er strengthened in 1858 by the sanction of the recently acquired country of th e Mafcabele, borders the G rond W et, or “ Fundam ental Law,” declaring th a t “ the Transvaal on the N orth. I t will thus be seen th at, Aritli the people will adm it of no equality of persons of colour with exception of the small strip of Portuguese E a st Africa, the the white inhabitants either in State or Church.” Owing Transvaal and the Orange Free State are hemmed in by to this policy, opposition was constantly shown both to the B ritish territory. The Transvaal lies well within the English traders, ■disposed to act fairly to all, and to the outer rim of the vast South African tableland, an elevated missionaries, who preached the gospel of universal equality. shallow basin, with a mean altitude of over 3,000 feet, the I n 1857 the Orange Free State was invaded by Pretorius, conformation of which has been compared to th a t of a b u t the dispute was settled w ithout blood by the treaty of saucer. The area of the Transvaal is set down a t 119,139 June 1. Two years later Pretorius was elected President square miles. of the Free State, with the ostensible object of uniting the ' H isto ry . two Boer'States, b u t the attem pt failed. Pretorius returned The history of th e Transvaal begins w ith the “ G reat to the Transvaal in 1863, and found th a t in his absence Trek,” or general exodus of th e Cape Colony Boers, who, affairs had fallen in to ' confusion. Continuous quarrels being dissatisfied w ith the liberal policy of the B ritish occurred with the surrounding natives, particularly on the Government towards th e natives, removed N orthw ards' in E a st and W est. In 1867 the discovery of gold in the large num bers between 1833 and 1837. By 1836 some interior was reported, though no steps appear to have been thousands h ad already crossed the Yaal, th a t is, had taken to work the deposits. The following year saw reached the “ Transvaal ” country, which a t th a t time P retorius’ attem pt to extend the Boer territory W estw ard was chiefly under the sway of th e powerful refugee Zulu to Lake Ngam i and E astw ard to Delagoa Bay. H is chief, Moselekatze, whose principal kraal was a t Mosega, proclamation resulted in disputes with E ngland and in the present Marico district, on the W est frontier of the Portugal, and it was not until 1875 th a t the French Transvaal. To avenge th e massacre of some em igrant President, M arshall Macmahon, to whom the m atter was bands of their party, the Boers attacked and utterly referred for arbitration, awarded Delagoa Bay to the P o r defeated Moselekatze at this place in 1837, and the follow tuguese. In 1871 the boundary disputes with the B ritish ing year he withdrew beyond th e Limpopo and founded towards the South-W est were settled by the award of Lieu the M atabele state (now Rhodesia). This left th e country tenant-Governor Neate, of N atal. This led to th e r e s ig n between the V aal and the Limpopo virtually in the hands ation of Pretorius and the election of President Burgers. of the Boers, b u t their position on the E astern side was I n 1875 the Boers got into the difficulty which led to the m ade insecure by the fierce Zulu chief, Dingaan. The B ritish annexing their territory. Their Fundam ental Law situation was rendered almost desperate by th e complete forced the President to measures which led to the war with rout and wholesale massacre of th e rig h t division of the Sikokuni, the chief of the Bapedi, who claimed a large em igrant Boers, who had ventured to cross th e Buffalo. p a rt of Lydenburg, and even of Pretoria. Burgers, who They were defeated by D ingaan first a t Umkongloof and had been on a visit to Europe in connection w ith the then a t Weenen, and in a th ird battle shortly afterwards Delagoa Bay railway, returned to find things in a state of 800 Boers fell before th e irresistible onslaught of the chaos. The Boers had been dispirited by successive disciplined Zulus. At this critical juncture the Boers reverses in the Sikokuni war, the Treasury was empty, and were saved from u tte r exterm ination by Andries Pretorius the national credit b ro k en ; in fact, it is stated th a t there of Graff Reinet, who checked D ingaan a t th e close of 1838, was but 12s. 6d. in the Treasury coffers to pay =£215,000. and followed up his success by a crushing defeat of the . The Bapedis and Zulus were on the verge of invading the Zulus in January, 1840. The m urder of D ingaan brought Transvaal when England intervened, and Sir Theophilus the quarrel to a close, th e friendly P anda was set up in Shepstone entered the Transvaal. To save fu rth er disaster his place, and N atal was proclaimed a Boer republic. In lie annexed the country by proclamation on A pril 12, 1843, however, th e B ritish occupied N atal, and this 1877, and a B ritish adm inistrator was appointed. For induced th e Boers to retire fu rth er inland. This they did three years there was peace and prosperity in the Trans in two bands, one settling in the present Orange Free vaal, b u t in 1881 the Boers, still discontented w ith any State, and the other passing over into th e T ransvaal; b u t rule b u t th eir own, revolted, and after defeat had been owing to internal dissensions, caused principally through inflicted on the small B ritish forces a t M ajuba H ill and 54 TH E EDUCATION Laing’s Nek, the B ritish Government was induced to restore tlie republic under th e suzerainty of th e Queen, a B ritish resident being appointed w ith the functions of a Consul General. Two years later P au l K ruger was elected President, and during the following year th e Convention of London, commonly known as the 1884 Convention, was signed. This recognised the State as the South African Republic, and considerably restricted the British suzerainty. E ngland, however, continued to move N orthw ards along the Western boundary of the Transvaal, and by the procla mation of a Protectorate over Bechuanaland, arrested the W estw ard advance of the Boers, and kept open the great trade route from Cape Colony to the Zambesi. In 1886 fresh discoveries of rich auriferous deposits in the M iddleburg province were reported, and a great influx of English-speaking people followed, swamping in numbers the Boers. This is th e root of the present trouble. The Boers wish to retain the Government of the Transvaal in their own hauds and after their own fashion, while th e U itlanders, as the foreigners are termed, who are greatly in the majority, desire to share in the Government. The present franchise appears in this article under “ political,” and on perusing it one m ay see how difficult it is for the U itlander popula tion to obtain a voice in the Government of the country. In th e early “ nineties” discontent began to breed in the breasts of the Uitlanders, and as their appeals 'failed to produce relief from their grievances, the trouble culminated in th e ill-fated Jam eson R aid in December, 1895. The leaders of the U itlanders were preparing to fight in order to obtain their rights. Num bers of men were enlisted and arm ed a t Johannesburg, and D r. Jameson, w ith a small band of troopers, marched in from Bechuanaland in the endeavour to effect a junction with the Johannesburg Uitlanders. H e was, however, met and defeated by the Boers at K rugersdrop, and th e disarm am ent of Johannes burg followed. Dr. Jameson and his officers were imprisoned for the p art they took in the Raid. The leading members of the Reform Committee were also imprisoned, b u t were offered release on paym ent of heavy fines. Two of the members of the committee, Mr. W . Sampson and Mr. W alter Davies, the latter of W estern A ustralia, pre ferred to remain in prison in Pretoria rath er than petition the Transvaal Executive for release and promise not to conspire again. They were, however, afterwards released. The Transvaal Government sent is a claim to G reat B ritain for damages on account of th e R a id ; they claimed £677,938 for m aterial damages and =61,000,000 for moral or intellectual damages, b u t B ritain refused to recognise th e indebtedness. Since 1895 m atters have not improved, and on A pril 21 of this year a petition, signed by 21,000 U itlanders, wa.s received in London. The petition set forth, as the grievances of the Uitlanders, th a t they were forbidden by law to hold indignation meetings or ventilate their grievances in the P re s s ; th a t they practically paid all the taxation, b u t had no say in the levying of the taxes or the use of the m oney; th a t they have no say in the government of Johannesburg, their city ; th a t the President may expel them from the country a t his w ill; th a t they have no vote for the V olksraad; th a t the gold industry suffers tinder excessive taxation ; th a t juries are composed entirely of B oers; th a t the police are corrup t; and th a t b ru tal outrages are constantly being CIRCULAR. [N ovem ber, ]8 9 9 . committed. A fu rth er source of tro u b le. was the school question, the law being th a t all teaching in the schools after the fourth standard should be in the Dutch language. W ith a view of remedying these grievances, a conference was held recently between Sir A lfred Milner, H igh Com missioner for South Africa, and President K ruger, b u t it proved abortive. The events which followed this and led to the war m ust be fam iliar to every reader of the news paper. P o litica l. The supreme legislative authority is vested in a P arlia m ent of two Chambers, each of 27 members chosen by the districts. Bills passed by the second Chamber do not become law u n til accepted by the first. Members of both Chambers m ust be 30 years of age, possess fixed property, profess the P rotestant religion, and never have been con victed of any criminal offence. The members of the first Chamber are elected from and by the first-class biu-ghers., those of the second Chamber from and by the first and second-class burghers conjointly, each for four years. First-class' burghers comprise all male whites resident in the Republic before May 29, 1876, or who took an active p a rt in the w ar of independence in 1881, the Malaboch w ar in 1894, the Jameson Raid of 1895-6, the expedition to Swaziland in 1894, and all the other tribal wars of the Republic, and the children of such persons from the age of 16. Second-class burghers comprise the naturalised male alien population and their children from the age of 16. N aturalisation may be obtained after two years residence, and registration on the books of the Field-cornet, oath of allegiance, and payment of £2 . The Executive Council has also the right, in special instances, to invite persons to become naturalised on payment of £2. N atu ralised burghers may, by special resolution of the first Chamber, become first-class burghers 12 years after naturalisation. Sons of aliens, though bom in the Re public, have no political rights, b u t by registration a t the age of 16 may, at the age of 18, become naturalised burghers, and may, by special resolution of the first Chamber, be made first-class burghers 10 years after they are eligible for the second Chamber, or at the age of 40. The President and Commandant-General are elected by the first-class burghers only ; D istrict Commandants and Field-cornets by the two classes of burghers conjointly. The Executive is vested in a President, elected for five years, assisted by a Council consisting of four official members (the State Secretary, the Commandant-General, Superintendent of Natives, and the M inute Keeper) and two non-official members. The State Secretary, Super intendent of Natives, th e M inute Keeper aud Secretary, and the two non-official members are elected by the first Volksraad. A franchise like the above was intolerable to the U itlanders, and it was w ith a view to arranging a more liberal franchise th a t Sir Alfred M ilner and President K ruger m et at Bloemfontein. The conference arrived at no satisfactory result, but, acting on the despatches received from Sir Alfred Milner, the British Government made a demand th a t there should be five years’ franchise, and th a t the goldfields should have one-fourth of the representation in the Volksraad. G reat B ritain also asked for equality of teaching in the English language, equality N ovem beb, 1 8 9 9 .] TH E EDUCATION of tlie old and new burghers as regards P residential and other elections, and a conference to settle th e details of the franchise law. These proposals m et w ith little favour at th e hands of the Boer members, but they carried a resolution, granting th e franchise on seven years’residence. Afterwai-ds m atters were left in the hands of President Kruger, and he made an alternative offer to yield the five years’ franchise on condition th a t G reat B ritain gave up her suzerainty. The condition was prom ptly refused by the British Cabinet, and negotiations made no fu rth er headw ay; and the diplomatic settlem ent of the question was ended by the entrance of the invading Boer troops into N atal in September. G eneral. Although lying on the borders of and partly w ithin the tropics, the Transvaal, thanks to its great elevation and the absence of extensive m arshy tracts, enjoys a healthy, invigorating climate, well suited to the European constitu tion. Owing to the dryness of the air, due to the proximity of the K alahari Desert, the W estern and Central districts are especially favourable to persons suffering from con sumption and chest complaints, b u t some of th e low-lying moist tracts along the Limpopo and other river valleys, close to or within the to rrid zone, are extremely insalu brious. Fever of the general African type is endemic here, and its prevalence is usually m arked by th e presence of the destructive tsetse fly. The rainy season is in th e summer, and th e rains generally begin about October, and last interm ittently till April. The rainfall is, however, unequally d istrib u ted ; it is greatest in the E ast, and gradually slackens off as it goes W estward. The mineral resources of th e Transvaal are abundant, and of extraordinary variety. Besides the precious metals and diamonds, there are found iron, copper, lead, cobalt, sulphur, saltpetre, and coal. U p to the commencement of the w ar the Transvaal had th e honour of leading the gold production of the world, the output reaching an average of over 300,000 ounces a month. Iro n ores are widely distributed, and th e Iro n M ountain, nearM arabastad, consists of an enormous mass of rich iron ore which the natives have worked for ages. Coal abounds in the SouthE astern districts, and th e deposits are now being extensively worked. The capital of the country is Pretoria, which is th e seat of Government. The other chief towns are Klerksdorp, Potchefstroom, Lvdenburg, and Johannesburg. The population is about 900,000, of whom only 250,000 are whites. Large numbers of Kaffirs are employed to work in the mines, and these swell the to tal of the coloured population. In addition to gold the country exports woolj cattle, hides, and ostrich feathers. The im ports last year were of the value of £13,560,000, and included dynamite, railway material, leather goods, chemicals, woollen goods, machinery, and m etal goods. Of these, dynam ite and chemicals are largely used in the gold m ining industry. The sale of dynamite is a monopoly, aud this is another source of great irritation to the mining population, who are, of course, chiefly Uitlanders. I n conclusion it m ay be said th a t th e word “ Boer ” is merely the D utch equivalent for farmer, and has no significance in a national sense. CIRCULAR. 55 CONCRETE T E A C H IN G OP A R IT H M E T IC A N D G EO G R A PH Y . I n an article on “ Facts versus Ideas,” w ritten by Mr. Alexander Sutherland, M.A., Melbourne, in The Education Gazette (S.A.) for November, 1897, the author writes approvingly, as follows, of the system of teaching A rith metic and Geography by means of concrete illustrations:-— “ For instance, in South A ustralia, where they have gone fu rth est in the rig h t direction, we find the regulations of the D epartm ent and the periodical examinations are fram ed with the distinct intention of encouraging as concrete a form of teaching as possible. I n A rithm etic the teachers are directed to teach tables of money, by the use of the actual coins, tables of length and area by the application of a foot-rule, the table of cubical contents by means of blocks, tables of weights by the use of the actual weights, and so on. Thus the pupil learns not merely names, acquires not merely facts, b u t gathers a distinct impression of the things themselves. Then the teachers are directed to choose arithm etical questions which have some bearing on the daily lives of the pupils. There is no doubt b u t th a t this is the proper way to teach Arithmetic. W hat an interest the young folks take in working sums taken from the columns of the Argus or any other daily p a p e r! I f their work be in stocks and shares, how they watch the rise and fall of values when once tbey find the proper p a rt of the paper to look to. I f you set them to find w hat rate of interest Government is really paying on th a t last loan, or w hat the rate is th at an investor gets by buying shares in some local com pany, th eir minds are kept awake; while too often in the ordinary class of sums the process is th a t described by the late Professor Wilson. A rule is given—th a t is the machine—p u t in a certain num ber of figures, and give the requisite num ber of turns to the handle, and you grind out your result. There is the answer wanted, but how or why it came the grinder is not supposed to know. I t is easy to tell a lad how to find an average, and he will go on grinding out averages according to the rule, with no difficulty and little profit. B ut give him the scores of the players in some well known cricket m atch of last Saturday, explain to him w hat you want, and then let him find out for himself the way to obtain it. By the very concreteness of the case his common sense sets him on the rig h t way, and if he does the same thing two or three times, he obtains a system in a m uch more effective m anner th a n if he. had merely been told it. I n short, the day’s newspaper is teeming with sums, and each one of these sums involves th e acquisition of an idea, while sums th a t are taken out of a book generally teach only a process. There are very few schools th a t are in these days so backward th a t they do not employ such methods to a limited extent. The multiplication table, in a good school, is tau g h t on a ball frame, or by the use of lines on a slate, or, better still, by the mere counting of sets of things about the schoolroom, such as four windows w ith six panes each, or eight desks with five inkwells each, and so on. “ B ut there is room for a great deal more of th a t sort of work than the State school ever attem pts. “ As for Geography, we are told by all leading authorities th a t this subject should commence with the geography of the locality in which the pupil lives. Hence we find in 56 TH E EDUCATION E ngland th a t for Standard I. th e pupil requires to be acquainted w ith the geography of his school and play ground, while Standard I I I . demands a ‘ special knowledge of the district in which th e school is situated.’ So in all th e leading continental countries th is subject of local geography is considered of fundam ental importance. In New South W ales the first m atter specified under the heading of geography is a knowledge of th e locality of th e scliool, and in South A ustralia th e first classes are busy w ith the description of the immediate vicinity of the . school, while the second classes m ust know the geography of the district w ithin a ten-mile radius of th e school house. I n New Zealand they dem and from th ird classes a full acquaintance w ith th e principal features of th e district in which the school is situated. Victoria, Queensland, and Tasmania are all behind the tim es in this respect, and have made no provision for instruction in “ local geography.’ “ Now this implies not merely th e omission of so much teachable m a tte r ; it m ust vitiate all th e succeeding work in geography, ju s t as a bad foundation would vitiate all the mason’s work th a t follows. Consider how th e ideas are to be obtained th a t ought to form the lessons in th e subsequent parts of geography. “ I f a teacher is to give his pupils an idea of the River Zambesi, how will he effect his purpose r H e cannot show them the river itse lf; lie cannot—unless b etter equipped th a n any school I know of—show them a picture of it. He m ust rely on verbal descriptions. B u t such descriptions are of no use, except as recalling previous experiences. The words m ust recall to th e children th e sights they have actually seen, and in imagination they are to enlarge, re-arrange, or otherwise modify the experiences they have had. The pupils cannot get these experiences by any means b u t the examination of such geographical features as are w ithin th eir reach. The boy who has a good notion of th e Y arra from actual observation is well prepared for going in im agination to view much nobler streams. B ut to the child who never saw a river, or even a stream, it is impossible to convey any notion of such a thing. “ Hence we find local geography to be a necessary founda tion if the rem ainder of th e study is to be carried on as the inculcation of ideas, not th e mere repetition of facts. Set the pupil to find out for him self all about his own locality w ithin a ten-mile radius of his home, and make maps, rough at first, b u t improving as he tries, of th e 314 square miles th a t district contains, and he has gained a tru er insight into the m eaning of terms, th e significance of a map, and th e general nature of the earth’s surface th an by heaping on him scores of facts. To tell a boy th a t M ount Kosciusko is 7,380 feet high is to tell him practically nothing, although I believe it is a fact. B u t take him to the top, in imagination, along w ith an explorer toiling slowly up, resting a t intervals to enjoy the prospect, and at last, after a laborious ascent, let him fancy he is looking forth from the sum m it down those awful precipices, where, among th e dot-like trees of th a t vast forest-clad hollow, the infant M urray gathers together its impetuous little torrents from a hundred deep and im penetrable gullies, th en he has gained a genuiue idea. M ount Kosciusko stands up in his m ind as a real m ountain, not a name with CIRCULAR. [N ovem ebb, 1899. a figure attached to it. B ut the impression so form ed will be vivid in proportion to the boy’s previous experience. I f he has ascended the local hills, and enjoyed the local views, and explored the sources of the streams th a t flow near his own home, he will drink in such descriptions of the great world beyond his reach with peculiar avidity. “ T hat this sort of work may be well done in state schools was made particularly evident to me in a visit to one of the central schools of Adelaide 18 m onths ago. Mr. H artley, the Inspector General, showed me a smal] specimen class a t work on local geography. They had a map of a ten-mile radius from the Adelaide post office, and it was very evident th a t, being fam iliar with the things there mapped out, they had got a far clearer idea of the nature of a map, w hat it shows and w hat it does not pretend to show, th a n the ordinary pupil has. “ W hen asked to describe any spot delineated on the map, they did so in a way which showed th a t they were giving expi-ession to th eir own ideas oE w hat they had actually seen, not merely repeating the words they had, parrot-like, caught from th eir teacher. I t was very interesting to hear th eir child-like b u t still observant rem arks about; the various suburbs, and the water supply system, and the coast and the ports, and the hills and so on. I could not b u t contrast this work w ith the comparative bareness of the geographical teaching in our own schools, and feel th at these boys had an enormous advantage in th eir after studies.” T H E F O R E ST T R E E S OF W E S T E R N A U S T R A L IA . (Adapted from Mr. J. Bdnie Brown’s Report on the Forests of Western A ustralia.) N o. 4 .—R ed Gtun (E u calyp tu s C alophylla). Next to the jarrali there is no tree which is so widely distributed over the tim ber regions of W estern A ustralia as the red gum. W e find it intermixed with the jarrah, wandoo, York gum, and karri. I n some places it takes precedence, as regard numbers, of any of the trees mentioned, b u t in only a very few cases can it be called gregarious, and even then only upon comparatively small patches. It certainly is the only tree of any consequence upon the Bats between the Moore River and the Yasse. A ll over the South-W estern division of the colony it is a common member of the forests, and this seems to embrace the extent of its local habitat. A lthough sometimes found growing luxuriantly upon the high ironstone ranges, it seems to delight m ostly in the deep, rich soils of the flats and valleys, where in places it forms the principal, if not th e only, tree growth. This may be seen to advantage about P erth , M idland Junction, Guildford, and along the railway line to Bunbury, a t Boyanup, and other places where the country is locally low-lying and the soil of a deep loamy character. I t seems to grow equally well in deep, sandy, porous soils as in those having a clayey retentive nature. The specific name has reference to the beautiful appearance of the leaves, and is not inappropriate, as these are, relatively to other members of the genus, particularly handsome. The vernacular name seems to have no special application, except th a t it may be to the gum which exudes N o V E atB E B , 1899.] THE EDUCATION from the tree, and being of a ruddy colour gives tlie tree and the surrounding vegetation a reddish appearance. W hen the tree grows in a deep, rich, loamy soil, it is less subject to gum veins th a n elsewhere, and consequently the tim ber is of a more m arketable character. The gum is a “ kino ” of some considerable value for its medicinal properties. I t exudes from the tree in a thick treacley condition during the summer—generally from the trank, b u t frequently from the m ain limbs as well, thus giving the leaves and herbage under the tree the appearance of being bestrewed w ith blood. I t is worth about =£25 to j£30 per ton, and is easily collected, either in the liquid or dry state. I t is used locally for tanning purposes. The bark of this species is of a hard, rough, and irregu larly-furrowed or broken appearance, therefore adding con siderably to its rugged aspect. U nfortunately, though such a widely distributed species, its tim ber can only at present be classed as of second-rate quality. This, of course, is owing to the gum veins which intersect it in every direction; otherwise th e wood is of an excellent kind, and is used locally in short lengths for such purposes as axe and other handles, spokes, naves, rails, harrows, shafts, and other farm ing necessities. A lthough sometimes sub ject to attacks of white ants, it is not, as a rule, ap t to be destroyed by these insects. In tlie early days of the settle ment the tim ber was frequently used by the settlers for outside constructive purposes, and in proof of its durability the W oods and Forests D epartm ent Museum holds some valuable specimens, such as pieces which were in a cellar for 50 years, and are still so u n d ; portions of a fence stand ing for 33 years, and so on. The wood splits m ost freely, and consequently Mr. Brown thinks th a t the tim ber could be utilised in the construction of casks, etc. I n consequence of this special feature, it is now, especially in the Blackwood district, used in the m anufacture of fru it cases. The excellence of this tree, however, lies in its uniform umbrageous and spreading character,' and th is gives it the unqualified name of being the best shade gum in our forests. W hen standing alone, and allowed to spread and develop its branches, this, tree forms a very handsome, picturesque, and shady object. In those portions of the country which are devoted to stock raising, a few speci mens of th is kind are invaluable in the summer months. The flowers of the tree are large, white, prolific, and full of honey. I n consequence of this fact, the agriculturists of South A ustralia are planting it round their holdings. I t is fast growing, highly suitable for ornam ental planting, and makes splendid firewood. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. Eastern Districts S .S .T .A .—The quarterly m eeting of this Association wras held in the N ortham School on Saturday, 11th November. Mr. Gamble, D istrict I n spector, presided, and there were p re se n t: Misses Jeffries, Gough, W right, Bourke (2), Gleeson, Foley, Ashe, Green, and Messrs. Slater, P errin, Grace, O’Connor, H albert, Riley, Casey, Duncombe, Russell, Fry, Wilson, M cIntyre, and Dobson (secretary).' A very interesting lesson on “ Measurement of Dams ” was given by Mr. Riley CIRCULAR. 57 (N ortham ). The lesson was practically illustrated by a neat little model made in sections. Mr. Gamble went through the p art of the Drawing Syllabus required for the year 1900, clearing up many little difficulties, and gave a great deal of advice, which was m uch appreciated by those present. Mr. Gamble also intim ated th a t arrangements had been made for Miss Firks, head mistress of th e P e rth In fan ts’ School, to visit the E astern districts, and give practical lessons in drawing, brush-work, and kindergarten a t several central schools. The teachers present expressed themselves as being much pleased w ith such an arrange ment. I t was unanimously decided to present the late secretary, Mr. P . J. Turvey, with some memento as a token of the esteem and a reward for the valuable services he had rendered to the Association. The presentation will take the shape of a valuable and late work on his profession by J. Liberty Tadd, entitled “ New Methods of Education.” Mr. Dobson, who has taken Mr. Turvey’s place a t Northam , was appointed secretary. "Votes of thanks were passed to Mr. Gamble and Mr. Riley, and the secretary was instructed to write to the D epartm ent, asking th a t the salaries for December m ight be paid before the Chri tmas holidays, as is the custom in the other colonies.— Communicated. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . Mandurah School.—M r. W . R. Dalrymple, Master. A concert was held in the A gricultural H all on the 11th November. The gross receipts were £ 8 15s., and the expenses 10s., leaving a balance for the prize fund of =£6 5s. Narrogin School.—Mr. A. M. Lyngberg, Master. The school concert was held on the 24th October. The receipts amounted to <£6 14s. 6d., and the expenses to £ 1 10s. 9d., leaving a balance of £-5 3s. 9d. for the prize fund and purchase of decorations. Cluttering Schools.—Teacher, Mr. A. Preston. Concert held on A ugust 11. Receipts, £ 6 11s., which amount, after payment of 5s. for rent of hall, was expended in the purchase of toys and fancy goods as prizes for the children. Stratham School.—Teacher, M r. J. Murnane. A school picnic was held on the 17th November, a special holiday having been granted by the D epartm ent owing to the school being examined on a Saturday. The proceeds of a sale of gifts and shooting gallery am ounted to .£5, which will be spent in book prizes and m aterials for games. Boyanup School.—Teacher, Mrs. E. J. Clively. Gross proceeds, <£9 2 s.; expenses school decoration, ,£1; hall hire, 15s.; musical drill, =81 10s. Balance in hand, Mb 17s., which will be devoted to the purchase of a school library. Dandarragan School.—Teacher, M r. T. K . W . Kinnear. Concert held on September 15. Gross receipts, j£9 3s. Of this am ount ,£3 15s. was expended on school sports and ,£4 15s. on school prizes, leaving a balance of 13s., 58 TH E EDUCATION which will be devoted to expenses and purchase of mould ing for picture frames. Boulder School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. H . J . Jackson. School concert held on October 25, and repeated on November 3. Gross proceeds am ounted to =£63 2s. 4§d., made up as f o llo w s D o n a tio n s from parents and friends; <£21 Is. 10§d.; proceeds of first concert, ,£35 3s. 6 d .; second concert, ,£6 1 7 s.; th e cost of production amounted to £ 1 4 8s., the principal items being re n t of hall, £ 6 I s .; printing, ,£5 8s.; refreshm ents, <£2 3s.; dancing lessons, £ 1 Is. Of th e n et receipts, £ 4 0 has been paid on the piano account and £ 4 5s. on prizes, leaving a balance on h an d for the piano account of £ 3 19s. 4 |d . The local paper prints a m ost laudatory account of the performance, in which Mrs. Leslie shares th e honours with Mi-. Jackson. B a y Dawn. School.—Teacher, Mrs. E. E . Egan. Concert held October 26. Receipts, <£5 14s.; expenses, 5s.; purchase of prizes, =£4 5s. 6 d .; carriage on books, 8s. CIRCULAR. [N ovem ber, 1899 6 d .; kindergarten material, 15s. The parents were so pleased with the children’s efforts th a t they promised to give them a social on the 29th November. D IS T R IC T B O A R D S, etc. South Perth.—Mr. C. W . E. K ent has been appointed a member of the South P e rth D istrict Board of Education, vice Mrs. Garland, resigned. Menzies.—Rev. A. Craswellhas undertaken the secretarial duties for the Menzies Committee of School Management. Northam.—Mr. R. T. E aton has been appointed a delegate for Silver H ills School. Northam.—The N ortham Board has appointed two ladies, M rs..L ionel Throssell and Mrs. Adam, as honorary members of the Board, and delegated them powers to visit th e schools in th a t district. B y A u th o r i ty : K ic k a b d P e t h e b , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r t h . i n t u i t 9 WESTERN AUSTRALIA PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. M INISTER OF EDUCATION. No. 6.] F E B R U A R Y , 1900. [Yol. II. R E -C L A S S IF IE D L IS T OF SCHOOLS A N D SCHOOL S T A F F S FO R 1 9 0 0 . The following statem ent shows tlie schools as they have been classified for 1900, under Regulations 57, 58, 61, and 63, together w ith a staff-list showing classification of each teacher for the years 1899 and 1900 respectively, and the salary allotted for the year 1900. The following abbreviations have been used :—H.T. for H ead Teacher; A. for A ssista n t; P.T. for P u p il Teacher; Mon. for M onitor; S.M. for Sewing M istress ; Prob. for “ on probation ” ; Prov. for Provisional; Relg. for Relieving; Temp, for Temporary. I n the schools classification column, A and B represent the Provisional Schools; S.P.D . Schools in Sparselypeopled Districts, and S. Special Schools. Those schools marked with an asterisk (*) have not yet been classified. In some cases they are new schools, and in others the particulars of attendance have not been received. The mai'k (f) in the Teachers’ Classification column for 1899 indicates th a t the settlement of classification is awaiting the final results of the examination for Teachers’ Certificates, held in December, 1899. In the salary column the same m ark (f) means in some cases pending examination results, and in others the settlement of th e class of school. Salaries ■mil be revised where necessary, according to the Regulations. The abbrevia tion Temp., in th e Classification of Teachers column, means a temporary classification to be confirmed by examination, and Prov. (provisional) indicates a classification to be confirmed by a term of satisfactory service. Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc. Class of School. 1900. School. Albany In fants’ ................ Y. Armadale ................ VI. Baker’s H i l l ............................. Balingup ............................. Bayswater ............................. * B Y. K east, Amy Schonell, Agnes M. ................ Howe, Alice McGuckin, Agatha James, Cuthbert E. ............................. ... Chipper, Mary L. James, Amy M. ... B a d ja n n in g ............................. B eejo o rd m g ............................. A A Classification. Position. 1899. Horton, John James, Edw in H. McColl, Clara E ................. Davis, H annah ... Wood, Leonard C. Treadgold, L eslie A. Cameron, May ... Cowden, B rooke... Everett, G eorge................ Gmeiner, Leonora C. ... Horton, Margaret Horton, Jessie ................ Horton, Viner ... Schonell, Edwd. W . ... Albany III. Staff. K een, Ernilie Mackintosh, Christina M. 1900. A3 H.T.' B1 prov. A. A. B2 A. N il A. N il A. Not in service Mon. P.T. 4th class P.T. 4th class H.T. B1 A. on supply B2 temp. P.T. 3rd class Mon. N ot in service Cl H.T. Mon. S.M. H .T. H.T. H .T. A. Mon. on supply H.T. H.T. ■A2 B1 prov. B2 mi t B2 tem. 3rd class 4th class B1 B2 temp. 2nd class Cl N ot in service N il B2 B2 N il B2 Cl Cl N il N il • N il N il Salary. 0 0 .£260 ,£140 0 0 .£110 0 0 .£80 0 0 f .£140 0 0 .£16 0 0 .£32 0 0 420 0 0 .£170 0 0 £2 os. 6d.perweek .£34 0 0 416 0 0 4130 and 415 allowance Eeg. 64 (b) 416 0 0 412 0 0 f 480 0 O 4190 and 415 E eg. 64 ( 6) 490 0 0 440 0 0 480 480 0 0 0 0 TH E 60 EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [F ebruary , 1900. Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.—continued. School. B eacon sfield ............................. Beaconsfield Infants’ Belm ont Beverley ................ ............................. Bibra Lake ... ................ Bindoon, North and South Bonnievale ... Classification. Class of Scliool. 1900. Staff. II. H enzell, Thomas L. Bennett, Fanny G. ' ... Mofflin, Ida M. ... Bui-cheU, Ada K. T. ... ................ H ill, E dith Turner, E th el ................ Graham, .Annie ... H icks, Constance Fage, Mabel M yers, Ada ................ W eedon, F anny A. Marshall, Lucy ... Kershaw, Edward Harvy, Fanny M. IY. YI. V. A H alf-tim e Y I. (S.) H.T. A. A. A. A. A. P.T. P.T. H.T. A. A. on supply P.T. H .T. Mon. and S.M. prob. Slater, Thomas G. H.T. Ashe, Mary A. Sewell, Constance Mon. W arthwyke, Harold G .... H.T. H olm es, W illiam H.T. Mason, Alice Morris, Gertie Boyanup ............................. A Boulder ............................. II I . (S.) t Boulder In fants’ IY . (S.) ... 1900. A3 B2 Cl Cl Cl N ot in service Not in service N ot in service A2 N il N ot in service N ot in service B1 A3 B2 Cl Cl Cl N il. 4th class 4th class A2 t B2 temp. 4th class B1 B2 Nil Bl t ci Cl ci Cl Cl Cl Mon. Cl Cl Jackson, H. J. ... H.T. B1 Bl Leslie, H elen ................ A. B2 B2 Brown, Thos. J. ... Spangler, Rudolph W. ... A. A. Cl C2 JC2 W ellwood, Barbara A. N ot in service Cl Rodda, Ida P.T. 3rd class 3rd class Menz, Clarissa L. P.T. 4th class 4th class Crutcliett, R uby... P.T. Mon. 4 th class Shaw, Alice ' Mon. Ross, M argaret ... H.T. B1 Bl ... A. C l prov. Cl Sweet, Jessie M .... A. C2 C2 W ellwood, M aggie P.T. 3rd class 2nd class Darbon, E lsie P.T. 4th class 3rd class P.T. 4th class 4th class B1 Bl ... Y iney, Isabelle M. Mon. prob. Young, H ugh A cting H.T. ................ Y iney, M atilda ... lie s, E ssie Clarke, Annie J. Salary. 0 0 £110 0 0 .£100 0 0 .£260 ,£90 ,£90 £6 0 £1 6 £1 6 0 0 0 0 0 £220 0 A. on supply N ot in service Nil. A. N ot in service N il P.T. N ot in service 1s t class 0 0 0 0 0 0 t £ 2 5s. 6d. per week £16 0 0 £200 0 0 £42 H .T. Taylor, Naomi * (S.) H.T. 1899. Clively, E liz. J ................... Dodd, Juliana Boulder Mines Position. 0 £190 0 0 .0 t £1 6 0 0 £100 0 0 £130 and £ 1 0 allowance (Reg. 9) £110 and £30 allowance £ 1 6 and £ 4 allowance ■ £90 0 0 £230 and £35 allowance £110 and £30 allowance J, £110 and £30 allowanc i £ 9 0 and £30 allowance £25 and £6 5s. allowance £1 6 and £ 4 allowance £ 1 6 and £ 4 allowance £16 and £ 4 allowance £185 and £30 allowance £ 9 0 and £30 allowance £ 9 0 and £30 allowance £ 3 4 and £8 10s. allowance £25 and £6 5s. allowance £ 1 6 and £ 4 allowance £ 1 6 and £ 4 allowance £220 and £30 allowance £ 1 3s. and 13s. 6d allowance, per week £ 6 0 and £30 allowance £ 4 4 and £11 allowance TH E E e b b u a e y , 1 9 0 0 .] EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 61 Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.— continued. Ciassifi cation. Class of Scliool. 1900. Staff. Position. ............................. V I. B r id g e to w n ............................. v. Brown, Richard C. G. ... Brown, Catherine Mood, Thomas A. H.T. S.M. & Mon. H.T. A A VI. V I. (S.) Johnson, Bertha M. Clarke, Amy K. H. Roche, Brigid ................ Clarkson, M argaret P. ... G ilholy, Mary T. Vetter, Antonia A. Mon. & S.M. Mon. H.T. H .T. H.T. H.T. School. 1899. 1900. Salary. Cl Cl Bi Bl N il N il Bl Cl ’+ N il Bl t B2 B2 ,£130 0 0 £42 0 0 ,£190 and .£15 ' allowance £50 0 0 430 0 0 f .£80 0 0 4140 0 0 4110 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 1 6 and 4 4 allowance 4150 and 430 allowance 4 3 4 and 4 8 10s. allowance 4 2 5 and 4 6 5s. allowance 4260 0 0 4140 0 0 4110 0 0 490 0 0 4150 0 0 470 0 0 4190 0 0 4 1 16s. 6d. per wk. 416 0 0 t 430 0 0 416 0 0 t ■ Boranup B r o o m e h ill............................. Brookhampton Brunswick ... ................ ............................. B along Burbanks Bunbury V. (S.) ... ................ IV . ................ V. ............................. V. C a n n in g t o n ............................. V. B anbury In fants’ B usselton •Canning M ills Carnarvon ................ H olt, E thel L. E. Mon. Burgess, Frances H. H.T. Douglas, E liz a b e th . P.T. 3rd class 2nd class Banks, Mary P.T. N ot in service 3rd class Bl H.T. B2 prov. A. A. B2 Cl A. Bl H.T. prob. N il A. Bl H.T. A. on supply N o tin service 4th class P.T. H T Cl Mon. & S.M. 4th class P.T. B2 H.T. Bl B2 B2 Cl Bl N il Bl C l temp. 4th class Paisley, Thos. W . Loveridge, Arthur H. ... Carroll, Mai-y A. Logue, Fanny ................ Mews, E m ily E. ... H islop, Maud Nicholls, Leslie H. Goedecke, Mary A. Jardine, A g n e s ................ Hayes, Edward J. W illison, A lice M. Ktrang, B ea trice................ Butler, Leonard J. W . ... . a. 1 4th class B2 Sheard, Paul H.T. Cl Cl Pratt, Sophy W illiam s, Mary H. A. H.T. N il Nil N il Nil H alf-tim e Preston, A lf r e d ................ H.T.' N il N il Clackline VI. Preston, Annie ... Lyliane, A ugustine P . ... S.M. H.T. C2 Cl Claremont nx Peel, Eobert Dark, Samuel ................ Corbett, M arion................ Adams, E dith A. Simpson, E th el F. M. ... Brockway, Amy Brockway, U na ... H utton, K ate ................ H.T. A. A. A. P.T. P.T. Mon. H .T. Bl B2 Cl C2 3rd class 4th class N ot in service N il Bl B2 Cl C2 3rd class 3rd class H.T. ................ S.M. and Mon. prob. McAliece, Isabella S. ... H.T. B2 Bl Cl Cl Blair, John T ...................... Toal, Anna M. ... McLean, Chas. F. McLean, A n n i e ................ Syred, Mercie ................ Mulrooney, E llen Niebel, Chas. T................... Cl C2 Cl t Cl Cl N il N il Cl N il t Cl Chidlow’s W ell Cluttering, Upper and Lower Coogee ............................. Oookernup V. (S.) A A VI. Collie M ill ............................. V I. Coalville ............................. V I. Coolingup ............................. VI. Coondle •Coolup Qossack ............................. ............................. ............................. V I. B (S.) B (S.) Ward, G. W . Clarke, Lilian H.T. A. H.T. S.M. H.T. H.T. H.T. N il 4160 and 430 allowance 480 0 0 4S 0 0 0 4 9 0 and 410 allowance E eg. 9 412 0 0 4130 0 0 4180 4140 490 490 425 425 416 480 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4160 442 0 0 0 0 4110 and 415 allowance E eg. 64 (h) 4 130 0 0 490 0 0 4130 0 0 412 0 0 480 0 0 t 4100, 4 4 0 sp. allowance, 412 E eg. 13 THE 62 EDUCATION CIECTJLAR. [ F b b eu a ey , 1900. Schools, Staffs, Classification, etc.—continued. Cottesloe Coolgardie Classification. Class of School. 1900. School. ............................. ............................. III. n r . (s.) Staff. Position. H unt, H ugh Todd, James H urray, W illiam J. Sproule, Mary J. Hervey, Mary ................ W alker, E dith ... Camming, Laura................ Beavis, W m. 6 ................... W elch, E llen ................ Silvestei-, Eva Pombart, M atilda M. H. P rice, Thom as ... McDowall, D aisy Coolgardie In fants’ ................ IT . (S.) Salary. 1899. H ewetson, Eleanor A. ... Gray, D o r i e t t a ................ Morison, Janet F. 1900. A3 prob. H .T 1st A, A3 B2 A. k. A. P.T. Mon. H.T. 02 01 02 3rd class Cl C2 2nd class A3 A3 A. Cl Cl A. Cl 01 A. on supply N il mi A. prob. N ot in service P.T. Mon. 4th class H.T. prob. B2 B1 A3 02 N il A. A. on supply N ot in service C l prov. t B2 temp. I Cranbrook ... Cubballing ... Cne ................ T I. ................ T . (S.) Dandarragan... D ay Dawn ... Daudabin ... Dardannp ... Denmark M ill A ................ ■ ; ... . ... T I. T I. (S.) j ... ; ... I ................ I A T I. Y. D ingu p ... : ................ B D ongara . ... ! ... T. • Donnybrook ... t ... Drakesbrook i Dw alginup ... Esperance ... Frankland R iver Ferguson, Upper ................ Y. Y I. B ; ... ................ ................ T- (S) A ... H.T. 01 prov. C l prov. McLean, George................ H.T. Cl Cl James, Mary S.M. Frederick, M argaret ... ■ Armstrong, W m. C. .£260 0 0 .£170 and .£15 Reg. 68 (a) .£125 0 0 .£90 0 0 .£90 0 0 ,£34 0 0 .£16 0 0 .£250 and ,£30 allowance .£90 and .£30 allowance .£90 and .£30 allowance £ 1 3s. per week and 13s. 6d per week allowance .£110 and .£30 allowance £1 6 and £ 4 allowance .£180 and .£30 allowance t £2 os. 6d. per week, and 13s. 6d. allowance' £90 0 0 £130 and £ 1 5 allowance R eg. 64 ( 6) £12 0 0 H.T. Cl Cl Lutz, Irma A. Not in service 02 prov. E gan, Mary F ..................... Mon. Kinnear, T. K . W H.T. Cl 01 E gan, E llen E. H.T. Cl Cl B utler, E le a n o r ................ Cleary, Mary A __ Jones, George E. W alker, Isabella Mowday, M aggie Shannon, Fredk. A. H .T. H.T. H.T. A. P.T. H .T. Liddington, A rth u rE . ... Nicolas, Bessie ... Schneider, Adolph Schneider, Agnes. Jones, John E ..................... Gover, E va H. ... Armstrong, Florence ... H.T. A. H.T. A. on supply H.T. Mon. prob. H.T. N il N il O’Connor, Patrick H.T. B1 B1 Sm ith, E llen G. ... A . on supply C l temp. 01 temp. Trent, Chas. ... Buchanan, M. M. H.T. H .T. N il Cl N il Cl N o tin service N il B1 N ot in service 3rd class C2 temp. N il B1 02 temp. 2nd class C2 B1 B1 Cl Cl N il 02 02 Cl N il Cl ■ f £160 and £ 3 0 allowance £90 and £30allowance £ 3 0 and £ 7 10s. allowance £130 0 0 £110 and £ 3 0 allowance £90 0 0 £80 0 0 £210 0 0 £90 0 0 £34 0 0 £ 8 0 and £10 allowance Reg. 13 £190 0 0 £90 0 0 £140 0 0 £1 10s. per week £135 0 0 £16 0 0 £70 0 0 £180 and £15 special allowance, and £15 R eg. 64 ( 6) £1 16s. 6d. per week and 13s. 6d. allowance t £90 0 0 ■(( (''gjjftssns* glisravy ^ F ebruary, THE 1900.J ED U CA TIO N CIRCU LA R. V V . ....o.N ........... 6!’ Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.—continued. School. Frem antle B oys’ • ... Class of School. 1900. Stait. H I. W heeler, H enry W . ... Harris, E rnest ................ H arvey, A a r o n ................ G ustafson, John E. Scott, H enry ................ M olloy, Arthur I. Coe, M atilda K ................... VeaU, Ada E ....................... E dyvean, E dith A. Myers, E lsie A.. ... Biehards, Gertrude Gilmore, Berdetta E. ... F oley, A gnes ................ Jeffrey, Flo. J ..................... W heeler, Georgina Cooke, Alfred M. W ebb, Chas. J .................... D ingle, E th el M. Hewetson, Edith J. Henriehs, Adolph Binney, Catherine Binney, Ruby H. Hawkes, Jean Cameron, Effie L. Yewers, Mabel ... Shelton, Win. 0 . W illiam s, Albert E. MacKay, Elizabeth J. ... Rogers, Annie M. Stonehouse, Juliet Boulter, D aisy ... Gibbings, Mary ... Nadebaum, A u gust E. ... Brobble, Mary ... Clarke, M ichael F. Draper, James T. ... Collins, Annie ... Taylor, Mary A__ Turvey, Philip J. Clarke, E va A. ................ Harkness, Jane R. Sm ith, Myra K. ... Frem antle Girls’ IV . Frem antle In fants’ ... IV . Frem antle, N orth III. ... Frem antle, North, In fants’ ■Geraldton ............................. Gingin V. III. V. ■Cringm Brook and Moore River Gooseberry H ill Greenhills G reen bu slies................ H alf-tim e. VI. A * Greenough, N o r t h ................ Greenough, South ■... A A Greenongh, N orth Back F lats Grove H ill and Queenwood Guildford ............................. A S.P.D IV . Classification. Position. Salary. 1899. 1900. H.T. 1st A. A2 B1 A2 Bl A. A. A. A. H.T. A. A. temp. P.T. P.T. H.T. A. A. on supply P.T. H.T. A. prob. A. A. P.T. P.T. P.T. H .T. A. P.T. H.T. A. A: A. P.T. P.T. P.T. H.T. A. H.T. H.T. S.M. H.T. H.T. B2 B2 prov. Cl Cl B1 B1 N ot in service 3rd class 4th class B1 C2 C2 temp. 4th class A3 B 2 prov. B2 mi 2nd class 4th class N ot in service B2 N il 2nd class A3 C2 C2 Cl 3rd class Not in service N ot in service Bl C2 N il Cl Bl B2 prov. Cl Cl Bl Bl N il 3rd class 3rd class Bl C2 C2 temp. 4th class A3 B2 prov. B2 N il Cl N il N il Cl N il t N il N il A3 prov. A. H.T.prob. H.T. j.i 1st class 4th class 4th class B2 t 1s t class A3 C2 Cl Cl 2nd class 4th class 4th class Bl Cl t Cl N il Cl H.T. H.T. H.T. A. A. P.T. H.T. N ot in service 4th class B2 N il N il A3 C2 C l prov. 4 th class B2 ... ................ B ( S .) Connolly, Florence W om um , E d it h ... M iles, Jam es A.................. Brinkman, E d ith M. T ates, Frances A. M inehiu, Gertrude E . ... Leahy, Thomas ... Grass V a lle y ... ................ VI. M cIntyre,A ugustusT . ... H.T. C l prov. Cl * V I. II. MacNamara, Constance K. M itchell, E d i t h ................ Macgregor, A. E. J. H ayes, Edward J. H.T. H .T. H.T. 1st A. C2 prov. Cl A2 B2 C2 prov. Cl A2 B2 Wardlaw, Thos. D. Hart, Thos. E. ... M itchell, Florence ................ Dibdin, May Parsons, Florence Sherlock, Marion Connolly, Mary ... A. A. A. A. P.T. P.T. P.T. B2 prov. B2 temp. Cl Cl 3rd class 4th class 4th class B2 Cl Cl Cl 2nd class 4th class 4th class G uile wa Ham elin H arvey H igh gate ................ ............................. • 02 4290 0 0 .£140 and 4515 R eg. 68 (a.) 4 150 0 0 4140 0 0 4135 0 0. 4 120 0 0 4185 0 0 . 4140 0 0 460 0 0 425 0 0 425 0 0 4185 0 0 490 0 0 4 2 2s. per w eek 416 0 0 4260 0 0 4140 0 0 4110 0 0 t 456 0 0 416 0 0 416 0 0 4155 0 0 j. i 444 4250 4110 490 490 434 416 416 4180 490 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 t 4130 412 480 t 480 0 0 480 0 0 4 9 0 & 410 lodg in g allowance R eg. 13. 480 0 0 Reg. 21 4230 0 0 490 0 0 490 0 0 416 0 0 4 9 0 and 430 allowance 4130 and 415 allowance Reo\ 64 (b) 490 0 0 4110 0 0 4310 0 0 4150 and 415 Reg. 68 (a.) 4140 0 0 4130 0 0 4100 0 0 490 0 0 434 0 0 416 0 0 416 0 0 64 TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [F ebruary, 1900 Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.—continued. School. H igh gate In fants’ ... Hoffman M ill Staff. * Sm ith, Martha ... Kennedy, E l s i e ................ Levinson, Theresa B Hope V alley and Rocking ham Classification. Class of Scliool. 1900. H alf-tim e Position. Salary. 1899. Blackman, E lizabeth ... Burns, W alter L. | 1900. Bl H.T. P.T. P.T. 2nd class Bl 1s t class 3rd class 3rd class H.T. prob. N il t H.T. N il N il N il Bl 1st class P.T. N il Bl Cl Not in service 4th class B2 N otin service C2 B2 Cl C2 N o tin service N ot in service N il mi Bl Bl B um s, H annah ... trishtow n Jarrahdale ... ... ................ ................ Jarrahdale, 39-Mile M ill Jarrahdale, No. 2 M ill Jarrahdale, No. 6 M ill ... .... Jeim apullm ... Jum perding ... Jurokine ............................. K algoorlie V I. V I. * A II I. (S.) V . (S.) K algoorlie Infants’ Kanowna S.P.D. IV . ................ - ... IV . (S.) V. Karridale ............................. VI. K elm seott ... ; K intore K ing R i v e r ................ ... Kojonup Koogan ............................. Kurawa V I. K atanning A A A V. (S.) __ S.M. at Rock ingham only F oley, Julia ................ H.T. Larkin, H enry T. H.T. Hanrahan, E llen A. Snook, Florrie ... Mon. Edmondson, Thos. S. ... P.T. Cronin, Isabel ................ Mon. Tim mings, V iola Mon. M cDonnell, John L. H.T. McMahon, Eleanor I. ... H.T. W allace, Stephen H.T. W allace, E lizabeth M. ... S.M. M artin, E th el H . C. H.T. McCombie, E dith H.T. prob. Duncombe, Geo__ H.T. Clarke, E liza J. ... S.M. Braddock, R. H . A. H.T. A. Nil N il Graham, Mark J. A. C2 Cl Lee, Id a ... A. N il N il Stewart, Mary A. A. on supply Cl Cl Tonkin, Laura ... P.T. 3rd class 2nd class McBean, A n n i e ................ H.T. Bl Bl Braddock, Roma... A. N il N il James, E lsie A. 1st class P.T. Cl Moore, Joseph A ................ H.T. Bl Bl Nielson, Susannah H . ... A. Cl Nielson, Lewesa C. A. N il Nil Thomsett, H enry K. Julius, E le a n o r ................ O’Brien, W . R .................... Taylor, E va E .................... Ranson, Fredk. ... H.T. A. H .T. S.M. H.T. Bl B2 Cl Bl Bl Cl Cl Cl Kippenberger, B. Cull inane, Mary J. Reymond, H elena Nicolson, W m. D. H.T. H .T. H.T. H.T. mi ci mi Mettam, M a b e l................ K u n a n a llin g ............................. Lennonville ... - Cl B2 B2 Cl B2 B2 Mon. & S.M. A (S.) Pombart, A ngele H.T. N il N il * (S.) Cross, Geo. K. C. ' H .T. Cl Cl 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 7 0 and 412 allowance R eg. 13 4 9 0 and 410, R eg. 9 46 0 0 R eg. 21 4220 0 0 490 0 0 43 0 0 0 420 0 0 416 0 0 Not settled 4140 0 0 4110 0 0 4110 0 0 412 0 0 4S0 0 0 t t N il N il B all, P eter G...................... . .£150 .£44 £25 412 0 0 4230 and 4 3 0 allowance 490 and 4 3 0 allowance 4110 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 6 0 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 2 2s. per week and 18s. allow ance 4 3 4 and 4 8 10s. allowance 4155 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 6 0 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 9 0 and 430 allowance 4220 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 9 0 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 8 0 and 4 3 0 allowance 4180 0 0 4120 0 0 4130 0 0 412 0 0 4135 0 0 480 0 490 0 o 0 490 0 0 4180 and 4 3 0 allowance 4 2 8 and 4 7 allow ance 4 8 0 and 430 allowance 4140 and 4 3 0 allowance F e b b t ja b y , THE 1 9 0 0 .] EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 65 Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.— c o n tin u e d . Class of School. School. 1 Q AA iauu. L e e d e r v il l e ............................. Leederville, W est ... Malcolm and Gwalia M alabaine Mandurah B1 B2 B1 B2 IV . McCormick, Jane Boxall, John Brown, Christina Keay, Agnes Sadler, James T. Duncan, Sarah C. Amies, SarahA . ... Carrick, W illiam Connolly, Bridget Hewson, John C. A. A. P.T. P.T. H.T. A (prob.) A. on supply H.T. S.M. H .T. B2 Cl 3rd class 3rd class B1 C2 B2 temp. B2 B2 Cl 2nd class 2nd class B1 C2 B2 temp. B2 C2 prob. C2 H.T. H.T. S.M. H.T. H.T. S.M. H.T. Mon. temp. S.M. H.T. N il C2 t Cl N il ' Cl N il Cl ci ci X 1 B2 B2 A. B2 B2 D usting, Claiinda Padley, Clara C,................ A. Mon. C l temp. + Cooper, Carrington F . ... Hand, E i c h a r d ................ H orrigan, K ate ... W ardle, Alice ... Snowden, Florence E . ... Thom sett, James M. Lindfield, Thomas Sampson, E velyn V . H.T. H.T. A. A. A. A. prob. P.T. Mon. B2 B1 Cl Cl C2 temp. N il 4th class B2 B1 Cl Cl t 4th class Graham, Fred. P . Wreford, E lle n ( ................ Kenafick, Richard J. ... Ventura, Lucy ... Raymond, Bertha C. ... Eoss, Andrew M. Spargo, Ben. L. ... Clark, K ate ................ Colbert, P a trick ... Bunce, E lizabeth A. H .T. prob. S.M. prob. H .T. S.M. H.T. H.T. H.T. S.M. H.T. S.M. N il N il B2 B2 N il N il Cl t t Cl B2 B2 H.T. Cl Cl H .T. S.M. . H.T. S.M. H.T. Mon. H.T. prob. C2 Cl ci ci C2 ci N il N il H.T. N il N il H.T. prob. C2 Cl H.T. Cl + H .T. prob. ci H alf-tim e (S.) ................ V I. V I. M eckering ............................. V I. M enzies ............................. IV . (S.) ■ W ilson, R o b e r t ................ Dalrymple, W illiam It__ Dalrymple, Dorothy Bell, Mary S........................ N angle, Bernard A. N angle, M argaret M. ... H albert, Thos. G. Harmer, Arthur A. H albert, Emma E. Thomas, Horace Jelbart, Annie L. D. ................ V I. m . * Mombekine ... M oojebing ............................. V I. Moonyonooka ................ V I. M ogumber ............................. Moora M ouram bine... ................ A B VI. M ount B arter V I. ................ M ount M agnet ................ M ullewa ............................. V I. (S.) V I. M u n d a r in g ............................. V I. M undijong VI. ................ M ornington M ill M ean M ahn ... Narra Tarra and Nab am i h V I. A H alf-tim e. Nannine ............................. A (S.) Narrogin ............................. VI. Narrogin Brook 1900. H.T. 1st A. V I. VI. M ingenew M idlandJunction 1899. H ill, Arthur H am ilton, Chas. G. ............................. ... ................ Marracoonda Marbro Position. IV . V I. Lion Mill OlassifinniSnn. Staff. V I. M cNaught, Thomas W illis, E li S. A .................. W illis, Louisa ... .E llio tt Eobert J. E llio tt, Annie A. Macdonald, Annie Macdonald, M uriel M cKnight, Elizabeth ... K ehoe, D aniel O’C. Olley, Jacob ................ Lyngberg, Alf. M. Grainger, Annie Anderson, Cora M. E . ... t | Cl Salary. 4 230 0 0 4150 and 415, E eg. 68 (a.) 4110 0 0 4120 0 0 434 0 0 434 0 0 419u 0 0 490 0 0 425s.h'd per week £150 0 0 412 0 0 4130 and 430 allowance t 4130 0 0 412 0 0 480 0 0 4130 0 0 412 0 0 4135 0 0 t 4 !2 0 0 4190 and 4 3 0 allowance 4110 and 4 3 0 allowance , t 4 3 0 and 4 7 10s. allowance 4150 0 0 4230 0 0 490 0 0 490 0 0 t t 420 0 0 416 0 0 490 412 4150 412 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4130 0 0 4130 412 4135 412 4110 416 465 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 t 4140 412 4150 412 t 4 9 0 and E eg. 9 4100, 4 3 0 lowance, E eg. 13 4130 0 412 0 4110 0 410, al 412 0 0 0 TH E 66 EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [ F eb r u a r y , 1900. Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.— continued. Glass of School. 1900. School. Newcastle Y. Niagara * (S.) Northampton Northam III. Norseman Y . (S.) New castle Street, W est Perth IV . Newcastle Street, Infants ... V. Oakabella ................ B Onslow ................' * (S.) Classification. Staff. Position H.T. A. Mon. H.T. 01 I B2 Cl N il • N il Richards, Tbos. H. H.T. N o tin service' N il Riley, John H . H.T. A3 A3 Dobson, James ... W right, Margaret H enley, Bertie ................ G reen ,Ivy Spence, Amelia ... W illiam s, W m. H. W. ... A. A. prob. I.T. P.T. A. on supply H.T. 01 02 temp. 4th class 4th class Cl t 4th class 4th class Cl Cl Sandford, Thursa Mon. & S.M. Gladman, P hilip H. Preston, Louise Harmon, Elizabeth Read, H ilda ................ Sm ith, Annie Cassell, K atie Reid, Laurina McAuliffe, Bessie Beddoes, K athleen H.T. A. A. A. A. Mon. prob. H.T. A. H.T. B1 B2 Cl 1st class P.T. 1st class P.T. Bl B2 Anthony, M ay C. ... V I. (S.) Kerr, Wm. G. Parkerville Quarries A Towle, Bertha P ell M ell ............................. A Pry, Norman P erth Boys’ ............................. I. Rooney, W m. J.... P erth In fants’ I. ................ IV . 1900. R ussell, Arthur H. Jeifrej-, Mary Lloyd, George ... Armstrong, Alice P a d d in g t o n .............. -. P erth Girls’ ... Salary. 1899. ... Parsons, J o se p h ... Derrick, O sw ald... Bailey, Geo. W . ... B ott, Edgar S. ... Ctilli gan, A rtliur J . H atfield, A lfr e d ................ McGuiness, Patk. Rannard, Richd. R. R. ... Girdlestone, A lice M. ... Dale, Elizabeth J. Sutton, Mary Sutton, Annie ... Kennedy, E ileen A. Sunderland, Barbara ... Preston, Narcissa H ayes, Bridget ... Jenkins, E dith ................ Warnecke, May ... Ware, C atherine................ Ottaway, H ilda M Jones, Mabel L. ... W are, E m ily F irks, E llen M................... Holbrook, L illie A. Simons, E liza ................ M etcalfe, Frances Jones, E liza b eth ................ W right, E lsie M. Allan, Marion Needham, Theodora i i B2 ! 01 01 01 £190 £90 0 0 0 0 £20 0 *0 t 0 0 £80 £270, £25 Reg. . 64(6.) £120 0 0 j. i £20 0 0 £16 0 0 £2 2s. per week £170 and £ 3 0 allowance £ 5 0 and £ 1 2 10s. allowance £240 0 0 £120 0 0 Cl 01 £90 £90 £90 Bl Cl N il Bl Cl N il £1S0 £90 £70 H.T. N il N il H.T. C l. Cl H.T. N il Nil H .T. Nil Nil ' H .T. A2 A1 A3 B2 B2 Cl Cl Cl A3 B2 B2 £200 0 0 Cl Cl £110 0 0 £110 0 0 Mon. A2 Bl Bl B2 temp. Cl 1st P.T. 1st P.T. N ot in service 2nd class 2nd class 3rd class 4th class A2 Bl . Bl 1st A. A. A. A. A. ■ A. A. P.T. H.T. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. P.T. P.T. P.T. H ou. P.T. P.T. H.T. A. A. P.T. P.T. - P.T. P.T. P.T. 02 01 02 T Cl 01 Cl B2 temxD. 2nd class 2nd class 3rd class 7 N ot in service N ot in service A2 A3 Cl 2nd class 3rd class 4th class 4th c^ass N ot in service 4th class 4th class A2 A3 01 1s t class 2nd class 3rd class 3rd class 3rd class i1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 £ 8 0 and £20 allowance £140 and £ 3 0 allowance £8 0 0 0 £9 0 0 0 £350, £ 3 0 Reg. 64 ( 6.) £150 £150 £125 0 0 0 0 0 0 £125 0 0 £250 .£140 0 0 0 0 £90 £90 £90 0 0 0 0 0 0 £34 £34 £25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 £220 0 £160 0 0 0 0 0 £20 0 0 £120 0 0 J.1 £110 0 0 T £1 6 £16 £90 £44 £34 £25 £25 £25 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F TH E 1 9 0 0 .] ebru a ry , EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 67 Schools, Staffs, Classifications, etc.—continued. School. Perth, E ast ... Class of School. 1900. Staff. n. Clubb, W a lla c e ................ H all, Albert J ..................... Perth, S o u th . V. P icton ... VI - . P in gelly V I. Pinjarra VI. Plym pton Plym pton In fants’ .. Preston, Upper h i. IV . B Princess E oyal Mine * (S.) Quell i n g t o n .............. Q uindanning... Quindalup, Lower .. Rockingham Beach... Roebonrne . A B B A *(s.) Ilottnest VI. Sawyers’ V alley V I. Seotsdale .............. Serpentine .............. Sharks B ay ... Silver H ills ... Sm ith’s M il l ... Southern Cross... VI. A V I. (S.) B V. IV . (S.) V I. Salary. 1S99. 1900. H.T. 1st A. A3 A3 A2 A3 F lan nigan, James Trappold, M a ry ................ O’Brien, Aida Flanigan, John ... M cNeill, M argaret Thirioux, Louisa Leahy, Mary H. ... Tildesley, F lo ..................... O’Leary, Frank J. O’Dea, M ary J. ... Darcey, Martin F. A. A. A. A. Mon. P.T. P.T. P.T. H.T. A. H.T. B2 - Cl C2 1st class P.T. B2 Cl C2 Cl t 1st class 4th class 4th class Bl Cl B2 Potter, G a r n e t ................ Flaherty, Florence Parks, J o h n R . ... Parks, Eleanor ................ Henry, Thomas ... Green, Frank H. Butterworth, Frances ... Robinson, Florence Shaw, Thos. P ..................... Mon. S.M. H .T. S.M. H.T. Mon. Mon. S.M. H.T. A3 A3 N icol, Robert Cook, Louisa R .................. Shaw, H arriet A. A. prob. A. A. on supply N il Cl C2 temp. t Cl C2 temp. Lunt, John C. ... Cossins, T. A. ... Myers, M abel ................ Anderson, H enrietta ... Lewis, Iv y A. ... Johnson, M argaret E . ... P.T. H .T. A. P.T. P.T. H .T. N ot in service Bl C2 Mon. 4th class N il 4th class Bl C2 4th class 3rd class t E llis, Alfred H.T. B2 B2 H.T. Cl Cl £ t. H.T. HT. Mon. & S.M. H.T. S.M. H.T. S.M. H.T. H.T. H.T. N il Cl B2 N il Cl B2 ................ Gleeson, H annah Moy, Patk. P. Simpson, M argaret Vose, Jas. de P. Vose, Gertrude E. Gollagher, Donald Gollagher, Agnes Parker, D avid J. Henderson, E velyn Gray, Bernard ... Haynes, E rnest ... M artin, W m. J ... Sunter, Blanche E. Robins, Ida E nglish , John ... Kane, M argaret... Ryan, Lawrence T. M cPhee, Joan Stratham Classification. Position. - S.M. H.T. H.T. A. H.T. A. P ellew , W illia m ... P.T. Stanley, Harold ... Mon. M nm ane, Jerem iah Mnrnane, Uranie H.T. S.M. 2nd class N ot in service N ot in service B2 Cl B2 C2 C2 Bl Bl ,£300 0 0 4180 and 415 Reg. 68 (a.) .£150 0 0 £100 0 0 .£90 0 0 4110 0 0 J.1 ,£44- 0 £16 0 .£16 0 £190 0 £90 0 £140 and allowance 64 (fc.) £20 £12 .£110 £12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ,£160 .£20 £16 .£20 4130 4th class Cl Cl 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .£12 0 0 , Cl 0 0 t Cl Cl 0 0 0 0 ,£80 £90 Cl N il Bl Cl B2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .£150 and ,£30 allowance £90 0 0 Cl N il Bl Cl B2 0 0 £15 Reg. .£20 0 0 4185 £90 £16 £25 £70 Cl Cl t Cl 0 0 ,£220, £'25 Reg. 64 ( 6.) t 490 0 0 ,£1 16s. 6d. per week 442 .£130 Cl N il c:i 0 £12 0 0 4130 0 0 t £130 and £20. allowance £12 0 0 £70 0 0 . 4190 0 0 490 0 0 £190 and 430 allowance £ 9 0 and 430 allowance 4 2 0 and 45 allowance 4 2 0 and 4 5 allowance 4110 0 0 412 0 0 - TH E 68 EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [F 1 900- ebbuaey, Schools, Staffs, Classificatiom, etc.—continued. School. Class of School. 1900. S t r a w b e r r y ............................. A Subiaco in. ............................. Classification. Subiaco Infants’ V. ................ Swan, Middle Swan, W est ... A VI. Tipperary V I. ............................. Thomson’s Brook Toodyay TXduc ... V ictoria Park B B A IV . ................ ................ V. W agin W aigerup ............................. VI. W alkaway ............................. VI. W aterloo ............................. W a n d e r in g ................ W anneroo ... ................ Waroona 11-Mile M ill W aterous M ill ................ B A A * V I. VI. W oodville iv. ............................. ................ A ............................. A W ongam ine .. Wooroloo Yardarino Yalgoo t A3 B2 A3 B2 H ocking, Eichard E. Laird, L ily E. A. A. on supply B2 C l temp. j B2 C l tem p. Gould, V iolet M. Shelle Lucy F ................. H uggins, Cecilia................ Julhis, Elizabeth Gill, V iolet M ..................... Julius, Gertrude... Day, Ethel Culhane, Julia C. lie s , H. J .............................. lie s , M ary A. O’Connor, H enry A. O’Connor, H enrietta Bradshaw, Sara M. M eK night, M argaret ... Nielson, E llen ... Storey, L e n n o x ................ Brayshaw, H annah Jones, Constance Branch, E th e l ................ Richards, John A. Culhane, Mary G. Crogan, Thos....................... ................ Crogan, K ate Green, Arthur W . V . ... Green, Mary M .................. Jeffrey, Agnes ................ Marie, Camille E. Shaw, Charles C.... Logue, K ate P . G. Harms, Harry ... Mon. 4th class P.T. 4th class P.T. A3 H .T. 4th class P.T. 4th class P.T. N ot in service P.T. C2 H.T. B2 H.T. . S.M. ci H.T. S.M. N il H.T. N il H.T. N il H.T. Bl H.T. Cl A. 4 th class P.T. 4th class P.T. B2 H .T. C2 temp. A. . Cl H.T. Mon. & S.M. ci H.T. S.M. N il H.T. C2 H .T. N il H .T. Cl H.T. Cl H.T. Harms, Sara S.M. & temp. Mon. H.T. H .T. H.T. prob. H .T. . S.M. H.T. A. N ot P.T. N ot P.T. H.T. S.M. ! York Infants’ ................ ................ ... Grace, Sydney J. Morton, I s a b e l ................ Pyke, Flo. ................ Sm ith, E thel J .................... Grace, Leslie E ................. Harkness, E d ith ................ Boyd, H en rietta................ IV . Y o r k .......................................... V. i 1900. N il Edwaxdes, E thelbert Mann, E lizabeth J. B V I. (S) I H.T. S.M. H.T. 1st A. Am up, Wm. G................... Campbell, E m ily M. Brennan, A l i c e ................ B ailey, Jos. H .................... B ailey, Stella Ham m ill, Joshua Ottaway, Amy B. Mearns, Eva Smith, E m ily ................ Perrin, W m. H ................... Perrin, Elizabeth B A W estbrook ............................. W edgecarrup ................ W icklow H ills ................ W illiam s ................ 1899. Armstrong, Andrew Armstrong, Jane K lein, James A . ... Manuell, Wm. J. . ■ ■ Salary. Position. Staff. N il Cl N il Cl B2 Cl in service in service Cl t .£12 0 0 t . 3rd class 3rd class A3 3rd class 3rd class 4th class C2 B2 ci N il N il N il ■ Bl Cl 3rd class 4th class B2 t Cl ci ,£250 0 0 .£150 and ,£15 Beg. 68 (a.) 1 ,£150 0 0 1 .£1 163. 6d. per ■ ■ week 1 t j .£25 0 0 i .£25 0 0 1 ,£155 0 0 1 .£25 0 0 ,£25 0 0 £1 6 0 0 .£90 0 0 £130 0 0 £1 2 0 0 .£140 0 0 >£12 0 0 £70 £70 £80 £220 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 £100 0 0 0 £25 £16 £190 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ‘ t £135 £42 £130 £12 0 0 N il C2 N il Cl Cl £70, £ 1 0 E eg. 13 £90 0 0 £90 0 0 t £140, £ 1 5 E eg. 64 ( 6.) £42 0 0 t Cl N il 01 £80, £12 E eg. 13 Bl Cl 4th class 4th class Cl £100 0 0 t £130 0 £90 £16 £16 0 0 0 £110 0 £12 0 t H/T. H.T. N il B2 B2 H.T. A. P.T. P.T. P.T. H.T. A. Bl C2 2nd class 2nd class 2nd class Cl Cl Bl C2 1st class 1st class 1s t class Cl Cl 0 £12 0 0 £220 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 t. £115 and £ 3 0 allowance £230 0 0 £90 0 0 £44 0 0 £44 0 0 £56 0 0 £110 0 0 £90 0 0 E ebbttaby, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 69 M O N IT O R S. The results of th e M onitors’ Exam ination are given in the appended statem ent. The column headed • “ Exam ination ” shows th e corresponding examination as set for P u p il Teachers for which the various monitors entered :— Marks. School. Name. Sewell, Constance ................ Crutchett, Kuby ............................. P ellew , W illiam M cDowall, D aisy ................ Anderson, H e n r ie tta ............................. Morris, Gertrude Cumming, Laura Macdonald, Muriel ............................. Green, Frank H. Shaw, Alice Cronin, Isabella H olt, E th el .......................................... V iney, I s a b e l ................ Sampson, E velyn Mason, V io le t... E gan, Mary F. W illison, A lice M. Mettam, Mabel ............................. Snook, Florrie... Beverley Boulder ................ Southern Cross Coolgardie Plym pton B o n n ie v a le ............................. Cottesloe ............................. Morning'ton M ills ... Pinjarra ............................. Boulder Jarrahdale ... B ulong Boulder Infants’ M idland Junction ... E ast P e r t h ............................. Cue ... ............................. Cannington ... Kurawa Jarrahdale ... Crogan, K a t e ................ Sandford, Thursa C la rk e,L ilia n ... Lloyd, G eorge... Clarke, Am y K. W ooldridge, Chas. M. Harvy, F anny M. Timmings, Viola W aigerup ............................. Norseman ............................. Cookemup ............................. New castle ............................. B r id g e to w n ............................. M ount Barker Belm ont ............................. Jarrahdale ... * Being- a male candidate, sewing not taken. One candidate sat for the A, nine for th e B, and 34 for th e C. F a il e d P a s s e d .— C e r t if ic a t e . . — One. B Ce r t if ic a t e . Antonia A. V etter, 2nd Class Honours ; Annie Sutton, 2nd Class Honours ; John T. Blair, Alfred M. Lyngberg, . Edward J. Hayes. Passed, subject to re-examination in one su b ject:— Thomas J. Brown. Three candidates failed. Candidates Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 4th class Do. 3rd class Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Remarks. ... Possible. Gained. 500 500 420* 500 500 500 500 500 420* 500 500 500 500 760 760 700f 760 760 760 396 376 310 367 362 321 308 306 246 272 270 244 231 416 3S1 490 509 503 466 79 75 74 73 72 64 62 61 59 54 54 49 46 55 50 70 67 760 760 760 760 760 700 760 760 397 389 372 349 296 266 228 205 52 51 50 46 39 38 30 27 P er cent. 66 61 Passed do. do; do. do. do. do. do. Failed do. do. do. do. do. do. Passed do. do. F ailed in two “ F ail in g Subjects.” Failed do. do. do. do. do. do. do. f To be examined in Drawing later, as an Inspector did not conduct examination. T E A C H E R S’ E X A M IN A T IO N '. The Teachers’ A nnual Examination was held in the James Street School, Perth, during the -week commencing the 18th December, 1899, w ith the following re su lts:— A Examination. C C e r t if ic a t e . P D usting, 1s t Class H onours; V ictoria M. Gould, 1st Class Honours ; Arthur Harmer, 2nd Class Honours ; E llen Mnlrooney, 2nd Class H onours; Andrew M. Ross, 2nd Class H onou rs; Barbara Wellwood, 2nd Class Honours ; Andrew C. Armstrong, Effie L. Cameron, E thelbert F . Edwardes. a s s e d . —Clarinda Passed, subject to re-examination in one subject :— E m est H aynes. Twenty-four candidates failed. A ll the foregoing passes are subject to an Inspector’s rep ort on Practical Skill. P U P I L T E A C H E R S’ E X A M IN A T IO N . A t the A nnual Exam ination of Pupil Teachers, held on 14th and 15th December, 1899, the following candidates TH E 70 EDUCATION passed th e Exam ination (under Appendix 2 and R egula tion 247) qualifying them for appointm ent as 4th Class P u p il Teachers in the event of vacancies occurring. Ten candidates - failed to secure the m inim um num ber of m a rk s :— Marks. Name. School. Graham, Annie Boulter, D aisy Stanley, Harold ... Sm ith, E m ily Keast, Am y... M earns, E va Edmonson, Thomas Leahy, Mary Brookway, Una Binney, Ruby Cameron, May "Ware, Em ily Gibbings, Mary J ones, Mabel L . Day, E t h e l ................ Hornsby, Alice H enley, H erbert ... Lunt, JohnC Jones, Laura P raia, E th el McRohan, E sther ... M atheson, M argaret M arshall, Lucy ... McRoberts, B elle ... Davies, Blodwen ... H orton, Yiner Green, I v y ................ M illington, Beatrice Brittain, Lucy H icks, Constance ... * Scliool not known. Possible. Gained. Beaconsfield ... Geraldton Southern Cross W oodville # H ighgate Jarrahdale * Claremont jST. Frem antle Albany P erth Girls’ ... Geraldton P erth Girls’ ... Subiaco P icton... Northam 500 500 420+ 500 500 500 420+ 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 420+ 420+ 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 Guildford P erth Girls’ ... Subiaco Victoria Park Beaconsfield ... Perth Girls’ ... Northam Albany Northam Northam Bunbury Beaconsfield ... 440 401 335 38S 3S4 383 313 372 369 367 364 353 362 353 346 345 290 282 332 330 327 327 327 324 315 314 310 310 310 308 P er cent. S8 80 80 78 77 77 75 74 74 73 73 73 72 71 69 69 69 67 66 66 65 65 65 65 63 63 62 62 62 62 t Being a male candidate, sewing- not taken. The following P upil Teachers passed the Examination fo r admission into the T hird Class :— jSTarks. Scliool. Name. Possible. Gained. Gill, V iolet M. Julius, Gertrude ... W right, E lsie M ay... Needham, Theodora Allan, Marion H uggins, Cecilia M. Jones, Constance ... Darbon, E lsie M. ... Shelley. Lucy Bichards, Gertrude Lewis, I v y ................ Cowden, Brook Brockway, Amy ... Subiaco Infants’ Subiaco Infants’ Perth Infants’ Perth Infants’ Perth In fants’ Subiaco Victoria Park Subiaco Infants’ Subiaco Frem antle Girls’ Plym pton In fan ts’ Albany Claremont 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 626 626 589 561 554 542 542 536 491 473 471 470 448 Per cent. 82 S2 77 74 73 71 71 71 65 62 62 62 59* * Specially promoted. The following will be required to serve another year in the 4 th Class:—M arion Sherlock, H ig h g a te ; Naomi Taylor, B oulder; Thomas Lindfield, M idland Junction ; Georgina Wheeler, Frem antle In fan ts’ ; Catherine Binney, N orth Frem antle ; * M ary Connolly, Highgate. * Absent on leave, on account of illness. CIRCULAR. [F ebbtjaby, 1900. The following passed under Regulation 247, b u t failed under the new arrangem ent as regards failing sub jects. They will be required to come up for re-examination in the subjects in which they failed, about A pril n e x t:—■ E thel M. Branch, Victoria P a r k ; Clarissa Menz, Boulder Agnes Jardine, B usselton; Beatrice Strang, Cannmgton G ertrude Minchin, G uildford; George Everett, Albany Janie W illiams, P erth G irls’. The following P u p il Teachers passed for admission into the Second C lass:— - Name. School. Parsons, Florence ... Douglas; E lizabeth Anne H orton, Jessie Stonehouse, J u lie t ... Mowday, M aggie ... W alker, E dith Tonkin, Laura W ellwood, M aggie... Brown, Christina ... Tuke, Stanley K eay, Agnes Jones, E lizabeth ... Maries. Possible. Gained. Per cent. H igh gate Geraldton 760 700* 620 569 82 SI Albany In fan ts’ Geraldton Denmark M ill Cot-tesloe K algoorlie In fants’ B o u ld e r I n fan ts’ Leederville ... M anual Train in g Classes, Perth Leederville ... Perth Infants’ 700* 700* 700* 760 760 562 536 516 536 522 80 77 74 71 69 760 521 69 760 625+ 494 375 65 60 760 760 451 438 591' 58 § *'To “be examined in drawing later on, as examination not conducted "by an inspector, t Special subjects. X Specially promoted. § Specially prom oted; absent from two subjects on account of illness. The following passed uuder Regulation 247, b u t failed under the new arrangem ent as regards failing subjects. They will be required to come up for re-examination in the subjects in which they failed, about A pril n e x t:—Catherine W are, P e rth G irls’ ; Theresa Levinson, H ig h g ate; Elsie Annie Myers, Frem antle Girls.’ The following will be required to serve another year in the Third Class:—Id a Rodda, B oulder; E thel F. M. Simpson, Claremont. The following P u p il Teachers passed for admission into the F irst Class :— Marks. Name. School. Grace, Leslie E. Kennedy, E lsie M .... Thirioux, Louise ... M etcalfe, Frances ... H einrichs, Adolph ... Tewers, Mabel Sm ith, E thel J. ... Pyke, Florence York .............. H igh gate Perth, E ast ... Perth In fants’ N ’th Frem antle N ’th Frem antle York '................ Y o r k ................ Possible. 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 Gained. 605 604 ODD 551 543 537 520 479 P er cent. 80 80 73 72 71 71 6S 63 The following passed under Regulation 247, b u t failed under the new arrangem ent as regards failing subjects. They will be required to come up for re-examination in the subjects in which they failed, about April n e x t:—E d ith Jenkins, P erth Girls’ ; May W arnecke, P e rth Girls’. TH E F ebbttaby, 1900.] EDUCATION CIECULAE. 71 The following P u p il Teachers passed their final I these dates (except Proclam ation Day) fall upon any day examination and have been awarded th e “ C l ” Certifi other th an a Monday, the holiday may be kept on the cate, receiving appointm ents as A ssistants in their respec F riday preceding or Monday following. The day chosen tive Schools.:— m ust be notified to the Department. I t will be sufficient to enter it on the salary sheet. j Name. M a r is . P e r c e n t. Sunderland, Barbara James, E lsie ............... Flanagan, John Preston, Narcissa ... Hanrahan, E llen ... B eid , H ilda Sm ith, Annie P erth Girls ... K a'g’lie Infants Perth E a st ... Perth Girls’ ... Jarrahdale ... Newcastle str’t Newcastle str’t P o ssib le. G ained. 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 581 540 539 536 528 478 468 76 71 71 71 69 63 62 FTTFIL T E A C H E R S’ N E E D L E W O R K . P up il Teachers in the P erth and Suburban Schools may obtain their needlework by calling a t the D epartm ent. The specimens worked by the P up il Teachers in the country will be returned during the first week in February, an d H ead Teachers are requested to inform the D epart m ent if the parcels are not received within a reasonable time. A D E L A ID E U N IV E R S IT Y E X T E N S IO N E X A M IN A T IO N S . The Hon. Secretary of the Local Board has notified the D epartm ent th a t the preliminary examination in con nection with the above will be held in March. Entries will close with the Hon. Secretary, Mr. W . E. Cooke, on the 12th February, and on no condition will any entries be accepted after th a t date. The fee is 10s. 6d. The attention of intending candidates is particularly drawn to t i e regulation of the University th a t entries from W estern A ustralian candidates for all University Examinations m ust be sent through the local Secretary, and will not be accepted if sent direct to the Registrar. SCHOOL Q U A R T E R S A N D V A C A T IO N S FOR 1900. The School Quarters will end as follow :— 1st quarter ... ... ... last Friday in March. 2nd „ ... ... ... „ June. 3rd 4th „ „ ... ... ... ... ... ... „ September. Friday, December 14. The Vacations, under Regulation 137, will be as follow :— E aster A ugust ■ ... Christmas School closes. School re-opens. Thursday, 12tli A pril ... Friday, 24th A ugust ... Friday, 14th December Monday, 23rd April Monday, 3rd September Monday, 21st January The attention of teachers is directed to the Public Holidays laid down in Regulation 137. These are as follow :—A ustralian Anniversary, January 26 ; Queen’s Birthday, May 24; Anniversary of the Colony, Jun e 1; Coronation Day, June 28 ; Proclam ation Day, October 21; and Prince of W ales’ Birthday, November 9. W hen any of E X A M IN A T IO N CH A N G ES. The following is a list of the schools where, as notified in the November Circular, it is intended to abolish the individual examination of the children. The list is, however, subject to revision if the inspection visits are not satisfactory:— M e t r o p o l it a n Beaconsfield Beaconsfield In fants’ Cannington Cottesloe Fremantle Boys’ Fremantle Infants’ (Stan dard I.) Frem antle North . Fremantle North Infants’ H ighgate Hope V alley Koogac Leederville Mogiunber Moora So u th -W D is t r ic t . Perth Boys’ Perth Girls’ Perth Infants’ (Standard I.) Perth E ast Perth South Newcastle Street Plympton Plym pton Infants’ Rockingham Rockingham Beach K ottnest Subiaco Subiaco Infants’ (Standard I.) W oodville. estern Boyanup Chidlow’s W ell Chittering, Lower Collie M ill Coolup Donnybrook Drakesbrook Gingin Brook D is t r ic t . Jarrahdale K elm scott M idland Junction Moore River Picton Serpentine Sm ith’s M ill Swan W est. E astern D is t r ic t Albany Infants’ Broomehill Coondle Meckering Narrogin . Newcastle Northam P ell M ell York In fants’. Goi.d eiei .ds D istrict . Bonnievale Boulder B ulong lenzies, Kanowna, Kurawa, and above lis t if th e n ext inspection M A T E R IA L FO R Kalgoorlie Infants’ Moonyonooka. Paddington m ay be added to v isits prove satisfactory. MODELLING-. (From “ The Schoolmistress,” October 12, 1899 ) Clay and sand are both largely used for m aking models before a class which is receiving instruction in the geo graphical definitions. Each has its disadvantages as well as its advantages. A nother m aterial may be made by anyone w ithout cost. Get some newspapers, old blotting paper, or brown paper, and tear the paper into small pieces and place them in a pail. P o u r on enough water (hot or cold, bu t hot by preference.) to wet the whole of the tom paper, and th en with the hands and a stick squeeze the wet paper and work it about until it is reduced to a pulp. This will not 'take long. Pour off the super fluous water, and the paper pulp will prove an excellent 72 THE EDUCATION substitute for modelling purposes. The hands will not become soiled -when modelling with paper pulp as they do -when clay is used, and th e pulp may be b u ilt up high in all sorts of shapes, and it will not lose its shape as sand does. I t may be used alike by teachers and scholars. W hen it gets dry a little w ater will restore it to condition. I f it gets dirty, a kettleful of h o t w ater and a stirring -with a stick -will cleanse it. P ap er pulp may be used also to make perm anent models. Squeeze it dry and then add gum-water to it. W hen th e model is made, it will then retain its shape. SC H O L A R SH IP S A N D E X H IB IT IO N S . The following were th e successful candidates a t the recent examinations for H igh School Scholarships and Government E xhibitions:— H ig h S c h o o l S c h o l a r s h ip s . Arthur W illiam s, P erth B oys’ School. Jam es F ahy do. G overnm ent E x h ib it io n s . S E N IO R . Francis A. M oseley, H igh School. W. J. Lambert do. Edm und C. Clifton do. K ahn, R. R., Christian Brothers’ College. Frederick Bicknell, H igh School. . JU N IO R . Edward T. B egley, Christian Brothers’ College. John E . Deakin do. Frederick J. Bates, H igh School. ( '-yril P. Bryan, Christian Brothers’ College. . R. G. Hope, Scotch College. M E D A L W IN N E R S F O R 1B 99. The following is a list of children, w ith th e ir respective schools, who obtained medals for unbroken attendance dining last year:— Child. School. Gingin Chidlow’s W ell ... Canning M ills ... Carnarvon Bonnievale Koojan ... M ount Barker ... Rockingham South Perth G ingin Brook ... Wortham ... Mombekine ' Clarence K ing Everard G ill Gee Norma Macdonald M adge Macdonald Emma Purser Frank Purser Thomas Dewar Jack Townsend W ill P ratt M ay Quun Gussie Murray E stelle Nairn Emma Murray W . P. N aim Arthur Scott Rose Scott H elen Scott Henry Andrew Mead Hannah Sarah Mead James Stiles H ubert Troy Joseph Troy E dith W ansborough Alice Sheen James W estern Reuben W estern [E ebbttaby, 1900. CIRCULAR, Child. H enry Binnis Jack Griffin Stratham ................ ... Godfrey Scott Dongara ... Frederick W isbey Cann ington ... Adelaide Strang R ottnest ... ................ ... H ilda Forkin Phoabe Kidd Frank Forkin Karridale ... Clarence Percival Charles Percival W estly P ercival Jarrahdale ... George Hanrahan Archer Snook Alice Hanrahan Dorothy Hanrahan Bayswater ... H arriet Donald Mandurah ................ ... E lsie Cooper V iolet Cooper Plym pton ................ ... Albert Mourner Grace Barling H etty Box Cecil Jeffrey ................... ... Francis Kidd Geraldton E ast Perth ... F loris Webb E liza Snow H annah Bray Colin W alker Ida Bray Maud W heeler Claremont E th el Chambers Alexander Shaw Frem antle B oys’ Collie MiH Maud Bradley Quindanning H arry H oghton N arrogin... Charles Grainger M uriel Sm ith H igh gate Ruby Butcher May Poland N ew castle street W innie Reid Annie Shepherd P erth Girls’ Frances Anderson M yra Dodd Mena Ferrie Perth Boys’ Harold Carrick Charles Gould Frem antle Infants’ Robert H atfield V ictoria Park ... Leslie Oates Robert Sm ith Florence Rouse Leederville Elizabeth Brodie Vincent Turner Archibald Brodie Ernest- Turner Charles Blackford Cubballing W illiam O’Rourke John E. Green Esperance Capel H annett Alfred Ulrich ................ Jam es Chapman W oodville ... Ernest Bresland Rupert Sm ith George Rockliff E th el Varian W illiam s ... ... ... H arriet B ailey School. F rem antle, North ... D R A W IN G N O T E S. There is a plea in the December Practical Teacher’s A r t Monthly for “ objects ” instead of “ copies ” in drawing. The following sentences seem to give useful hints :— I f a few simple natu ral objects are introduced into the drawing lessons, it is surprising how much more interesting F ebbttaey, 1900.] they become to the children. be ta k e n :— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. S. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. TH E EDUCATION The following objects might The face of an oblong box. The face of a cube. A broad ruler. A door w ith panels. A T-square and set-square. The plan of th e room. A window. A tennis racquet. A horse shoe. Leaves of various kinds. Simple flower forms. A piece of wood fretwork. A feather. There are m any of a similar nature, some easier, some more difficult. Sometimes in the higher standards a simple arrangem ent of th e student’s own invention of the object given makes a very interesting lesson. Again, one of the chief reasons for teaching drawing as one of the subjects in an elementary scheme of education is th a t of cultivating the powers of observation. Now, doubtless, this object is achieved in a large degree by th e present m ethods; b u t if we based our drawing lessons on objects more than is done at present, this faculty of observation would be infinitely more thoroughly trained. “ The Daily Rounds of a Drawing Inspector,” in the October num ber of The Practical Teacher’s A rt Monthly, contains some interesting sentences, which, are reprinted hereunder. “ Exam ination methods die liard . . . . I remember on more than one occasion noticing th a t soon after my entering a school, Standard I. was hurriedly taken into a classroom, and while I was obtaining a few prelim inary particulars from the head teacher th e monotonous, simultaneous chanting of definitions was borne upon my ears—‘ a horizontal line is, etc., etc.,—until I quietly opened the door of the classroom and told the teacher th a t I was not going to ask any questions on definitions on th at occasion. I place absolutely no value whatever on these previously-prepared verbal definitions. I have seen too frequently the practice belie the theory. A t this early stage the best definition of a horizontal line or a right angle is for a child to drww one. W hatever practical illustration the teacher chooses to give or to ask for is another m atter. I t is th e separation of the practical p art from the theory and the placing of the latter first to which I take exception. “ I am glad to see th at paper is gradually taking the place of slates in the F irs t Standard. W hen the change is accompanied by the entire abolition of india-rubber and the so-called lining-in, its beneficial effects are very marked. “ I n the early stages of drawing, and for young children, experience teaches th a t it is better to have a greater variety of copies, or to have the same copy attem pted several times, ab initio, than to spend a long tim e correcting and patching the same exercise. I n the latter case moi-e tim e is spent in erasing lines th a n in drawing them, and it is in the latter th a t practice is needed.” [These rem arks, of course, will apply also to the blackboard, which m ust not supersede paper drawing. As soon as the desired freedom of hand CIRCULAR. 73 and arm has been obtained teachers will, no doubt, follow the m ethods suggested by the D epartm ent from the first, and, placing brown paper or other paper on the boards, draw on this also from the shoulder. G reater delicacy, which is to be gained by the use of the pencil, m ust not be lost.—E d .]. “ Then, again, so many attem pt to teach model-drawing by rales instead of by sight. The pupils should be taught to draw from careful and accurate observation, and then encouraged to deduce the rules from the results of their observation. Frequently I hear a scholar told th a t a horizontal edge which recedes to the rig h t or left below the eye level m ust be represented by an oblique line sloping upwards. Such instruction at this early stage is of no practical use whatever and only does harm. I f the pupil is not going to draw by guesswork, he m ust decide at w hat angle the edge appears to slope; and if he can do this, the more difficult part, he should have been put in the way of discovering for himself what has been unnecessarily told him. Often the model is sketched on the blackboard by the teacher before the scholar attem pts it, and I have even seen this sketch exposed to the class during the whole lesson. Of course, this is not model-drawing a t all. The scholar simply copies w hat has been drawn for him, and is no nearer arriving a t any conclusion for himself. Another mistake too often noticed is made in allowing mechanical aids—legitim ate enough in themselves—to precede judg ment by sight alone instead of following it as a test and corrective. The mechanical aids to which I particularly refer are—holding the pencil or ruler between the eye and the object for the purpose of gauging an angle, judging proportion and comparing sizes, and the use of the plumb-line. They should never be used in such a m anner as to interfere with the independent judgm ent of the pupil or his powers of observation. “ The only reliable test of the power to draw from models is the scholar’s ability to deal intelligently with an entirely neiv form involving principles of perspective previously taught, or a new position of some object from which he has previously drawn.” A correspondent writes to The Schoolmistress, of October 1*2, 1899, as follow s:—“ N ot long since my little boy (Standard I.), who is very much interested in his drawing lessons, sat playing with one of those patent curling pins. A ll a t once he called out, ‘ Look, mother, I can make a right angle, an obtuse angle, and an acute angle. And, see,’ he went on, ‘these two pieces of steel are parallel.’ This set me thinking, and the next drawing day each boy had his patent curler. By means of the two movable pieces of steel we formed all the different lines, — such as vertical, horizontal, etc., then all the angles were made, the children copying them on paper. W ith two curlers we were able to teach the different kinds of triangles—in fact there was scarcely any lim it to their usefulness. My children can now draw all the angles correctly, and, w hat is more, thoroughly understand them .” C IG A R E T T E SM O K IN G . As the result of an inquiry in American schools, it has been found th a t boys who indulged in cigarette-smoking did not make such good progress as non-sm okers; and the 74 TH E EDUCATION evil is considered so serious th a t it has been suggested th a t anti-tobacco leagues should be started among schoolboys. English doctors are agreed as to the evil effects of the early use of tobacco upon the eyes and respiratory o rgans; and probably th e listless m anner of some boys may be p u t down to the same cause. In a schoolboy, m anner is the shadow of a closely attendant re a lity ; and, though we w ant no anti-tobacco leagues, schoolmasters m ight well consider how best to meet w hat may soon become a pressing difficulty. There are, we know, schools where the esprit cle corps is so keen th a t a boy in the football team would not dare to touch a cigarette lest his “ w in d ” should be affected; and a similar general abstinence prevails during the term devoted to sports. Possibly, if it were impressed upon boys th a t smoking is injurious to the eyes, the same result m ight be obtained during the cricket term .—Educa tional Times. T E A C H E R S ’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. Perth. Branch. The following report has been handed in to the D epart m ent for publication in the C ircular:— L adies abb Gentlemen , W e have th e honour to hereby subm it to you the annual report of the P e rth Branch of the W.A. Teachers’ Union. Members’ B oll.—I t is pleasing to state th a t the num ber of members of the branch shows a considerable increase on th a t of last year. The num ber of subscriptions to date is 42, 14 of which are from head teachers and 28 from assistants. Besides these, there are others who consider themselves members, though they have not yet paid the small annual contribution required of them. I t is to be hoped they will soon do so, and help to increase the Branch’s representation a t the annual conference of dele gates. By th e rules of the executive we are a t present entitled to send eight delegates to th e conference, the proportion being one delegate for every five members. Thus an increase of three on our enrolment would entitle us to another delegate. N otw ithstanding th e satisfactory state of our numbers, we are forced to express the regret th a t there is yet a num ber of teachers in the metropolitan district who give no support to and take no p art in the work of th e association. I t cannot be denied th a t every teacher in the service is morally bound to become a member ox some branch of the union ; for it follows as a m atter of course th a t all reforms or concessions effected by the union m ust operate alike in favour of every teacher in the service of the Department. Therefore it m ust be adm itted th a t it is decidedly selfish and u n ju st for some teachers to stand aloof while others enter th e fray and do battle on their behalf. Furtherm ore, for their own sake it is not ex pedient to remain apathetic. The old adage, “ Union is strength,” is as tru e now as it was a century ago, and “ United we stand, b u t divided we fall,” is as applicable to the teachers of this Colony as it is to the W.A. Transvaal Contingent. I f we wish to improve our position as teachers (and th a t goes w ithout saying) or to raise th e educational standard of the land of our adoption, we m ust be able to present a bold, united front. To have force, we m ust show th a t our opinions are th e re-echoed sentiments of the whole teaching profession, w ithout which, to some extent, our efforts will be vain. CIRCULAR. [F ebruary, 1900. Rules.—Since the last annual report, the branch rules have been printed and circulated. These have been faith fully carried out, with a slight exception, no meeting having been held in October, owing to the absence of business and the progress of the annual examinations. Rule Y. has been amended, by which meetings are held on Saturday mornings, in lieu of Friday evenings. The change was the result of a feeling th a t on Friday evenings the evening school operated against us, b u t the result of the change cannot be considered satisfactory. Meetings.—Thirteen meetings, general and special, have been held during the year, and a good deal of useful work has been completed. Mr. Sadler gave the first lecturette of the year on “ English Pronunciation.” This was followed by another on “ Music,” by Mr. Clubb. TMr. Storer gave a m ost interesting demonstration lesson on “ Wood-working,” and Mr. H u n t read a m asterly paper on “ The Development of the State.” Discussions.—Discussions were held on the following subjects:—A Floral and Industrial Exhibition, Super* annuation of Teachers, Central Glasses for P upil Teachers, School Decorations, M anual Training, Permanency of Appointments, and Pensions; but, while teachers derived some benefit from the discussions, very little tangible result followed. The late Chief Clerk.—'The members of the Branch deeply regretted the death of the late Chief Clerk of the Education D epartm ent; and, as a small m ark of the esteem in which the deceased gentleman was held by them, the sum of =620 was subscribed towards the erection of a memorial stone. Concessions.—A num ber of concessions has, through the executive committee, been requested of the Department, w ith varying results. The suggestion th a t the Education A ct and Regulations should be reprinted in one volume was complied with, and also the regrading of schools. The latter, however, is to be effected on a different basis from th a t suggested by the association. The necessity for paying the December salaries before the holidays (as is done in the other colonies) was urged upon the D epart ment. Permanency of Appointments.— We deeply regret th a t the H on. the M inister decided th a t teachers’ appointments cannot at present be made permanent, owing to which decision their right to pensions m ust still remain a moot point. Increases hi Salaries.—D uring the last three months members devoted a considerable am ount of tim e to the question of increases in teachers’ salaries. I t cannot be denied th a t this tim e has been profitably spent, for not only are teachers, b u t also the public, fully conscious of the fact th a t the teachers of this Colony are very much underpaid, and especially so when we take into account the high rate of living which prevails here. The operation of such a condition m ust engender a spirit of disaffection in the service, and this, i n turn, m ust tend to weaken the usefulness of its members. Therefore it will be allowed, if the P e rth branch prove instrum ental in raising the status of teachers, both socially and financially, it will not alone benefit the individual members of the profession, b u t also tend to raise our standard of education, by fostering a F ebruary, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION spirit of contentment, interest, and enthusiasm in our work, in lieu of th e discontent and indifference which m ust be bred by a consciousness th a t one’s labour is not fully recognised and rewarded. W e are still hopeful th a t the representations re the desired increase, made by the Association to the R ight Hon. the Prem ier, th e H on. the Minister, and the Inspector General, will yet bear f r u i t ; and th a t the incoming committee, twelve months hence, will be able to report th a t the conditions surrounding the life and labours of the State School teacher have materially improved.—Signed, on behalf of the committee, A. Hill, V ice-President; E. J. Hayes, Hon. Secretary. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . Busselton School.—M aster, Mr. E. Kershaw. As was noted in the July Circular, the school concert realised the.su m of £ 7 12s. "2d. Of this. <£7 8s. has mrw been expended in prizes, leaving a balance in hand of 4s. 2d. Menzies School.—M aster, Mr. H . Thomas. A very successful concert was given by this school on 8th December, the gross proceeds am ounting to <£21 4s. A fter deducting expenses—renting hall, printing, etc.—a balance of <£16 4s. remained, which was placed to the credit of the piano fund. Bonnievale School.—M istress, Miss A. Mason. A school picnic was held on 12th December. The total receipts were =£14 6s. 4d., while the cost of provisions, etc., was J310 10s. 4d., leaving an am ount of i24 6s., which was expended in purchasing prizes. Westbrook School.—M aster, Mr. W . G. Arnup. ' Sports, w ith a school concert, were held at Westbrook on the 16th November last. The gr.-ss proceeds amounted to £ 7 7s. 6d., and the expenses for hire of hall, refresh ments, etc., to .£4 12s. 6d., leaving a balance of £ 2 15s. Of this, £ 2 7s. 9d. was spent in prizes, and it is proposed to devote the small sum remaining to the purchase of some cricket tools for the school. Jarrahdale School.—M aster, Mr. H. T. Larkin. A most successful concert was held in the local hall on the 11th November, in aid of the prize fund. The gross proceeds am ounted to <£15 10s. 3d., and the expenses rent of hall, dresses, printing, etc.—to =£4 4s. 5d. The balance of ,£11 5s. lOd. was expended in prizes and Christmas gifts. Newcastle School.—Master, Mr. A. H . Russell. Concerts were held on 24th November and 1st December, aud a children’s dance on the 8th December, the gross receipts beiug .£25 7s. The expenses totalled £ 5 2s. 6d. £ 7 2s. 3d. was expended in the purchase of prizes, which were given to those children who had earued them and were unable to come to P erth. W ith the balance, a num ber of children were brought down to P e rth and visited the Zoological Gardens. North Bhuloon.—M aster, Mr. W m. Holmes. A concert was held a t this school on the 17th November last. The receipts totalled <£5 Os. 9d., of which amount <£3 8s. was devoted to prizes. The balance, =£1 12s. 9d., CIRCULAR. 75 it is intended to use in purchasing books for a school library. Mombekine School.—A successful entertainm ent was brought off at this school on the evening of the 27th October, by the late Mr. Rees, under arrangem ent with Mr. Dobson, the then headmaster. The proceeds amounted to <£9, of which £ 4 10s. was handed to the Mombekine hall committee. The remainder is to be spent on prizes for the children, and, should there be any surplus, on K inder garten m aterials and decorations. Bunbury Infants’ School.—Mistress, Miss E. E. Mews. On the 13th December a very enjoyable picnic was held, the Chairman of the D istrict Board-having kindly placed his fields at the disposal of the H eadm istress for this pur pose. The children and their friends were driven by- the Secretary of the Board to the chosen spot, H all Craig, in drags, which he generously provided for them. Altogether there were present 113 childreu and about 20 adults, and the outing was in all respects an exceedingly pleasant one. Plympton Schools, Senior and Infants'.—Mr. T. P. Shaw and Mrs. Cossins. Concerts were held by these schools on 28th November and 1st December. The total receipts, including dona tions, amounted to ,£22 7s., and the expenses, with hire of hall, to <£6 15s. 6d., leaving a balance of <£15 11s. 6d. for prize fund ; one-third to go to the In fan ts’ School and tw o-' thirds to the Senior School. I n addition, the Mayor of E ast Fremantle (Mr. M. L. Moss) kindly donated two goodconduct prizes. Pinjarra School.—Headmaster, Mr. T. Henry. A committee of ladies a t P in jarra organised a ball in aid of the prize fund, realising £6 13s. net. This amount was supplemented by donations, totalling £ 2 11s., and the whole was expended in the purchase of prizes for the children. Clacldine School.—Teacher, Mr. A. Lyhane. Concert held 8th December. Receipts, including sub scriptions, <£3 2s. 6d. This am ount was expended in thepurchase of prizes. North Fremantle School.— Headmaster, Mr. A. M. Cooke. The fifth annual concert was held on 13th December. The receipts amounted to <£13 14s. and the expenses to £ 2 13s. lid ., leaving a credit balance of £11 0s. Id., which will be devoted to the purchase of - instrum ents for the band, providing games, and school decorations. Of the balance in hand from the previous concert, £ 7 14s. Id., ,£6 was expended for flutes, 11s. 6d. for a football, and 5s. for miscellaneous items, leaving a balance of 17s. 7cl., which has been carried over to the fund in hand. Subiaco Infants’ School. —Headmistress. Miss Julius. Concert held 24th November. Total receipts, <£9 ]2s. 6d., expenses £ 2 18s. 6 d .; <£6 9s. 6d. was devoted to the purchase of prizes, and the balance in hand, 4s. 6d., -will be expended on K indergarten and sewing material. Boranup School.—M aster, Mr. R. C. G. Brown. A free concert was given by the children of this school on the 28th December, when prizes presented by friends and the teachers were distributed to the children. 76 TH E EDUCATION Moojebing School.—M aster, Mr. P. Graham. Receipts, £ 1 4 9s. 6 d .; expenses, including ren t of liall, refreshm ents for the children, and costumes, =£6 3s. 2d.; purchase of games, etc., =£6 ; balance in hand, <£2 6s. 4d. D IS T R IC T B O A R D S, E tc. Boeboume.—Rev. H erb ert P itts has bepn appointed a member of th e Roebourne D istrict Board of Education, vice M r. A. T. Stanbridge, resigned. Plantagenet.—The Plantagenet D istrict Board of E duca tion has appointed Mr. Thomas Kearsley as delegate for the Scotsdale district. Karridale.— Rev. R. J . Craggs has been appoiuted a member of the K arridale D istrict Board of Education, vice Rev. H erbert P itts, resigned. Bevt/rley.—Mrs. A. E . Horley has been appointed a member of the Beverley D istrict Board of Education, vice Mr. Thomas Secomb, resigned. Mr. H . Sm ith has now been appointed chairman, and Canon Groser secretary. Fremantle.— Mrs. Rosa S. Smith has been appointed a member of th e "Fremantle D istrict Board of Education, vice Rev. W . F . Turton, resigned. York.—Yen. Archdeacon B arton-Parkes has been ap pointed a member of the Y ork D istrict Board of Education, vice Rev. E. W illiams, deceased. Broomehill.—Rev. Jas. Howes has been appointed a member of th e Broomehill District Board of Education, vice Mr. P atrick G arrity, resigned. STOCK N O T E S. A new sale stock requisition form has been printed, and will be supplied on application. I n future, Regula tion 136 will be strictly enforced. The application should be made out in duplicate and forwarded to the. D epartm ent by the 10th of the month. The D epartm ent still has a few books left, which teachers m ight find useful in their work. In order to B y A u t h o r i t y : R ic h a k d P CIRCULAR. [ E e b b t ja r y , 1900. dispose of these, 2-5 per cent, discount will be allowed off the published price. The list is as follows : — Boot. Published Price. s. d. 1 0 each 0 3 „ 0 4 „ 3 6 „ 2 6 ., 1 6 „ 0 2 „ 0 1 0 2 „ 0 2 1 i 0 4 „ 0 5 0 o „ 0 3 „ 2 6 „ 1 6 „ 0 2 1 9 ", As the D epartm ent is constantly receiving new series of diagrams, it is impossible to have a complete list printed on the annual requisition form ; notices, therefore, will appear in the Circular from tim e to time, giving a list of the diagrams in stock beyond those mentioned on the requisition form, and teachers should refer to these notices when making out their applications for the annual supply. The following are the diagrams which a t present do not appear on the requisition :— ................ ( 2nd year) ... „ „ „ (4th year) ... How to Parse ................ ............................. Morell’s Grammar .......................................... How to W rite C learly.......................................... Grammar Summary ... ................ „ Standard II. IV ........................................ „ „ V. and VI. Dictionary of Derivations ............................. Algebra (BlacMe) .......................................... Book-keeping ................ ................ „ (key to) ............................. Animal Philosophy ................ Geography of Australasia ... Geography of Australia and Polynesia Geography of W orld, Europe, Asia, England and W a le s ....................................................... H ugh es’ Modern G eograph y............................. Stewart’s Dom estic Econom y Source and Circulation of "Water. P ollution of W ater. ' Purification of Water. V egetable Productions. P lan ts used for Perfume. P lan ts used for Clothing, Cordage, etc. W hat is wanted in some schools, not in all, is a little wholesome neglect. The teacher does the work, the children look on ; the result is failure on the p art of both. — Educational News. ether, G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r P e r t h . SUZPIFILjIEjIMIIEII^rT TO WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. M INISTER. OF EDUCATION. N o . 7.] H IN T S FEB RU A R Y , TO TEACHERS ON TH E OP T H E E Y E S. CARE (B y the Honorary Consulting Ophthalmic Surgeon of the Department.) These hints are published to enable teachers to discover eye diseases in children attending G o v e r n m e n t schools, and to give them an idea of w hat to do in such cases, especially in reference to infectious troubles, which may spread unless checked a t once. They are in no way to be regarded as a substitute for proper medical treatm en t—as the old proverb about a little knowledge being dangerous is particularly tru e here—b u t as merely showing the first remedial measures th a t should be adopted to prevent epidemics and more serious mischief following. Inflam m atory and E pidem ic D isea ses. . These include th e various forms of Ophthalmia, G ranular L ids or Trachoma—or as they are often called, loosely, “ Sandy B light”—“ Sore Eyes,” “ B unged Eye.” The great point to remember is th a t discharge from any eye is almost invariably contagious and capable of setting up the disease in a healthy individual when deposited by whatever means in th a t particular person’s eye; so no teacher or parent should go far wrong who remembers th a t “ any discharge from an eye is infectious.” Ophthalmia may be acute or chronic. The character of the discharge varies in th e different types, b u t those cases which present the lids swollen, with a copious yellow discharge, are always serious, and should be thoroughly treated at once, as otherwise there is great danger of bad after-effects, which may render th e child more or less blind. Ophthalm ia is an inflammation of the delicate membrane lining the eye and eye-lids. I t is nearly always red (“ blood sh o t” ) and may be swollen and discharging either a watery fluid in excess, or a sticky yellowish m atter, or a distinct creamv-yellow pus or “ corruption,” as it is commonly called. The lids on the outside m ay or may not be swollen and red, or excoriated or raw looking, or the lids may be stuck together on th e patient waking in the m orning from sleep. A ll these cases are contagious, and one such case in a school may, if neglected, be the means of spreading the disease to all its members ; and why is this ? Because in the m atter or pus there exist numberless microscopic organisms which possess th e property of setting up the 1900. [V o l. I I . disease if deposited in a healthy eye. How are they de posited? By direct contact from child to child, by the hand, face to face, kissing, towels and defective washing arrangem ents, especially flies, clothes, and the like. How often does a child with sore eyes, because of the irrita tion, rub its lids w ith its fingers or knuckles, and it is easy to see th a t then the m atter may be conveyed by a dirty towel or directly from its hands to another child. These seem to be points of detail, b u t most assuredly they have been proved in numberless cases to be the means by which serious epidemics have been propagated. Granular Licls, or Trachoma, is one of the most inveterate and troublesome of diseases of the eyes. I t is said to be due also to a microscopic organism, and consists of changes which take place in the smooth lining membrane of the eye-lids, both upper and lower. . I ts onset is often gradual, and th e re . may be no apparent outward symptoms at first, b u t on turning the lid inside out (and where any doubt exists this should always be done) the lining membrane or conjuctiva, instead of being perfectly smooth and soft, is seen to be rough and irregular, presenting little nodules or excrescences, often like little grains of boiled sago. The M is often a, little thickened, and droops, and the eye may look smaller than the other, th a t is if the disease is con fined to one side only. There may be a slight discharge, the lid may become reddened later or discoloured, and there may be an intolerance of light and a feeling as of sand in the eye. L ater, other destructive changes take place; the sight (or cornea) of the eye may be damaged, or the lids may grow inwards. Ulceration may set in, and many neglected cases of this disease become a weariness, both to themselves and their friends. This disease is also particularly contagious, and many epidemics have in times past devastated schools in E ngland and elsewhere. I t is conveyed by the same means as Ophthalm ia (see above). Once fairly established, Trachoma is most difficult of cure, and in E ngland it was found, out of several hundreds of cases, th a t the average duration of necessary treatm ent extended over thirty-one m onths. This is mentioned to show how im portant it is to detect all such cases early, when they are more susceptible to treatm ent, and th a t such treatm ent should be carried out under proper medical control. I t is no good tinkering with such cases. Sore Eye.—This is a loosolv-applied term, which generally means an eye th a t looks red, w ith raw edges to the lids, 78 SUPPLEM EN T TO TH E with irregular lashes, and a sticky crust a t intervals. These are not so contagious, though it would not be safe to conclude th a t any child w ith such eyes m ight be allowed to be in close contact w ith healthy ones. A Bunged Eye is one where the lids are much swollen, and perhaps red, b u t there is no discharge. They are frequently seen in this country, and the eye may be quite closed up, and th a t w ithin an hour or two. I f there is no discharge, even on opening the eye, it is generally not serious, and is often probably caused by the bite of an insect or fly. W arm fom entations and bathing generally effect a cure in a few ’’ours. There are yet other cases where, although there may be no redness, th e child cannot bear th e light, and keeps the eye-lids tightly closed. These symptoms are probably due to ulcers o f the cornea or transparent portion of the eye. E xam in ation. A fter th is brief description of some of th e commonest diseases, it will be well to-m ention how a teacher or parent should examine an eye in any case where he has a suspicion of disease. F irst examine the outside of the lids for swelling, red ness, discharge, drooping or turning in or out of the lids, and see if the child can properly open or close the eye. Examine next the lashes and the free edges of the lids, and see if th e eye is watery or not. N ext tu rn down the lower lid, and examine its internal surface by pressing it down and out w ith th e finger or th u m b ; th en tu rn up the upper lid inside out. Seat th e child in front of you, and -direct it to look down a t the g ro u n d ; with a pencil laid ■over the upper lid next catch hold gently of the free edge of th e lid w ith the finger and thum b of th e rig h t hand and rotate it up and out, pressing down gently with the pencil. B y this means the under surface of the lid will be exposed and anything unnatural m ay be noted. Next direct the child to look upward, and let go the lid and it will fall into place a t once. Proceed next to examine th e eye itself, and see if there be anything unnatural-looking w ith th e sight or cornea of th e eye ; whether th e white is reddened or swollen; if the pupil is round or irregular and black, or as if there were a w hite object in the p u p il; if th e coloured portion or iris is natural, or whether there is any appearance in the back of th e eye (sometimes seen in tum ours of the eye). All th is may generally be accomplished by pulling the lids asunder. I t is most im portant th a t all these m anipula tions shoidd be done very gently, as otherwise injury m ig h t be d o n e ; for instance, if there is an ulcer of the ■cornea, perforation m ight take place if there is any rough ness shown, and th e eye might be lost. Do all things gently in connection with th e eye. Examine to see if there is any squint or cross-eye. Observe care fully if the child seems to have any difficulty in seeing objects a t a distance, and especially if it holds th e book very close to th e eyes to read. This is almost invariably a sign-of shortsightedness. D efectiv e S ig h t. I f a teacher will conduct the various details of an ex am ination of the eyes as above, and supplem ent this by a EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [F ebbttabt, 1900. few rough tests of sight, he should be able to detect whether or not there is anything wrong, or whether sight is or is not as acute as it ought to be. Each eye should be tested separately, as great differences sometimes exist between the two eyes. H old a card over one, and test the other as follows : — A t 20 feet distant from the child place the test types issued by the D epartm ent to the various schools in June l a s t ; the-” a person with n atu ral sight should be able to read all the letters to the smallest. I f he or she cannot do so, there is some defect, and every such case should be sent to an ophthalmic surgeon to be properly tested a t once. I n the case of those too poor to pay for medical advice, they may be sent to the Government Hospitals, and in P e rth to the Ophthalmic departm ent of the P erth Public Hospital. Neglected cases may develop squint, o r . one eye may become blind from disuse, or other troubles may ensue in after-life if such are not attended to. Suitable glasses are generally prescribed for such defects. Even if a child is able to read the smallest letters a t 20 feet, still, thei-e may be a defect of focussing, called hvpermetropia. I t would n o t be easy for a teacher or parent to detect such cases, so th a t if they are n o t quite satisfied as to any particular child’s vision it would be better to send such a child up to be thoroughly tested. This disease, if not detected and corrected by suitable spectacles, often gives rise to squint and headaches, especially after' using the eyes for reading and w ritin g ; so these symptoms, if long continued, should give rise to suspicion. Squint or cross-eye exists where the two eyes are not directed towards the same object, so th a t w hilst one eye looks directly a t some external object, the other is fixed in an entirely different direction, commonly inwards, some times outwards, b u t seldom upwards or downwards. Some of these are caused by paralysis or loss of power of the eye muscles, but in children this is rare, and nearly always squint points to some error of refraction or focussing of the eye, which is generally capable of being cured by suit able glasses, if attended to soon enough. I f neglected for any time the squinting eye is in great danger of going more or less blind from disuse, because the better eye of th e two is used to see with distinctly. Slight cases of squint often have double vision. A ll such cases should be treated by a medical officer a t once, as squints are eminently curable, if not by glasses, by operation. W hen a child instinctively half closes its eyes, in order to enable it to see better, this may be taken as an indication of short sight. Sometimes children may appear to be fractious and inattentive or idle and careless from mere perversity: it would be well in such cases to make sure th a t the sight is not defective.' There are m any other causes of defective sight, which can only be discovered by a systematic and thorough examination of the eye by a specialist, and an eye may outwardly appear to be quite healthy which is, in reality, blind. Some of such causes are cataract, diseases of the "Febkttab.y , 1900.] SUPPLEM ENT TO TH E •optic nerve and retina, or other back portions of the eye, ■which cannot be seen except w ith an instrum ent called the ■ophthalmoscope. T reatm ent. Having now briefly considered the chief points as to the •examination of diseases and defects of the eye to be borne in mind by parents and teachers, we may proceed to the treatm ent to be adopted (i.) in order to check the spread of mischief to' others, and (ix.) to cure, remedy, or help those actually afflicted. (i.) In order to check the spread of mischief to others, the golden rule is th a t any child with a discharge from the -eves should be kept apart from healthy ones, and particularly should not be allowed to wash where others ■do. One cannot too thoroughly condemn the system which allows one towel to be kept for use by num bers of people; for instance, th e jack-towel on the roller behind the door. N ot only may eye diseases, b u t others of a very serious nature, be spread in th is manner. To be perfect, •each person should have his or her own towel. Basins used by many people in common are often the means of propagating mischief, and baths also. I n th e Ophthalmic School a t H an well, special arrangem ents are made, where the children wash a t a spray w ith as little splashing as possible. (ix.) To cure, remedy, or help those actually afflicted, th e golden *rule is Absolute Cleanliness. W ash! W ash! W a s h ! By this is m eant th e continual washing away from the eyes of all discharge w ith warm water, so as not to allow m atter or pus to accumulate for a minute. A second golden rule is, Never tie up an eye th a t is discharging, and never allow th e lids to rem ain stuck together with discharge—gentle bathing w ith warm water will always overcome this evil. Having now mentioned the golden rules, we m ust con sider w hat to do in particular affections. In all th e Inflam matory Diseases place the child out of harm ’s w a y ; th a t is, where it can neither be a source of EDUCATION CIRCULAR 79 danger to others nor receive harm itself. I n all acute cases send it home to be ap art from others, and the parents should be instructed to have it properly attended to a t once by a doctor; and in the meantime frequently bathe the eye w ith warm water. W arm water is best used in practically all cases, and cannot do h a rm ; cold water may in some. Vaseline may be rubbed along the lids to prevent their sticking. W e cannot recommend any treatm ent beyond this th a t may w ith safety be used by parents. Eye-waters, drops, and lotions often do positive harm when used by ignorant persons, and on no account is a lead lotion to be used in any eye whatever. AH Injuries of the Eyes should be bathed w ith clean water, and tied up w ith a clean rag or piece of cotton wool, and sent off w ithout delay to a doctor, as damage may be done by waiting. I n all cases of G ranular Lids, keep the children apart from the healthy, and see th a t the treatm ent ordered bythe doctor is rigidly and perseveringly carried out. Use the same precautions, as regards washing, as above. Defective Sight, Treatment.— Once you suspect a child of defective sight never insist on its continuing its lessons till it has been properly tested. Any over-straining of the eyes, if continued, is harmful. I n some cases it may be necessary, when ordered by the doctor, to shut up one eye of a child, and make it use the other for so m any hours in the day. This is sometimes prescribed to prevent a defective eye from becoming blind from w ant of use. Whenever a doctor has ordered spectacles insist on the child wearing them. See th a t your rooms are well and evenly lig h te d ; have the source of light high and to the left whenever possible. Avoid glare and allowing the sun to shine across the room or into the children’s eyes. B y A u t h o r i t y : K ic h a b d P e t h e b , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r t h . WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. N o . 8 .] M ARCH, 1900. [V o l. I I . A P P O IN T M E N T S , T R A N S F E R S , ETC. The following Salaries, om itted from tlie F ebruary Circular, have been allotted:— Name. Position. Classification. Salary. Albany ................................................................... Baker’s H ill ....................................................... Beaconsfield Infants’ ... ................ Beverley ... ................ ................ B o u ld e r ................................................................... Broome H ill ....................................................... Cannington ... • ... C o o l u p .......................................... ................ Coolgardie Infants’ .......................................... Wood, Leonard C...................................... Howe, Alice ... ................ M yers, Ada .......................................... Ashe, M ary ............................... ... Brown, Thomas J. Roche, B rigid ... H ayes, Edward J ...................................... M ulrooney, E llen ............................. Gray, Doarietta ............................. A. H.T. A. A. A. H.T. H.T. H.T. A. N il B2 N il N il £80 £90 £80 £80 Cl £120 N il B2 C .pendingP.S. N il . £80 £180 £ 8 0 pending £ 6 0 and £ 3 0 IPranMand R iver Premantle, North .......................................... Gingin Brook and Moore River Greenbushes ....................................................... Jum perding ...................................................... ................ ............... Jurokine .. Malabaine . Trent, Chas. Hewetson, Edith J. ... Clarke, M ichael E ..................................... Turvey, P hilip J. McCombie, E dith ... ................ Duncombe, George ............................. W ilson, Robert H.T. A. H.T. H.T. H.T. H.T. H.T. Midland Junction ......................................... M idland Junction .......................................... Mogumber ...................................................... N ia g a r a ................................................................... Snowden, Elorence E .... Thom sett, James M .................................. Reymond, Bertha C. ... Armstrong, A lice ............................. A. A., prob. H.T. H.T. C2, temp. N il N il N il Northam Newcastle Street .......................................... P erth Girls’ ....................................................... W right, Margaret ... ................ Cassell, K atie ... ... ................ Sutton, A n n i e .......................................... Ottaway, Hilda, M.................................... M cNeili, M argaret Nicol, R o b e r t .......................................... Armstrong, Andrew ... ................ Gould, V iolet M........................................ Culhane, Mary G....................................... Logne, K ate P . G..................................... Harmer, Arthur (late of Meckering) Ross, Andrew M. (late of M oora)’ ... Mon., prob. A. Mon. Mon. A. H.T. ' A. A. H.T. A. H.T.- N il Cl Cl N il Cl Cl Cl H.T. Cl School. Allowance Perth, E ast Plym pton Strawberry ...................................................... S u b ia c o ................................................................... W a g i n ................................................................... Waroona (11-Mile Mi'll) ............................. Vlympton ....................................................... M ount M a g n et... Mombekine ....................................................... Edwardes, E thelbert (late of Yardarino) .A . N il Nil N il £ 9 0 & £10 Reg. 9 Cl £130 Nil N il N il £70 £90 £ 9 0 and £ 1 5 Allowance £90 C2, prov. £80 £60 £80 £80 £ 6 0 , £ 3 0 Allowance, and £ 1 5 Reg. 54 £90 £30 £110 B2 £30 £30 £100 £100 £90 £8 0 £110 £110 £130 and £ 3 0 G.E.A. £130 Erratum .— I n th e la st Circular t i e allowance to Mr. H . J. Jackson (Boulder) was printed as £ 3 5 ; it should read £ 3 0 . allowance (same school) was printed as £ 3 0 , whereas it should have been £ 3 5 . Mrs. Leslie’s 82 TH E EDUCATION E X A M IN A T IO N POE, P U P I L T E A C H E R S. Already there have been several applications from teachers th a t boys and girls should be examined as can didates for pupil-teachership or monitorship. The D epart m ent is not prepared to have examinations other th an in December a t the regular time. Teachers cannot expect th a t when the full examination arrangem ents have been made, and papers set in December, fresh arrangem ents are going to be made in Jan u ary or February following bpcause they have not had sufficient foresight to p u t in any probable candidates th a t they m ight require from among their children. The pupil teachers’ candidates examination m ight well be entered into by a larger num ber of children from the schools if they had ai^ aptitude for teaching, it being quite understood th a t th e examination does not carry with it an appointment, but only gives the children a chance of feeling their own capacity. From the list of successful candidates a t the December examination pupil teachers are talren as they are required. E X A M IN A T IO N POE, E L E M E N T A R Y B U R S A R IE S . A n examination for the Bursaries awarded by the Education D epartm ent will be held at the C entral School, Jam es-street, P erth , on T hursday and Friday, A pril 5 and 6. Five B ursaries will be offered for boys and three for girls, of th e value of £ 10 each. The date of the closing of nominations is March 12. Teachers will probably have noticed in th eir Regulations th a t the old Subjects of Exam ination and Marlrs for each Subject have been p u t in by mistake, and conflict thereby w ith the Regulation which lays down the subjects of the Seventh Standard for this examination. This error is merely a slip, and is being rectified in th e reprint. SCHOOL C H IL D R E N ’S T R A M W A Y T IC K ETS. W e have received a communication from the M anaging Director of the P erth Electric Tramways stating th a t arrangem ents have been made to issue m onthly tickets to school children a t the rate of 3d. per day, for school days only, available from 8 to 9 a.m., 12 to 2 p.m., and 3‘30 to 4-30 p.m. F o r children attending the M anual Training and Domestic Economy Classes tickets for travelling on the tram s at half-price, on production of a voucher signed by the headmaster, will be issued. These may be obtained a t the Tramway Company’s office. T E A C H E R S’ A N D P U P I L T E A C H E R S ’ E X A M IN A T IO N S . The questions set a t the recent teachers’ and pupil teachers’ examinations, together with th e examiners’ comments on the papers, are herewith published for general information. The examiners for th e teachers’ examina tion were th e Inspector General of Schools (Mr. Cyril Jackson), the Secretary for Education (Mr. 0 . P . Stables), the Chief Inspector of Schools (Mr. J. P. W alton), Mr. Inspector McCollum, Mr. Inspector Robertson, Mr. A. R. G rant, and Miss Nisbet. F or the pupil teachers’ examina tion the examiners were th e Chief Inspector of Schools, Mr. Inspector Gamble, and Miss Nisbet. CIRCULAR. [M abch, 1900. “ A ” C e r t if ic a t e . A rith m etic. Time allowed ... ... Three hours. 1. Having invested a sum of money in 3 per cent. Consols at lOOf I held the stock until I had received a half-year’s dividend ; I then sold it at 99§ and lent the proceeds of the sale, together with the dividend, a t 3 f per cent, per annum. I f brokerage amounting to | per cent, be charged upon sales and upon purchases, w hat sum did I originally invest, my income being increased by £ 9 19s. 6d. ? 2. Reduce to a single decim al: — , „ • • „ « (# of '29/ + -I of '007) x 31'968 --------- ;------ . 1-210571428 3. The compound interest on a sum of money, invested for three years at 4 per cent, per annum, am ounts to £390 4s. W hat would the compound interest am ount to on the same sum for the same time a t 5 per cent. P 4. Two persons measure a square field, one of them correctly, and the other incorrectly; the la tter takes the length of a side of the field to be one pole more th an it'is, and consequently makes the area 1 rood 19 poles too much. W h at is the true area of the field ? 5. Given the diameter of the base of a cone = 50 inches, and its contents = 50 cubic feet; required its height. 6. A hollow cast-iron garden roller has to be made 2 feet wide, and with an outside diameter of 21 inches; the shell of the roller to weigh 2cwt. W h at should be the thickness of the iron in lOths of an inch, if 100 cubic inches weigh 251bs. ? t 7. F in d the exact percentage of profit a t which I m ust m ark goods for sale, so th a t after talcing 5 per cent, off for cash payment, my actual profit may be 20 per cent. 8. A can do a piece of work in 10, B in 9, and G in 12 d a y s; C alone continues to work to the end, A having left off 3 f days, and B 2 f days before the finish. In what tim e was the work completed ? 9. A water tan k 16 feet 6 inches long, 8 feet 4 inches wide, and 6 feet 3 inches deep, is ju st sufficient to hold the water which runs into it during a rainfall of 1 inch. I f it . be connected w ith an auxiliary tan k 7 feet 6 inches long, 5 feet 6 inches wide, and 5 feet deep, for w hat rainfall would the two tanks then suffice ? 10. A contractor agrees to sink a well at £ 5 per fathom for the first 30 fathoms (of gravel clay), ,£35 through the sand, £ 2 0 per fathom through clay, and £2 5 through chalk. H e found the thickness of chalk to be equal to half the depth of the well, and the sand beds three times as thick as the clay. A t the end of the work he got £2,700. W hat was the depth of the well ? Time allowed Geography. ... ... ... Two hours. 1. Draw a map of Africa, and write a short dissertation on the. chief features of its physical geography. 2. Through w hat character of country would a person travel, and w hat places would he pass, in going ( i ) from M ARCH, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION Mexico to New Y ork; ( 2) from St. P etersburg to P o rt A rthur. 3. On the outline map of Europe trace the Seine, Rhine, and Danube, with, their tributaries and towns on their banks. 4. Describe the lakes of North. America. 5. Describe the trad e winds and th e equatorial currents. Illustrate your answer by diagrams. 6. Give an account of Tunis, Nantes, Baalbec, Cronstadt, Odessa, Mecca, Naples, M anilla, Cuba, Laybach. 7. Give th e exports and im ports between G reat B ritain and Russia, Canada and China. 8. Where are the following la k e s:—H uron, Geneva, Constance, Ladoga, Maggiore, Torrens, Baikal, Titicaca, and Champlain ? A rrange them in order of magnitude. State any peculiarities connected w ith their elevation, depth, or other circumstance, an d m ention w hat rivers flow into or through them. School M a n a g e m e n t. (Only seven questions may be attem pted.) Time a ll o w e d ............................ s e c tio n 1 .— 83 4. One circumference of a circle cannot cut another in more th an two points. 5. I f two chords of a circle intersect each other a t right angles, either w ithin or w ithout the circle, the sum of the squares described upon the four segments is equal to the square described upon the diameter. 6. Describe a circle about a given triangle. 7. Inscribe a circle in a given square. 8. Similar triangles are to one another in the duplicate ratio of the homologous sides. 9. A B C I) is a parallelogram, E the point of inter section of its diagonals, and K any point in A D. I f K B, K C be joined, show th a t the figure B I I E C is one fourth of the parallelogram. 10. I f the first has the same ratio to the second which the third has to the fo u rth ; then if the first be greater .than the th ird , the second shall be greater than the fo u rth , and if equal, e q u a l; and if less, less. D raw ing. Model and Advanced Freehand Drawing on Blackboard. Two hours. q u i c k ’s e s s a y s . 1. To w hat did the School System of the Jesuits owe its enormous popularity ? 2. Who were th e “ Innovators ” ? M ention some of the most eminent. W hat were their “ Notions of M ethod” upon which their System of Education was founded ? 3. W hat w a s Rousseau’s advice as to the Training of the Senses ? 4. Discuss H erbert Spencer’s Principle of Intellectual ■Education:—“ Instruction m ust excite th e interest of the pupils, and therefore be pleasurable to them .” SECTION CIRCULAR. 11 . 5. I n selecting P u p il Teachers or Monitors,-what points should be carefully looked to P 6. D istinguish between Inductive and Deductive Methods in teaching. 7. W hat do you understand by W ord-building? How would you use it in th e Upper Standards of a school ? 8. How would you teach Addition- of Fractions con cretely to’ Standard V. ? E n g lish . “ A ” a n d “ B ” C e r t if ic a t e s . Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. Max. 100. 1. Explain fully w hat is m eant by the term — “ Sub junctive mood,” and give examples of its uses. 2. (a.) I t has been stated th a t the English alphabet is both “ deficient ” and “ redundant.” Comment on this statement. (&.) Classify the consonants of the alphabet. 3. (a.) Give the meaning and derivation of— Stentorian, florin, bugle, homage, portfolio. (6.) “ Attorneys-general,” “ letters patents.” Comment on the gram m ar and meaning of the above. 4. Give a list of the English diminutive suffixes. W hat was the original and w hat is the present force of —ster ? 5. Analyse— (a.) H e disciplined tliem by every form of privation and self-inflicted pain, un til fortitude, ripening in to habit, became a source of delights, which, however incom prehensible to the self-indulgent, are far more real and enduring than their own. ( 6.) W ho could doubt but th at, at any expense to th e State, of which th ey understood nothing, th ey m ust pursue their private interests, which th ey understood too well. (Successful candidates w ill be examined in Practical S kill in Teaching at the next v isit of an Inspector). E uclid. Time allow ed............... ... Three hours. 1. The straight line which joins the middle points of two sides of a triangle is parallel to the th ird side. 2. The difference of the squares on two straight lines is equal to the rectangle contained by their sum and difference. 3. I f a straight line be divided into two equal, and also two unequal parts, the squares on the two unequal parts are together double of the square ou half the line, and of the square bn the line between the points of section. 6. P araphrase— Whom the gods love die y o u n g ; th a t man is blest Who, having viewed at ease this solem n show Of sun, stars, ocean, fire, doth q u ietly go Back to his home w ith calm, uninjured breast. Be life or short or long, ’tis m anifest Thou ne’er will Fee th in gs goodlier, Parmeno, Than these ; then take th y sojourn here as though Thou w ert some playgoer or wedding guest. 7. P arse the italicised -words in the above passage. 84 TH E EDUCATION 8. ' W h a t is a preposition ? Name, with examples, the principal relations indicated by prepositions. 9. W rite an essay on W ar. “ B ” C e r t if ic a t e . A rith m etic. Time allowed ................ Three hours. 1. I f 5 gallons of oil cost 18s. 4d., find the cost of 13 gallons 3 quarts 1 pint of an inferior kind, 4 gallons of the first being worth 5 of the second. 2. E ind the difference between the simple and compound interest on J2945 16s. 8d. in ’ 4 years a t 6 per cent, per annum. 3. In a B ritish regim ent -4 were Irish, -3 Scotch, and the rem ainder E n g lish ; after 200 Irish and th e same num ber of Scotch recruits are added '22-5 are English. How many did it a t first contain ? 4. Express— Jh8* — -------------- — - 3 + 3 + "625 of -I as a vulgar fraction. 5. I f I f yards of cloth are worth of a bushel of corn, and 12 yards of cloth will fetch 4 f dollars, w hat is the value of 5 quarters of corn, a dollar being equal to 4s. 2d. 8 bushels = 1 quarter P 6. W h a t is th e present w orth of a bill of ,£416 3s. 4d., drawn 1st March a t 7 m onths, and discounted 9th June, a t 4 per cent, per annum ? 7. E in d (by compound practice) th e price of 13 tons 5ewts. 3qrs. 171bs„ a t £ 4 9s. lOd. per cwt. 8. A person sells out of the 3 per cents, a t 86J, and gets ,£3,400 ; if he invests one-half this sum in the 4 per cents, a t 97, and the rem ainder in th e 3 f per cents, a t 94, find the alteration in his income. 9. E ind exactly the square root of 1040520^1^. 10. F in d th e area of the surface of a square pyramid, each side of the base of which is 2 feet 8 inches, and its slant height, measured from th e vertex to the middle of any side of the base, 3 feet 9 inches. G eography. Time allowed ............................ Two hours. 1. D raw a map of the N orth Coast of Africa, marking th e principal towns and divisions, saying w hat you know of their commerce or their physical characteristics. 2. W hat do you know of Charleston, San Francisco, Flushing, Memel, Brindisi, M arsala, B allarat, Trieste, Moultan, Tours, D u rb a n '? 3. Give th e productions, position, and country to which the Andaman, Philippine, and Canary Isles belong. 4. W rite an account of the Pacific Ocean, describing its size, shape, and coast line, and th e chief phenomena con nected with its winds and currents. 5. W h a t are the divisions of our Indian E m pire? Give roughly its size, and state w hat portions may be m arked off from Europe or America as an equivalent. CIRCU LAR [M arch, 1900^ 6. W rite as fully as possible on South A frica under the following' heads :— (a) physical features, (6) climate, (c) chief towns, (d) products and trade. 7. Draw a map of South Australia, or give a description of the Colony. 8. (a) How may lakes be classified ? Give examples of each class. (b) W hat causes affect rainfall ? Illustrate your answer lay examples. H isto r y Paper. Time allow ed... ... ... ( Only E ight Questions to be Attem pted. must be included.) Two hours. One of the last three 1. “ The two heroes of our early history were A rthur and Alfred.” W hy do these two names stand out, and w hat were there achievements ? 2. W h at Saxon institutions gave the germs of the present local and central government of E ngland ? 3. “ H enry II . was as much a Continental as an English K ing.” Explain this. 4. W h at was the state of E ngland in 1381 a t the time of the Peasants’ Revolt ? 5. Give some account of the personal characteristics of E dw ard I., H enry V III., Charles I., George I. 6. Give some of the achievements of the Elizabethan sailors. 7. W hat were the chief constitutional points a t issue from the meeting of the Long Parliam ent to the outbreak of the Civil W ar P 8. Give an account of the Peninsular W ar. W hy was it im portant ? 9. Sketch briefly the progress of English expansion in Africa. 10. W h a t were the Reform Bills and the Ballot A ct ? Have any of the Colonies made great alterations in the franchise, etc., since they have obtained responsible government ? 11. W rite a short life of Governor Macquarie, Sir John Franklin, Captain Hobson. 12. Give some account of the early history of W estern A ustralia ? D raw ing.- P ra c tic a l Geometry. Time allowed ... One hour and a-half. 1. From the given point A draw a line perpendicular to BC. 2. A t the point A in B G make angles of 75°, 120°, and 150°. 3. W ith | and 4 of the line A B construct a triangle on the base CD. 4. Construct a triangle, having given the altitude CD and the two angles a t the base E and F. 5. Describe the curve of an ellipse by means of inter secting lines, the two diameters or axes being A and B. M akch, 1900.] THE EDUCATION 85 CIRCULAR. 6. This figure is tlie plan of a rig h t cylinder, tlie axis Instruction into monthly parts and also hold monthly examinations. Discuss this Regulation as to its effect on being horizontal and j inch above th e horizontal plane. school work, firstly, in a small school tau g h t by one Draw the elevation. teacher; secondly, in a large school with several assistants. FBEEH A N D . 4. How do you teach the children in Standard I. the More difficult exercises in Freehand Drawing on black drawing of the plan of the schoolroom to scale with marked board and paper. rules ? Time allowed N eedlew ork. ... One and a-half hours. N.B.— The practical work m ust he done first. 1. Set in a P rin t P atch two inches square on a square of four inches. 2. D arn on Linen a Cross C ut half-an-inch long. 3. Explain (as if to a class) how to -work a buttonhole. E nglish. L iteratu re. Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. Who were the authors of tlie following w orks:— The Canterbury Tales, th e Utopia, the Areopogitica, the Essay on Criticism, the Eve of St. Agnes ? 2. Give an account of Layamon’s “ B ru t.” 3. Describe the general plan of the “ Faerie Queene.” 4. Enum erate M ilton’s prose works, and w rite a note on them. 5. Trace the influence of the French Revolution on English Poetry and Poets. 6. Comment on the follow ing:— (a.) (i.J (c.) (d.) (e.) 7. 8. Amongst th y bowers th e tyrant’s hand is seen. I still had hopes ; m y long vexations past. The rattling chariots clash, th e torches glare. W here w ild Altama mm'mnrs to their woe. My shame in crowds, m y solitary pride. How does Goldsmith describe “ The Village In n ?” W rite an account of— ( i.) Harry Esmond’s College Career. ( 2.) The m eeting of Esmond and th e Jesu it Captain. 9. Explain the circumstances -which led to Esmond obtaining a m ilitary commission. SECTION I I . ---- p i t c h ’s LECTUBES. 5. W hy should arithm etic be tau g h t in schools ? In w hat two aspects may the subject be regarded ? 6. W hat place should Latin take in a prim ary school? 7. W hat are the tests o f a “ good question” ? Discuss each test briefly. 8. I n w hat kind of schools is it expedient th a t direct religious instruction should be given ? State the reasons upon which this opinion is based. D om estic Econom y. Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. (Females only.) 1. W h at would you consider the best situation for a house ? W h at conditions should be avoided in selecting a site ? Give your reasons for each. 2. W h at are the functions of the skin ? .3. Define and name the Leguminous Foods. W hat are the objections to them as substitutes for m eat? W hat foods are the best substitutes for m eat ? 4. Name the chief im purities found in water. W hat are the best methods of removing those im purities? W hat kind of w ater is the purest ? ■5. Say w hat you know of the follow ing:—Soda, borax, and paraffin. Of w hat use is each of these in washinoclothes ? D 6. W hy is it necessary th a t food should be cooked ? M ention three ways of cooking meat, and describe the one you think the most economical. M usic. Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. SECTION I .----STAFF NOTATION. School M anagem ent. Time a llo w e d ............................ Two hours. Only Seven questions to he attem pted. ( Successful Candidates w ill be examined in Practical Skill in Teach ing at the next visit of an Inspector.) SECTION I. 1. I n a school of twenty children there are seven standards and an infants’ class. How would you group the classes and standards to economise your time and energy ? W hat subjects cau be readily grouped ? 2. W h at “ concrete” illustrations would you use when teaching simple division ? Show how you could apply them. 3. The Regulations prescribe th a t a t the beginning of the school year a teacher m ust divide the Programme of (Both Sections should be attem pted.) 1. W rite the descending minor scale of B m inor using the minor seventh and the minor sixth, (in sert the sig nature.) 2. W rite the signature of the following, keys:—A flat m ajor; F sharp m ajor; B m inor; G sharp m inor; D flat m a jo r; G major. 3. Place bars in their proper places in the passage marked B . ° 4. Explain the term s Vivace, sostenuto, leggiero, synco pation, dal segno, sforzando. SECTION I I . ----TONIC SOL-FA. 1. State the various forms of chromatic scale. Describe the difference between them, and give an example of each. TH E 86 2. EDUCATION fiiche-homme d’Aragon, comte et grand de Gastille. A defaut de jeunesse, il p eut, o jeune fille, Y ous apporter ta n t d’or, de bijoux, de joyatix, Que votre front relwise entre des fronts royaux, E t pour le rang, l ’orguei', la gloire et la richesse, M ainte reine peut-etre enviera sa du ch esse! V oila done ce qu’il est. Moi, je suis pauvre, e t n’eus Tout enfant, que les bois ou je fuyais pieds nus. Peut-etre aurais-je aussi quelque blason illustre Qu’une rouille de sang a cette heure delu stre; Peut-etre ai-je des droits, dans l’ombre ensevelis, Qu’un drap d’echafand noir cache encor sons ses plis, E t qui, si mon attente un joiu- n’est pas trompee, Pourront de ee fourreau sortir aveo l'epee. Re-write tlie following in tlie “ improper ” m eth o d:— A.t. m | cl : m | r : cl | / : m | l\ : | cl : m [M abch, 1900. CIRCULAR. \ r : cl | B. Describe the intervals (m ajor third, etc.) formed by the following pairs of notes : — se f t m s, m s 4. State the principles on -which voices are classified. E u clid , A lgebra, and M ensuration. 2. P arse fully the italicised words in above piece (8). Time allowed ... ... Two hours. 3. G-ive the rules (with examples to illustrate your 1. Bisect a triangle by a line drawn from a given point statem ents) for the use of feu, nu, gens, demi. in one of th e sides. 4. State six (6) verbs which do not require a preposition 2. I f a straight line be divided into any two parts, the before the infinitive which follows them. squares on th e whole line, and one of the parts, are equal 5. (a.) State the personal persons, giving the cases, to twice the rectangle contained by the whole and th a t singular and plural. part, together with th e square on the other part. (6.) State the rules for their position when used with 8. I n any triangle the squares on the two sides are a verb ( i) negatively, ( 2) interrogatively. together double of th e squares on half the base and on the 6. P u t in idiomatic F re n c h :— straight line joining its bisection with the opposite angle. ( 1.) These are apples. 4. Upon a given straight line to describe th e segment ( 2.) Give me some. of a circle, which shall contain an angle equal to a given (3.) Do not give him any. rectilineal angle. (4.) H e has already three. 5. (a.) F in d the value of— ( 5.) H ave you seen them ? f x — a\ 3 x — 2 a — b when x = _ a +_ b ( 6.) H ave you given them any ? (&.) Solve— 3 ^2 _ 9 5 6. x — 8 = (7 X — 2) (3 35 X — 6) (a.) L e brebis que j’ai vu tue. (i>.) 'Maintenant il voir aveo son deux ceils. (c.) Savez vous quel m ain etreint vous a eet heure. (a .) Solve— 3 fa - 1) X + 1 _ 2 [X X + 1) = g --- 1 (&.) F in d tlie square root of— 9 a* — 24 .T2 4- 16 4 x 2 — 12 x + 9 7. F ind two numbers such th a t their difference added to the difference of their squares may make 14, and their sum added to the sum of their squares may make 26. . 8. Two persons started together on a journey of 17 miles. The one, however, by walking half-a-rnile an hour faster was able to accomplish the distance 32 minutes before the other. F ind the speed of both per hour. 9. F in d th e side of an equilateral triangle so th a t the area may be 100 square feet. 10. The sides of th e base of a triangular prism are 52, 51, and 25 inches respectively; and the height is 60 inches ; find the length of a cube of equivalent volume. 11. The diagonals of a rhombus are 88 and 234 feet respectively; find the area. 1. 7. Correct, if necessary, the following sentences (in cluding accents), and in each case explain your reasons:— F rench. Translate into E n g lish :— Charge d’xm m andat d’anatheme, 11faw t que j’en arrive a m’effrayer moi-meme ! E co u tez: l ’homme auquel, jeune, on vous destina, B u y de Silva, votre oncle, est due de Pastrana, 8. Translate into idiomatic F re n c h :— M y father knocks at the door, and tells me to g e t up. I g e t up. I t is half-past seven and broad daylight. I dress and come downstairs. I am hungry and thirsty and seat m yself at th e table. My mother gives me a boiled egg and some bread and butter. W hen I have finished m y breakfast, I go to school. A nim al P h ysiology. Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. Describe (illustrate your description by a diagram ), the action of the biceps muscle. 2. W hat is perspiration, and how is it produced ? W hat is meant by “ sensible” and “ insensible” per spiration ? 3. W hen is the pupil of the eye large, and when is it sm all? How does it become large, and how does it become small ? W hat purposes are served by these changes in its size ? 4. W here is the m edulla oblongata placed ? Describe its form and general appearance. Name its more im portant functions. 5. (a.) How, in a living body, does the blood flow from a cut artery, and how from a cut vein ? W hy is the flow different in the two cases ? (&.) I n the circulation of the TH E M a b c h , 1 9 0 0 .] EDUCATION CIRCULAR. blood, what, is the shoi-test course the blood can possiblv take ? 6. Describe th e structure of the lungs. W here are they placed ? How does th e rig h t lung differ from the left? 7. W hat is gastric juice? W here and how is it formed ? Of w hat use is it in digestion. ? P h ysiograph y. Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. Describe a barom eter in its simplest form. Explain its action. W h a t corrections have to be applied to the barometer in making accurate observations, and why ? 2. N arrate briefly th e “ H istory of Stratified Rocks.” How have their relative ages been determined ? In to what divisions have they been divided ? Name the “ Form ations ” in each of these divisions. 3. W hat is a “ weather c h a r t” ? W h at atmosjjheric phenomena have to be considered in drawing up such a chart ? W hat is meant by “ barometric gradients ” ? Show clearly w hat is indicated by the thick and th in lines on the daily weather chart published by the Times. 4. Give signs and proofs th a t slow movements of elevation and subsidence of the earth ’s crust have taken place. Name the places (if any) where these movements are still going on. 5. W h at is m eant by~ the “ aberration of light,” the “ ecliptic,” and the “ plane of the equator ” ? 6. Dem onstrate the composition of water, first, syn thetically ; second, analytically. ' 7. Discuss the methods by which heat is .transferred from one piece of m atter to another. P h y sic s. Time allowed ... :.. ... Two hours. 1. Describe F ahrenheit’s thermometer, and state wherein it differs from th a t of Celsius, commonly called the centigrade thermometer. 2. W h a t is the difference between a real and a virtual image of an object ? Explain and illustrate by a sketch the formation of one of eaeh kind. 3. Describe and illustrate by a diagram the p ath of a ray of light through a triangular glass prism. W hat is the “ angle of deviation ” ? 4. Explain the construction and use of the microphone. 5. W h at is a “ Leyden ” J a r ? Explain its action. How can it be discharged ? 6. How can the force ,of gravitation be measured by means of a pendulum ? Enunciate the law thus demon strated. 7. An open tube w ith a very small bore is placed erpendiculai-ly (a) in -a dish containing water (6) in a dish containing mercury. Describe what takes place, an d state clearly the law deduced from the experiments. 87 “B” “ C ” C e r t if ic a t e . and D rill. ' Time allowed ... ... One hour. (Candidates f o r “ B ” Certificate, i f successful in passing examina tion, w ill d rill a class before an Inspector.) 1. W hat is the object of th e “ Balance Step ” ? W hat should be the position of the body while taking this exer cise ? Give the orders and instructions necessary to carry out this exercise. 2. Name the various exercises included in Pole Exercise for girls. I n giving an order, w hat p a rt is called the “ executive ” word ? 3. Give the orders in Desk D rill suitable for dual desks. 4. Give the orders and directions for the exercise known as “ W orking the Shoulders ” (first practice), physical drill w ithout arms. 5. W hat is the Diagonal March ? Give the necessary orders and illustrate your answer by a diagram. “ C ” C e e t if i c a t b . A rith m etic. Time a llo w e d ............................ Three hours. 1. A, B, and C purchase a s h ip ; A pays |, B f , and C ,£2,000 of the cost. W h at were the sums paid by A and B ? 2. In w hat time will £460 am ount to £500, at 4 | per cent, per annum ? 3. F ind (by Practice) the price of 212cwt. 3grs. 191bs. of sugar @ JB1 1 3 s . 2d. per cwt. 4. '0075 of a ton + -463 of a cwt. + 5-643 of a qr. Give the answer in. lbs., and the decimal of a lb. 5. I f a horse trots 23f miles in 2 hours and a-half, what is his rate per horn- ? 6. Divide 5’29 by 4‘28, and express the answer in a decimal. 7. I f 7 reams of paper are required for 875 copies of a pam phlet of 22 pages, how many reams will be required for 1,000 copies of 33 pages each, a page of the latter being f the size of a page of the form er ? 8. In 381,297,631 square inches, how many acres, roods, etc. ? 9. A field of 80 acres produces 2,200 bushels of w h e at; how much is th a t upon 22 square yards ? 10. State the rule for finding the true remainder in dividing by a composite num ber ; and divide, by means of factors," 7,865,327 by 105. Time allowed ... 1. E n g lish . ... ... Two hours. Analyse—■ Thrice is lie armed th a t hath his quarrel ju st, And he but naked, though locked up in steel, W hose conscience w ith injustice is corrupted. 2. In the above passage parse the italicised words. 88 TH E EDUCATION 3. Explain the force of the following affixes, and give examples— —sMp, —dom, —liood, —ous, —ster. . 4. Give the meaning and derivation of— Dormitory, creditor, lunacy, suburb, benevolence. 5. Explain the term — “ Case.” How is the possessive case formed in English P Give th e exceptions to the general rule. 6. W rite full notes of a lesson on— A nalysis of sentences containing noun clauses. 7. Define a conjunction, and distinguish carefully between co-ordinate and subordinate conjunctions. 8. P araphrase— For ju st i t is n ot lig h tly to esteem The base man lionesfc or th e honest b a s e : For a true M en d to spurn, I hold all one, As to spurn one’s own life, -which, one loves best. A ll this in tim e thou surely shall discern, For tim e alone the ju st man doth discover, A knave thou m ightest detect in one short day. 9. -W rite an essay on— “ The advantages and disadvantages of living in a new country.” Geography. Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. Draw and fill in a m ap of Queensland. 2. Trace the great watershed of Europe which separates the N.W . from the S.W. basin ; m ention the rivers which di-ain each. 3. W here are the following places, and for w hat are they n o te d :— Leeds, M erthyr - Tydvil, Stilling, Rouen Naples, Zante, The Hague, P arram atta, Greenbu'shes, and N ortham pton. 4. Describe or draw a sketch map of th e basin of the Orange River. 5. Describe the coastline of the Baltic Sea. Mention the islands contained in it, and the rivers which it. receives. 6. W here and w hat are the following:— Draken Berg, Limpopo, Popocatepetl, Potomac, Savannah, Egmont, Lismore, H otham , Koombana, Taupo, Collie, and Niagara. 7. Describe as fully as possible th e portion of W estern A ustralia included between the Erem antle-Albany Railway and the coast, noting the products, etc. 8. Give th e towns on or near the Rhine, M urray, Volga, Douro. H isto r y Paper. ... Two hours. Time allowed ............... CIKCULAR. arch, 1900. 4. 5. Give some account of the Third Crusade. W hat were the main provisions of the following :— Statute de Religiosis, P.oyning’s Acts, Acts of Treason and Supremacy 1534, 5-mile Act 1665, Education Act 1870. 6. Sketch the career of Cardinal Wolsey. 7. W hat was the condition of England and the state of parties on the accession of Jam es I. ? 8. Give some accounts of the attem pts of Charles I I . to gain the throne, 1650:1651. 9. W hat were the causes which led to the Indian M utiny? Describe three (3) leading incidents in the campaign. 10. Give approximately the dates, and sketch briefly th e circumstances of the acquisition of the B ritish Colonies and Dependencies. 11. Give the reasons for the intervention of E ngland in Egypt. W hat has she effected since her control ? School M anagem ent. Time a llo w e d ............................ Two hours. (Successful candidates w ill be examined in Practical SHU in Teaching at the next visit of an Inspector.) 1. Class I. in our In fan ts’ Schools is required to know' the sounds of the single letters and words. Give some idea of how you would proceed with this class for the first three months of th e school year. 2. W hat do you u n d erstan d b y “ faulty enunciation” in reading? How would you proceed to remedy this defect ? 3. In- a small school there are seven standards and an infants’ class. How would you group the classes and standards to economise your tim e and energy? W hat subjects can be readily grouped ? Give your reasons. 4. W rite out notes of a first lesson to Standard I. on the “ Cardinal P o in ts.” 5. W h at do you understand by the word “ cram m ing” as applied to instruction in schools ? Distinguish between it and-true education. 6. The following sentence occurs in a school re p o rt:— “ Tables in Class I I . were well known, b u t m ental problems involving the use of tables were poor.” W hat does this mean, and how would you proceed to remedy the defect ? 7. W hat advantages follow from the division of the Programme of Instruction into m onthly parts, and from the holding of m onthly examinations ? ( Only Eight Questions to be attem pted.) 1. Give some account of the landing of St. Augustine and the state of th e religion of E ngland and W ales at the time. 2. Describe briefly the chief events of the year 1066. 3. W rite a brief life of any four (4) of th e follow ing:— Edgar, Godwine, Thomas-a-Beckett, Robert Bruce, Owen Glendower, Sir Philip Sidney, Pym. [M Time allowed H eedlew ork. ... One and a-half hours. N.B.—P ractical work m ust be done first. 1. D am on linen a hedge tear half-an-inch each way. 2 .' Make. sL band three inches long by two inches deep and w ork a buttonhole with bridged ends on it. 3. Explain as if to a class how to set in a calico patch. M arch, THE 1900.] Time allowed EDUCATION M usic. ... ' One and a-half hours. ( One Section only to be attem pted.) SECTION I . ----STAFF NOTATION. 1. W rite on A, below each of th e intervals, its name (minor third, etc.) :— 2. Explain briefly— m 6o, / , p , < , staccato. 3. Place bars in th eir proper places in the passage m arked B. 4. I n w hat order do th e minor keys w ith sharp sig natures occur? 5. How is a double sharp denoted, and how a double flat ? W hat is their effect ? 6. Transpose the passage m arked C into the key of P. SECTION I I . — TONIC SOL-FA. 1. A rrange the following notes in order of pitch, referring each to its equivalent note in the scale of C :— m in key D, t in key E flat, / in key A flat, g in key E, Z| in key B, n in key D flat. 2. Explain briefly— m 6o, / , p , < , staccato. 3. W rite over each note and rest, its length in pulses, and fraction of a pulse— { | s : - . m : r, m . d [ . m ■. I . , s : m r | d , r t m : r : . , t\ | { 1 d : - : - || 4. I f the first note of each of the following passages be regarded as “ m,” what will the others become?— (а) t r f e 's I fe I t m fe s (б) Z (Z1 ta t m I ta I m s f ■ 5. W rite an augmented second above each of the fol lowing n o te s: soli , fa h , doh 6. W rite an ascending minor scale (lah mode), using the m inor or essential sixth, and the m ajor or essential seventh. CIRCULAR. 89 E X A M IN E R ’S R EM A R K S ON T H E T E A C H E R S’ E X A M IN A TIO N . A rith m etic. E ight candidates were examined for the “ B,” and 33 for the “ 0 ” Certificate. Seven “ B ” papers obtained 60 per c e n t, or over, of the possible marks. None of the candidates worked Question 3, dealing with ratio, correctly ; and in Question 7 only one m ethod of working by practice was known. The majority failed to work No. 10 (mensuration) correctly. In dealing with compound interest it would be an advantage to understand the short method of multi pli c a tio n of decimals. The “ C ” papers were generally good, and afew deserve, special mention for neatness and clear ness. Several, however, failed to give any explanatory notes on the different steps in the solution of a problem. One gained 96 per cent. None of the candidates answered Question 10 (rule to find the true rem ainder in dividing by composite num ber) fully. The following hints may be useful to candidates:— (x.) ( 2.) ( 3.) Bestow some thought, before working, on th e manner of dealing with problems, so as to secure short, neat, and clear methods. Set down solutions of problems with such clearness and fulness th a t the examiner can follow the methods of working w ithout difficulty. Express fractional answers in their low est terms. Pour candidates were examined in this subject. Three papers obtained over 60 per cent.; one of these (No. 51) was very good indeed, and deserves special mention for the clear manner in which the deductions in Euclid were solved. One candidate failed to obtain any m arks in Euclid or Mensuration. Geography (“ B ”). Seven papers were examined in this subject. Most of these were neatly worked. Memory Maps and Physical Geography were the weakest points. Question 5, dealing w ith India, was very badly answered. Geography (“ C ”). A few papers were very creditable, b u t the m ajority were very poor. The Geography of W estern A ustralia and the “A ,” “ B,” a n d - “ C ” C e b t i f i c a t e s . Physical Features of Europe were not well-known, b u t perhaps Question 4, requiring a sketch map of th e basin of 'W riting. the Orange River, was the worst answered of any question 1. W rite— on the paper. Considering the notice th a t South Africa is (a.) In sm all-hand— a t present attracting it seems incredible th a t almost an Self-praise is no recommendation. entire ignorance of the topography of th a t country should (6.) I n half-text— be displayed by so many of our teachers. Several papers The New South Wales Lancers. evince very little preparation on the p art of the candidates. (c.) In text— I n the maps the coast-lines were, on the whole, drawn with Rhodesia. fair accuracy, b u t the knowledge of locality and relative 2. The penmanship of the dictation exercise will be ! position was so often inaccurate as to leave little room for considered in awarding the marks for this subject. ! doubt th a t most of the studying of this subject is done j w ithout reference to an atlas. S p ellin g. 1. W rite the dictation exercise selected. H istory. 2. M arks will be deducted for incorrect spelling in any On the whole the teachers who sat for the “ B ” of the worked papers. examination have done much better this year th an last D raw ing. Freehand Exercises on Blackboard and Paper. 90 TH E EDUCATION in their H istory papers. There is still, however, much room for improvement, especially in the parts dealing w ith Aus tralian history, and w ith the questions th a t were given upon w hat one may call the history of to-day. One teacher, for example, considers th a t sufficient knowledge of A us tralian history is shown in answers like the following:— “ Governor Macquarie gave every encouragement to the industry of sheep-rearing in New South Wales. H e was recalled by th e Im perial G overnm ent” ; and “ Sir John F ranklin was a t first Governor of Tasmania, b u t in his attem pt to explore the A rtie regions he perished. The remains of his expedition were discovered years afterwards in the N orth of N orth America.” This is the only attem pt at giving any answer on the history of Australia by this particular teacher, though one would have thought th a t some account of the early history of W estern A ustralia m ight have been attem pted; and Question 10, which asked about the Reform Bills and Ballot Act, and specially whether the Colonies h ad made any alterations in the franchise since obtaining responsible government, should surely have been known by anybody in this country. A question like this should at any rate have been answered by the female teachers, whether they are in favour of woman’s suffrage or not. I t was disappointing also to find such poor accounts of B ritish expansion in Africa, which a t the present moment is looming so large in our daily papers. There is still in all the papers a deficiency in perspective. Candidates do not seem to map out their tim e and do not seem to consider th e relative importance of questions or parts of questions. They are too ready, if they are asked to give brief lives of two or three people in the same question, to write a longer essay on one p a rt of the question th an on two or three whole questions in the rest of the paper. The “ C ” papers varied enormously in merit. Two teachers obtained 90 per cent., and their papers were a pleasure to read after some of the o th e rs; b u t the ignorance of some of th e candidates is really appalling, and some seem incapable of p utting into E nglish sentences even the few things they do know. How can a child be taught, for example, by a teacher who attem pts to answer p arts of three questions only, one of th e answers being the following:—“ Thomas-ii-Beekett was Archbishop of Canter bury. H e was beheaded in the reign of H enery (sic) the Y in .” One shudders for th e spelling in th a t school, as well as for its knowledge. W hat, too, will be th e state of mind of a child who m ight happen to be tau g h t in succession by the two teachers who gave th e following answers on th e 5-Mile A ct ? The answer of one w a s :—“ Five-Mile Act was passed in Charles n . reign against the P uritans. I f any clergy man came within five miles of a borough or town he was to be punished.” I was inclined to give a m ark or two for this, though the generality of statem ent made it very difficult to see w hat could be given. Teacher num ber two informed m e :—“ The 5-mile A ct was an Act passed which prevented m inisters of religion from going 5 miles from a township.” The unfortunate clergyman of th e reign of Charles EL must, therefore, have found it very difficult to find a habitation which took him w ithout the penalties of the Act. There was no qualification apparently, and all CIRCULAR. [M arch , 1900. clergymen seem to have been in the same awkward position, whatever their denomination. The candidates for this certificate also seemed, on the whole, very ignorant as to modern history. H ardly any could give any idea of why E ngland should have inter fered in Egypt, or why it was of any importance to h e r ; and th a t though practically all connection with the m other country takes place through the Suez Canal. The question asking for approximate dates and some account of the acquisition of the British Colonies and Dependencies was widely attem pted, b u t very incompletely dealt with. Some of the earlier history seemed to show th a t no history book had ever been read by the candidate a t a l l ; and the diction and spelling was sometimes of the most childish description. How mixed m ust be the history of an examinee who can reply to the question as to the state of E ngland on the accession of Jam es I. by the statem ent th a t “ when Jam es ascended the throne the people were against him as he was a Catholic, b u t he made peace with them with promises th a t he did not keep” : or of another who replies th a t “ Sir P hilip Sydney was the brother of Algernon Sydney the m artyr to his religion Sir Philip was a great sailor and General in naval battles he was gener ally successful he fought in the Continental W ars.” The whole without punctuation! There is something very childish in an answer like thefollowing to Question 8, asking for some accounts of the attem pts of Charles n . to gain the throne in 1650-16-51 :— “ Charles n . was son of Charles I., he came to throne through being son of Charles I .” The following hardly appears to be a sufficient sketch of the career of Cardinal W o l s e y “ Cardinal Wolsey was, before his ‘ famous ’ career began, a clergyman in Calais. W hile yet young his exceptional talent wras recognised at Court.” As the teacher who gave this answer had only previously answered two questions, occupying half a sheet of paper in so doing, it cannot have been th a t his further description of the career was cut short by the two hours allowed for the paper having expired. In looking generally a t the papers for the “ C ” exam ination, it is curious to see how little has apparently been read for the examination, and how it is only a few of the stories th a t may have been read by the examinee in his remote childhood, in some stories of history or other reading book, which remain. The answer is generally given more or less rightly as to H enry I L ’s exclamation which led to the death of Thomas-ii-Beekett: “ tu rb u len t” being occasionally misspelt. R obert Brace is apparently known as having once observed a spider ; and Sir P hilip Sidney as having given a cup of cold water to some poor man. Cardinal W olsey is occasionally described as a friend of Henry Y i n . , who gave himself up to m irth and jollity; and it is more or less generally known th a t he had something to do with the divorce of Queen Catherine of Aragon. Almost all the examinees state the cause of the Indian M utiny to be the fact th a t the Hindoos are not allowed to touch any p a rt of a cow. As leading incidents in the M utiny, a good num ber consider th a t the Black Hole of Calcutta should be mentioned, showing th a t they have very vague ideas as to the date of the acquisition of India, or apparently w hat a m utiny is. M ost of the people knew M abch, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION th a t the T hird Crusade was conducted by R ichard Coeur de Liou (variously spelt), b u t th e knowledge did not go very m uch fu rth er in m any cases, and there were some statem ents as th e following:— “ The Crusades were wars which were fought to drive th e Turks out of Jerusalem.The tu rk s were not Christians, and they treated the pil grim s very cruelly, who visited the H oly L and.” This can hardly be said to be an adequate description of th e Third Crusade in particular. One of the examinees states :— “ The T hird Crusade in tim e of W illiam I I . a man, named Peter the H erm it went about preaching. The Turks wanted to take Jersulam . W illiam H . joined K ing of Austria, b u t could not agree w ith him. On his return he -was taken prisoner. H is m other h ad to pay a sum of money to get him out.” I t is really sad to thin k th a t anyone capable of writing such nonsense as some of these answers should, be sup posed to be qualified to act as the teacher of a State School, and be responsible altogether for th e education and upbringing of the young W est A ustralian. D icta tio n . “ C ” Cebtificate . A few papers were m arred by erasures. Certainly teachers ought to know th a t erasures are not allowed in D ictation Exercises. Alterations were comparatively few. The principal m istakes in the Dictation Exercises were made in th e following words :— AnniMlated Principles Sanitary InseparablyD raw ing. “ B ” Cebtificate . (fbeehand , with pencil , on papee .) There were a few good drawings. The defects were chiefly in the balancing of the figure, which was a symmetrical one. PEACTICAL GEOMETBY. A ll th e papers were veiy poor. They were certainly not a credit to candidates for a “ B ” Certificate. Question 5— an ellipse by means of intersecting lines—and Question 6— a simple question in Solid Geometry—were attem pted by two candidates only. Both answers were incorrect. “ C ” Cebtificate . ( fbeehand , with pencil , on papee .) The exercises were a great improvement on those of previous years. I n enlarging a copy care should be taken to increase all parts proportionately. The first effort of the teacher should be to draw the bold or principal lines correctly, then to fill in t h e . details of the copy. The balancing of the figure was defective. BLACKBOABD DBAW ING : “ A ,” “ B,” and “ C ” Cebtificates. Some of the drawings reflected credit upon the can didates. They were neat and well-finished. Many showed th a t the. ellips*e and- circle had been well practised. W a n t CIRCULAR. 91 of proportion and uneven balancing were the chief faults in this subject. M usic. “ C ” Cebtificate . Nine papers were answered correctly. The others were full of errors and omissions. Answers 3, 4, and 5 were generally the best. The knowledge of intervals was w eak; also of some of the musical term s asked for. No less th an 13 candidates out of 33 did not attem pt this paper. I t is evident th a t the subject is neglected, and apparently treated as of little importance. “ B ” Cebtificate . Answers on the whole were very defective. Only two passed. The answers on the tonic sol-fa method were much worse th an those on staff notation. Chromatic and minor scales need attention. Three candidates did n o t attem pt th e paper. "Writing. “ A ” and “ B ” Cebtificates. The penmanship throughout was good, and very equal in merit. Capitals were not always well formed, especially the letter R. In a few exercises the long letters were unequal in height. “ C ” Cebtificate . Every candidate passed. The style is m uch more u n i form th an in previous years. Capitals were weak, spacing irregular, and, in a few instances, there was a tendency to “ backhand.” Many candidates did not understand the term “ half-text.” School M anagem ent. “ A ” Cebtificate. Quick’s Essays have not been sufficiently stu d ied ; Ques tion 1 consequently was scarcely touched. The answers to questions in Section 2 were fairly well done, b u t were scarcely up to the standard of an “ A ” Certificate. “ B ” Cebtificate. section i . The answers to the questions on grouping of standards showed th a t the teachers had given considerable thought to the subject. Such a sentence as the following, taken from one of the papers, suggests the thought—how can it be done P— “ I think it a good way to take all standards for D ictation together.” 'H ow Standard I. could be taken with Standard V II. it is difficult to see. The question on the utility of the division of the monthly programme, and m onthly examination, was dealt with by all the candidates in a thoughtful and satisfactory manner. The method of teaching Standard I., the drawing of the plan evidently had been well studied. The papers through out were deserving of praise. Speaking generally, the questions set were purposely so fram ed as to touch on subjects which had been found 92 TH E EDUCATION defective in many schools and teachers. The answers drawn from the candidates showed th a t they a t least have given m uch thought to the various methods. There was, however, a tendency to be diffuse in-answering questions. Conciseness is a great recommendation. SECTION I I . ---- p i t c h ’s LECTURES ON TEACHING. All the questions were answered by m ost of the candi dates fully and accurately. I t was pleasing to see th a t the prescribed book had been well studied. In a few instances the w riter was not stating what E itch tho u g h t on the m atter in question, b u t was giving his own opinion. I would point out th a t when a book is specially selected as a “ text-book ” th e author’s ideas on any question asked are required. “ C ” Certificate. Question 1 on th e teaching of the sounds of letters to Class I. of infants received very satisfactory answers, show ing th a t th e teachers are giving more thought to this sub ject. The method adopted in the Adelaide Reading Sheets m ight be more generally followed w ith advantage. Some teachers still trouble-themselves unnecessarily about teaching th e names of the letters. Question 2.—I t was very noticeable th a t many of the candidates had not a clear idea as to the meaning of the word “ enunciation,” and the remedies given for faulty enunciation were very crude and ineffective. Question 3 — G rouping of Standards — was not well answered. Very little thought appears to have been given to this subject by th e m ajority of the candidates. The first lesson on the Cardinal Points elicited fair answers from the majority. A few only mentioned the advisableness of giving some p a rt of th e lesson in the playground. The expression “ tell them (the children) so and so,” was often used in the papers. Teachers should remember th a t telling is not teaching. There were several good answers to the question on “ Cramming.” Several did not understand the fundam ental difference between “ cramming ” and true education ; and others, though having a dim idea of the meaning, could not express it. Question 6 was dealt with very fairly. M any however only mentioned the m ultiplication tables, and made no reference to those referring to time, weight, etc. The advantages arising from the division of the pro gramme and the holding of m onthly examinations were not fully stated by any candidate. The answers of many were very brief indeed. D rill. “ C ” Certificate . The papers on D rill need, little comment. E ig h t candi dates wrote fairly satisfactory papers. The rest had made little or no study of the prescribed M anual. “ B ” Certificate . Seven papers were worked, and all passed. P our of the seven obtained from -52 to -59 per cent, of marks, w hilst one, No. 53, deserves special praise for the accuracy of the CIRCULAR. [M arch, 1900. answers. H ere again some of the candidates had not made any study of the Manual, b u t had depended on the know ledge they had acquired in teaching the subject. English. L iterature. F o r the “ B ” Certificate eight candidates sent in papers. Of these, three only obtained over 60 per c e n t.; the rem ain ing five did not obtain 50 per cent. W ith one or two exceptions, the questions on the history of E nglish Literature were badly done, the candidates appearing to think th a t vague generalities would suffice for correct answ ers; e.g., Question 2 was—“ Give an account of Layamon’s ‘B r u t’.” Some of the answers were as follow :— ( i.) Layamon’s “ B r u t” was one of th e early English, poems. I t was w ritten against th e corruptions of th e tim e, and exposed to view the vices of the time. (z.) I t was th e first E nglish poem th a t showed all th e fine points th a t a good poem should possess. I t desci-ibed the scenery of th e country or district in which Layamon lived. I t was the first im portant poem th a t had been written since th e Norman Conquest. (3 .) This is a very clever poem. In many cases candidates imagined th a t quantity was all th a t was required, and th a t a very long answer to some questions would make up for total ignorance of others. This fau lt was very -much exemplified in the answers to Question 6. Candidates who fell into this error did not, as a rule, finish the paper. Again, candidates did not realise th a t it was useless to give answers to questions th a t were not asked. In answer to Question 4, which was “ Enum erate M ilton’s prose works, and w rite a note on them ,” we get, amongst others, the following answ ers:— H e was at first a member of the Established Church, but afterwards turned Puritan, and wrote against it. H e wrote in a grand, solemn manner on the passions of the human heart. H e made strong th e love of God, and the sorrow of sin. H e wrote Penserozo (sic). In answer to Question 3, which was “ Describe the plan of the Faerie Queene,” we find the following:— The Faerie Queene was written by Edmund Spenser. I t was - w ritten much after th e style of the Spanish Romances. H e also wrote Mother Hubbard’s Tales, Buins of Time, and Tears of th e Muses. The questions on Thackeray were fairly well done by some, b u t were not attem pted by others. A paper on English L iterature is generally long, and unless candidates can wrrite to the point, and only answer the questions set, they will probably find th a t they have not time to finish the paper. Two papers were very discreditable, one candidate obtaining only 12 marks, and attem pting b u t three questions; the other gained 27 m arks out of a possible 100. E n glish . “ A ” and “ B ” Certificates. One candidate sent in a paper for the “ A ” Certificate and seven for the “ B .” The papers were, on the whole, well done, and, w ith the exception of one candidate for the “ B,” they all obtained 60 per cent, or over, M arch, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION Question 1, on the subjunctive mood, was good. Question 2 was only fair, the proper classification of the consonants of the English alphabet appearing to be a great difficulty to many. The question on Etymology was badly answered, and th e derivations given were both peculiar and varied, e.g., the derivation of the word “ stentorian ” was variously derived from “ tono, I thunder,” Grk. “ stenos,” “ tento, to stretch,” and “ stento, loud.” “ B ugle” from A.S. “ blsesan, to blow,” E r. “ bugler,” Lat,. “ bugus,” A.S. “ beagle, a horn,” and “ bugan, to blow.” (“ S ten tor” is derived from Stentor, a herald in the “ Iliad,” with a very loud voice; and “ bugle” from Lat. buculus, a young bullock). The answers given to Question 4 were very fair, with one exception, as we find the following in answer to “ G-ive a list of the English diminutive suffixes,” “ ante, am, bis, contra, de, ex, extra, gain.” No candidates knew w hat was th e original force of “ —ster,” although probably some of them were spinsters. The analysis and parsing were for the m ost p a rt well and intelligently done, and the paraphrasing was very fair. The essay on “ W a r ” was good, while th e spelling and w riting in all the papers were creditable. “ C ” Certificate. Thirty-three candidates sent in papers in this su b ject; of these 15 obtained over 60 per cent. Question 1 w as: Analyse— “ Thrice is he arnud th a t hath his quarrel just, And he but nated , though locked up in stee!, W hose conscience w ith injustice is corrupted.” Many of the answers sent in were well done, but some attem pts were simply dreadful A great variety of schemes were used, some of them being quite original. Question 2 was—“ Parse the underlined words in the above passage.” The question was answered in a most disappointing manner, e.g., we find “ thrice ” parsed variously as an adjective of quality, as a definite numeral adjective of quantity attributive to “ he,” as a numeral adjective 'qualifying “ is armed,” and as an adverb of quantity. “ H a th ” we find as the past tense, the perfect tense, and also in the passive voice ; “ though ” as a preposi tion -governing “ locked;” and “ ju st ” as an adverb of manner. Some candidates parsed words th a t were not asked, while one parsed the whole passage. # Question 3 was fairly well done by those who attem pted i t ; b u t the force of the suffixes was not well explained. Question 4 was one on Etymology. Five candidates only obtained full marks. Some fearful and wonderful deriva tions and meanings were given to the words set, e.g. :— “ D orm itory”— ( i .) A small section of a house, from “ durus,” hard. ( 2.) A dw elling place, from “ dormus,” a d w ellin g ; and " tory,” a place. ( 3.) Prom “ dormis,” a mouse. (4.) From “ dorma,” rule. “ Benevolence”— ( 1.) A voluntary donation, from “ bene,” w e ll; and “ volvo,” to give. ( 2.) From “ volo,” to roll. (3 .) From “ volvo,” to turn. ( 4.) From “ beni,” kind. ( 3.) From “ beno,” I bestow. CIRCULAR. 93 “ Suburb” - ( 1.) A dependent town, from “ burbon,” a c it y ; and “ sub,” under. (2.) From “ sub,” under; and “ urbis,” out. “ Creditor ”— One.who pays Ms debts, from “ credio,” to pay. “ Lunacy ”—A place where persons are kept who have gone out of their mind, from ( 1) “ luns,” the moon; ( 2) “ lirnis,” the moon. Question 5 was on the whole well done, although one candidate carefully wrote out the rules and exceptions for form ing the plural of nouns, instead of stating how the possessive case was formed in English, which was the ques tion asked. Some curious inform ation was given, e.g., “ case” means condition, and “ case” is the term applied to anything to distinguish whether we are speaking of one thing or more th a n one thing. Question 6 was very badly answered. The m ajority of th e candidates had no knowledge of how to write “ notes of a lesson,” while 16 of them did not even attem pt to answer the question. I n Question 7 the Definition of a Conjunction was generally correctly given, although one enterprising candi date preferred to define an adverb instead of answering the question set. The distinction between a co-ordinate and a subordinate conjunction was not so well done, and we find ( 1 ) th a t “ a co-ordinate conjunction is one th a t joins two sentences together which refer to the same thing, or in other words, one th a t strengthens the principal statement, as ‘ H e helped me because I first helped h im ' ” ; ( 2) “ th a t a co-ordinate conjunction couples words and sentences th a t bear on the same subject; a subordinate conjunction con nects those which bear on a different subject.” I n Question 8 the meaning of the passage to be para phrased was fairly grasped by som e; others failed to fully understand it. I n paraphrasing, the change from poetry to prose is mostly always a change for the worse, b u t the teachers who wish to gain the “ C ” Certificate should try not to make this change too startling. The essay on the whole was very fair. The spelling throughout the papers was good, although sometimes it was erratic. I t was a t times difficult to determine with certainty whether the mis-spellings were due to ignorance, nervousness, or carelessness. Some of the papers were very neat, and the handw riting creditable; in others the penmanship was very bad. French. The candidates in French have been less on this occasion th an at any previous examination for certificates. I t is a pity th a t the study of this language should seem to be diminishing among the teachers. The papers done this year show a fair acquaintance with the prescribed b o o k ; but in both tliis and previous examinations signs are not w anting to show th a t the gram m ar, especially syntax, requires more systematic study and practice. Turning English into French also appears rather a stum bling block, and a larger vocabulary acquaintance is a sine qua non. N eedlew ork. Twenty-four teachers were examined in Needlework ; of these two were in class “ B,” and the rest in class “ C.” TH E 94 EDUCATION Three questions were set in each class—two practical, one theoretical. L ast year most of the candidates did not attem pt th e th eo ry ; this year everyone has done it. The work was fair, b u t still fa r below the level of what it should be. A few had evidently not h ad tim e to finish, b u t all the failures were due to ignorance of method or untidy working. The m ost numerous errors in method were found in print-patching and lin en -d am in g ; in the former the m ajority of th e specimens were set in like calico patches; in the latter some of th e candidates were unable to distinguish between a hedge tear and a cross cut, and had no knowledge of the proper methods of work. The average obtained by the “ B ” candidates was 69 per cent.; and by the “ C ” candidates, 61 per cent. These averages are much lower than they should be, especially considering th a t the work is done by teachers. They show th a t the subject has not been thoroughly learned, and therefore cannot be efficiently taught. Ignorance of it is inexcusable, as excellent needlework manuals can easily be obtained. PUPIL TEACHERS’ EXAMINATION.—AIL CLASSES. P enm anship (4 0 ). 1 . W rite in sm all-hand th e first verse of the N ational Anthem. 2. W rite in large-hand three tim e s:—Eucalyptus. 3. Copy th e follow ing:— 29867 115 149335 29867 29867 3434705 T hird and F ourth Class P upil Teachers and Candidates. S p ellin g (4 0 ). 1. W rite th e passage dictated. 2. M arks will be deducted for incorrect spelling in any of the papers. Candidates . D icta tio n . (For use of Examiner only.) A surprising quantity of valuable m atter finds its way every year into the dead-letter departm ent of the General P o st Office, Melbourne. W hen it has accumulated to such an extent th a t it becomes inconvenient, it is sold by auction, the D epartm ent receiving th e proceeds. Before an article is sold, every effort is made, to find the rightful owner; but, as it happens, it is only a t times th a t an owner can be found. Articles are often tied up w ith great carelessness; and parcels b u rst in the mail-bags during transport. Yery often an article of jewellery is found lying loose in the mail-bags, with nothing to indicate' its ownership. W rappers are p u t on books and papers in such a way th a t CIRCULAR. [M arch, 1900. they are certain to come off with the slightest friction; and valuable parcels are posted now and then w ithout addresses. W hen an article sent through the post does not reach its destination, the fault, it is asserted by the P o st Office officials, lies more frequently with the sender than with the Department. A rith m etic (1 0 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. (a.) S i m p l i f y £ + A - | . ( 6.) W hich is the greatest and which the least of the follow ing:— |, i , x+r, f ? 2. W hat is the difference in half-pence between 80 threepenny pieces and 50 sixpences ? 3. Reduce one million inches to poles. 4. I f a stack of wheat weighed 20 tons 1401bs., how many sheaves, each weighing one stone, did the stack contain ? 5. F in d the wages of a man for 354 days at 2 | guineas for every week of six days each. 6. F ind the value, by practice, of 319 articles at J27 19s. lOd. each. \ E n g lish (lO O ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. A nalyse:— (a.) W ith the money he bought a stick w ith a gold handle. ( 6.) Mas your brother come home ? 2. Parse the words italicised in Question 1. 3. Name the three cases possessed by nouns. W rite sentences containing the same name used in each case. 4. Give the past tense o f :— W rite, sing, strive, dig, bite, and eat. W h at kind of verbs would you call these ? 5. Select the prefixes and affixes from the following words, and give their m eanings:—Readmissioh, delayed, offensive, malevolent, punctuation, divider. 6. Describe in the form of a letter any journey you have taken. ' Geography (8 0 ). Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. 1. D raw a map of Victoria. In sert the principal physical features, six principal towns, and one parallel and two meridians. 2. W rite an account of the River M urray, from its source to its mouth. 3. Describe Queensland under the foEowing h e a d s:— Position, chief physical features, climate, productions, trade. 4. W here and why are the following places of im port ance :—Maryborough, P arram atta, W arraam bool, Derbv, K adina r 5. Define as fully as you can—Delta, volcano, axis, revolution, watershed, tableland. M abch, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 95 N eedlew ork (8 0 ). 4. Form verbs from the following by the addition of prefixes or affixes : — Dew, list, body, regular, terror, Time allowed ... ... ... One hour. 1. Gather a ]jiece of calico four inches long, and fix author. 5. Explain and illustrate :—Collective noun, indefinite into a band two inches long'. pronoun, subjunctive mood, and co-ordinate sentences. 6. W rite out a classified list of pronouns. T hikd and F ourth Classes. Dictation.. (For use of Examiner only.) Geography (80). I saw many of the convicts at work on the wharves, and Time allowed ... One and a-half hours, was not prepossessed either with their appearance or their 1. Draw a map of Norway and Sweden. In sert chief industry. Prom time to time some of these convicts have physical features and towns, and two meridians and escaped, and have safely reached the coasts of Queensland and New South W ales; but they have never been regarded parallels. as a welcome addition to the population of Australia. 2. Describe Queensland under the following h ead s:— To look after this convict element and to act also as a line Position, chief physical features, climate, productions, of defence, there is a strong garrison of French soldiery in trade. New Caledonia It consists of a regiment or so of infantry, 3. In what countries are th e following rivers and one of artillery, and several hundred mounted military m ountains:—Danube, Rhine, Petchora, Mense, Douro, police. The officers belonging to these troops keep up the Sierra Nevada, Ju ra Alps, B alkans? French style of living, and do not fraternise with the 4. Enum erate the principal gold, silver, tin, copper ordinary business people of the town. The wives and and coal mining centres in the separate colonies of families of these officers and of the civic officials lead a life A ustralia. of privacy and social restriction. The difference between 5. W rite out a list of the countries of Europe bordering their mode of life and that of Australian women was well the Baltic, M editerranean, Adriatic, and Black Seas. exemplified a short time ago, on the arrival of a steamer with a large, number of tourists on board. Amongst these tourists were several girls, who, in parties of two, three, H isto ry (80). and four, without inale escorts, simply overran the place on Time allowed ... ... ... One hour. their bicycles. They astonished the French matrons,' and made their daughters sigh in vain for similar liberty of 1. E xplain f u lly :—Cromlechs, blood feud, ordeal, action. compurgation, and danegeld. fottbth class. A rith m etic (8 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1 1. T3 -• Bring ^ 3- — '125 \ -r j + 2f j- 3 f to a mixed number. 2. If 3 men spent £ 2 4 t l-5s. in lOf days, what will they spend in 2 6 | days ? 3. What will 17tons 3cwt. 641bs. cost at ^ 8 17s. 4d. per ton ? 4. »Find the average of 24/^, 4 2 |f , 16-,%, 14/,,, 41-ff, 29^%. Bring your answer to a decimal. 5. Give a rule for finding the decimal point in dividing one decimal by another, and illustrate vour rule by divid ing -675 by -000625. 6. What would be the cost of a fence 2mls. 7fur. long at J338 11s. 8d. per mile ? E n g lish (8 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two houi-s. 1. Describe in the form of a letter any journey you have taken. 2. Analyse— “ H e knew H im self to sing and build th e lofty rhyme.” 3. 2. W rite fully about two of the following :— D unstan, Elfheah the M artyr, Aidan. Parse the words italicised in Question 2. Describe— (a.) The coming of the Danes. ( 6.) Their struggles w ith the Saxons. 4. W h at causes led to (a) The m eeting of the early Convicts in New South W ales, and (b) The Origin of W ool Growing in the same Colony ? M ath em atics (8 0 ). (Males only.) Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. EUCLID (40). 1. A t a given point in a given straight line make a rectilineal angle equal to a given rectilineal angle. 2. If one side of a triangle be produced, the exterior angle shall be greater th an either of the interior opposite angles. ALGEBEA (40). 1. If a,= 4 , b = 6, c = 2 , d = 0 , find the value of abc-fbed + cda + dab. 2. 3. Divide 3x 2 + x —14 by x —2. Simplify 13a—[11a + {9a— (7a + 5a)}]. TH E 96 EDUCATION School M anagem ent (1 0 0 ). Tmio ci/llow ed... ... ... One hour. 1. W rite out notes of a lesson on one of the following (a.) A bunch of flowers. ( 6.) A chair. 2. W h at do you understand by “ good enunciation ” in reading ? How would you strive to obtain it in your class ? • 3. W h at is “ simultaneous ” reading ? Discuss its advantages and disadvantages. 4. W h at influence has th e teacher’s disposition, bearing, and manner on the discipline of his class ? H eedlew ork (SO). Time allowed ... ... ... One hour. Set in a calico patch two inches square on a piece of calico four inches square. D raw ing. CIRCULAR. [M a b c h , 1900. The first two in prim ary form, and th e last in secondary form. TH IB D CLASS. x A rith m etic (8 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. Find the interest on £1,240 13s. 4d. for half-a-year a t 6 per cent, per annum. 2. F in d the difference between f of 7 f and a of i of 22f 3. I give £ 4 16s. 3d. for a piece of cloth, a t 2s. 9d. per yard. W h at will the same piece of cloth cost me a t 6d. a yard cheaper ? 4. A man bought tea a t 3s. 6d. per pound, and sold it a t £2 9 8s. per cwt. W h a t did he gain per cent. ? 5. I f 1,600 men are allowed 30ozs. each per day for 25 weeks, how much ought 2,000 men to have each, so th a t the food may last 20 weeks ? 6. To w hat will £5,800 am ount in three years a t 6 per cent, per annum compound interest? FBEEHAN D EXEBCISES. D r ill (8 0 ). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. 1. W h at is m eant by “ Position of A ttention ” ? E x plain fully. 2. W hy are Physical exercises w ithout arm s given in drill? Explain the three orders for “ Swinging the Arm s.” 3. Describe the pole used for pole exercises, and the methods of holding th e pole when a t (a) A ttention, and (b) F irs t Position. M u sic (4 0 ). Time allowed .... Three-quarters of an hour. STAFF NOTATION. 1. W h at are the characteristics of all musical sounds ? Define briefly each one. 2. Explain th e term s — Interval, Tonic, N atural, Diatonic, Scale, and Sharp. 3. W rite under th e intervals iu the passage marked D their names (m ajor th ird ). 4. State th e time signatures of the measures in the passage marked E. E n g lish (8 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. Describe one of the following :— (a.) A book you have read. (b.) The life of a great man or woman. 2. W rite in plain prose the meaning of the following passage :— 1. “ The m odest speaker is ashamed and grieved To engross a moment’s notice, and y e t begs, B egs a propitious ear for his poor thoughts, However trivial all th a t he conceives. Sweet bash fu ln ess! it claims a t least th is praise— The dearth of information and good sense, That it foretells us always comes to pass.” 3. Analyse the last three lines of the selection in Question 2, and parse the words “ bashfulness,” “ claims,” “ dearth,” “ th a t,” “ foretells us,” as they occur in them. 4. Give .the derivation and meaning of the following w ords:—Inform ation, intelligence, circuit, unconscious. (Derivation to include root, prefix, and affix.) 5. Give a list of the auxiliary verbs and explain their uses. 6. Explain adverbial extension, attributive, apposition, and collective noun. TONIC SOL-FA. 1. W h at are the characteristics of all musical sounds? Define briefly each one. 2. Explain the te rm s : — Interval, Tonic, Accent, Resolution, and Rests. 3. W rite the names of the following in terv als:—d to 1, t to f, s to t, m to r, d to d. 4. W rite (a.) A three-pulse measure. ( 6.) A foui'-pulse measure. (c.) A two-pulse measure. Geography (8 0 ). Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. 1. Draw a map of India. Insert the principal physical features,-six chief towns, and two meridians and parallels. 2. Fully describe the surface of Scotland, and the trade of three of the following tow ns:—Glasgow, M erthyrTydvil, N ottingham , Bradford, Newcastle. 3. W rite as fully as you can upon Japan under the following heads :—Position, chief islands and physical features, climate, productions, trade. M arch, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. ( * 97 -J 4. Enum erate tlie principal capes, inlets, livers, islands, and towns you would pass by on a voyage from London to Liverpool via S traits of Dover. 5. W hy are the following of importance :—Shanghai, Osaka, Palk Strait, Jordan, Smyrna, Mecca. H isto r y (8 0 ). One hour. Time allowed 1. Explain as fully as you can the following te rm s:— Cromlechs, blood feud, ordeal, compurgation, and danegeld. 2. Describe the Insurrection of th e Peasants, giving the reign in which it occurred and its results. 3. W rite all yon can about one of the following m en :— Wyclif, W illiam Wallace, or Judge Gascoigne. 4. W h at do you know respecting the explorations of Captain S tu rt and Major Mitchell. D raw ing (6 0 ). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. Draw one of the six simple objects prepared. » M a th em atics (80). (Males only.) Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. (40). 1. The greater angle of every triangle is subtended by the greater side. 2. Describe a parallelogram th a t shall be equal to a given triangle, and have one of its angles equal to a given angle. A l g e b r a (40). 1. Simplify 8a — [4b — { 4a - ( 8a — 4b) } ] . 2. F in d the L. C. M. of 16. (a 3 •— b2), 24 (a + b )2, 20 (a - b)* 9a3 — 4b 2 bv 3a — 2b •3. M ultiply a + b _2_ 4. F in d the value of+ x + a x E u c l id School M anagem ent (1 0 0 ). ............... ... One hour. Time allowed 1. W rite notes of a lesson on one of th e following: — (a.) Corragated iron. (fc.) Railways. 2. W h a t “ R ew ards” do you use to promote discipline in your class ? Discuss the following sentence:— “ Rewards should not be cheap and common in school.” 3. Oral composition has now to be ta u g h t in our schools by means of Conversation Lessons. Show how this may be done effectively. 4. W h a t is the meaning of th e following sentence in Schedule I . :—“ Easy problems are to be taught, concretely when possible” ? How would you use this method in teaching “ Money ” and “ L ength ” to Standard I. ? _ Wee d ie w o r i:( 8b ) . i cfiN 1. 2. Time allowed ... ... ?.‘T~'Ot®"Eour. Set in a flannel patch two inches square. On a band two inches long work a buttonhole. M u sic (8 0 ). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. STAFF NOTATION. 1. Explain the following term s :— Transition, Key Sig nature, Mezzo, Rit., Lento. 2. W rite a M ajor sixth above each of the notes in the passage marked F. 3. Add bars to the passage m arked G-, in accordance with the tim e signatures. 4. W rite the ascending scale of D major, placing the necessary sharps immediately before the notes affected. TONIC SOL-FA. 1. Re-write the following passage on the Im perfect or Im proper method, i.e., w ithout change of key: — Key C f.F. C.t. m s dl s r f m t| f m r s s d> 1 1 1 dl 2. W rite the following intervals (a.) M inor sixth above “ lah.” ( 6.) Diminished fifth above “ me.” (c.) M ajor th ird above “ ray.” (d.) Minor seventh above “ soh.” (e.) Minor sixth above “ ray.” 3. Re-write the following in two pulse measure, halving the value of each note and r e s t:— | s : - | m : f.m | r : — m | d : — || | d : - | s : - .m j f : tj | d : || 4. Explain the following te rm s :—A Tempo, Presto, Dolce, Andante, Mezzo. D r ill (80). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. 1. W hy is the “ Balance S te p ” ta u g h t? . Name and explain the necessary orders in “ Balance Step Advancing.” 2. Enum erate and explain the four orders in the “ Third Practice ” in “ Physical D rill w ithout Arm s.” 3. Describe the pole used for pole exercises, and the methods of holding the pole when a t (a ) Attention, and ( 6) F irst Position. SECOND CLASS. A rith m etic (80). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. To w hat will £-5,800 am ount in three years a t 6 per cent, per annum compound interest ? 2'. A ten m onths’ bill was immediately discounted at 7-1 per cent, by a broker, who paid ,£1,125. What, was the face value of the bill ? TH E 98 EDUCATION 3. By selling coal a t 17s. 5d. a ton, I lose 5 per cent. A t w hat price m ust I sell it to gain 15 per cent. ? 4. Raise '015 to the th ird power and extract tlie square root of the power to five places of decimals. 5. W hat principal p u t out at simple interest for five years at 3f- per cent, will am ount to £1,000 ? 6. A b ankrupt's debts am ount to <£10,560, and his assets to £2,464. How much in the £1 can he pay ? E n g lish (8 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... G eography (8 0 ). ... One and a-half hours. 1. D raw a map of South Africa, to include Cape Colony, N atal, Orange River Free State, and the Transvaal. In sert chief physical features, six towns and two parallels and meridians. 2. Describe a journey down the N ile from its source to its mouth. (A sketch m ap will add to the value of the answer.) 3. Nam e the B ritish possessions in Asia, and describe any one excepting India. 4. W here and w hat are the following:—Kilimanjaio, Tanganyika, Soudan, Algiers, Alexandria, Zam besi? 5. From w hat parts of th e B ritish Em pire does A us tralia obtain the following articles:—Tea, sugar, coffee, machinery, cotton goods, ostrich feathers, precious stones, rice ? Time allowed H isto r y (8 0 ). ... ... ... [M arch, 1900. 3. In whose reign did the Seven Tears’ W ar commence ? I n whose reign did it finish? G-ive an account of the events th a t led to the war, and its results. 4. W hat do you know respecting the explorations of C aptain S tu rt and Major M itchell ? D raw ing (6 0 .) Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. More difficult freehand drawing on blackboard with chalk. M ath em atics (80). Two hours. 1. Describe one of the following as an exercise in com position:— (a.) A book you have read. (Jb.) The life of a great man or woman. 2. Name any adjectival suffixes. 3. Analyse, parsing the words italicised:— . “ I imagine there is only one explanation of the phenomena we fincl in the history of that age.’’ 4. Explain fully, with examples, th e use of preposi tions. 5. Enum erate accurately the uses of the verbs “ can,” I “ will,” and “ may.” | 6. W rite down the derivation of the following words, I and place each in a sentence:—Soporific, transfix, warp, omnibus, prescience. Time allowed CIRCULAR. One hour. 1. WTiat events occurred on th e following dates: — 1492, 1628, 1603, 1679, 1701, and 1,776? 2. Write, as fully as you can u p o n :— (a.) The condition of the People; and ( 6.) The Eeformation in E ngland in H enry Y I I I .’s reign. (Males only.) (40). Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. 1. Divide a given straight line into two parts, so th a t the rectangle contained by the whole and one of the parts may be equal to the square on the other part. 2. Describe a square of which the given line shall be a diagonal. EUCLID ALGEBRA (40). 1. Simplify 8a — [4b — {4a — ( 8a — 4b)}]. 2. F in d the L. C. M. of 16 (a 3 — b3), 24 (a + b )3, and 20 (a — b )3. q ,,2_4.1-.2 3. M ultiply a + by 3a — 2b. 4. Divide 100 into two parts so th a t the difference of their squares may be 1 ,000. School M anagem ent (1 0 0 ). Time allowed ... ... One hoiu\ 1. W rite notes of a lesson on one of the follow ing:— (a.) Corrugated iron. ( 6.) Railways. 2. W hat general rules of composition would you give to a class which was required to write out from memory the substance of a short story ? 3. W hat do you understand by “ sketch ” maps ? How would you use them in teaching the Geography of a country ? 4. W h at is the meaning of the following sentence in Schedule I . :— “ Easy problems are to be tau g h t concretely when possible P” How would you use this method in teaching simple fractions ? N eedlew ork (80). Time allowed ................ ... One hour. 1. On a piece of stocking-web d am a hole one inch square. 2. H em a piece of calico three inches long and whip it ready for setting into a band. D r ill (80). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. 1. Why is the “ Balance S te p ” tau g h t? Name and explain the necessary orders in “ Balance Step Advancing.” M arch, TH E 1900.] EDUCATION 2. Explain fully “ Ready ” and “ Engage ” in the Lnnge in Physical D rill w ithout Arms. 3. W h at general directions about “ B reath in g ” should be given to girls before commencing Pole Exercises ? Describe “ R ig h t Arms Forward— S tre tc h ” and “ Side way—Stretch ” in “ Single Arm Stretching ” w ith poles. . Time allowed M u sic (4 0 ). ... Three-quarters of an hour. STAFF NOTATION. 1. What- minor keys are shown by the signatures in th e passage m arked H ? 2. W rite the following intervals :— (a.) Augmented fifths above each note in the passage m arked I. (I.) M ajor sixths below each note in the passage marked J. 3. Explain (briefly) the meaning, of th e following terms :— Vivace, Andante, Diminuendo, Sforzando, Piano. 4. Re-write in f time, halving the value of each note, the passage marked K. Tonic Sol-fa. 1 . Name all intervals form ed by each of th e follow ing notes with each of the other n o te s:— r f se t 2. W rite out the, following passage in three-pulse measure. (The figures show duration in pulses or fractions of a pulse. Begin on a strong pulse. W rite very plainly) :— 1 1 1 i 3i 3 x 1 n 3 3 4 4 rest a r m m d d r t i i 1 3 1 i. 1 1 4 4 4 11 4 r . in a rest f in f s 1 3. Explain (briefly) the meaning of 'th e following musical te rm s:— Vivace, andante, diminuendo, sforzando, piano. 4. W h at is m eant by relative m inor w ith reference to the major scale? W rite a m ajor scale and its relative minor. FIR ST CLASS. A rith m etic (8 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... Two hours. 1. F ind the edge of a cubical ta n k which, contains 134,217,728 cubic inches. 2. Show th a t a t 5 per cent, the interest on ,£650 for three months is equal to the true discount on J2495 12s. 6d. due in four months time. 3. F ind the compound interest on ^884 for three years at 3 f per cent. 4. W liat sum of money m ust be invested in the 3 per cents, at =£85, to produce an income of =£120. 5. I f th e diagonals of a rhom bus are 50 and 30 inches respectively, what is its area in square feet ? 6. The area- of an oblong is 149J square yards, and its breadth is 32 feet, w hat is its perim eter ? 99 CIRCULAR. E n g lish (80). Time a ll o w e d ............... 1. ... Two hours. Analyse, parsing the words in italics :— “ Almost if not quite as difficult was the task of deciding what course of action was to be taken in the face of a- danger which left scarcely any time for thought.” 2. Construct . sentences to illustrate the “ enlarged predicate,” “ adverbial adjunct,” and “ adjectival subor dinate sentence.” 3. I n what ways do weak verbs form their past tenses and past participles ? • 4. W h at are the meanings of the terminations : —ance, —hood, —ule, and —ery ? Give examples. 5. I n w hat ways can nouns be formed from verbs ? 6. Paraphrase the following passage: — “ And yet, I swear, it angers me to see How th is fool passion gulls men potently, Being, in truth, b u t a diseased unrest, And an unnatural overheat at best. How th ey are fu ll of languor and distress, H ot havin g i t : which when they do possess They straightw ay are burnt up with fum e and care, And spend their lives in posting here and there, W here th is plague drives them, and have little ease. Are furious w ith them selves, and hard to please.-” G eography (80). Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. 1. Draw a m ap of South America. In sert tlie chief physical features, six towns, three parallels, and two meri dians. 2. Describe Brazil under the following head s:—Posi tion, chief physical features, climate, production, trade. 3. Give a brief account of a journey through the G reat Lakes and down the River St. Lawrence to its mouth. 4. W rite as fully as you can about three of the following:—Cuba, St. Louis, Llanos, Chincha Islands, Klondyke. 5. W hat do you know respecting the composition, pressure, tem perature, moisture, and movements of the air ? Time allowed H isto ry (8 0 ). ... ■ ... ... One hour. 1. W rite a full account of the Seven Years’ W ar and its results. 2. W h at events occurred on the following d a te s:—878, 1295, 1471, 1628, 1701, and 1832. 3. Describe (a) the Reform Bill, ( 6) the causes which led to the Civil W ar in America, and its effects upon England. 4. Name some of the earliest voyagers to New Zealand. Describe the people they found there, their dwellings, manners, and customs. TH E EDUCATION D raw ing (6 0 ). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. Combination of Cylinder and Square P rism (candidate to see three sides of Square Prism ). M a th em atics (8 0 ). CIRCULAR. 2. Describe “ Trunk Bending” in the four positions mentioned in the Free Exercises without Apparatus. 3. W hat general directions about “ B reathing” should be given to girls before commencing Pole Exercises ? Describe “ Right Arms Forw ard—Stretch” and “ Sideway— Stretch ” in “ Single Arm Stretching ” with poles. (Males only.) (40). Time allowed ... One and a-half hours. 1. I f a straight line be divided into any two parts, the squares on the whole line and on one of the parts are equal to twice the rectangle contained by the whole and th a t part, together with th e square on the other part. 2. Two straight lines A B , C D intersect a t E ; show th a t the bisectors of the angles A E D, B E C are in the same straight line. F ir s t C la ss . EUCLID a i g e b r a (40). 1. Divide th e num ber 75 into two parts, such th a t three times the greater may exceed seven times the less by 15. 2. Solve the equation— [M a b c h , 190 0 . M u sic (4 0 ). Time allowed ... Three-quarters of an hour. STAFF NOTATION. 1. Explain the following :— P = 60, 8va................. , Loco, B.C., a tempo, ad libitum. 2. Transpose the passage marked L into the key of F. 3. W rite the signatures of the following keys:— (a) D m ajor; ( 6) C flat m ajor; (c) D m inor; (cZ) F sharp m ajor; (e) B flat m inor; ( / ) Gininor. 4. W rite m inor seconds on each note of the scale in C major. TONIC SOL-FA. if- + 24 = 2x + 6 O 3. Find the L. C. M. of 16 (a? — lf>), 24 (a + b)S, 20 (a — b )2. 4. A m an bought a certain quantity of m eat for 18s. I f meat were to rise in price Id. per lb., he would get 31bs. less for the same sum. F ind how much m eat he bought. School M anagem ent (1 0 0 ). Time allowed ... ... ... One hour. 1. W h at general rules of composition would you give to a class which was required to write out from memory the substance of a short story ? 2. W h at do you understand by “ sketch ” maps ? How would you use them in teaching the geography of a country ? 3. W h at is th e meaning of the following sentence in Schedule I . :—“ E asy problems are to be ta u g h t concretely when possible ” ? How would you use this method in teaching simple fractions ? 4. “ The length of a lesson should be inversely propor tional-to the demand it makes.” Discuss this sentence. ITeedlework. Time allowed ............................ One hour. 1. Sew a p rin t patch two inches square on a piece of prin t three inches square. 2. C ut out drawers suitable for a child two years o^ age. 1. W rite above “ d o h ” an augmented second, above “ F ah ” an augmented fifth, and above “ Ray ” a mqjor third. 2. W rite minor seconds on each note of the scale. i’.. Change the key of the following passage by a. bridge note, and return by a bridge note where you think b e s t:— m f r d 1 s m s fe 1 1 s m r d s t|, d. 4. State the methods of beating time for six-pulse, ninepulse, and twelve-pulse rhythm s. E x a m in e e s ’ n o t e s on t h e P u p il T e a c h e e s ’ E x a m in a t io n . Sp ellin g. C a n d id a t e s .—The pieces selected were w ritten by many with great accuracy, b u t several papers were disfigured by alterations, and, in a few instances, by erasures. The latter can never be allowed. The words wrappers, asserted, loose, officials, receiving, carelessness, artic/es, were those in which errors frequently occurred. F o u r t h a n d T h ir d C l a sse s . —The words most fre quently spelled incorrectly w ere:— Similar, escort, artillery, garrison. M arks were deducted in all classes for incorrect spelling in the worked papers. In the Candidates five made more th an one mistake, in the fourth class seven made more than one mistake, in the th ird class ten, and in the second class two. The first class papers deserve the term excellent. M usic. Many of the papers in the fourth, third, and second D r ill (8 0 ). classes were very well answered. Some of the candidates Time allowed ... Three-quarters of au hour.. still neglect this subject, in fact, four made no attem pt at 1. W hat orders and explanations are necessary in all, while about eight others knew little or nothing about it. The questions on Staff N otation were much bettei teaching th e “ D iagonal M arch ” from the “ H a lt ” ? TH E M abch, 1900.] EDUCATION replied to than those on the Tonic Sol-fa method. The first-class papers were by far the worst. M any of the candidates, while knowing the theory, h ad not had sufficient practice in the various exercises, such as transposing, intervals, and signatures. Intervals were very weak throughout the different classes. A rith m etic. C a n d id a t e s .— The papers were neatly worked. Several candidates failed to show all the working, and, in a few instances, the question had not been carefully studied. Those obtaining more th an 70 per cent, of m arks are good papers. Nos. 1, 28, 45, 56, 32, and 54 obtained 100 per cent, of marks. F o u b t h C l a ss .—Three papers stand out from the rest for general accuracy—Nos. 71, 80, and 77. Many m arks have lieen lost for inaccurate working where the method employed was correct. Question 5, which required the enunciation of a rule in decimal fractions, was poorly attempted. T h i r d C l a s s .—Many of the papers were worthy of the term excellent. As regards neatness, arrangem ent, and accuracy, a few were very far below the standard. S e c o n d C l a ss .—W ith the exception of two, the papers obtained good m arks—one paper, No. 160, 100 per cent. The sum involving the extraction of the cube root was the most unsuccessfully worked. F ib s t C l a s s .—This class is very equal in merit, but no candidate obtained more th an 66 per cent, of marks. Questions 5 and 6 were worked accurately by one and three, candidates, respectively. This question involved a knowledge of mensuration. P enm anship. J auctions of letters were defective. Capitals were, as a rule, poorly formed. The w riting throughout was wanting in freedom. The unequal spacing of letters was noticeable, also a tendency to backhand. Figures 9, 6, and 8 were poorly formed. I n many instances the w riting indicated th a t very little instruction had been given to the candidates in this subject. Erasures were too frequent in some papers. Many candidates’ and fourth class pupil teachers’ papers compare more than favourably with those of the upper classes. E n g lish . C a n d id a t e s .—Analysis—good. P arsing—the connec tion of each word to the other words in the sentence should always be studied. The verb “ has com e” was very poorly parsed. Each p art of a compound verb should be first taken separately, and then the whole conjointly. Accidence: Cases of noun—good, tense—good, prefixes and affixes—poor. They were well picked out, b u t the meanings were not accurate. Com position: “ A L etter.” The sentences were too similar in construction. The same word was repeated too often. The form of the letter was, in most instances, correct. F o u r t h C l a s s . —Form ing verbs from given words by means of affixes and prefixes was well done by most. A few failed completely. D efinitions: Only fairly done. In CIRCULAR. 101 many instances it was evident th a t the m ite rs had some knowledge of the correct answer, b u t could not express it. The classified list of pronouns was well given bv a few. M any simply enumerated the personal pronouns in the different cases, whilst others mentioned the classes w ithout nam ing any pronouns. Analysis, on the whole, showed thought, and was fairly correct. M any simple mistakes were made in parsing, especially in the word “ knew.” The “ syntax ” of each word should be distinctly stated. The letter describing a journey was well w ritten by about half the candidates. Very few grammatical errors were made. Many letters were m arred by the too frequent use of the letters “ I ” and “ W e.” T h i b d C l a s s . —The question on Derivations was not attem pted by six teachers, and poorly answered by the m ajority. L ittle attention appears to have been given to this p art of the subject. The “ Auxiliaries ” appeared to be well known, but there was great uncertainty shown as to their uses, and not one gave a clear idea as to what parts of the verb they were joined. The definitions required in Question 6 were not clearly expressed. The illustrative sentences were often correct, while the defini tion was inaccurate or indefinite. Practice should be given in defining clearly in simple and original words the various gram m atical relations. The subject of the Composition was ( i) a book you have read, or ( 2) the life of a great m an or woman. By most this was very well written. Indeed, many of the papers were m ost praiseworthy. In several instances the language was such as to raise a suspicion th a t the com position was not original, b u t had been committed to memory. The piece set for paraphrasing, analysing, and parsing was rather difficult for this class of pupil teachers. Most, however, made very creditable attem pts to express what they conceived to be the meaning of the writer. Full credit was given to any such attem pt, even when it was not actually correct. S e c o n d C l a ss . — Analysis and Parsing—very good. The use of “ can,” “ may,” and “ come ” were well answered by about half the class. In this and the questions on pre positions some answers were not full enough. The question on derivations was not answered satisfactorily, especially th a t referring to adjeciival suffixes. The com position was exceedingly well w ritten—a great improve m ent on previous years. F ir s t C la s s .—The illustrative sentences in Question 2 were very fairly given. The general method by which the past tenses and past participles of “ weak ” verbs are form ed from the present was accurately stated. The firstclass pupil teachers should be able to enumerate the many verbs, which, though properly belonging to the “ w eak” conjugation, do not follow the general rule. Derivations were, on the whole, well done. Question 5— Form ation of Nouns from Verbs—did not receive one good answer, and most of the candidates had evidently over looked this portion of their curriculum. Ana’ysis was only fairly done, and in parsing the word “ deciding” several errors and omissions were made. The exercises in Paraphrasing were very equal in merit. All gave a very fair idea of the meaning of the selected passages. 102 TH E EDUCATION D raw ing. T h ir d C lass .— Tlie drawing of common objects on the blackboard is the m ost unsuccessful of the exercises. Several never attem pted it, and others barely passed. The latter, as a rule, displayed considerable skill in the mere freehand exercise, b u t very little knowledge of the common object itself in the selected position. F o u r t h a n d S e c o n d C l a ss .— There is much improve ment noticeable in the freearm drawing on the black board. Some of the copies were exceedingly creditable. The ease and accuracy with which many drew the bolder lines of the required drawing showed th a t they possessed much aptitude for this subject. The “ balancing” of the sides of symmetrical figures needs to be made a m atter of special study. A few have h ad little or no instruction in this subject. F ir s t C l a s s .— The two models selected (a cube and cylinder) were fairly well drawn. There was a m anifest improvement on the exercises of previous years. W eakness was shown in the “ vanishing” of parallel lines. The cylinder was not so well drawn as the cube. School M anagem ent. F ir s t a n d S e c o n d C l a s s e s .—M ost pupil teachers gave correctly the main rules for composition. The m atter of punctuation scarcely received sufficient attention. The use of a sketch m ap appears fairly well known. Some simply described it as a map drawn on th e blackboard by the teacher, and made no mention of its use by the scholar. Accuracy of drawing should be considered as essential in a sketch map, b u t not elaborate detail and decoration. The question on “ concrete” teaching of arithm etic was answered m ost satisfactorily, in fact, it was by fa r the best. Few recognise th a t the length of a lesson should be deter mined by th e mental or physical effort required to be p u t forth by the children. I n several instances the importance of the subject was stated as the determining factor in the length of the lesson, thus confusing the length of time to be devoted to a given subject with th e length of each individual lesson. The object lesson notes as a rule were good, though a more careful arrangem ent is necessary. T h i r d C l a s s . — Satisfactory notes of lessons were written by about half the cla?s, irat many seemed to have had little practice in the exercise. “ Method ” was fa r worse th an “ m atter.” The question of “ Rewards,” on the whole, was fairly well done. A few gave “ book ” answers to the first p a rt of the question, instead of saying what their own practice was. I n stating why rewards should not be cheap and common, many om itted the very necessary rule—th a t rewards should not be given for mere ability to answer, but for perseverance, diligence, etc. I t should be possible for the boy of average ability to obtain a reward. The answers to the questions on a . Conver sation Lesson were very unequal in m erit. A bout ten received very high marks, b u t at least a dozen gave such indifferent answers th a t a doubt was raised as to whether they had received instruction in this subject, or had ever given such a I p s s o m to their own classes. A few seemed to consider the lesson consisted only of questions by the teacher and answers by the scholars. The method of teaching A rithm etic concretely was fairly stated by a few. CIRCULAR. [M arch, 1900. Some did not appear to even understand the meaning of the word concrete, let alone explain the method of working. W hat one felt in the answers was th a t most of the measur ing was done by the teacher and not by the scholars. F o u r t h C la s s .—The Object lesson was not a success. Many of the teachers did not distinguish between com position and notes on a lesson, and where the lesson was divided into “ m atter ” and “ method ” the information was not always placed under the proper heads. The “ method ” was by far the weakest point. Such “ method ” as th a t given below cannot be very satisfactory :— M atter. This is a chair. I t is made of wood. Method. Ask the children w hat i t is. Ask the children of w hat it is made. The question on “ Good E unuciation” in reading was very well answered by most of the class. A few scarcely knew1 w hat was meant by the term. I n stating how to produce “ Good Enunciation,” most om itted the im itation of the position in which the lips, tongue, and teeth are to be placed when enunciating sentences, words, and syllables. Good Enunciation is not to be confused with speaking out lo u d ly ; distinctness is what is aimed at. No less th an six pupil teachers defined simultaneous teaching as reading individually. Its advantages and dis advantages were not fully stated in any single case. Question No. 4 dealing with the teacher’s manner, etc., and its influence on the class, was not well attempted. Evidently the subject had not received much attention. Geography. C a n d id a t e s .—Many of the candidates m ust have taken this paper w ith very little previous preparation. O ut of the 48 papers marked only some half-dozen were anything like satisfactory. Mapping, .on the whole, was very poor, and 16 candidates failed to obtain any m arks a t all for mapping, while 16 failed to gain even 2-5 per cent, of marks. The descriptions of Queensland were of the most meagre kind. Its position was often stated as being in the tropics, and its trade was described by one candidate as being in a flourishing condition and growing rapidly. Its physical features were best described. The climate of Queensland is thus described by can didates :— 1. The clim ate of Queensland is very hot, as i t is situated only a few m iles South of th e equator. The thunder storms are very severe, many lives lost, farms are destroyed. 2. The clim ate of Queensland is extrem e, bu t in the South i t is a little cooler. The following extracts from answers given to the questions on the M urray River show the ignorance dis played by some of the candidates, and th eir weakness in composition and spelling:— 1. The M urray Kiver starts from the South Pacific Ocean, in South Australia. 2. The source of th e Murray rises in South Australia. It separates Queensland from Victoria. I t is th e largest river in Australia. I t flows through Victoria to Cape Howe. The birds found on the Murray River are very pretty talkative. I t is a very treacherous river, to look at 3. M a b c h , 1 9 0 0 .] THE EDUCATION th e river i t look as sm ooth as glass, h u t there is an under cuxi'ant which is flowing very . rapidly any one not knowing th e river is very likely to be drowned if h e w ent on th e river alone. Positions and importance of towns inaccurately described, as tlie following extracts show :— 1. Derby in Queensland remarkable for tobacco. 2. Derby is w ell known for the races run there every year. 3. 4. Derby is situated in Victoria. I t is a pleasure resort and a great racing town. Parramatta a town in New South W ales noted for lim e juice. Some of the follow :— 1. 2. 3. 4. geographical term s were described as The axis of the Earth is th e Equator. The axis is w hat th e earth revolves on. Axis is a piece of wood or iron on which a w heel turns. The axis of the earth is the path which the earth takes when going round th e sun. The axis is inclined 665° to the earth’s planet. Revolution is turning point in a river. A watershed means the soiu-ce of any amount of water. W atershed is a valley between two rivers. W atershed is land over which river flows. Volcano comes from volcanus th e “ God of fire” it is formed of m aterial such as m olten rocks, steam and sulphure. I t sometimes overwhelms a whole city such a Pompei (Vesuvius). Volcano is an active m ountain givin g forth smoke, lava, and ashes. A volcano is an-eruption in the earth. A volcano is a piece of land th a t may erupt at any time. The following samples of spelling show either great care lessness or weakness in this subject:—Laver (lava), recieving (receiving), cliamate (climate), fru t (fru it), torid (torrid), boundry (boundary), sulpur (sulphur), moulten (molten), eclips (ellipse), peice (piece), immagiuary (imaginary). The papers show th a t these young people do not receive enough training in answering questions, and th a t they generally omit to read over their questions when finished. C la ss IV .—The best papers were done by the follow ing candidates:—Numbers 89, 86, 81, and 52a. The maps, generally, were very weak, and very few candidates inserted the parallels and meridians correctly. The question on Queensland was well answered by a few ; but nearly all candidates described the climate as a tropical one. O n e candidate writes “ the climate is very warm in summer, and in winter is subject to floods.” The position was poorly given. The general answers stated th a t it was on the East" co ast; in the N orth-E ast corner; situated to the N orth-E ast of the A ustralian continent; the equator runs through it. Its physical features were not well described. Capes, islands, and even rivers not. mentioned in some papers. Some were content by stating th a t th e mountains were near the coast and rivers therefore short. One candidate stated th a t “ it was covered in rivers and creeks.” Towns were not included in the question, yet a candidate writes th a t “ the towns are of little note and far behind the other colonies of A ustralia in regard to m anu factures.” CIRCULAR. 103 In Question 3 some candidates described the rivers and m ountains, and the question required the countries only. The J u ra m ountains were stated to be between Russia and Asia. “ The Douro is a river in N orth Portugal and flows E ast into the Pacific Ocean.” Very few candidates con-ectly stated the countries in Europe through which the Rhine flows. In Question 4, the minerals found in Tasmania and New Zealand were generally omitted. The great tin mines at M ount BischofE in Tasm ania were scarcely mentioned. In Question 5, candidates mentioned inland countries in Europe as bordering the seas embodied in the queslion. Cla ss I I I .—Very good papers were worked by 122, 121, 111,126,132. Ten papers were very unsatisfactory. One candidate, num ber 146, only obtained six marks out of a total of 80. Three questions were not attem pted by this candidate. 117, 118 and 144 obtained less than 20 marks each. The candidates who did so poorly in this subject could have devoted b u t little tim e to the study of Geography throughout the year. Maps.—Parallels and Meridians correct in very few, and om itted in many. Towns very inaccurately placed. I n one map the town of Calcutta was placed at the m outh of the Indus, and the Ganges below the Indus, flowing into the Arabian Sea. The following are extracts from answers in this cla ss:— 1. Mecca, a town in th e Red Sea, and seaport to Sardinia. 2. Palk Strait has a bridge over its waters from Ceylon to S. India. 3. Shanghai is one of the largest trading towns in Siberia. Many candidates omitted to state anything about the ri\ ers and lakes of Scotland when describing the surface of th a t country. C la ss I I .—Candidate 152 did the best paper. I t was a very creditable paper and showed earnest work. Candi dates 154 and 160 did good papers, b u t 157 did very poorly. Maps.—Pour candidates did fair to good maps, but the other six candidates showed great weakness in mapping. Parallels and meridians were wrongly inserted, and out lines, physical features, and towns inaccurate. The question on the N ile was not generally well done. H ardly any candidate made reference to the explorers of this great river, the late war, and some om itted to mention any towns. Tanganyika was described as a lake in the centre of Africa. Alexandria as a city founded by Alfred the Great. The Soudan a fertile plain in Central Africa. C la ss I.—Two candidates failed to obtain 60 per cent, of marks. The best papers were worked by candidates num bered 167, 168, and 169. Maps. —Outlines very fair to goad. Parallels and meri dians accurately inserted in most papers. One map was too small, and one too crowded with physical features. Candidates numbered 170 and 171 did not attem pt to answer the question set in Physical Geography. The TH E 104 EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [M arch, 190 0 . N um bers 168, 167, 152, 151, 111, 122, 95, 84, and 71, grammar, composition, and w riting were not always satis gained 80 per cent, or over factory in tlie papers done by candidate 169. Orders, and numbers for orders, not. in the M anual were I n describing a journey through th e G reat Lakes and down the river St. Lawrence, very little was w ritten upon found throughout the papers. I t would be impossible for | the children to perform some of the exercises described, the scenery, towns, and occupations of the people. Two candidates stated th a t Cuba still belongs to j Too many papers reveal the fact th a t the pupils have not received regular and systematic teaching in this subject, Spain. and th a t the M anual of D rill has not been thoroughly H isto ry . studied. Some candidates will answer more th an is Some good papers were done, exhibiting careful read required by the question, and will not read over their answers when completed. ing and study, b u t many papers showed th a t the periods set and the book specified for study had not received G l a s s I .— The question on “ T runk B ending” -was not systematic and regular attention. This was especially well answered. The description of the order “ Position,” noticeable in the A ustralian history. The questions involv and the several orders following, was weak. One candi ing an accurate knowledge of dates and events were not well date fully described “ Bending and Stretching the Body ” done. This was rath er surprising, as only the principal in Physical D rill without Arms. events were required. Quite a num ber of candidates C lass I I .—“ Balancing Step Advancing.” Eew candi wasted tim e by describing all the notable men mentioned in a question, from which a choice was given to the candi dates altered their squads in this movement. The pupils dates. Some candidates wasted tim e w riting out the were invariably left standing on one leg. The “ Lunge ” in Free Exercises w ithout A pparatus was question. described by some, and the question distinctly stated th a t The following few extracts will give some id e a ' of the composition and historical knowledge displayed by some of the “ L u n g e ” in Physical D rill w ithout Arms was required. the candidates:— C la ss I H .—Question 2 was as follows :—“ Enum erate 1. Elfheah was th e Queen of upper part of Mercia North of and explain the four orders in the Third Practice in ‘ Physi the Thames she married a Dane and she w ent to fight against her brother so th at she m igh t gain the whole cal Drill w ithout Arms’. ” of Mercia. She was defeated. The following is one candidate’s answ er:— 2. Compurgation was th e bring of a number of town’s folk to swear that, their neighbour who is being tried for com m itting some guilt. 3. The Danes Landed in Britain 55 B .C . They tau gh t the E n glish how to make better roads and houses. They swarmed across the sea. The pushed inland. 4. Cromlechs were th e stone tablets found by th e Romans, under Jiilnis Caesar, when th ey visited Britain. 5. Peasants’ Eevolt. The K in g’s son Richard I I led his father’s Anny. Richard I I son of th e Black Prince, son of Edward III was born in 1377 and Richard I died in 1199. T he leader oi' th e peasants was struck dead and th e insurrection was settled by Charles I I prom ising to righ t all wrongs. 6. Wm. W allace was a peasant. W hen some tax gatherers came to his house they behaved very badly etc. Judge (iascoigne was an Australian Judge, who was also a Judge in W estern Australia. A river is named after him. Captain Stu rt explored the district round th e River D arling during 1462. 7. Ordeal was th e way which was to prove th a t a m an was g u ilty or try a man. The accused had to walk bare footed across a field fu ll of red hot plough shares etc. Specimens of careless and bad spelling.-—Excaping (escaping), alter (altar), interprising (enterprising), prefered (preferred) distroyed (destroyed), otheres (others), cireule (circle), polition (politician), m urded (m urdered), levyed (levied), ecleiastical (ecclesiastical), burried (buried), independance (independence), frinds (friends). Brin. Some of th e papers were well done, and showed th a t the M anual has been well studied by some of the candidates. Two excellent papers were done by candidates Nos. 83 and 84, who gained 95 and 90 per cent, of marks respectively. One.— On th e word one the arms w ill be bent so th a t th e hands may be in a lin e w ith th e shoulders, hands closed Ungers to the front. Arms to be kept close to th e body, elbows pressed down, shoulders pressed back. Two.—The hands w ill be shot in opposite directions as the righ t to th e right, le ft to left, and in a line w ith the shoulders. C la ss IY .—The best paper was done by No. 83. E xtracts from answers given : — 1. 2. 3. 4. The pole should b e held by the righ t foot. In the first position th e pole is held in front of the body w ith the knuckles turned upwards about one-tlnrd from each other. “ Sw inging th e Arms.” On the word one arms should be stretched out in front w ith arms clenched and thumbs upwards. P hysical Exercises are given to open the lungs. need lew ork . The results of the examination in Needlework are very satisfactory, and show marked improvement on last year’s work. The total num ber examined was 108, classified as follows :—Candidates, 4 1 ; Class, IV., 25 ; Class I I I ., 28 ; Class II., 8 ; and Class I., 6. In all classes the work was good, but th a t of Class I I . and the -candidates deserves special praise. Out of 41 candidates only two gained less th an 50 per cent., 13 gained over 90 per cent., and six gained full marks, the total average for the class being 76 per cent. Class I I . did excellent w ork; there was not a single failure, and the class average was 84 per cent. In Class H I. two gained full marks, six made over 90 per cent., while four fell under 50 per cent., the total average being. 71 per cent. Six of the- class did not send garments. The work of Class I. was more disappointing th an any of M abch, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION the others, only one reaching 90 per cent. There was no failure, b u t th e work was less neatly done on the whole than it should have been. By the tim e tliis stage is reached pupil teachers should be expert needlewomen. The average for this class was 72 per cent. E rrors in method are becoming fewer every year, b u t on the other hand pupil teachers need to be rem inded th a t neatness and finish are also essential to success. The garm ents shown this year have much less trim m ing, and are more neatly finished. This is a step in the rig h t direction, as time is often wasted in over-elaboration, which is useless, to the neglect of more im portant points. On the whole, the work of the pupil teachers in this subject is good, and shows th a t our fu tu re teachers are being well grounded in it. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. Eastern Districts. — The quarterly meeting of the Eastern D istricts Teachers’ Association was held in the N ortham School on Saturday, 24th February. M r. Riley, vice-president, occupied the chair. I t was unanimously decided to affiliate w ith the W estern A ustralian Teachers’ Union. Messrs. Riley, Russell, and Dobson were chosen as delegates to the E aster Conference, to be held in Perth. The secretary was instructed to w rite to th e M inister of Railways, asking th a t some concession in fares be granted to country teachers who may wish to attend. The warmest thanks of the meeting were tendered to Mr. Riley for his kindly action in defraying th e funeral expenses of the late Mr. J. W . Casey, who died a t M otnbekine' some tim e ago as the result of an accident. A fter the general business was concluded, Mr. Russell, of Newcastle, gave a very interesting object lesson to a class, on “ Leaves.” A t the next meeting, which will be held a t N ortham in Ju n e next, a lecture on “ Electricity,” and a lesson in Music, on the tonic sol-fa system, will be given. There will also be an. exhibition of Brush-drawing, done by the children in the E astern D istricts State Schools. Southern Districts.—The quarterly meeting of the Southern D istricts Teachers’ Association was held in the W agin School on Saturday, 24th February. A resolution was cai-ried, approving of affiliating with the W estern Aus tralian Teachers’ Union, and delegates were appointed to represent the Association at the annual conference. The afternoon was spent in listening to a paper on K inder garten in Prim ary Schools, by Mr. M cLean (Cuballing), and a Music Lesson, lay Mr. Richards (W agin). I n the evening Mr. J. H am m ill (Woodville) gave a lecture on M ensuration according to th e A rithm etic Program me, dealing specially with th e Circle. The following has been arranged for the next meeting, to be held in M a y :—Decimals, Mr. O’Brien (K ata n n in g ); B rush Drawing, Mr. Richards (W a g in ); Class Lessons, Mr. Lyngberg (N a rro g in ); Practical Lesson on K indergarten, Mr. M cLean (Cuballing). South-Western Districts.—A meeting of the mem bers of the South W estern D istricts Teachers’ Association was held in the B unbury School on Saturday, 2nd Decem ber. There were present Mr. Paisley (in th e chair), Messrs. Boxall, Blair, Crogan, Loveridge, W a r d ; Mrs. McAliece, Misses Buchanan, Carroll, Cleary, Hislop, Logue, Mews, and Clark. I n th e absence of Mr. Schneider, Mr. Loveridge read a paper, by Mr. Schneider, on W riting; Mr. CIRCULAR. 105 Boxall read a paper on Model Drawing, and Mrs. McAliece delivered an Object Lesson. Mr. Blair proposed th a t free passes or reduced fares be granted to teachers attending Association m eetings; also to attend Miss F irks’ drawing classes, should they be held in Bunbury. This was seconded by Miss Carroll, and carried. A fter the business and papers for next m eeting had been arranged, a vote of thanks was passed to contributing members, and the meeting closed. (In connection with the above, we may mention th a t the D epartm ent makes an allowance to teachers who travel to attend Miss F irks’ lectures. To those travelling by rail, a retu rn fare is allowed, while those who travel by coach or other conveyance are allowed Is. a inile for the journey one way.) SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . Boulcler Infants School.—H ead Teacher, Mrs. Ross. Sub scriptions received from parents and friends, ,£21 11s. 5d. Expenditure on Christmas Tree, £6 9s. 7 |d .; trea t and visitors’ refreshments, £ 7 3s. lO d .; school decorations, £ 3 6s. l i d . Balance in hand towards Piano Fund, ,£4 11s. 0±d. Donnybrooh Schojl.—Head Teacher, Mr. A. Schneider. The school concert was held on December 16, and a Christmas Tree fete on December 20. Receipts from sale of tickets and donation, £16 10s. Of this am ount ,£14 7s. 6d. was expended in presents for the children, and the balance went in expenses. Geraldton School.—H ead Teacher. Mr. L. Storey. Con cert held on December 8 ; receipts ,£28 18s. The principal items of expenditure w ere: R ent of hall, ,£4 14s. 6d . ; printing, £1 7s. 8d.; geographical chart and wall decora tions, ,£2. The sum of ,£ 7 10s. 9d. was expended in prizes, and there is a balance of £10 9s. 9d., which has been placed in the bank as a school fund. South Perth School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. F. O’Leary. Realised by school concert and- donations, ,£14 2s. E x penses, .£ 1 1 2 s.; prizes for school-work and sports, £ 5 13s. 9d. Balance on hand to start a library and museum, and decorate school, ,£6 16s. 3d. Mount Barker School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. P . Colbert-. Concert held on December 8. Receipts, ,£4 6s . ; expenses, ,£1 -5s. Balance in hand for prizes, ,£3 Is. Mogumber School.—Head Teacher, Miss B. C. Reymond. A concert was held in the school on December 1. The receipts amounted to £ 2 9s., which am ount was expended in the purchase of prizes for the children. Woodville School.—Head Master, Mr. J. Hammill. The sum realised by donations and sale of tickets was ,£8 2s. 6d. Expenses amounted to ,£1 11s.; school decorations, ,£1 3s. 6d .; prizes, £ 4 15s. l id . The balance in hand, 12s. Id., will be spent on school decorations and brush-work material. Victoria Parle School. — H ead Teacher, Mr. L. H. Nicholls. Receipts from sale of tickets and donation, ,£10 19s. Expenses, ,£1 6s. 8d . ; prizes, £ 5 17s. 2d.; library, £ 3 15s. 2d. 106 TH E EDUCATION York Infants’. School.—H ead Teacher, M rs. Harkness. Subscriptions, £ 4 9s. 6d. Expended in toys for the children, J28 7s. 10d.; balance on hand, =£1 Is. 8d. Dongara School.—Concert held December 18, 1900. Concert held in A gricultural H a ll on December 18. Receipts from sale of tickets and subscriptions, =£14 8s. 6d. Expended on Christmas tree, £ 5 18s. 6d.; prizes and certificates, =£4; books, brashes, etc., <£1 4s. 9d. The balance was absorbed in expenses. Coolup School.—H ead Teacher, Miss E llen Mulrooney. Subscribed by parents and friends, £ 6 7s. 6d. Of this amount, =£3 was spent in books, and th e balance in sweets and toys, which were presented to th e children at a picnic on Boxing Day. North Fremantle. School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. A. M. Cooke. The pupils of th is school subscribed £ 1 7s. 6d., CIRCULAR. [ M a b c h , 1900. which was forwarded to the West Australian Shilling Fund. Oingin School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. A. E . Nadebaum. Concert held on December 1. Sale of tickets, J25 1 6 s.; expenses, <£2 11s. 6d. The balance, £ 3 4s. 6d., together with the proceeds of a penny concert, 7s. 6d., were devoted towards the purchase of musical instrum ents. North Back Flats School.—H ead Teacher, Miss P . Con nolly. Subscriptions to the am ount of =84 were collected, and this money was expended in prizes and toys. D IS T R IC T BO A R D S, etc. Sharks Bay.—Mr. Morley Scales has beet appointed a member of the Sharks Bay D istrict Board of Education, vice Mr. J. H . Mead, resigned. B y A u t h o r i t y : R i c h a k d P e t h e r , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r th . WESTERN AUSTRALIA. PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. No. 9.] A P R IL , 1900. [Vol. II. A P P O IN T M E N T S , T R A N S F E R S , ETC. School. Name. Boss, Andrew M. ... M ount M agnet •• ................ Office. Classification. Salary per annum. H.T. Cl H.T. C2, prov. H.T. C l, prov. H.T. N il H.T. H.T. B2 Cl N il Cl £ 130an d £30 allowance £130 and £10 forage As per R egu lations. As per R egu lations. £ 1S0 £140and £15 allowance £80 £130 and £30 allowance £170 £170 £185 Padman, John AV. AYonnerap and Ludlow — Hoelscher, Ernestine ................ Gwalia Johnson, Bertha M. Boyup Butler, Leonard J. AV................... Schneider, Adolph B rid g eto w n .......................................... Canning Mills Flood, May C.................................. Arinstrong, Andrew C. ... S tr a w b e r r y .......................................... 'Lennonville ... H.T. H .T ." Grogan (B.A.), A lb e r t ................ McLintock (B.A .), Wm. C. S. H adley (B.A.), Chas..................... Connellan, Frances ................ Carey, Alice Esther Middlemiss, Illa w a r r a ................ Gould, Victoria M......................... Jam es, Edwin H. Joyce, E liza D e B .......................... Duncan, Cara W . ................ Jeffrey, Agnes ................ Smith, Annie ............................. Molloy, Arthur I. Bradshaw, A lice... H ill, Wm. E ..................................... Perth B oys’ ... ................ Perth B oys’ .......................................... Beaconsfield.......................................... Plym pton ... ... ................ Beaconsfield In fants’ ................ Northam Subiaco .......................................... .......................................... Albany Sm ith’s M ill............................. Cottesloe ... ................ B r id g e to w n .......................................... Plym pton Perth B oys’ ... ................ D onnybrook.......................................... Boulder Mines ............................. A. A. A. A. A. A. A. 1st A. A. A., temp. A., prob. A. A. A. A. Ellery, Mary E. ... McDonald, Clara E. Newcastle Boulder Kanson, Mrs. E. J. Praia, E thel ............................. Rowett, Edith ............................. Sampey, May ................ McEohan, Esther Lanvood, A. P ................................ Armstrong, Jane Kelmscott. ... H ighgate Infants’ ... Coalville ... ................ Dongarra ... ... ................ Leederville W est ... Gingin Brook and Moore R iver ... Lennonville ... ................ ... ... ................ ................ A3 A3 A3 C2, prov. C2, prov. B2, temp. Cl B l, prov. C2, temj). Nil N il Cl Cl N il B2, prov. • Mon., on prob. Mon., on prob. Mon. and S.M. P.T. Mon., on prob. Mon., on prob. P.T. S.M. S.M. 4th Class 4th Class £110 £90 £110 £90 £155 £90 £60 £70 £ ‘.10 £120 £60 £140an d £30 allowance £30 £ 1 6 and £ 4 allowance £42 £16 £16 £16 £16 £12 £12 E rratum .—In the March Circular the appointm ent of Mr. A rthur H arm er to Plym pton School was notified ; this should have read Beaconsfield. 108 TH E EDUCATION C A R E OP SCHOOL B U IL D IN G S . Teachers are rem inded th a t they are responsible for the safe custody of school buildings and furniture. Occasion ally we have reports from the W o rts D epartm ent and others th a t there m ust have been great carelessness for buildings to fall into the great disrepair now found. F urther, we frequently hear of w ater being allowed to run to waste, etc. Heacl teachers should make a point of going round the school before leaving the premises, and seeing th a t no taps are running, th a t th e windows are fastened, and the doors properly locked. W here there are windmills or wells, they will, of course, w ant special atten tion from tim e to time, and th e tidiness of the playground and external premises m ust be looked to. I f window panes are broken, teachers m ust make every endeavour to discover the culprit, and the parent or child m ust pay for replacing the broken glass. I f deficiencies in these various things are not reported at once to the D epartm ent, teachers will, of course, be held responsible for m aking them good. In winter, it is very necessary th a t teachers should see to the safety of the building frotn fire. As the summer is now drawing to a close, and the rainy season -will soon be upon us, teachers should see th a t the rain water tanks are all cleaned out ready for the first rains, and th a t gutters and spouting are also in good order. S U B S C R IP T IO N COLLECTING. The D epartm ent does not approve of collecting-cards or subscription lists being given to the children in the schools for raising money from th e public. The characters of many children are not sufficiently formed to enable them to resist the tem ptation offered by obtaining money easily, which they can avoid accounting f o r ; and th e fact of children soliciting or begging for money is not in itself desirable. T E A C H E R S’ M A N U A L T R A IN I N G C L A SSES. D uring last year Mr. B. F. Storer, the M anual Trainiug Instructor, held classes for teachers in woodwork; b u t this year the D epartm ent proposes to take this class over, provided an enrolment of 12 and an average attendance of 10 can be maintained. I t is also intended to establish a m etal working class if the same attendance can be secured. The classes would be held w ith a view to the members taking the London and City Guilds examination. Two evenings a week would be devoted to each subject, one for theory and the other for practice, and it would be im pera tive upon students to attend both evenings. The fee is 7s. 6d. per quarter,.but if any teacher is paying the D epart ment a fee in any other class, it will be reduced to 5s. The classes will begin after the E aster vacation, and will be held in the old Boys’ School, St. George’s Terrace. Those intending to join the classes should send in their- names a t once to Mr. Storer. SYLLABUS FOE, W OOD-W ORKING CLASS. F ir s t T e a r ’s Program m e. The work for the session will be divided into two parts :— P a b t I. («.) D raw ing—M echanical and Freehand. (6.) Object Lessons on Tools and Material, W orkshop Equipm ent, etc. CIECULAE. [A p k il , 1900. The drawing will consist of preliminary lessons on the uses of the draw inginstrum ents, T-squares, and set-squares; the drawing of simple solids in plan, elevation, and sections; oblique and isometric projection, and blackboard work. The models th a t are to be made in the workshop will be drawn to scale or full size, as may be convenient, and these drawings m ust be strictly carried out at the bench. The models will consist of selections from Young’s “ M anual Training for the Standards,” and W ake’s “ New Education,” with selected models from the course, as woi’ked in the school by the standards. P a k t II. The W orkshop and its equipm ent, with special lessons on the management of the school workshop, will form the introduction. The care and adjustm ent of tools—grinding, and sharpening on oilstone—will be dealt w ith ; and special lessons will be given on the handling and working of the plane, saw, chisel, mallet and hammer, the plow, fillister, rebate plane, router, on soft and hard woods. Special lessons will be given during the course on the setting and sharpening of saws. The models are carefully graded, and the teaching will be individual in the workshop (except the special lessons referred to) ; and each model m ust be correctly made before another one is taken in hand. N ote. — (i.) The students are particularly requested to obtain the m anual training note-boolc, which is prepared especially for talcing notes and sketches. ( 2.) The D epartm ent provides all tools and m aterials and appliances, except mathem atical instrum ents. ( 3.) All students are expected to sit for the examina tions in April, 1901, under the auspices of the City and Guilds of London Institute. ( 4 .) Text Books and References :— Y oung’s “ Manual Training fov the Standards.” Nelson’s “ W oodwork for Schools.” W ake’s “ The N ew Education.” Shelley’s “ Workshop Appliances.” SY LLABU S FOR M ETAL-W ORKING CLASS. The Syllabus is th a t required by the City and Guilds Institute, London, for m anual training in metal-working, and will consist of Drawing, P a rt I., and W orkshop P rac tice, P a rt U . D raw ing. Prelim inary.—I t is necessary in this course th a t pupils should have some knowledge of practical plane and solid geometry, and a modified course will be taken in th a t subject first to test the class. As it is also expected th at all work at the forge and bench shall be made to drawings, a short course will be taken in mechanical drawing relating to working drawings. Object lessons will be given on the tools, used and methods employed in workshop practice, and lessons on the chief properties of the common metals in their relation to workshop processes ; the class taking notes and making sketches in the meantime. A p r il , 1900.] TH E EDUCATION W orkshop P ra ctice. There are three divisions in this course D iv is io n A. Vice W ork.—This will include filing, w ith introductory lessons on the vice and tlie various kinds of files used ; cold chisels, flat and crosscut; taps, stocks, and dies; screw p late s; measuring and other tools, as callipers, squares, centre punches, scribing blocks ; the grinding and. keeping in order the various tools used.; chipping, filing, and cutting key-w ays; chipping cast-iron, brass, etc.; preparing templates and straight edges; drilling, tapping, and screwing. CIRCULAR,. 109 Regulation 55. This Regulation has beeu so amended th a t the medical certificate, to be forwarded to the D epartm ent in the case of a teacher’s illness, m ust state the nature of the illness. Regulation 65. The maximum salary of unclassified teachers in charge of schools has been increased to—Males, £ 1 1 0 ; Females, £90. Regulation 140. Iu the fifth and eighth lines the words “ and D epartm ent” have been inserted- after the words, “ D istrict Boards thus making it incum bent upon the teacher to report any D iv is io n B . damage, to the school premises to the D epartm ent as well as the D istrict Board. Bench Work.—This division relates to both hot and cold work of the metal plate worker, as' soldering and the com Regulation 141. position of solders ; fluxes; soldering tin, galvanised iron, A t the end of this Regulation the following words have brass ; the connection of joints with rivets, flush and pro- I been ad d ed :—“ On the goldfields an additional allowance jecting and hammered cold. to, the amount of one-third of the above scale will, as a rule, be made. In special cases the M inister may, at his dis D iv is io n C. cretion, increase the addition to one-half. Forge Work.—The work in th is division relates to forge to o ls; m anagement of fire; ordinary precautions to be Regulation 142. observed in heating m etals; drawing out bars to square This will now re a d :—The H ead Teacher is responsible and round ends, parallel and ta p e rin g ; bending to simple for the safe custody of the school buildings and furniture. curves or to square and circle of given size ; forging, simple, H e must- see th a t tanks are cleaned, taps, etc., in order, examples, as ring, staple, hasp, loop ; upsetting, preparing, windows fastened, and doors locked at night. and preparation for weld; forging and tem pering of cold Subjects of Instruction. chisel, drill, centre punch, crosscut chisel, and diamond points, etc. A course of models is prepared, and th e pupil I n the E nglish for Standard I. it is laid down th a t the m ust work everything to the drawings made in th e drafting children should be told the meaning of a noun and room. pronoun. This should read noun and verb. Text Books and books of reference:— “ Principles of P ittin g ,” W hittaker & Co. “ Workshop Appliances,” Shelley. “ M etal Turning,” W hittaker & Co. “ Sm ithy and Forge,” Crane, Crosshy, Lockwood, &c. N o t e . —I n entering for these classes it is to be hoped th a t students understand th at, to succeed in the examina tion, both theory and practice m ust be attended. One night per week is devoted to each. The D epartm ent supplies all tools, material, and appliances, except m athematical instrum ents. Appendix I T . The Subjects of Exam ination and M arks for each Sub ject were accidentally allowed to rem ain in the regulations for the Elem entary School Bursaries. These should be struck out, as regulation 8 of the Bursaries provides th a t the examination will be on the subjects of instruction laid down for the Seventh Standard. H ea lth R eg u la tio n s. 251. I n order to m aintain the sanitary condition of the school, Teachers m ust see,— i (a.) T hat the whole premises are properly ventilated, both during school hours and after the children A L T E R A T IO N TO R E G U L A T IO N S . have left. A fter the Regulations- had been printed in the Govern (b.) T hat any bad smells arising from closets, lava ment Gazette certain slight clerical and other errors were tories, etc., are reported a t once to the D epart pointed out. The necessary corrections appear below, ment. together with some fu rth er Regulations which have been (c.) T hat the disinfectant supplied by the D epartm ent approved by the Executive Council. These will be embodied is used upon any urinals, closets, etc., where it in the reprint in book form now about to be published. is necessary. Regulation 9. Infectious Diseases. The forage allowance for half-tim e schools has been 252. Children who present themselves in a dirty con increased from ,£10 to <£15 per annum. dition are to be required to wash a t once, and, if necessary, Regulation 45. m ust be sent home for the purpose. An amendment has been made in sub-section (cl) by Any child showing symptoms of an infectious disease, which the travelling allowance to A ssistant Teachers is or any child coming from a house where an infectious fixed a t th e same rate as th e allowance for teachers of disease exists, m ust be sent home at once, and the D epart Provisional and Class Y I. schools. m ent should be informed, through the D istrict Board, of 110 TH E EDUCATION tlie case, in order tliat inquiries may a t once be made with a view to proper steps being taken to prevent tlie carriage of infection to the other scholars of th e school. U nder Section 114 of “ The H ealth Act, 1S98 ” (62 Viet. 24), it is provided th a t teachers should notify to th e Central Board and to the Local Board of H ealth any such cases of infections disease; and the parent or guardian of the child, and owner or occupier of the house, are required also to notify the teacher of the school of the occurrence of such disease in any house or building in which any child attending any school resides. Medical practitioners are required to report infectious diseases to the Local Board of H ealth. Tlie infectious diseases which have to be so reported a r e :— Small-pox, Asiatic Cholera, Plague (including Bubonic Plague), Yellow Eever, Typhus Fever, Scarlet Eever (or Scarlatina), Typhoid Fever (Enteric Fever), D iphtheria, D iphtheritic Croup, Leprosy. There are, however, other diseases which are infectious, such as Mumps, Measles, Chicken-pox, W hooping Cough, Blight, and Ringworm, for which there is no statutory requirement as to notification by the medical officer. Teachers m ust, however, notify these to the Department, through the District, Board, and exclude tlie children in the same way as for the other more serious diseases. Before allowing children excluded because of infectious diseases to retu rn to school th e teacher should have obtained from the Medical Officer of H ealth, or a legally qualified medical practitioner, a certificate that, in his opinion, the child may be perm itted to resume attendance w ithout danger to the other scholars. The usual term s for exclusion are :— I n cases of Mumps or Measles, one month. „ „ „ Chicken-pox, two weeks. „ „ „ W hooping Cough, while the cough con tinues. Children coming from homes where measles, chickenpox, and whooping cough exist, b u t who are not themselves suffering from these diseases, need not be excluded for more than fourteen days. Any child suffering from ringworm should be excluded from school, and before he or she is re-adm itted a medical certificate should be produced stating th a t the child is c u red ; b u t wherever such a certificate is not readily pro curable, the teacher should exercise his, or her, discretion in re-adm itting the child. Symptoms of Infectious Diseases. M ost of these maladies are attended by the appearance of a rash upon the skin, b u t th is eruption does not a t once show itself. The child may ail for a day or two first, and the rash not make its appearance until later. B ut even before the rash shows itself, there are usually certain symptoms present which should give rise to suspicion on the p art of the teacher, and these indicate the need for watchfulness over th e child. Thus, a child sickening for an infectious disease usually complains, perhaps of headache or of sore throat, and often th e first symptom perceptible is a shivering fit and occasional sickness. CIRCULAR. [A p r il , 1900. The more definite symptoms belonging to each disease will now be described, but it m ust be recollected th a t all these symptoms are not always present at the same time, or even a t all. The teacher, however, will be acting wisely in allowing a child who is obviously ill to go home a t once. The more common symptoms of the diseases to which attention should be directed a re :— Scarlet Fever or Scarlatina.—The child feels ill, shivers, has a sore throat, which is followed usually about twentyfour hours from the beginning of the illness by the appearance of a scarlet rash on the chest, and which often extends over other parts of the body and the limbs. The tongue is often furred,.and the papillae are large and red (“ strawberry to ngue” ), the th ro at is red, and the rash may consist of a uniform blush, or of a num ber of fine red spots. A t a later date the skin peels, and the child cannot be regarded as free from infection until this process is fully completed. Diphtheria.—This affection often comes on less suddenly and severely than scarlet fever. There is no eruption, but one or more white patches appear on the back of the throat, on the soft palate, or on the tonsils. Measles.—This disease makes its appearance in the same manner as a severe cold, the child becoming ill and shiver ing, sneezing, and having a running from the eyes and nose, and sometimes a soi-e throat. An eruption appears later, usually after the child has been ill three days. I t consists of a num ber of raised red spots, first upon the face, then the chest, and often upon other parts of the body and the limbs, usually arranged in a crescentic form. The symptoms of German Measles, however, are somewhat different, and there is an absence of the indications of a severe cold. Small-pox.— This illness usually begins with shivering, vomiting, headache, pains in the limbs, and particularly in the back. A fter the child has been ill two days a pimply eruption appears upon the face, chest, wrists, and often upon other parts of the body. A little later the pimples become watery, and. have a depression in their centre ; later stiU the eruptions become m attery, and a scab forms on each pimple. I n mild cases there may be only a few points of eruption present. The child is not free from infection until all the scabs have been shed. Chicken-pox.—The child is ill for a few hours, usually 24, and a num ber of glistening watery pimples appear in successive crops on the face, chest, and often on other parts of the body and limbs. The whole of the eruption does not come out a t once, b u t it usually appears in suc cessive crops. The eruption scabs over in a day or two, and the child is not free from infection until all the scabs have fallen. Whooping-cough.—The child has a severe cough, which comes on in paroxysms, and it coughs until it is out of breath. A fter some days’ illness, the crowing noise or “ whoop,” which is characteristic of this disease, is h e a rd ; this sound being produced by the child drawing in its breath at the end of a paroxysm of coughing. Mmnps.—The child becomes ill and feverish, and at the end of a few days complains of aching of the jaw. A swelling then appears on the side of the face, lasting for more th an a week. A p b il , 1900.] TH E EDUCATION Diarrhceal Affrclions.—These cases should be very care fully watched, especially as typhoid i'ever often begins in this way. I f children suffer from this ailment. iu the school, the attention of the school cleaner should be par ticularly called to th e regulation relating to his work of cleansing the E.C’s. 253. In the case of an infectious disease occurring in the house in which a teacher is living, lie, or she, m ust at. once cease attending school and report to the D epart ment, so th a t it may be decided w hat steps should be taken to save the school from possible danger. The teacher should also report to th e Local Board of H ealth. O B IT U A R Y . The D epartm ent regrets to have to announce th e death, within a comparatively short period, of three teachers in its service; and offers sym pathy to the relatives. The deaths which have occurred are as follow :— Norman Smith, aged 28, teacher of M ount M agnet School, died 10th January. George Keeping Creffield Cross, aged 215, teacher of Lennonville School, died 14th March. Thomas Augustine Mood, aged 43, headm aster of Bridgetown School, died 10th March. Mr. Smith went to New South Wales during the Christmas Vacation in the hope th a t the trip would benefit him, b u t the disease which held him (consumption) was too strong, and carried him off on the date named. Mr. Cross had been only a short, time a t Lennonville School when he contracted enteric fever. H e entered the hospital at Cue, but, unfortunately, the fever overcame his constitu tion. Mr. Flood’s death was the result of accident; and w hat makes tlie occurrence the more regrettable is th a t it occurred in a labour of love. I t appears th a t on the afternoon of the 10th March Mr. Flood took a num ber of boys to th e swimming pool in the Blackwood River to instruct them in the art of life-saving. W hile swimming out to sink a stick attached to a stone, he sank, and did not again rise. W ord was sent to town, and strenuous efforts were made by Sergeant. Meares and Mr. Ladden to recover tlie body ; b u t it was not until an hour later th a t it was brought to the surface by a miner named Parsons. The D epartm ent regrets to hear th a t in one of the above cases there are a widow and children left unprovided for. I t is very difficult for teachers, w ith tlieir smalt salaries, to p u t aside any percentage for insurance. The m atter of establishing some insurance fund, on a self-supporting basis like th a t of South A ustralia, seems to well deserve the consideration of the Teachers’ Association. SCHOOL D EC O R A T IO N S. The D epartm ent is anxious th a t teachers should, where they can do so from concert funds or from any other sources, decorate the schools w ith suitable pictures. The D epartm ent cannot, however, perm it such pictures to be pasted on the walls. Teachers m ust also be careful about damaging plaster walls by knocking in nails. In most schools wooden rails have been provided, from which pictures can be hung. Often the best decoration is any work of m erit by the children themselves, whether D raw ing, Maps, K indergarten, or any other of th eir school pro ductions. CIRCULAR. Ill A B SE N C E S OP TE A C H E R S. Teachers will notice th a t, by Regulation 87, all absences of teachers, even for a day, have to be reported to tlie D epart ment. I t will be sufficient for the D epartm ent’s purposes if these absences are noted on tlie hack of the salary sheet. Some teachers have been sending in individual notifications, as well as particulars on the salary sheet a t the end of the month. Any absences of teachers for a longer period than three days will, of course, require certificates, and these should be forwarded a t once. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . Teachers are reminded how desirable it is, in their own interests, th a t the receipted bills and all particulars neces sary for a regular audit of the accounts of school concerts should be sent iu to the Department. As trustees of public money, we. all of us have to be particularly careful in getting every item accounted f o r ; and the audit of the accounts gives a complete answer to local insinuations which have sometimes been made. A R B O R DAY. The D epartm ent has decided upon June 1 as A rbor Dav for the current, year, and teachers wishing to make appli cations for trees for planting are requested to send in particulars of their requirem ents at an early date, so th at the necessary arrangem ents may be made. IN Q U IR Y FO R M S FO R A D M IS S IO N R E G IS T E R . Teachers are apparently applying for too many of these forms. I t m ust be distinctly understood th a t they are not to be used in place of Transfer Notes, which will still be required where children come from other schools. These Admission Forms are only to be used in the case of new scholars. S A N D M O D E L L IN G A S A M E A N S OF T E A C H IN G G EO G R APH Y. (B y Mr. George Buncombe.. Jurokine School). Education as a science is now making great strides, and a teacher who wishes to keep abreast of the times m ust certainly be up to date. M ost of the old methods are dead and buried, while newer and far more practical ones have taken their places. The majority of school' subjects are. being continually improved upon, and none more so— especially in E nglish schools, judging from recent accounts in several leading educational magazines—th an th a t of Geography. The maps which the teacher has to present to his pupils are fa r from being of the best, because they are to children—in physical features—almost meaningless, as they are unprovided with means for bringing into promi nence those features of a country which are of the greatest importance, viz., the hills and hollows and the slopes which connect them. As a consequence, the maps give only an abstract idea when it is most necessary to present th at idea in its concrete form. One of the leading principles of education is “ from Concrete to A bstract.” In relief maps the hills and hollows are shewn to determine the fertile lands, the directions of the waterways, and the sites of towns and cities; they also furnish the key to understand ing much th a t is not, and eoidd not, be understood if learned 112 TH E EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [A p r il , 1900. by rote. Besides, it may be argued th a t teaching by rote things which children cannot, and do not, grasp tends to deaden, instead of developing, their m ental faculties. Geography, a science of three dimensions, m ight be, as far as the map-maker is concerned, a science involving know ledge of b u t two ; the dimension which he all b u t leaves out being the very one which should first of all be regarded. A R iver. A pparatus: Relief Map, to be built up in wet sand. Blackboard : drawings of rivers rising in glaciers, moun tains, lakes, etc. R e lie f M aps. Seeing, then, th a t the ordinary maps are not the best for teaching this important, subject, the teacher m ust have recourse to relief maps. These maps are undoubtedly the best of all, but, judging from those supplied by th e D epart ment, they are far too small for class work. T h at being so, they are of no great assistance. Doubtless larger ones exist, but, then, again, they are too expensive and too cumbrous. Taking this into consideration, the teacher must fall back on liis own resources, and provide necessary relief maps. Sand M odelling. F or this purpose there is no better m aterial, and certainly none, more easily handled, than sand. Clay, undoubtedly is' good, but it takes too much tim e in preparation. A modelling tray, made from a sheet of tin about four feet square, with the edges upturned, is required. In preparing a lesson, the teacher should make a model map on the sheet in sand. The principal mountain peaks and headlands would stand out best from the remainder of the model if made from putty or clay. The rivers show up well if represented by silver cords, and lakes could be represented by small pieces of looking-glass, while ordinary wax vestas about one-half the usual length, placed upright in the sand, would mark the positions of towns and cities. For representing cities, I use matches with red heads, and for m anufacturing towns, blue h e a d s: and they serve the purpose admirably. In a m ap of Europe, th e Alps could be effectively coated with whitewash on the ujjper portions, or, better still, with ordinary white fat. I f a m atch is applied to this fat, it will give the class, when melting, a practical illustration of a watershed, the im portant p art the Alps play in regard to some of the rivers in Europe, and an idea of the wav in which rivers are formed from glaciers. A sketch map should be drawn on the board a lso ; this will serve as an excellent test after the lesson has been given. I venture to state th a t if, after a lesson with the relief map, the class betaken to the blank map on the board, it will come out of the test with flying colours. Although several objections may lie raised in regard to sand modelling, there is this to be said in its fa v o u r: it costs nothing, is easily modelled, and can be used for many other purposes besides teaching Geography. I t is invalu able in an infants school for drawing lessons, object lessons, and teaching form. A splendid book on Sand Modelling, by Torbuck & M ajor (7s. 6d.), is published by 0 . Newmann & Co., London. Reviewing this work “ The School "World” say s:—“ F or though some of the methods, and p a rt of'the treatm ent, are crude, we are con vinced th a t they are on the rig h t lines, and th a t much may be expected from the development of experimental methods in geographical teaching.” Appended I have given the notes of a lesson on a river for Standard I I I ., taken from this work, which -will serve to give teachers an iusight into the principles the authors advocate. (I.) A river is a running stream of fresh w ater. A stream is a sm all iuver. A river is a large stream. A river and a stream are alike in being made of fresh w ater: they are different in s iz e ; the streams generally flowing into the rivers to feed them. (I.) Ask which children have seen a stream, and draw from them w hat it is. Trace out the course of a stream in wet sand, and le t water run along it. Compare and contrast w ith rain running down a gutter. U tilise a blackboard drawing on a river coui'se. (II.) How formed ? A river is fonned directly or indirectly by rain. I f rivers depended on direct sujiplies of rain th ey would dry up during di-y seasons. A large part of the rain sinks into the ground and re-appears as springs. I t is because a large portion of the water supply is got from springs th a t rivers keep on flowing in di'y weather. Rivers are also formed by m elt in g ice and snow on hillsides and mountains. ■ (II.) From the rose of a small watering can pour water, representing- rain, on the raised surface of w et sand, in which the river course in (I.) has been scooped out with a pencil or finger. Slope the sand tray so that the water soaking through the sand may come out to represent land springs. Draw on the blackboard a sketch of land springs, constant anil interm ittent. Make blackboard sketch of rivers rising in glaciers, and, if possible, show photograph of glacier. (III.) Sources of a river. The beginning of a river is usually a spring which flows from the side of a h ill or m ountain. The water from th e spring forms a rill or brook. Several of these,- as th ey run down to lower levels, join to form a rivulet. W hen several rivulets m eet together th ey form a river. The land from which th e stream lets come to form the river is called the river b a s in ; and the high land between one river basin and another is called a water-pai-ting or watershed. I t is so called from parting the stream s th a t flow from it in different directions. (III.) Illustrate by means of a h ill of wet sand in which, w ith a pen-liandle, holes are made, into which water is gently poured. The water run ning down th e vertical holes w ill come out of a horizontal one to represent brooks or rills. Compare the sand h ills with the roof of a house, and the streams coming out of the sand w ith the rain flowing through the eaves and rain pipes. Mould a hollow in th e sand with a very shallow basin or iL L A ii^ IL . (To be illustrated by experiments.) (IY .) Parts of a river. (а) Source: the beginning of a stream or whole river. ( б) Course: th e direction of th e river, and its flow from source to mouth. (c) Mouth (estuary and con fluence) : th e outlet of a river. (d) Bed: th a t on which the river rests. (e) Banks : the raised sides. . I f th e banks are low at the m outh of th e river, a delta is often formed there. Xiatty pan, pushing th e basin horizontally through th e sand to give th e " b a s in ” of the river. (IY .) (a) P oint out the source of the river, and its feeders as made in the sand tray. (b) Trace th e course of the river drawn in th e sand. (c) Make different kinds of m ouths in w et sand for the rivers drawn therein. (d) Deduce why so called, and show the dry bed and pour w ater into it. (e) Raise these on th e sand map for raised banks, and level them to show flat banks above th e deep bed marked in th e sand tray. A fbil , 1900.] TH E EDUCATION D R A W IN G N O T E S. “ The Practical Teacher’s A rt M onthly” for January has some very interesting specimens of drawing from nature ; taking the convolvulus leaf and flower. There is also an article on “ Clay Modelling,” and some “ H in ts on Model D r a w i n g s h o w i n g how much easier it is to draw models with a background of black cloth, or something which shades all other objects at the back of the I'oom. There are also articles on “ Cardboard Modelling,” “ L ight and Shade,” etc. In “ The Daily Rounds of a D raw ing Inspector,” in the same issue, there are some valuable remarks on the m isunderstanding of Froabel, by those -who insist th a t K indergarten Drawing is simply to draw on squared paper or slates. The w riter points out th a t Frcebel recognised the formative and creative instinct of ' all children, and th a t the children’s self activity in the expression of w hat was in their own thoughts was the principal consideration in drawing as in other m atters; but what was often called kindergarten drawing failed in the very points which Frcebel would have insisted upon. I t is not spontaneous, and it is not true to nature. As Rusldn said, “ Wheresoever the search after tru th begins, there life begins; wheresoever th a t search ceases, there life ceases.” To draw things, therefore, on these squared slates as they do not appear is to distort the child’s observation of the facts of life, and give a conventionalism which is not desirable in a child. For right-line forms and geometric patterns the squared slates are m ost valuable, as they give great assistance to the children. F or drawing patterns in coloured chalks, or even in black and white, which should give the children an opportunity of elementary design from their earliest times, these chequers can be turned to great use by skilful teachers. Generally infants will be found to draw a curve more easily even th an a square, and should be encouraged to do so. The straight-line animal, wheel, etc., which appear in some books, and the boxes, tables, and chairs in false perspective, should be avoided. T R E A T C H IL D R E N R E SP E C T F U L L Y , In “ The Teachers’ A id ” for January the following appears above the signature of Superintendent Andrews, Chicago:— Never use, at a pupil's expense, satire, sarcasm, or any biting speech, or apply to him any opprobrious epithet. Shame on you if you do such a thing. It is an abuse of your superior position, and w ill cause you to be despised as you deserve. B u t th a t is not th e "worst; it w ill lose you your moral and m ental .command over th at pupil, and perhaps over many. The boy or girl whose feelings you have injured -will never again open heart or mind to you as you desire. Not only should we never express contempt for backward or refractory children, but we ought, if possible, never to feel this. Try to respect all your pupils ; the dullest and the least hopeful with the rest. W hat a comfort to teachers to mark how often children who are very dull at first, in tim e distance the m ost precocious! W e should respect all, even if th ey were sure to be permanently d u ll; but you can never know this. The backward boy, who spells ill and can never learn the m ultiplication table, he, too, is a product of the D ivine Spirit. H e may prove a Kepler or a Darwin. You w ill, at any rate, probably make him a good citizen, which is important enough. I f you can feel th is hopefulness about a slow pupil so as to impart it to him , it w ill immeasurably help both him and your efforts for him. Even in the rare cases where you can neither express uor entertain such hope, do not in any way make known to your pupil your despair. I t would do more than anyth in g else to blast him. CIRCULAR. 113 M A N N E R S I N G O V E R N M E N T SCHOOLS. “ M anners m aketh M an.” - (By Miss Jane- Anne Nisbet.) The decay of good m anners has been looked on by many writers as one of the worst signs of our times. Edm und Burke exclaimed in his lam ent over M arie Antoinette, “ The age of chivalry is dead ;” similarly, many writers in our own day are ready to assure us th a t “ the age of good manners is dead.” Some years ago H am ilton Aide wrote a strong article in a leading journal in which he gave a vivid picture of the decay of good manners among the upper classes of E n g la n d ; and some time after we meet, in serials and newspapers, laments over the rudeness of ser vants and tradespeople. Perhaps the most serious aspect of the question is its bearing in relation to children. The position of children in Government schools to-day is very different to w hat it was a quarter of a century ago. Then resjJect for parents and older people was rigidly enforced, both at home and in school. The passing of the Com pulsory Education Act swept into public schools the gutter child, and placed it side by side with the children of resjDectable parents, not always to the advantage of the latter. The result has been a grievous deterioration of manners, and the gradual withdrawal of the better class of children from the Board Schools in England. In A ustralia things are different; we have not here the slum class. Our Government Schools are filled with the children of the respectable well-to-do working class, sometimes of the professional class, vet the consensus of opinion is th a t the manners of colonial children are even worse than those of their English cousins. The reasons for this we cannot discuss here. W h at we want to think of for a short time is, what can be done by teachers to raise the tone of their scholars ? How can the manners of our school children be improved, and w hat would be the result of such improvement ? I think every Government teacher will agree with me th at the manners of their scholars are generally not w hat'w ould be found in good secondary schools, and the question is, W hy are they n o t't Politeness costs nothing, and it is as easy for the son of a day labourer to be polite as for th e son of a p e e r; indeed good manners for the former are of more importance than the latter, because then- absence may in a measure make or m ar his success in life. The pleasant-mannered workman, shop assistant, or servant has a much better chance of getting on th a n the rude one. Good manners among the upper classes are the natural heritage of th eir children. Constantly surrounded by well-bred people and a superior class of servants, they naturally possess the ideas and manners of their class. W ith our Government School children it is different; they have not the same home influences, consequently manners have to be taught them in the same way as reading or arithmetic. Their parents have very often neither time nor knowledge to im part them , so the task of refining and civilising falls on the school, and has to be carried out by the teacher. I t may seem hard th at, in addition to his already large tale of bricks, this, too, should be laid upon him ; b u t thinking for a moment will lead him to see th a t after all this is one of the most im portant aspects of his work. M anners have been defined as minor morals, and their bearing on 114 TH E EDUCATION character cannot be overlooked. The estim ate formed of their importance was forcibly illustrated as fa r back as the fourteenth century, when W illiam of W ykham (himself the son of a peasant, b u t who rose to be Chancellor of England) wrote the motto with which I have headed this paper over the great college which he built. H e m eant to impress on men how im portant a p art they played in the forming of a hum an being. The ideal aim of school is to form character, and the thoughtful teacher will set this goal ever before him. The tone of our schools cannot be raised until the basis of good manners has been laid. Bad manners are generally the outcome of irreverence and selfishness. Children as a rule are naturally thought less, and they m ust be tau g h t unselfishness in much the same way as gram m ar and arithmetic. I t is the work of parents and teachers to check the natural tendencies until unselfish consideration for others has grown habitual. The teacher who aims a t making his scholars ladies and gentlemen in the highest and best sense of the words will begin by carefully watching himself, avoiding little vulgarisms of speech or manners, and taking care to c a rry o u t in his own person th a t cleanliness and refinement he wishes his pupils to im itate. In his inter course with his subordinates and scholars he should be punctiliously p o lite; commands should if possible assume the form of requests, and when fault has to be found it should be done in quiet calm tones. I t is usually the junior teachers whose manners require watching—boys and girls who have been ju st raised from their classes to a position of authority. They are young, and often adopt a domineering, disagreeable tone in dealing with children, which older and wiser people would not use. The judicious head teacher will watch and point out privately oft'ensive peculiarities of voice, speech, or manner which he may have noted. In dealing with the children the teacher m ust begin with the in fa n ts ; the little ones m ust be taught to be gentle and polite to each other. Form al teaching should be given all through th e school in the form of object lessons. W ith older pupils all breaches of good m anners should be noted when they occur, and publicly checked. No boy or girl should be allowed to pass in front of another without apologising; to ask for anything w ithout saying “ Please,” or to return anything w ithout the usual “ Thank you.” Undue boldness in talking should be checked, and throw ing books or pencils promptly stopped. The mixed school teachers should train the boys in coiu-tesy to the girls. I n the m ind of the average school boy of the working class there lurks the idea th a t deference to girls is unmanly. This m ust be combated by the teacher, and th e idea impressed on their minds th a t tru e manliness and courage consist in tender ness towards all those weaker than themselves. The boys should wait till the girls are seated, and rem ain in their seats till the girls have left the room, and be taught to greet them respectfully. On the side of the girls politeness is often looked on as “ putting on side,” to use colonial slang. Hence the brusque pert manner which is a marked tra it of the A ustralian working girl. For this the best remedy is to point .out th a t rudeness is vulgarity ; and self-respect demands th a t they should behave as ladies. Appeals of this kind are usually m ost effective with girls. N ot only must the teacher aim at a high level of courtesy in school; he m ust see th a t the same level is kept up in the plav- ! : | ! i 1 | ; 1 ! : ; j ! 1 CIRCULAR. [ A p k i l , 1900. ground. T hat is where children show themselves in their true colours. The conscientious teacher will carry his oversight even into play, and while encouraging fun will check all undue roughness, and sternly repress selfishness, meanness, or tyranny on the part of the children to each other. Many teachers will no doubt exclaim, “ B ut what is the use of all this extra toil and anxiety on our part when the children go back to homes where no regard is shown for these refinements, or out into the street, where they mix with rough, rude companions V ” The home influence you cannot affect; b u t if your scholars have been systematically trained to politeness in school it will tell, and in time will prove a softening and elevating influence in their homes. The behaviour of their scholars iii the streets is often a sad trial to teachers who have striven hard to lead them upwards ; but an earnest teacher will take note of the behaviour of his pupils beyond the school gates, and rem onstrate privately on public breaches of good behaviour. Above all, let the teacher cultivate in school esprit de corps; let every boy and girl be tau g h t to feel th a t he or she is individually responsible for main taining and upholding the tone of the school to the outside world, and gradually bad manners will die out, and a race of thoughtful and polite men and women will be the outcome. In our Government schools the strain of work is great, and the teacher is often sorely tem pted to put instruction in what, will secure passes before him as a goal to be aimed at. to feel th a t when a high percentage has been secured his work is done, and his duty ends. B ut does it ? By looking only a t the lower side of his work he misses the highest, e.g., the cultivation of character; the form ing of a high tone in his pupils. The attainm ent of a higher standard of manners in our schools would be beneficial to teachers, parents, and the State. To teachers, because work and discipline would be much easier, punish m ent would be diminished, and there would be the comfort of dealing with gentle-mannered children. To the parents the gain would be found in increased respect for their authority ; home life would be happier and more refined; while to the State the gain would be equally great. The whole moral nature of the children would be im proved; unselfishness, obedience, and reverence being the result. Nations, like individuals, have to cultivate character, and it is to be feared th at if we were “ to see ourselves as others see us ” we should not be altogether pleased with the result. Much of the hatred of foreigners for the English is doubtless owing to our brusque, uncourteous manners. We, as a people, lack the suavity of the- Latin races. By striving to inculcate and enforce good manners in his school, the teacher is unconsciously raising the national character, and, in his hum ble way, aiding the Anglo-Saxon race to overcome the dislike felt for them by the polite nations of Europe. (Teachers wrould do well to carefully distinguish polite ness in manuers from servility. Much rudeness is due to uneducated ideas of independence, and the false feeling th a t if a man is as good as his neighbour he is not to render him civility. Deference, too, may be due to an office apart from the holder of it, and it is right to render it fully ; and it is only insincere and exaggerated deference which becomes servile. I have often been grieved to see how little school children are taught to raise their hats to lady visitors or to inspectors and teachers. On the other hand Apr il , 1900. J TH E EDUCATION I can vividly recall when as schoolboys a t a big English school we capped the Headmaster, how greatly we appreciated th e courteous raising of the D octor’s top hat in response to even th e smallest boy’s salute.—E ditor). CO M PO SITIO N . “ The Inspector’s N otebook” page in the July “ P rac tical Teacher ” is devoted to Composition as a p a rt of the E nglish course. I t is scarcely suitable to our curriculum in its entirety, but interspersed throughout are many hints which teachers may find helpful, and we publish those most adapted to our course. The Inspector w rite s:— B egin a t th e bottom, and le t the children do plen ty of w ritten work. W e sh all th en have some interesting pieces of original literature in th e higher standards. Malce use of your object lessons in the lower standards. A fter a lesson has been given on th e cat, say, your class m ight w rite a short them e on th a t animal. In the higher standards make use of the class and other subjects, and le t the lessons in geography be reproduced. I t is a very good exercise to write a piece of ordinary prose on the board w ith th e stops and capitals omitted, and ask th e class to w rite i t in their books correctly. Care m ust be taken in selecting th e subjects. The object of the lesson should be borne in mind, nam ely, to teach the scholars to w rite th e E nglish language cor rectly. Often too much 'of the tim e is taken up in doling out inform ation to th e scholars. In poor localities the subjects should be simple, and such as the children w ill have some information upon. I f you take abstruse subjects, and have to te ll the scholars all about them before you start, you will be stu-e to have stereo typed essays. In a school attended by children who can gain access to books, announce th e subject a day or two beforehand, w ith a request th at th e scholars should try to read tip or find out otherwise some facts relating to it. I f you think books are in accessible, choose a subject about which inform ation can be gained a t first hand. For instance, te ll your class on F riday to observe, very carefully, a hen, before M onday morning, when you ■will expect them to be able to write som ething about th a t bird. Again, pu t an object in front of a class of children, and te ll them to examine i t carefully, and write down a description thereof. The teacher should keep a book in which to note down ail the general errors in sp ellin g and composition. The children should be ta u g h t the correct ways of heading, commencing, and closing letters. The various ways of ending letters should be taken, and practice given in selecting the one most fittin g to particular occasions. I n closing his rem arks the inspector quotes from a recent Blue Book, as follows :— The teaching of composition should begin in the infants’ school to th is extent, th a t the children there should give their answers in complete sentences. In the senior school th is excellent practice should be continued at all tim es. During the “ w ritin g” lesson th e character of the exercises may be usefully varied. Sometimes th e scholars m ay work examples from some w ell arranged published series of exercises; som etimes common words w ell w ithin th e children’s exercises, all illustrative of some one spelling rule, may be placed on th e blackboard, and th e children may put them orally into sentences, to be w ritten b y th e teacher and transcribed by the class. Or, again, some simple object, such as a bell, may be placed before the class, and the sentences com posed by the children about it m ay be treated in the same way. B u t in all cases i t is absolutely essential t h a t the children should n ot only make th e sentences, nor even content them selves with seeing them written, but write them w ith their own band, for it is w ith th e correct aspect of the word as presented in his own handw riting th a t each scholar’s eye should be trained to become familiar. The schemes of composition teaching set out in th e syllabuses are, as a rule, sadly w anting in step-by-step developm ent, and consist m ainly of a mere lis t of subjects for haphazard practice. Composition is approached from th e side of matter, n ot m ethod ; CIRCULAR. 115 and the laws which hold good, whatever th e subject may be, are either w holly neglected or casually and unsystem atically touched. The practice, too, of reading to the children a story to be reproduced by them supplies them w ith th e composition ready made, and makes no appeal except to their memories. Far better i t is to place on the blackboard the mere skeleton of a story or th e headings of a subject and leave th e children to compose the sentences them selves, w ith gradually dim inishing assistance from the teacher. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. Gm eiN.—A meeting of the Gingin D istrict Teachers’ Association was held on Saturday, 17th February, in the Gingin School; Mr. Preston occupying the chair. The following officers were elected:—President, Mr. Inspector M cCollum; Yice-President. and Secretary, Mr. Nadebaum ; Treasurer, Mr. Clarke. I t was resolved to join the Teachers’ Union, and Messrs. Preston and Nadebaum were elected delegates to the Conference. Mr. N adebaum read a paper on Tonic Sol-fa, a num ber of scholars attending to give a practical illustration to the lesson. The paper gave a short history of the foundation and spread of the system, and pointed out th a t Tonic Sol-fa was never intended'to supersede the Staff Notation, b u t rather to act as a stepjjing-stone to it. The children present were set a num ber of tests as an example of the ease by which the system is learnt. A vote of thanks to the lecturer ter m inated the meeting. A l b a h t . —The annual meetiDg of the Albany branch of the Teachers’ Union was held on 17th February. Mr. Inspector Gamble presided, and there were present ten teachers and two pupil teachers. The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed. Correspondence was read and received. I t included a letter from the Hon. Secretary of the Executive Committee, P erth, relating to the Inspector General’s reply to the recommendations of the recent A nnual Conference. Messrs. James, Colbert, and W ood were elected members of the Branch. The new rules of the Branch were considered, and, w ith slight amend m ents, adopted. The A nnual Report was read, showing th a t four meetings had been held since the inaugural meeting in June last, and th a t Messrs. Horton, Sadler, Jones, Richardson, and Mrs. H orton had given lectures on the Sol-fa method, drawing, unitary method, decimalising money at sight, and the phonic method, in the order named. The receipts for the year were-shown to be 21s., and the expenses 15s. 8d., leaving a credit balance of 5s. 4d. Mr. Gamble was re-elected President for the ensuing year, and the following office-bearers were elected:—Mr. H orton, vice-president; Mr. Wood, secretary ; Mrs. H orton and Mrs. Jones (in addition to the foregoing) as a committee ; M r. Colbert, auditor. Mr. Gamble answered numerous questions dealing with the curriculum and regulations, and also gave a very interesting address on the methods of teaching arithm etic and writing, for which he was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. I t was resolved to approach the Department- through the executive committee of the association to ask the kindly consideration of the present arrangem ent of examining teachers, under which it is compulsory for all to attend 116 THE EDUCATION CIRCULAR. [A p b il , 1900. P e r th ; thereby causing country teachers to incur very great expense, in addition to the discomfort necessarily connected with travelling in the hottest p a rt of th e year, and with lodging away from home. Messrs. Jam es and H orton volunteered to give lecturettes a t the next meeting, and by special request Mrs. H orton consented to give a lesson on the Phonic method to a class of infants. A box of K indergarten materials lent by Mr. Gamble was inspected, and an adjournm ent was th en made to the infants’ departm ent, where an exhibition of K indergarten w o rt done by the babies’ class was shown by Mrs. Horton. D IS T R IC T B O A R D S, ETC. Denmark M ill.—The Plantagenet D istrict Board of Education has appointed Dr. Gray and Mr. Brady as Delegates a t D enm ark Mill. Boebourne.—Messrs. E . W . Moore and H . B. Geyer have been appointed members of the Roebourne D istrict Board of Education, vice M r. H arney (deceased) and Mr. Tee (resigned). The Rev. H erbert P itts has been ap pointed Chairman and Hon. Secretary. Jarrahdale.—Mr. T. Jam es has been appointed Dele gate for the Armadale and Narrogin Brook schools. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . Cannington School.—H ead Teacher, M r. E . J. Hayes. Picnic held on Saturday, F ebruaiy 3. The donations amounted to £11 5s., which was distributed as follows:— Refreshments, £ h 3s. l id .; toys, £ 1 ; prizes for races, <£1 2s. 6d.; band, ,£3 18s. STOCK N O T E S. In compliance with requests from several teachers, the D epartm ent has had a supply of Quarterly Attendance Cards printed. These are for presentation to the children who have made the maximum num ber of attendances during the quarter, and will be supplied on application. Marbro School.—Teacher, Mr. B ernard Bangle. Concert held December 16. Taken a t door, £ 3 16s. 3d.; donations, £ 2 1 0 s.; total, £6 6s. 3d. Of th is am ount <£1 4s. 4d. was spent in prizes, 5s. on clubs, costumes 7s. l i d ., and athletic sports prizes £ 2 10s. The balance will be devoted to purchasing painting materials. Gookemup School.— H ead Teacher, M r. G. W . W ard. Subscriptions and donation, £ 5 12s. 6d ; sale of concert tickets, £ 2 18s.; total, £8 10s. 6d. The expenses amounted to £ 3 9s. 9d., and th e balance was expended in the purchase of books for prizes and th e library, and a school stamp. North Fremantle School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. A. M. Cooke. M r. Cooke reports the sending of a second sub scription of 12s. to th e West Australian P atriotic Fund, the result of contributions by th e scholars. The D epartm ent has now a supply of painting books which are more th an double the size of the penny series. The price has accordingly been altered to twopence. Teachers will please make this alteration on their price lists. Teachers are requested not to fill iu the money column of the Sale Stock Requisitions, as sometimes the D epart ment runs out of a certain article, and this necessitates a good deal of alteration of figures. The following diagrams, which do not appear on the A nnual Requisition Form , are in stock:— Source and Circulation of W ater. Pollution of W ater. Purification of W ater. Vegetable Productions. P lan ts used for Perfume. P lants used for Clothing, Cordage, etc. Spider. Potato and Artichoke. North Fremantle In fa n ts’ School.—H ead Mistress, Miss Hawkes. These diagrams may only be applied for when sending A collection for the Morning Herald Penny W ar F und was made in th is school, w ith the result th a t the sum of i in the requisition for the annual supply of stock. 17s. 4d. was raised and transm itted to th e newspaper. B y A u t h o r i t y : R i c h a b d P e t h e r , G o v e rn m e n t P r in te r , P e r t h . WESTERN AUSTRALIA, PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. N o . 10.] M AY, 1900. [V o l. I I . A P P O IN T M E N T S , T R A N S F E R S , ETC. Name. Scliool. Office. Classification. B2 Derrick, Oswald P. "McAliece, Isabella E nglish, John Quinn, John A. ... H ughes, Robert G. Butler, Thomas H. Sm ith’s M ill ... * W orsley M ill Donnybrook ... * North Dandalup Kojonup Yardarino ... H.T. H .T. H.T. H.T. H.T. H.T., prob. Andrewartha, Lily Hannuill, Elizabeth H Cullinane, Mary Jane Beddoes, Kathleen P rist,'L ily Carew, Mary C. ... H enzell, Emma M. Albany In fants’ H ighgate In fants’ Albany Geraldton Clarem ont. ... Frem antle Girls’ Beaconsfield ... A. A. A. A. A. A. A., on supply Tree, Hose Schneider, Agnes Schmidt,- Anna ... Kemp, K athleen T. K atanning ... Canning M ills Subiaco In fants’ Esperance Mon. Mon. and S.M. P.T. P.T. 4th Class ■it-h Class P.T. 4th Class P.T. P.T. S.M., prob. 4th Class 3rd Class Gibson, Jane Jones, Mabel L. ... Gill, V iolet Quinn, Agnes J __ Do. Subiaco In fants’ Perth Girls’ ... North Dandalup Cl Bl N il C l, p r o v . Nil Salary jjer aiirnun. i ! £1S0 £110 .£200 £90 £130 As per R egulations 02 : C l, prov. i 490 £90 Cl | £90 N il C l, prov. C l, prov. B2, temp. | : ! £70 £90 £90 As per R egulations £30 £52. £16 £ 1 6 aad £ 4 allowance £ 1 6 and £ 4 allowance £16 £25 £12 * 5Tew schools. C L E A N IN G OF C H IM N E Y S . The following circular has been received from tlie Public W orks D epartm ent on the above su b ject:— 1. The chim ney of each office or room, and also of every liv in g or general occupation room in quarters attached to public buildings, in which there may have been a fire during the w inter months, to be sw ept at th e end of the cold season. 2. The chimney of every kitchen or cooking .place connected w ith quarters attached to any public building to be swept not less than once every three months. 3. Officers occupying or in charge of public \buildings and quarters w ill be held responsible for so arranging. 4. Vouchers for these services to be sent in to the head o f the D epartm ent concerned for transm ission to th e Public Works Department. Teachers are therefore requested to forward tenders for this work in their schools or quarters, or both, a t their earliest convenience. A C O R R E SPO N D E N C E C O M PL A IN T . Many teachers still send direct to the Department, letters, etc., th a t should be forwarded through the D istrict Boards. Regulation 196 specifies most distinctly the correspondence which should go through the Boards, and teachers are requested to carefully bear this in m ind when w riting to the D epartm ent. A s the D epartm ent returns those letters which should, b u t do not, come through the Boards there is a delay in taking the necessary action. The Boards, on th eir part, are requested to forward the letters on to the D epartm ent promptly, particularly those dealing with 118 TH E EDUCATION ieacliers’ assum ption of duties, use of buildings, appli cations to close school, etc. T H E A N N U A L R E Q U IS IT IO N S . D uring tbe past year a very large num ber of teachers forgot to apply, on their A nnual Requisition Forms, for such articles as clay, cardboard modelling material, colour work, etc., and therefore had to forward supplementary requisitions. This year teachers are advised to be ex tremely careful, when malting out their requisitions for the annual supply, to see th a t everything they will require during the year is applied for. No supplem entary requisi tions will be considered by the D epartm ent except in special cases where an abnormal increase has occurred. P E R T H E V E N IN G SCHOOL. The D epartm ent wishes the P e rth Evening School to become a continuation school for the scholars who may from tim e to tim e be leaving, and, by way of aiding the Departm ent, head teachers are requested to beep this information prominently before the children. The prin cipal schools in P e rth and suburbs 'will be supplied w ith a notice, which should be affixed to th e notice board, calling attention to the fact th a t scholars who are leaving may continue their studies a t th e Evening School. The head teacher should also keep by him one or two of the kand-bills which the Dejsartment distributes a t the beginning of the term , so th a t full particulars, regarding the Evening School may be supplied. A t the same time the benefit to be gained by continuing his education m ight be pointed out to the boy—or similarly in the case of a girl—and an endeavour made to create an interest in the acquirement of fu rth er knowledge. P U N I S H M E N T BOOKS. Pages will not, as before, be taken out of these books at the tim e of examination. W hen the Punishm ent Books are full they should be returned to the D epartm ent, where they will be kept a year or so, in case a t any time reference to. the books are needed on complaints of parents. V O U C H ER S FO R T R A V E L L IN G E X P E N S E S . The attention of teachers is drawn to the fact th a t it is necessary, in cases where claims are made for freight on luggage, th a t the recognised railway forms m ust be forwarded, s h o w i n g the weights and cost per ton. In all cases where payments have been made, except in the case of rail fares, proper receipts m ust be forwarded. I n furnishing accounts, teachers m ust see th a t th e names of the differeut stations or places between which the travelling took place are duly inserted in the account. M r. J. T. SA D L E R , M .P . The D epartm ent m ust congratulate Mr. J. T. Sadler, late H ead Teacher of W est Leederville School, on his ■election as a Member of th e Assembly in "Victoria. H e was returned for Grenville l>y a m ajority of nearly two to one. CIRCULAR. [M ay, 1900. T E A C H E R S’ P R IV A T E A D D R E S S E S . Teachers are asked to send their private addresses to the D epartm ent before vacations. I f any urgent communica tions are necessary, the D epartm ent is often a t a loss as to where they should be sent. B R U SH W O R K M A T E R IA L . In reply to certain requisitions for Brushwork material, the D epartm ent wishes to point out that, owing to an error on the p art of the agents, three gross of. the wrong brushes were supplied, and these had to be returned. As a conse quence the D epartm ent is unable to supply brushes to those teachers requisitioning, but hopes to be able to do so in about three weeks, when a fresh consignment is expected to arrive. T H E C IR C U LA R . Some teachers seem to be under the impression th a t the Circulars forwarded to each school should be kept in the school. This is not so. One copy is to be retained, and the remaining copies are to be handed to the different assistants, including pupil teachers and monitors. Should a head teacher not receive a sufficient supply, he should notify th e Departm ent. A M E N D M E N T S TO R E G U L A T IO N S. R e g u l a t i o n 69. The Executive Council has approved of the following amendment to Regulation 69. The increases therein con tained will come into operation on the 1st M a y :— The scale of salaries will be as. follows: Supply Teachers in Charge. Male. Female. ................ ,£3 per week ... 4 2 10s. per iveek. Class Y I. Provisional A ................4 2 8s. per week ... 4 2 2s. per week. Provisional B ... ... £ 1 18s. per week ... 4 1 14s . per week. Salaries of A ssistants on Supply holding : Male per Week. B Certificate C Certificate Unclassified .. ... ................ ................ £ 3 4s. to £ 3 12s. ... £ 2 10s. to 4 2 18s. ... 4 1 10s. to 4 2 4s. ... Female per Week, £ 2 10s. to £ 2 18s. £ 2 2s. to £ 2 Ss. 4 1 10s. to 4 1 18s. C L E A N IN G ALLO W ANCES. The following new scale of Cleaning Allowances has been approved, to come into force on the 1st July, 1900:— An allowance for tlie cleaning of schoolrooms, etc., w ill be made to the head teachers of schools as un der:— (a.) S.PJD. Schools, 4 2 per annum (or 3s. 4d. per month). ( 6.) Provisional, 4 3 per annum (or 5s. per month). (c.) Schools with average of 21-35, 4 4 per annum (or 6s. Sd. per month). (ci.) Schools w ith average of 36-55, 4 6 per anm uu (or 10s. per m onth). (e.) Schools w ith average of 56-75, 4 S per annum (or 13s. 4d. per m onth). (/.) In schools of over 75 average attendance, an allowance a t th e rate of 2s. per room per week may be granted. (<;.) A ll Goldfields schools (irrespective of attendance) m aybe paid at th e rate of 3s. per room per week. (h.) Closets to be counted as one room. M at, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION 2. In consideration of th is allowance, the head teacher will be required:— (a.) To have the premises, including outbuildings, sw ept and dusted daily, and washed w ith sufficient frequency to keep them thoroughly clean. ( b.) To find soap for the lavatory, and provide for th e washing of the towels. 3. The average attendance for the half-year ended 31st December w ill fix the allowance for the succeeding year. 4. In fant Schools w ill be cleaned in conjunction w ith Senior Schools, and H ead Teachers of th e latter should claim for the whole amount of the allowance. CIRCULAR. 119 not always be provided by the teachers. I t seems to me to be a good idea for a teacher to say to his pupils : “ Boys, we will have a lesson on plants on W ednesday. I would like you all to bring specimens.” By W ednesday what a j fine collection of plants you would have to choose from, j and, for the same reason, I believe in the good to be derived ! from museums, mainly of the children’s own contributing and gath erin g ; while by the very fact of keeping them on the look-out for specimens, you have set their observation to work and laid the foundation of who can tell how much good to the cause of science in the future. W ith regard to the method of giving Object Lessons, I will only say—strive to educe as much inform ation as possible from the children: not one or two of the brighter ones only; encourage each one to tell something, and you ■will achieve the additional advantage of adding to their power of expressing their ideas in words. Simultaneous or class answering is generally so much time wasted in a lesson of this description. I n connection with “ Observation,” I may also mention Drawing, which holds a very high place for its educative value. A part from its utility as a m anual exercise, it may become a means of observation training of great importance. To draw an object exactly calls into play the perspective faculty in its acutest degree; to reproduce an object from memory requires a most exact knowledge of the intricacies of its form and general appearance; and as a branch of technical education, it has been well said th a t “ he who can draw an article correctly will not be long in learning how to make it.” N O T E S ON O B S E R V A T IO N T R A IN IN G . (By Mr. Inspector McCollum.) The essential difference between the old and the new Educational spirit consists in the prominence given to the faculty of observation. To the old-time Schoolmaster the inquiring element was an enemy to be combated un ceasingly, and ruthlessly destroyed. H is plan was to din into the pupil’s ears the results obtained by years of abstract culture, and then leave him to inwardly digest the knowledge so obtained, as his tu to r had done before him. In our modem Education it is the teacher’s aim to suppress himself, and to let th e observation of the child have full p la y ; his business is .to provide the observing faculty w ith food of the rig h t sort, and lead it into the channels which ultim ately reach the facts predetermined by the teacher. This leads up to a subject which is often very indifferently understood or carelessly dealt with in* schools—I refer to the training of the Observation. We glean nearly all of our practical knowledge from our contact with A N O T A T IO N BOX F O R JU N IO R S . the outside world, so the sooner a child is set to examine {B y F. Cr.) the world he lives in, and the'objects, anim ate and inauiI t is very remarkable th a t many teachers of undoubted niate, which fill it, the better. A child starts life utterly ability eschew simplicity in the choice of apparatus for ignorant of th e outside world and its relation to himself. All his knowledge m ust be self-acquired from his sur teaching arithmetic. They lose sight of the fact th a t the simple m ind of the child m ust be led by simple methods. roundings ; and so, from the moment of his birth, what may be styled his “ inner consciousness” tells him th a t he The w riter has seen some wonderful pieces of mechanism m ust always be finding out something fresh : hence his worked by springs, traps, etc., m anipulating sliding discs restlessness ; his frequent inattention during an uninterest or marbles which disappear and re-appear. These, the teacher will assure you, the child can work for himself, ing lesson ; his inability to “ sit still.” H e is never so happy, never so quiet, as when he is exploring the fields of knowledge •b u t I am sure most thoughtful teachers would condemn them, because the child’s instinct of . inquiry would be for himself. This instinct only needs guiding and controlling directed to the box itself and not to the problem. The aright to become one of the m ust fruitful characteristics of child nature. Training the observation does not merely imply knowledge of how it was made and how it worked would the cultivation of th e power of perception. I t means, as be more interesting to the class th an the sum of 3 marbles well, the im parting of the power of elimination, or retaining plus i marbles. U p to the num ber 9, I find th a t the ordinary counting board made with about 18 holes is the the good and rejecting th e bad from among the impressions im parted by external objects—otherwise the benefit of best. A description of a large counting board is con But, before any observation is a doubtful quantity. A lthough the teacher tained in H artley’s Manual, P a r t I. should aitn at cultivating the observation in all branches apparatus is placed before jimiors, they should have object of school work, there are lessons which are specially de lessons sufficient to familiarise them w ith the objects to be vised for this purpose—I allude to Oral and Object Lessons. used, thus leaving their minds free from all speculation as I t is deplorable th a t there should be instances where to their composition, etc. For num bers 10 to 12, I should recommend teachers to make an apparatus which I teachers look upon an Object Lesson as an opportunity to designed, and which the late Mr. H artley thought very teach by rote a long string of facts concerning th e anatomy good. H e took a specimen to the Ballarat Exhibition, so of a horse, or the manufacture of silk, or other such lessons, as the case may be, w ithout so much as an object or some teachers may have seen i t ; but th a t was adapted to Standard I., and dealt w ith 100. The small box can easily specimen to give the children to handle or arouse their attention and interest. H alf the success of an Object be extended to Standard I., as teachers will see for them selves. Lesson depends upon the specimens collected. These need TH E 120 EDUCATION Procure a piece of cardboard (a piece of a drapery box ■will do) and cut it to bold ten 1 inch cubes, as follow s:— 5 -nr in- M ark along dotted lines with a knife, and bend up the sides; fasten the sides outside w ith bookbinders’ cloth and fish glue. Now, ou the bottom of the box, paste alternate squares of, say, red and green, or any bright contrasting colours. Note th a t the sides are seven-eighths inches high, so as to allow of the removal of the cubes. P u t 8 cubes in the box, and th e child sees a t a glance th a t 2 are required to make one 10. Such problems as 12 m inus 6 equals 10 minus . . . . equals . . . . may be worked with this box easily, and not only worked, b u t understood. Two boxes of G ift 3 will provide you w ith 16 cubes a t a cost of a shilling, while the cost of th e box will be, say, a penny. In conclusion, I would advise those teachers who make one of these boxes to give object lessons, before use, on a box, a cube, a square, and colour respectively. CLAY MODELLING-. (From “ The Teachers’ A id " ) “ A nasty, messy occupation,” says th e young teacher, looking critically at her p retty hands and nicely-kept finger nails. Then her glance rests affectionately on the m ats which th e children are working with coloured silks ; m ats for which the teacher chose the colours and arranged the design, leaving for th e children nothing b u t mechanical occupation, no- scope for their inventive genius nor for their imagination. B u t th e young teacher is a favourite of mine (although, a t present, she regards me as her worst enem y),.and I can see th at.th ere is a latent power in her coupled w ith an infinite capacity for taking pains ; there fore, I th in k it w orth while to try to educate her. B u t breathe th e word softly, for our young teacher thinks th a t her education was completed in college, which she has but recently left, crammed with theories th a t have now to be proved. Bye and bye she will spend hours of her leisure time in finishing off these mats, and the children’s friends will exclaim, “ How sweetly p retty —th a t shall go in the parlour.” No, I am not hard upon you, my nice young teachers ; b u t I w ant you to be satisfied w ith a very little of this fancy work, and to be willing to give more tim e to less showy b u t more educational m atters. I spent yesterday afternoon w ith Miss Goahead, and the lesson after playtime happened to be clay modelling. Miss Goahead is nothing if not methodical, therefore her method of organising this somewhat unpopular occupation may inspire some of my younger readers to take h eart of grace and give it a t r i a l ; a course which I -am certain, if properly managed, they would never regret. On the table stood a hillock of wet clay. On the desk in front of CIRCULAR.' [M at, 1900. each child were laid a sheet of newspaper, a trav and an acom. The pinafores were ju st being given out as I entered the room, and one earnest youth instantly attem pted to get into his. B u t discipline m ust be maintained, and a quiet “ P u t your pinafore down, Norman,” stopped the boy in his prem ature efforts. The pinafores all being given out, “ Now p u t them on as much as you can without moving.” This was done. “ Stand out and help each other.” . In less time than it takes to write it, the pinafores were all fastened and the children seated again. “ Come,” said the teacher brightly. The boys from the front row stepped quietly up to the table, each boy carrying his tray. Lumps of clay were then given out, the boys having counted how m any would be required for the ranks of children in the desks behind them, and giving the number as they stepped in tu rn to the tray of clay. “ Now, who wants his nose pulled F ” said Miss Goahead playfully, exhibiting her clay-besmeared hands to the children. All the hands flew up, every infant seemed to desire the privilege of having its nose pulled bv teacher, b u t no one got i t ; and Miss Goahead departed to wash her hands, returning in a m inute w ith rosy fingers and pretty nails, which were not like Miss Happy-go-Lucky’s — in deep mourning. “ W hen caps are thrown a crowd among W hom they fit may p u t them on.” W hen the children had possessed themselves of their clay, the look of pleasure on every face was a sight to see. Don’t you remember m aking m ud pies P Don’t you remember the delight of playing with a bit of dough ? Of course you do; so you can sympathise with the children. “ Take a little b it of clay and form it into a round ball,” said Miss Goahead, herself suiting the action to the word. “ Now pull it out a little and make it the shape of an acorn; you see there is very little difference in the two ends, not nearly as much as in an egg. Notice the tiny point at one end—not a big one, as these acorns have not yet begun to grow.” The point was copied more or less faithfully, some children, of course, getting it too large. “ W hen you have once got it right, don’t rub it any more.” (This is a very necessary injunction, as the little hot palms soon dry up the m oisture in the clay and it begins to crack. F or tiny children the clay should be w etter th an it need be for th e use of older scholars, who get their results more quickly.) A few acorns which were ju st beginning to grow were then fished out of a glass of w ater th a t the children might see where the point was splitting. The acorns finished, one child from every row came to the table to fetch acorn cups for models (these had been M at, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION gathered by the children during the fine days of autum n), ■which, were quickly given out to the. class. “ Make a little b all; now p u t it upon your fattest finger and smooth it down round your finger point until you have a nice little c u p ; if you th in k it is not large enough, tw ist your finger round and round inside it to make it bigger. W hen you have done th a t you may see if the. acorn will fit the cup ; if not you m ust make it still larger. “ W hy did you choose an acorn for your lesson to -d ay?” I asked Miss Goahead. “ The children have been colouring acorns lately, and we are just preparing a great num ber for growing in bottles ’ during the w in te r; in fact, acorns have been th e theme during the past week.” This, dear reader, is ju st as it should b e ; and I noticed how m any bits of inform ation which the children had acquired came out during the lesson. The cups beingformed, stalks were copied, then, w ith some tiny pointed sticks (used for pea work), the children pricked over the surface of their cups, and placed the stalks in whatever position the model stalk happened to be. This was the most difficult operation of all. The acorns were then fixed in their cups, and th e delight of the children in showing their models proved what an enjoyment the lesson had been to them. A few acorns of special m erit were reserved, and then the putting away business began. “ Take up your clay.” All the children except those in the front row picked up their clay. “ C ollect! ” Front row then w ent up th e gangways holding their trays, into which the rest of the children dropped then- pieces ; then th 6 monitors walked to the table, where Miss Goahead emptied each little tray, the children passing behind her and back to their places. “ Take trays for bits ” was the next order, and the monitors collected the dry scraps, then walked in an orderly line to the guarded fireplace and threw them in. “ Pass trays.” This was done, the sheets of paper were folded up, and, with the acorns and .sticks, collected. The pinafores were then taken off and folded once shoulder to shoulder, each child then holding the apron outstretched, with th e shoulders in left hand. This, Miss Goahead tells me, was the m ost difficult item to teach of all the puttin g away business. . The front row children then took the aprons from the row of children behind them and carried them in th e same position to Miss Goahead, who thus received from each child six aprons folded exactly in the same way, and in this order they were laid in a deep drawer. Where ivere the muddles and the messes ? All prevented by methodical habits and a little careful thought in arrang ing the order of giving out and clearing away. I have seen clay modelling in many schools; I have seen half-a-dozen children going helter-skelter about the room m aking the confusion worse confounded. I have seen the pinafores throw n in untidy heaps on the teacher’s table, or. rolled up anvliow bv tlie children. I have seen scraps of clay trodden about the room and doubtless arousiug the CIRCULAR. 121 ire of the caretaker, and under these conditions I, too, should describe clay modelling as an untidy, messy lesson. A fter all, it will be to my readers w hat they choose to make it. I t is left to each of us to decide whether our daily work shall be as chains about our feet dragging us downward, or as ladders whereby we may ascend “ To th e shining tableland, Of winch our God H im self is moon and sail.” T H E SCHOOL L IB R A R Y . Every up-to-date school—and more particularly the larger ones in the towns— should be in possession of a school library. I t will be found a distinct advantage in the teaching of history and geography, to the upper standards particularly. The bare facts of the lesson— such as dates and incidents in history, and localities and measurements in geography—are not readily assimilated by the childish mind, and frequently when they have been memorised they do not convey to the pupils a living impres sion. They remain in the m ind as bare, hard facts which require illum ination to be properly understood. B ut when a child has read a story bearing on the m atter of the lesson, the information given by the teacher wears quite a new dress. Some character or incident from the book remains impressed upon the memory, and the child in stinctively associates the instruction w ith this character, and so builds up a general idea of the subject. To amplify this remark, let us quote from an article by Mr. Seth Coward in “ The Teachers’ A id ” :— I t appears to me that, w ithout creating a feelin g th a t lessons are being learnt, m uch m ay be doue by grouping a few books to g e th er ; e.g., a lad who has follow ed th e varied wanderings of “ P h r a th e PhcBmcian," of “ B eric the Briton,” who had watched th e fight of “ H arold ” for th e crow n; who had taken part in th e patriotic straggles of " Hereward th e W ake ’’ ; who had w atched th e conflict of Norman and Saxon in “ Ivanhoe” ; who had follow ed w ith breath less interest th e hand to hand fight of Saracen and Crusader in “ The T alism an” ; who had gone w ith “ The Scottish Chiefs" “ In th e D ays of Bruce ” ; who had traced th e fortunes of “ The Last of th e Barons ” ; who had l-evelled w ith Elizabeth at “ K enilworth,” who had gone “ W estward H o ! ” under the guidance of K in g sle y ; who had helped L yall “ To B ig h t th e W ro n g ” ; who had been “ W ith the K in g at O xford” : who had sojourned at “ Fairleigh H a ll” ; who had fough t on Sedgemoor by th e side of “ Mieah Clarke ” ; who had struggled “ For F a ith and Freedom ” ; who had ridden w ith “ The Cornet of Horse ” ; who had fled w ith “ Bonnie Prince Charlie” ; who had been in th e “ M anchester R iots ” ; who had gone in progress w ith th e “ Lord Mayor of London” ; who had wept over th e sorrows of “ B am aby Rudge,” such a lad would have a knowledge of the life of th e E nglish nation which would be a splendid basis on which to study formal E nglish history. Mr. Coward goes on to sa y :—■ There should be in every library an upper and lower set of books, and in large schools a middle set m ight be introduced with advantage. For th e upper division of a school suitable illustrated books of travel and adventure abound. Such books as “ The Life of Columbus,” “ The Life of Sir Francis Drake,” Anson’s voyages L ives of Clive, Nelson, Franklin, and th e works of such writers as, B a lla n ty n e; books of th e type of “ Round the Coast,” “ Round the W orld,” “ Picturesque London,” bound copies of “ The Graphic,” etc., w ill be found of great' service. I t appears to me, also, m ost advisable th a t there should be a group of what m igh t be called School B oys’'Classics containing such books as “ Robinson Crusoe,” “ P ilgrim ’s Progress,” “ Tom Brown’s Schooldays,” “ Pickwick Papers,” “ Christmas Carol,” 122 TH E EDUCATION “ Arabian N ights,” “ Grimm’s F airy Stories,” “ Anderson’s F airy Stories,” “ A lice in Wonderland,” etc., to w hich m ight be added the works of Tennyson, of Shakespeare, and of M ilton, rather as an introduction to standard literature than w ith a view to such books being generally read. I t is also of great importance th at there should be in each school at least the nucleus of a reference departm ent of the library, containing a few well-chosen books ; e.g., dictionary, encyclopedia, atlas, history, men of the tim e, dictionary of dates, “ W hittaker’s Almanack,” etc. I n choosing the boolcs, th e teacher should select those which bear as nearly as possible upon the course of instruction. The books which are used as an aid to history should be free from anachronisms, and therefore, before giving volumes a place on the library shelves, the teacher should carefully read them over. In the teaching of geography, books of travel and adventure should be of great assistance. The centre of Africa, say, becomes more th a n a parti-coloured patch on the m ap if th e child, in imagination, has walked hand-in-hand w ith Stanley “ Through D arkest A f r i c a t h e Amazon is more th an a meandering black line if a child has read “ The Crypto gram ;” and th e Soudan is considerably more than a blank if a boy has been “ W ith Kitchener to K hartoum .” The dry bones of fact are clothed and made living by the aroused imagination, and a lesson is followed w ith th a t pleasure which is born of knowledge. H arrison A ins worth’s books are generally popular, and the story of Charles II., as told in “ Ovingdean Grange,” will be followed w ith close interest by th e average boy. H enty, Jules Verne, Manville Eenn, Captain M arryat, and Mayne Reid are constant favourites w ith boys, while th e works of Talbot Baines Reed, though not of historical or geographical ^interest, are deservedly popular, and their moral effect is good. “ E ric ” and “ St. W inifred’s ” m ight find a place on the shelves, although “ Stalky & Co.” appear to have had a m ost decided dislike to the former. W hether Mr. Kipling’s schoolboys are typical or not has been hotly debated, and in the presence of so much doubt “ E ric ” m ust still be included in the list. All books by Conan Doyle, Max Pemberton, Stanley W eyman, Rider H aggard, and R. L. Stevenson are eagerly read, and the historical novels of E d n a Lyall should prove a welcome addition to the library. In th e w riter’s opinion, the “ Boys’ Own Annual ” takes pride of place as a boys’ book, though its large bulk militates somewhat a.gainst it as a library book. This difficulty might, however, be overcome by lending the book only for so long as it will take to read one of the stories. The question of funds is not a serious one. The liberal spirit of parents, as evideuced by the handsome results of school concerts, should make a teacher’s task easy. I f a portion of the receipts from the annual school concerts were devoted to a library fund, th e teachers would be able to make a start, and, of course, additions could be made yearly from succeeding concerts. H aving a library, th e teacher should have the books classified and numbered, and a catalogue made out. This m ight be kept w'here the children could have easy access to it. A fixed time, say F riday afternoon, should be set apart for the exchange of books, and a record of the books exchanged would also be a record of the books each child had read. As Mr. Coward remarks, a teacher can very profitably guide, w ithout dictating, the choice of books. CIRCULAR. [M at, 1900. Thu attention of the class m ight well be directed from time to tim e to the books available, and reference made in the lessons to particular books as illustrating points raised. B ut it is not alone as a help to education th a t a school library is useful, as it should have the effect of inculcating a love of reading in the children. A nything th a t tends to interest the growing boys and girls in literature at the critical period when they are leaving school is of great value. W hen they have left, the variety of school work is absorbed in the routine of a regular toil which leaves no call upon the resources at night. There are no home lessons to prepare—no continuation work between one day’s labour and the next—and, as a consequence, the mind, being blank, seeks interest and relaxation. I f the love of reading has become a habit, the lad naturally tu rn s to a book for relief, and in its pages he finds solace. New channels of thought are created, new ideas arise, and, under the influence of fresh and stirring interests, his mind moves steadily along in its process of development. The need of seeking amusement in the street is non-existent— the characters iu the book become real, live personages, and in their company he finds more genuine pleasure than in the desultory wanderings of half-a-dozen youths of his own age, whose aimless occupation of brain is the most frequent cause of dissipation. The wai-m, genial climate of A ustralia is urged as a reason for outdoor life. This no doubt is perfectly tine, b u t with the setting of the sun outdoor life .must practically cease, and the evenings require to be filled in. By nightfall the body should have had a surfeit of physical exercise, and m ental exercise should succeed it. This will be found in i-eading. Bt W N O T E S OF A LESSO N ON W A T E R . D o n e , B.A., H e a d m a s t e r o f B r i g h t o n il l ia m P u p il T ea ch ers’ S chool. (From “ The Practical Teacher.”) Articles of illustration:—Pictures of a lake and river, the desert, the sea, and if possible a filter; three glass tum blers ; some water ; some sand ; a little ordinary m ud ; a flower pot with a small piece of glass tubing fitted into the h o le ; some wood charcoal; some fine g rav el; some salt water ; a spirit lamp ; and a flat dish for evaporating ; a small fu n n e l; and a piece of sponge. Heads. I. W ater necessary to support life. " Teaching-. Ask if any child has passed a whole day w ithout drinking. liefer to the satisfac tion experienced of quenching thirst. Is water necessary for plan ts also ? May we th en say th a t animals and plants cannot exist w ithout water? In E n g land rain falls frequently, and hence th ey have an abundance of springs, rivers, sm all lakes, and ponds, from all of which th ey m ay obtain water. Are there any tracts of land where rain seldom or never falls, and consequently where w ater is practically unobtain able f Show the illixstration of the desert. W hat does a group of palm trees indicate ? W hy is the camel called the “ ship of th e desert ? ” M at, 1 9 0 0 .] Heads. II. Simple e x p e r i ments and observa tions to. ascertain other important characteristics of water. III. Suspension and Solution. TH E EDUCATION Teaching. Take th e glass of clear water, and by com paring it as regards colour w ith other objects, elicit th at it is colourless. Fur thermore, it has no distinct flavour of its o w n ; hence when we m ix water with any other flavouring substance, we still preserve the distin ct taste of th at sub stance. W e n ext find out th a t water has no smell. A ny drinking water possessing sm ell should be a t once rejected, as possibly containing some noxious im purity. Take a pinch of salt and m ix it in th e glass of w a ter; it disappears. Ask for other sub stances which we can treat in a like manner. E vidently water can dissolve many materials. L igh t the spirit lamp ; hold a slate in front of i t : i t hides the ligh t. Eeplace tlie slate w ith a glass of water. W e ascertain th a t w ater lets lig h t pass through it. I t is transparent. Pour water from one vessel into another. Compare w ith treacle or tar. W ater flows readily. Take a marble, place it in two differently shaped v e sse ls; it retains its own form. Pour water from one of these vessels into th e other : water easily changes its shape. P lace a sm all cube of wood in an em pty glass. T ilt the glass, and note th a t the top or surface of th e wood becomes tilted also. Take a glass h alf fa ll of water and act in a sim ilar m anner: the water retains its level surface. In one tum bler again m ix a little salt w ith water u n til it dissolves. P lace some sand in another tum blerful of water, and some mud in th e third. Stir well. W e find th a t these substances w ill not disappear, but remain floating about in the body of the liquid while we are stirring, and gradually settle a t th e bottom of the glasses when the liquid is at rest. Moreover, the sand settles much more quickly than the mud, so th a t if we are careful we can gen tly pour off the clear water, or decant it, as it is called. W e notice th at th e m ud did not settle so quickly. Let us take a sm all piece of blottin g paper and line the inside of oiusm all funnel. W e w ill now pom- some of the muddy water through t h i s : it comes out clear. If we proceed in a similar way w ith the water th a t had the salt dissolved in it, we shall find th a t it still tastes salt. Therefore substances floating about or held in suspension in water may be removed by w hat we call filtration, but substances in solution cannot be so removed. W hile these experim ents have been pro ceeding, a small quantity of the salt water m igh t have been evaporating in a small flat dish over th e spirit lamp. I f now i t is ready, call attention to th e w hite substance deposited. L et a child taste i t : it is the salt. So substances in solution may be recovered by means of drying up or evaporating th e liquid in which th ey are contained. CIRCULAR. Heads. 128 Teaching. IV . A common filter. Construct a common filter before the class. Take the flower pot, in the hole of which a sm all piece of glass tub in g has pre viously been fastened with a cork. Over the upper end of the glass tube place a sm all piece of sponge. N ext put a layer of sm all gravel to a h eigh t of two inches; above th is a similar layer of charcoal, and on the top some sand. Pour a glass of muddy water through the filter: it issues clea r; so th at our contrivance acts as the b lottin g paper acted—it removes from water m atters which may-be in susjjension. I f there are any water works in the neighbourhood, refer to the filtra tion beds in these, consisting, most prob ably, of reservoirs with layers of gravel and sand, w ith perforated tubular drains below'. Y. The travels of drop of water. Ask for the names of the largest bodies of water we possess. Give some idea of the size of an ocean by the tim e a sw ift steam boat w ill take to cross one—say a voyage from Liverpool to N ew York. Let us examine the picture of the open sea before us. The sun is shining, and w ill draw up some of the water in the form of vapoiu-, to form the clouds w e see high up in th e cooler regions of th e air. TTie clouds are wafted over the sea, and reach, perhaps, some hilly land. Here th ey are cooled dowTi further by striking against the colder land, and th e water-vapour turns to little globules of water, which run together and form drops too heavy to float in the air, so, consequently, they fall as rain drops. Some of th e rain sinks into th e ea rth ; some stays on th e surface, and may help to form a pond, a lake, a stream. The stream m ay eventually run into th e ocean, and th e water find its way back to th e place from whence it came. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. S outh-W estern D istrict A ssociation.—The Quarterly Meeting- of this Association was held in the Bunbury State School on Saturday last, 7th April. There were present:— Mr. Inspector McCollum (in the chair), Misses Buchanan, Clark, Carroll, Logue, Hislop, G-ilholy, and Mews, Mrs. McAliece, Messrs. Paisley, Ward, Crogan, and Loveridge. The Chairman delivered an address on “ Aims and Methods of Education,” and also answered various questions relative to the course of instruction. Miss Mews gave a lesson on' Sewing, and Miss Hislop took charge of a class of infants (girls) in a lesson on Kindergarten. The members decided to send an invitation to the Inspector General to visit and address them at some future meeting. D IS T R IC T BO A R D S, E tc. Rev. A. C. Plane has resigned his position as Chairman and m ember of the Kanowna Com mittee of School Management. Mr. Rowe has been elected Chairman. V a s s e . —Rev. George W ilson and Mr. H. W . Mills have been appointed members of the Yasse D istrict Board of K a k o w n a . —The 124 TH E EDUCATION Education, vice Rev. T. E. Peters aud Mr. Yelverton, resigned. .Ja k r a h d a l e . —Rev. G-. O’Halloran lias been appointed a member of th e Jarrahdaie Board, vice Rev. J. Moore Robinson. W e l l i n g t o n .—Mrs. Rose Carey lias been appointed a member of the W ellington Board, vice Mrs. Stafford, resigned. B o u l d e r . —Miss M arion Gaul has been appointed a member of the Boulder Committee of School Management, and will act as hon. secretary. P e r t h .—Mrs. T hurstan has been appointed a member of the P erth Board, vice Mr. Langsford, resigned. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S . M idland Junction School.— H ead Teacher, Mr. R. Haud. The head teacher reports the collection of <£1 10s. 5d. for the Morning Herald Penny W ar Fund, and =£1 2s. 8d. for the West Australian In d ian Fam ine Fund. I Plym pton School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. T. P . Shaw. The head teacher reports the collection of =£2 10 s. for the Morning Herald Penny W ar Fund. No. 2 M ill School, Jarrahdaie,—H ead Teacher, Miss McMahon. A concert was held on M arch 31, the proceeds am ounting to <£4 Os. 6d. The expenses were 5s., which leaves a balance in hand of ,£3 15s. 6d., to be spent in prizes for the children. . Perth Girls’ School.—H ead Teacher, Miss A. M. Girdlestone. The takings a t th e concert am ounted to ,£30 15s. 3d., which were supplemented by ,£3 18s. 3d. donations, and a balance from the 1898 fund of 15s. The expenses, including printing, erection of platform , hire of chairs, advertising, etc., amounted to ,£10 0s. 6d . ; =£15 0s. 8d. was expended in prizes ; and a balance .of =£10 7s. 4d. has been carried forward. Claremont School.— H ead Teacher, Mr. R obert Peel. Concert held 14th December. Gross receipts, ,£13 3s. j expenses, £ 3 6s. 6d. Of the balance in hand, £ 9 16s. 6d., £ 4 was devoted to the purchase of books for the school library, aud £ 5 8s. to purchase of prizes. CIRCULAR. [M at, 1900. East Perth School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. Wallace Clubb. Concert held 13th December. Receipts from sale of tickets, =£36 7s. 6d., donation, 10s. Of the total, £16 10s. l id . was spent on prizes, £ 4 2s. 7d. went to school fund, £ 5 3s. 9d. to library fund, and ,£9 14s. 6d. to concert fund, leaving a balance in hand of ,£1 5s. 9d. Paddington School.—H ead Teacher Mr. W . G. Kerr. A Christmas tree and prize distribution was given to the children of this school on the 13tli December. The sub scriptions amounted to £12 12s. 4d., and this was distri buted as follows :—Prizes, ,£3 19s. 9 d .; tree, ,£3 3s. lO d .; carriage, ,£1 2s. 4 d .; refreshments, ,£2 16s. 10 d .; leaving a balance in hand of ,£1 9s. 7d. Moonyonoolca School.—H ead Teacher, Mr. R. J. Kenafick. Concert, held on December 15. Receipts, including subscriptions, £ § 10s. ; expenses, 11s.; £ 3 10s. 9d. was expended in prizes, etc., 10s. in ])ot plants, leaving a balance in hand of 18s. 3d., which w ill'be devoted to school decorations and amusements for the children. STOCK N O T E S. Some of the B rashw ork and Cardboard Modelling Books lent to teachers by the D epartm ent are being returned in a disgraceful condition. Teachers should bear in m ind th a t the D epartm ent expects these books to be replaced a t the cost of the borrower, if they are returned dam aged beyond fair wear and tear. W hen m aking out the A nnual Requisitions, teachers m ust make application to write-off the articles in the “ consumed ” column, with the exception of consumable m aterial such as chalk, nibs, pencils, papers. Some teachers begin with countries, aud end up finally with a disjointed knowledge of the whole. Others, more logically, begin with some general lessons upon the conti nent as a whole. You should first locate Europe on the map of the world, and for the first few lessons have th a t map before the class, together with the map of Euroj>e. Even when dealing with each country, you should generally have the map of Europe by you. Only a warped notion of a country can be'got from a map which shows th a t country alone.—The Inspector’s Note-book in “ The Practical Teacher.” B y A u t h o r i t y : R i c h a r d P e t h e r , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r t h . 3 ^ (M ttptitrn WESTERN AUSTRALIA, PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY OF THE HON. MINISTER OF EDUCATION. N o . 11.] JU N E , 1900. [V o l. I I . APPOINTMENTS, TRANSFERS, ETC. Scliool. Office. Classification. O’Leary, Frank J. ............................. Hatfield, A lfr ed ... ............................. H ay, Janet .......................................... Marie, Camille E. ............................. Leederville W est .......................................... Sawyer’s V alley ... ... ................ *W est Coolup....................................................... Coogee .................................................................... H.T. H.T. H.T. H .T. B1 Cl N il C2 Hulrooney, E llen ............................. H all, Albert J .............................................. Clayer, W m . 3?............................................. Duncombe, George ............................. Rodsted, J a m e s ............................. Cunningham, A. Y . Ashton, Florence E. Freebairn, Jean L....................................... H a rv ey ................................................................... South P erth ... ... ... ................ Q u in d a n n in g ....................................................... Tammin .......................................... Jurokine ................ ... ................ Fremantle Boys’ ... ... ................ Freynantle Girls’ .......................................... Coolgardie Infants’ .......................................... H.T. H .T. H.T. H.T. H .T .. A. A. A. Cl A3 N il N il N il B2 prov. C l prov. C2 prov. O’Connell, Nora M..................................... H am ilton, Chas. G......................... Kirk, M a t i l d a .......................................... Frem antle Girls’ E ast P erth ... Southern Cross A. 1st A.A. N il B2 C2 prov. A. temp. A. on supply A. on supply P.T. Mon. on prob. S.M. S.M. S.M. C2 prov. N il C l temp. ■1th class jSTame, .......................................... ................ ... ... .......................................... ....................................................... Joyce, E l e a n o r .......................................... Leederville Coolgardie ..................................................... Keegan, Thomas ................ ... Coolgardie ................ Garnet, Ada ................ ... ... Morris, Gertrude ... ................ ■Bonnievale ....................................................... Collins, M a tild a .......................................... M eckering Narrogin ... ... ... ................ Gould, Flora A ............................... Grass V a l l e y ................ M cIntyre, M argaret ............................. Richards, H arriet A ................................... N orth am p ton ....................................................... Salary per ammiu. .£220 4130 As per Regulations £90 and ,£12 allow ance ,£110 4200 £80 As per Regulations £100 4140 490 4 9 0 and 4 3 0 allow ance 460 4165 490 and 4 3 0 allow ance 490 As per Regulations As per Regulations 416 416 412 412 £12 * New School. PUBLICATION OP OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS. : CLOSING OF SCHOOLS BY MEDICAL OFFICERS. Recently a School R eport was published in th e press by j Various schools have recently been closed by local a D istrict Board. Such, a course was, of course, entirely J Medical Officers. Supposing these officers had power to unjustifiable. The R eport is a confidential document of i close schools a t all, they could only do so by communicating the Department, addressed to th e teacher, and is intended w ith the Department, and not with the individual school to advise him as to the weaknesses in his school work. To teacher. Teachers, therefore, will kindly note th a t they place the private criticisms of the Inspectors in the hands m ust receive instructions from the D epartm ent, or, in of the children is so obviously calculated to do much special cases, from the D istrict Board, before closing their mischief and. no good, th a t it was a great surprise to the schools for any reason. D epartm ent th a t any Board should have dreamed of p u b lishing such a document. The Boards have the reports REGULATION 139. sent to them as a m atter of courtesy, and in order th a t they R egulation 139 has been amended to read as fo llo w s— may see th e state of the school, and carry out the letter No School is to he closed upon any sohool-day w ithout the and spirit of Regulation 195 by encouraging and sympathis -written authority of th e Departm ent, except under R egulation 206. ing w ith th e teachers in any difficulties; b u t it is expressly A n Inspector m ay grant a holiday, not exceeding one day, within fortnight after th e annual exam ination or fixed inspection. laid, down th a t th e Boards have nothing to do w ith the aInstructions, even from m edical officers, m ust be received through curriculum of instruction. I th e Departm ent. 126 TH E EDUCATION S T R A IG H T L IN E D R A W IN G . Various teacliers have been puzzled in tlie Drawing Syllabus about th e straight-line drawing for Standards I. and I I . There are four heads in the Syllabus, which will be found on page 105 of th e Education Circular for June, 1899. The first deals with th e ellipse, and the second with straight-line drawing, while the fourth also deals with straight-line drawing, b u t in this latter case the drawing is w ith rulers. Some teachers seem to have thought th a t the fo u rth head wa.s merely an explanation of the second, whereas, of course, it is quite distinct. Straight-line drawing is intended to be first of all w ithout rulers, and freehand; th e Syllabus then fu rth er duplicates the straight-line drawing, previously freehand, by taking it with rulers, which of course enables measurements, scale, etc., to be talren. OBJECT L E SSO N S. Object Lessons are much improved in many schools, b u t there are still teachers who seem to thin k the object itself is a thing to be talked about, b u t not observed. I t would often be a good plan to ask th e children to bring an object at a certain time, and to look carefully a t it before they bring it in ; the teacher can then draw from them in school w hat they have seen. F o r example, if a teacher was to announce an object lesson on leaves, and encourage each child to bring in specimens of as many sorts as he could, the mere announcement th a t different sorts of leaves would be talked upon should make the children interested in getting different kinds of leaves, and therefore observing w hat they have probably not observed before—the various shapes, serrations, etc. Such a course of action could not fail to be instructive, and it would be useful either for object lessons or conversation lessons, leaving the children to talk about w hat they have seen or held in their hands. This is only one instance, b u t many other n atu ral objects, such as stones, timber, flowers, ferns, etc., could be brought in in the same way. I t would also be worth many teachers’ time to hold some of their object lessons in the open air. The study of n atu ral objects as they are growing, of an ts’ nests, of the form ation of a brook, why the water runs from parts of the playground into puddles, would all tend to more intelligent interest on the p a rt of the children, would make a pleasing break in the middle of some sedentary lessons, and would assuredly not be waste of time. WOOD C A R V IN G . A M anual of W ood Carving, by Joseph Phillips (M edal list), has ju st been added to the Reference Library. The book is well illustrated, and appears to be carefully graded. I t has received th e approval of many of th e English insti tutions for th e advancement of m anual training, and should prove of interest to teachers who wish to develop their knowledge in this direction. T H E “ A ” C E R T IF IC A T E E X A M IN A T IO N . Regulation 52 requires th a t a teacher should have held the “ B 1 ” classification for three years before he is allowed to sit for the “ A ” examination. Now th a t the examination is divided into two parts, th e M inister will CIRCULAR. [Jtxne, 1900. probably be prepared to allow, in m ost cases, a teacher to sit for the first p art a t the end of two years, it being understood th a t this concession would not enable him to obtain the classification u n til after the three years had elapsed. ACCOUNTS. Teachers are requested to forw ard accounts in duplicate for any expenditure which has been approved in this financial year, as early as possible. Sanitary accounts, made up to the 30th June, m ust be received not later than the 21st June. The attention of teachers is also directed to the fol lowing :— ( i .) W ith the exception of such cases as freight on furniture, etc., no expenditure should be incurred without, previous approval. I n these cases an R 2 Form, applying for the expenditure, m ust always accompany the accounts, and full particulars m ust be given of the nature of the goods conveyed.( 2.) All accounts should be rendered in duplicate on the Government account form (Form N ), by, or in the name of, the person who performs the service. ( 3.) In all cases where accounts have been paid by teachers, a receipt should be obtained from the person who performed the service, and the la tter should authorise the am ount to be paid to the teacher. All receipts m ust be forwarded attached to the accounts. ( 4.) All accounts m ust be certified to by the teacher in the first left hand space set apart for th a t purpose a t the foot of the account. The space marked “ Accountant or other officer” to be left blank. , ( 5.) I n every case the name of the school should be inserted, together with fu ll particulars of the service. ( 6.) G reat delays are caused in the payments of accounts due to Government contractors through teachers not promptly returning the receipts for furniture, etc., in spite of the instructions on the foot of the form (R 9). These receipts should be returned immediately the goods come to hand. I f the goods do not reach their desti nation w ithin a reasonable tim e after the advice of their being sent has been received, a notification to th a t effect should be sent to the Department. T H E P L A N OF T H E SCHOOL. The drawing of a plan of a room and the school, to scale, is required from the children of Standard I . ; and the plan has to be drawn on the blackboard-by the teacher for the infants. I t is noticeable that, in many cases the teachers do not seem to understand th a t the whole value of this exercise lies in the accuracy of the scale. By drawing to scale is m eant not merely drawing a four-sided J une, 1900.] THE EDUCATION figure -where,- e.g., quarter inches would represent feet, but th a t everything in the room th a t is placed on th e plan at all shouid be measured by the children and drawn to scale also. In many plans, the windows, doors, fireplaces, etc., are p u t in according to fancy and not to scale. In consequence, if the child has got three little lines at th e side of th e room, to represent windows, taking perhaps a sixth of th e space instead of nearly half, it is considered sufficient for the purpose. This is not so. Everything in the room should, of course, be as nearly to scale as possible, and this will mean a very careful selection by the teacher of the scale, so th a t the windows and doors may fit in with the least difficulty. The desks, cupboards, etc., should also be drawn in their proportionate sizes. W ith reference to the drawing of th e infants, which is prescribed under the head of K indergarten, some teachers are still under th e impression th a t K indergarten Drawing necessarily means drawing on squared slates or paper by straight lines only. This is by no means the case. The spirit of Frcebel would have revolted from the straightline forms which the children are tau g h t to p u t on paper to represent the curves of nature. I t is no more difficult for a child to draw curves, as a rule, than it is to draw straight lines, even with th e help of the squares. P R IZ E -L IS T S . In subm itting the above, some teachers have apparently not yet properly grasped th e meaning of “ P unctual A tten dances.” I n th e column so headed should be entered the result remaining when the num ber of late attendances is deducted from the to tal num ber of attendances made by each child. The object, of course, is to see th a t the limit o f , 15 half-days is not exceeded. I t is quite useless, and only leads to increased trouble in checking, to enter the names of children who have passed this limit. C U L T U R E A S A D U T Y OP T H E C IT IZ E N . From an address on “ The Duties of a C itizen” delivered to the boys of th e M anchester Gram m ar School by the Ven. Jam es W ilson, M.A., Vicar of Rockdale and Archdeacon of Manchester, we take the following extract:— “ The greatest gift E ngland gives to a nation is its great men—its men of ideas and ideals. B ut th is you perhaps think is for the few. W e cannot all be geniuses—great men. W h at can we say is to all, to the average boy, the duty of a citizen in regard to personal worth ? I think w hat I have to say falls under two heads. One is culture, the other is character. “ The word ‘ cu ltu re ’ has become a little spoilt for this purpose, and yet I can find no better word, only you m ust understand w hat I mean. Do you know w hat it is to look at a stream of miners or factory hands, and to feel with a chilling weight of sadness th a t the lives of almost every one of them are wholly closed and lim ited in certain direc tions? The wider range of thought and language, the intense interests of science, of history, of literature, of poetry—these avenues of mind are for the most p a rt to them closed. Every A thenian, in the great days of Athens, lived in th e enjoyment of beauty, of art, and of literature. They so lived a t th e expense of their slaves. CIRCULAR. 127 Our working classes are, apparently, by the conditions of our civilisation, for the present largely shut of£ from all this higher life. N ot for them is all the accumulated wealth of literature, and art, and emotion, and knowledge. They will pass to their graves w ithout entering on their great inheritance. For knowledge to their eyes her ample page, Rich w ith the spoils of tim e, did n e ’er e n r o ll; Chill penury repressed their noble rage, And froze the genial current of th e soul. “ Y es; b u t is it much otherwise with you, or such as you ? I t is n o t a less sad thought th a t so little taste is often carried away from these higher schools for going on with study. I f work, is with you a mere cramming for examinations, and ju st so far as it is this, then its good vanishes. “ I look with no less compassion on the so-called educated m an who comes out into life ignorant of the splendid inheritance of his country’s lite ra tu re ; with no desire, and no capacity, and no enjoyment in science, in history, or literature of any k in d ; no pride in following up any course of study and making it his own ; no love of ideas. I t seems to me truly pitiful th a t a man who has had such' a chance as you have should go to his grave ignorant of all the best th a t liis country has had to offer him. “ To be in some small way a centre for higher tastes and studies is one of the duties th a t falls on you as educated citizens. I t should be for you to import into your homes, and into your lives, when you leave this school, some resolute appreciation of this sort of culture. You should not suffer yourselves to adopt the standard of those less educated than youi-self, and to make T it B its your litera ture, and Comic Cuts your art. From you, as educated citizens, is due a higher permanent standard of culture in yourselves, and a radiating influence on all around you, which shall help to bring out the higher side of life in your towns. The world is not only a w orkshop; not even only an arena for public life ; it is the school for developing the noblest, purest, most elevated qualities in your nature. You do this by living with the best company, and you can always choose the best company in books. I will give you some of my personal experience. A t Cambridge I read both classics aud mathematics, chiefly the latter, and I read as hard as most men do. B ut I am quite certain th a t my acquaintance, begun a t Cambridge, with Kingsley, and Coleridge, and Carlyle, and Maurice, with. Mill and with Fichte, and Tennyson, and Emerson, and Shakespeare, and W ordsworth, was far more to me than all my mathematics. These were to me the educating friends and powers of those priceless three years. They did more for me than mathematics. “ This is the sort of culture I would press on you, in addition to your school nucleus of study. .No scholarships th a t you may win, no honours you may carry off, will compensate you for the lack of this ; and, w hat I am now insisting upon, nothing will do more to make you useful in your day and generation as educated citizens in this busy N orth. ' “ I cannot tell you how earnestly I desire th a t you should prize and value this high standard of thought and study. Don’t be discouraged if someone by your side calls it 128 THE' EDUCATION “ rot,” which is, I suppose, the generic school-boy name for anything lie does not quite understand, and th a t seems to liim only talk. Make up your m ind to live with tlie g r e a t; to claim your national inheritance. ‘ Son of man,’ said the prophet, ‘ stand on thy feet.’ D are to be your best self, and give up th e dreary round of im itating one another in deadly commonplace. Then you will do honour to your school, and play your p art as citizens.” BU SSA B IE S EXAMINATION. A n examination for eight Bursaries offered by the D e partm ent was held on th e 5th and 6th of April. Twentythree children entered for th e examination, of whom 22 were examined, 11 boys and 11 girls. Appended are the questions, the results, and notes on the exam ination:— ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL BU R SA R IES EXAM INATION, APRIL, 1900. D r a w in g : Time allowed ... ... One hour. • 1. Draw the copy on the paper given to you. 2. D raw the three main leaves of the same copy from memory on the blackboard. H isto r y ( 2 0 0 m a r k s): Time allowed ............... Two hours. ( Not more than eight questions may be attempted.) 1. W h a t do you know about E thelred th e Unready ? 2. Show how H enry the Second descended from W illiam th e Conqueror. 3. W h a t provoked the rebellion under W at T y le r? In w hat reign did it take place ? 4. Say w hat you know about H enry the E ig h th ’s quarrels with the Pope. 5. Name any voyages of discovery th a t took place in the reign of Elizabeth ? 6. W hat do you know about th e G reat Eire of I.ondon ? W hat good results followed ? 7. W hen did' M arlborough live ? E or what was he specially distinguished ? Name his principal victories. 8. W ho were the Old and the Young Pretenders ? When did the rebellions associated w ith th eir names take place ? 9. W ho was th e “ Great Commoner ?” W hen did he live ? W hy was he generally successful in the m anage ment of w ar ? 10. Give a brief account of two of the following:— Robert Clive, George W ashington, H enry Havelock, W alter Scott, D aniel O’Connell. 11. Describe as fully as you can one of th e following:— The Privy Council, Tlie Introduction of the Penny Post, The Reform Bill. 12. Say w hat you know about the Em ancipation of the Slaves. CIRCULAR. [June, 1900. 13. W h at naval battles were fought by N elson? W h at result followed from each battle ? 14. W h a t led to the invasion of Egypt by the B ritish in the reign of Queen Victoria ? Give some account of the war. 15. Give a full account of the Domesday Book. In whose reign was it compiled, and for w hat purpose ? ] 6. W ho was Simon de M ontfort ? W h at agreement with the K ing was he the means of m aking P When and how did he meet with his death ? 17. W hat war is usually known as the “ H undred T ears’ W ar?” W hat was the cause of its commence m ent? 18. Give some account of the rebellion known as the “ Pilgrimage of Grace. ” 19. W ho were the favourites of Queen E lizabeth ? Say what you know about one of them. 20. Say what you know about the “ Bloody Assize.” English. (3 0 0 m a r k s): Time allowed 1. ... ... Three hours. W rite an essay on “ P unctuality.” 2. W h at was the selection of poetry you last committed to memory? W rite, with correct punctuation, any six lines of the piece. Give its meaning in your own words. 3. Explain the following prefixes :—Ab, dis, con, pro, il, and give words in which they are used, and say w hat the words mean. 4. Name the kinds of subordinate sentences. Give examples of an adjective sentence and a noun sentence. 5. Analyse— “ A flood of thoughts came o’er me T hat filled my eyes with tears.” 6. Make nouns from sail, wild, house, lonely, liv e ; and form words having these suffixes:----- ship, -ist, -ive. 7. Parse the words in italic in the following passage :— “ Janies believed that he had a right to rule without attending to th e wishes of bis people.” 8. Eorrn words from the L atin root “ Traho ” by the use of prefixes and affixes. Give, the literal meaning of each word. 9. D istinguish between transitive and intransitive verbs ; also between active and passive verbs. 10. W hat do you understand by the subject of a sentence ? How may the subject be enlarged ?. Give sentences illustrating your answer. 11. Pick out all pronouns in the passages below, and indicate in each case the word or words for which the pronoun sta n d s:— “ Ah, John, you forget one im portant thing. Some people will not believe what the m irror shows them, and only get angry if a friend hints of its tru th fulness.” TH E JtrarE, 1900.] EDUCATION CIRCULAR. 129 “ Tliere is a legend tliat a traveller over th e desert who was nearly perishing w ith hunger came upon a spot where a company had lately encamped. Searching about for some article of food, he found . a sm all bag which he hoped m ight be a bag of dates.” 4. Show clearly the position of the moon with regard to the sun and earth under the following conditions:— (a.) W hen the moon is said to be “ new.” ( 6.) W hen the moon is eaid to be “ full.” (c.) W hen the moon is in her quarters. 5. Indicate as clearly as'possible by means of a rough 12. W h at parts of speech may an adverb modify ? sketch map the position of the following places in South G-ive sentences showing how an adverb of quality may A frica:—Capetown, D urban, Ladysm ith, Pretoria, Bloem modify each of these parts of speech. fontein, Kimberley, Hafelring. In se rt the rivers Orange, Vaal, and Tugela; also the Drakensberg M ountains. A rith m etic ( 3 0 0 m arks). 6. A t w hat places m ight an English steamer coal (a) Time allowed ... ... Three hours. 1. E ind th e value of '215 of a florin + ‘32-5 of half-acrown + '875 of -5s. 3d. 2. How many fifths of a ton m ust you add to half a ton to m a te ^ of a ton P 3. M y gas bill is .£32 6s. 8d. per week a t £ 3 2s. 6d. per 1000 cubic feet. How m any cubic feet of gas do I consume in a year ? (Answer to one place of decimals.) 4. I bought 2 9 | acres of land a t =84 15s. 6d. per acre, and sold the lot w ithin the year for ,£252 7s. 9d. W hat was my gain F 5. How many 21b. parcels can a grocer make from 14 bags of sugar, each lew t. Oqrs. 41bs. ? 6. The base line of a triangular piece of ground is six chains, and the perpendicular 24 yards. E ind the value of the ground a t 2s. 6d. per square yard. 7. There are 20 houses in a street, in each house eight windows, each window has six panes, each measuring 18in. by 9in. E ind the cost of glazing th e whole at 6d. per square foot. 8. W h a t sum of money will produce £371 5s. interest in five and a half years a t four and a half per cent. 9. The property of a bankrupt was worth £962 10s. F or half his debts he paid 10s. 6d. in the pound, and 17s. 6d. for the other half. W h at were the debts ? 10. A dealer buys three horses a t ,£40, ,£70, and .£90 each, and sells them at a profit of 20, 30, and 10 per cent. W hat per cent, does he gain on the whole ? 11. F in d by practice th e rent of a farm of 275 acres 2 roods 14 perches a t ,£2 13s. 4d. per acre. 12. How much cash would have to be invested in the three per cents, a t 95 to produce an annual income of £200 ? G eography ( 2 0 0 m arks). Time allowed ... ... Two hours. 1. Draw a map of the South coast of Asia. Name and indicate the position of 4 openings, 4 islands, 4 towns, 4 capes, 4 straits. 2. W h a t is dew ? How is it form ed ? W h at circum stances are favourable to a heavy deposit of dew ? 3. W h at do you understand by “ the Trade W inds ?’’ W here do they blow P W h a t gives rise to them ? in the Indian Ocean, ( 6) the W est Pacific, (c) the N orth Atlantic, (cl) th e South A tlantic, and (e) in Australia. 7. Name the countries noted for the production of the follow ing:—W heat, cotton, gold, ostrich feathers, sugar, apples, ivory. 8. Describe the river system of N orth America, showing clearly the various watersheds and the directions in which the rivers flow. P enm anship (1 0 0 m arks). 1. The handw riting in the D ictation Exercise will be taken into account in estim ating the m arks to be given for this subject. 2. W rite in large hand— K im b e r l e y . And in small hand— The River Vaal separates the South African Republics. S p ellin g (1 0 0 m arks). 1. W rite the exercise dictated by the Examiner. M arks will be deducted for interlinings and erasures. 2. M arks will also be deducted for errors in spelling in any of your papers. D ictation . (F o r the use of the Examiner only). The blood and the tissues of the body, through th e blood, m ust be supplied with air. So necessary is air to our existence th at it surrounds us wherever we go, and if it were kept from us for only a few moments we should die. I t is free to. all, and we take it, w ithout any effort, ju st as we w ant it. Food, too, is necessary; b u t we need only take it a t intervals of hours, and we could go w ithout several meals, or even without food altogether for some tim e and not subject ourselves to any serious danger. B ut fresh air m ust be continually supplied in order to keep up the burning of the millions of perpetual fires within, for no burning can go on without air. Moreover, this air (or the oxygen which it contains) m ust be actually carried to every little particle of flesh, bone, nerve, and skin in the body. I t is so carried, as we know, by the red corpuscles of the blood. THE 130 EDUCATION T he S u ccessfu l C andidates. I n . consideration of the high results, th e D epartm ent decided to increase the num ber of Bursaries to 11, and award one to each child obtaining 75 per cent, (or over) of m arks. The following are the children who have won Bursaries, in their order of m e rit:— Name. School. Percentage. Doi-otliy L. B lu n d ell... E rnest C. Foss Clarence Taylor Sydney Cohen L illian Baker ... Thos. J. Evans E th el B. M iller Tom E ilb e c lc ................ E lizabeth H . Garrick Allan B urnett M illicent A. Parsons Wicldiii'e Ladies’ College P erth B oys’ School P erth Boys’ School N ew castle Street School W ickliffe Ladies’ College P erth B oys’ School W ickliffe Ladies’ College P erth Boys’ School Perth Girls’ School P erth Boys’ School P erth Girls’ School S9 85 85 S3 SO 79 79 79 77 77 76 I n addition to the above the following candidates ob tained over 66 per cent, of marks, the percentage necessary to secure a p a s s :— Name. Murray L ittle E m ily M. Sherlock ... B eg. G. B ott ... Duncan Ferguson Mary D w y e r ................ B eatrice McEwin E th el M. Sheath Lonis E>. Nowlands ... Scliool. P erth Boys’ School P erth Girls’ School P erth Boys’ School P erth Boys’ School St. Brigid’s School Cookernup School P erth Girls’ School KaJgoorlie School Per centage. 74 71 70 70 70 69 6S 67 N o tes on tlie E xam ination. There is a marked improvement in the papers in every, subject, especially in English, Geography, and History, and in a minor degree, in Drawing. O ut of 22 candidates, no less th an 19 obtained more th an the necessary num ber of m arks qualifying for a Bursary, namely 66 per cent. The corresponding num ber last year was 7. The num ber who failed to obtain less th a n 50 per cent, of the possible marks in the various subjects are as u n d e r:— L ast Year 1 0 Spelling A rithm etic 2 „ „ 5 W riting 0 ’ „ o Reading 0 „ „ o 0 English ■> ,, 3 Geography 5 „ 14 2 History „ „ io Drawing 5 „ „ 7 Blackboard Draining.—Sufficient attention was not given to the balancing of the figure, and many of the candi dates had to be reminded th a t the drawing had to be drawn “ from the shoulder” and not by “ w rist work.” In several instances far too much use was made of the duster. Penmanship.—The papers were very equal in merit, none of them falling below 60 per cent., the best reaching CIRCULAR. [J u n e , 1900. 81 per cent. Neatness was very general. The following were the chief defects:— 1. Irregular “ spacing.” 2. Defective “ joinings ” of letters. 3. Form ation of capitals. 4. W ant of uniform ity in “ sloping.” English.—The lesson on punctuality was not well done. There were comparatively few grammatical errors to be seen, bu t it was very evideut th a t most of the candidates had had little instruction in essay writing. Some went through the composition without in any way defining th e subject of the essay, while others contented themselves with citing an illustration of the evils resulting from unpunetuality. Question 2 (paraphrasing) was attem pted by all. About 10 wrote good exercises, but many gave rath er an account of the poem from which the piece was selected, th an a paraphrase in their own words of the six lines in qriestion. The question on Analysis was answered most satisfactorily. W here marks had to be deducted, it was for omissions rather th an for errors, e.g., ( 1 ) kind of extension omitted, ( 2) exact relation of subordinate sen tence to the principal. I n P arsing the omissions were rather common. The relation of a word to other words in a sentence should always be stated. Some of the pupils, when parsing the verb, did not mention the conjugation to which it belonged. L atin prefixes were well known by the majority. The meanings of the words given in illustration were not always well expressed. The question on the form a tion of nouns from given words was not well answered by about a th ird of the candidates. Question S (forming words from a Latin root) was evidently a difficult one for most of the candidates. The subject cannot have received sufficient attention. The question on the “ Enlargem ent of the Subject” was dealt with very creditably by many. Only one or two mentioned the noun in apposition as an enlargement. The pronouns asked for in Question 11 were picked out accurately. The illustrative sentences in the question on the adverb were only fairly accurate. Geography.—The map of the southern coast of Asia was only fairly drawn. Two only indicated the meridians and parallels with any degree of accuracy. The positions of the places asked were known by most, b u t a few were very inaccurate. The maps were fairly neat. The nature and formation of dew were known by about a third of the candidates, bu t about the same number knew little or nothing. Several said the air was condensed and deposited as drops of water—thus not distinguishing between the air and the moisture contained in it. The answers on the Trade W inds were very -unequal in merit. A few gave such little evidence of knowledge in this direction as to suggest th a t this p a rt of the subject had been overlooked. In a few cases the answers were given in scientific language, b u t accompanied by errors th a t showed they did not understand the words used, e.g., one candidate stated “ th a t air always blows in spirally from p l a c e s of high atmospheric pressure to places of low atmospheric pressure.” In- another sentence he states th a t “ they (the Trade W inds) are caused by the enormous heating of the air at the Poles.” Several candidates said th a t the Trade W inds blew from the N orth-E ast in the N orthern Hemisphere, and from the South- West in the Southern. The phases of the moon were very imperfectly known. No less than eight candidates J une, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION did not attem pt tlie question, and five made very poor attem pts at it. Only four obtained good marks. The relative positions of the places in South Africa, now become historic, were not known by m any of th e candidates; a t least seven obtained less th an one-half th e marks. The Tugela River, Ladysm ith, D urban, and M afeking were the ■worst placed. E nglish coaling stations -were not known by the m ajority of the candidates. A very good knowledge was shown of the countries in which th e products named were produced. Some named continents instead of countries. A bout five pupils showed great ignorance., M any papers displayed a creditable knowledge of the river system of N orth America. Some considered it sufficient to name the rivers, while others om itted to mention the high lands which form th e watersheds. I t should be remembered th a t if a rough sketch accompanies the description, th e value of the answer is increased. Eleven of the papers out of the 22 worked obtained more th an 60 per cent, of the possible marks, while five could not m uster one-half of the marks. From the papers a very natural conclusion may be drawn, viz.: th a t in some schools Geography is not tau g h t by intelligent m ethods; also th a t some parts of the curriculum (e.g., Physiography) have been neglected. Arithmetic.—The results were exceedingly creditable. The problems were, as a rule, correctly worked, and each step was plainly indicated. There were a t least nine excellent papers, one (No. 18) being correct in every problem. Out of the 22 candidates, only two fell below 50 per cent. Dictation.—-The principal m istakes were in th e following w o rd s:— Altogether (2). Necessary (2). Oxygen (2). W herever (5). Tissues (7). Corpwscles (9). Existence (11). Reading.—Repetition of words, generally the smaller ones, is still the greatest fault. This is often caused by the rapidity w ith which the reader tries to get through the exercise. There was great improvement shown, especially in the meanings of words, which were for th e most p art intelligently answered. Drawing.—Freehand from the flat on paper. The copy had to be made a little larger. This enlargement was not well done. I n most instances the c o j j j was not enlarged proportionately. Taken as a whole this exercise was badly done. On the blackboard much better work was shown in drawing th e m ainlines of the copy in the previous exercise. About tw o-thirds .of the candidates obtained more th an 60 per cent, of the marks, and the exercises were distinguished by neatness and boldness of outline. H istory.—Twenty questions were set, embracing the whole period of English H istory from the A ncient Britons to the present time. Of these eight questions only could be attem pted. Thus ample opportunity was given to all can didates, whatever period of H istory they h ad been recently studying. Speaking generally, the papers showed a very creditable, knowledge of E nglish H istory, th e m ost common error being a tendency to say more th a n was required by the question. Two papers (Nos. 6 and 4) were CIRCULAR. 131 very far below the others, while the w riter of paper 18 is to be congratulated on the intelligent study evidently made of this subject. W E ST A U S T R A L IA N T E A C H E R S’ U N IO N . T he A nnual Conference. The Second A nnual Conference of the W estern A ustra lian Teachers’ Union was begun on A pril 17, in the Frem antle Boys’ School, when" delegates representing the affiliated B ranch Associations of the Central Union m et to receive the various reports, and to discuss the resolutions set forth on the agenda paper. The following delegates were accredited to sit and vote:—Mr. Treadgold (A lbany), Mrs. MeAhece, Messrs. Paisley and Loveridge (Bunbury), Mr. Preston (Gingin), Mr. Green (Geraldton), Miss Fage, Mr. Clubb (head teachers), Mr. Dobson (N ortham ), Mr. Russell (New castle), Mr. McLean (W agin), Mr. Lyngberg (N arrogin), Mr. A. H ill (president), Mr. H am m ill (secretary), Mr. O’Leary (treasurer), Misses Sutton, Mitchell, and Sutton, Messrs. Toung, McGregor, Rooney, H unt, Hayes, Hall, W ardlaw, and Hayes (P erth ), Mrs. Jeffreys, Messrs. Wheeler, Shaw, Henzell, H arris, Harvey, Molloy, Scott (Frem antle), Misses Isles and McBean (Kalgoorlie), Mr. Jackson (Boidder). The President (Mr. A. H ill) formally declared the Conference open for business. In doing so he thanked the delegates for their attendance. Especially did he wish to extend to country delegates a hearty welcome. H e considered the present gathering an indication of the success th a t was crowning the efforts of the Union, since its comparatively recent inception, in endeavouring to weld the teachers of the Colony into a united body desirous of assisting, both in the school room and out of it, the cause of Education. H e expressed the gratification felt by the Executive Committee upon the success of the past year, and asked the delegates to keep before their minds the objects for which such conferences were held. The secre tary (Mr. J. Hammill) subm itted the following report, which was adopted:,— P erth, A pril 3rd, 1900. Ladies and Gentlemen,— W e have m uch pleasure in pi-esenting to you the R eport of the Executive Committee of the W estern Aus tralian Teachers’ Union for the year 1899-1900. T h e U n i o n .— I t is gratifying to record that, during the year, six new Associations have become affiliated with the Union, viz.:—Bunbury, The Head Teachers, Northam, Kalgoorlie, W agin, and Gingin. The Union has now a branch in almost every im portant centre in the Colony. I t is confidently hoped th a t during the coming year all teachers will avail themselves of the opportunities provided by the Union for connecting themselves with the move ment. T h e A n n u a l C o n g jr e s s . —The first A nnual Congress was held in Perth, and was a great success; being well attended by the teachers of the Colony. Delegates representing the various affiliated associations were engaged in discussing a num ber of im portant resolutions, and we are pleased th a t our efforts in this direction were not TH E 132 EDUCATION ■wholly fruitless. A deputation consisting of 13 teachers presented 18 of these resolutions to th e D epartm ent, aud were courteously received by the Inspector General of Schools (Mr. C. Jackson) and the Chief Inspector of Schools (Mr. J. P . W alton), who discussed at length the various m atters brought under their notice. W o b k o f t h e U n io n .—L ater in th e year, in response to a request from the branch associations, the Union brought before th e Legislature of th e Colony th e question of the inadequacy of the salaries paid to teachers. Owing to these representations a more satisfactory scale of salaries was brought into operation on Jan u ary 1st, 1900. Many m inor m atters have a t various times been dealt with by th e Union, and reports forwarded to the several Associations. Some of these have been allowed to stand over for the deliberations of th e present Conference. The labours of the Sub-Committees appointed to report on (a.) The form ation of a S. S. Athletic Association. ( 6.) U niform ity of copy-book writing, and (c.) Superannuation of teachers are before you for perusal. D uring the year th e Union, through the medium of the P e rth and Frem antle Branch Associations, was able to practically show its deep regret a t th e untim ely death of the late chief clerk of th e Education D epartm ent, Mr. E . W. H . Needham. M e e t in g s .— These have been held alternately a t P e rth and Eremantle, on nine occasions; including two special meetings, rendered necessary by the need for immediate action. P e o g r e s s .— The growing popularity of the Union among teachers is perhaps worthy of notice. I n 1897 there were 44 members, who, under the old constitution, were directly members of the parent Association. D uring 1898 this num ber h ad increased to 66, w ith four branches, sending 19 delegates to the F irs t A nnual Conference. This year the membership list of the 10 branches is 206, sending 50 delegates to represent them. L is t o f B b a n c h e s . P erth ... 42 Members Frem antle ... 26 Goldfields ................ ... 30 B un bury ... 25 Northam ... 15 Head Teachers ... 18 Albany ... 1 1 W agin ... 1 1 Gingin ... 10 „ Geraldton 7 P e o s p e c t iv e .— I t is a m atter for regret th a t there are still m any teachers who have not yet connected themselves with the work of the Union, especially in view of th e special legislation introduced into the constitution for the regis tration of those teachers who reside in isolated districts as unattached members of the Union. I t is the intention oE th e Union to make a special effort in this direction during the coming year. The Executive Committee of the U nion feels the responsibility th a t rests upon it in endeavouring to assist CIRCULAR. [J une , 1900. the work of education throughout the Colony. Especially does it feel the necessity for improving the status of the profession, th e harmonising of the elements of a good sound education for the future citizens of this Colony, and a widening of the scope an d aims of all teachers. I t is the earnest wish of the Union th a t it may be instrum ental in some degree in rendering more effective the training th a t is to fit our young people not only for their profession, b u t for whatever calling they may follow in after life. A. H i l l , President. J o s h . H a m m i i l , H o n . Secretary. The Treasurer’s balance-sheet showed the finances of the Union to be satisfactory. The constitution of the Union was amended to allow the Executive Committee certain powers a t the A nnual Congress, and to ena.ble branch associations to have greater facilities for discussing the agenda paper of the Conference, and instructing th eir delegates as to th eir action regarding the resolutions to be discussed. I t was decided to hold, the next A nnual Congress in P erth duriug the Easter Vacation, 1901. , The following officers were elected for the ensuing year:—P resident: Mr. A. H ill (re-elected). Vice-Presi dents : Messrs. H . W . W heeler and W . Clubb. Hon. Secretary: Mr. J. Hainmill (re-elected). Hon. T reasurer: Mr. F . O’Leary (re-elected).. Committee: Miss Girdlestone, Messrs. Rooney, MacGregor, Young, Henzell, Shaw, Hayes, aud H unt. The delegates then proceeded to discuss the various resolutions set forth on the agenda paper. These, with the D epartm ent’s replies, will be published in the next issue of the Education Circular. Second D ay. The congress was continued on A pril 18, in the Frem antle Boys’ School, when addresses were delivered by the R ight Rev. D r. Riley (Bishop of P e rth ), D r. Jameson (of the P e rth Board of Education), Mr. H . Briggs, M.L.C., and Mr. R. Evans (chairm an of the Frem antle Board of Education).. Apologies for unavoidable absence were read from H is Excellency the A dm inistrator (Sir A. C. Onslow), the Premier (Sir John Forrest), the M inister for Education (Mr. G. Randell, M.L.C.), and Mr. J. W. Hackett, M.L.C. Mr. A. H ill, president of the Union, occupied the chair, and form ally opened the proceedings. Bishop Riley said th a t it was perhaps characteristic of a young country to be im patient. H e noticed th a t here a great many people were a p t to be im patient, and teachers were, he thought, no exception to the rule. People wanted all kinds of good things, and they wanted them provided a t 'once. They did not seem to be able to watch things grow gradually. Especially was this the case in the country districts of this Colony, where people wanted things brought to their doors in a few minutes, and unless they got them , they straight away grumbled and growled. Education, he thought, should be a process of growth, gradual and effective. I t should not be a m atter of rush. Some teachers, because they could not obtain all they desired in a moment, were disposed to cry out. They J une, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION should study tlie lessons provided by th e old country. I n England, before 1833, nothing was done by tlie State for education. Teaching was left to religious bodies. Then . the State so far stepped forward as to give J>20,000 to assist in the education of children. I t was not u n til 1839 th a t the g ran t was increased to £30,000. I n th a t year the Education D epartm ent was established in th e old country. The grant gradually grew, until, in 1857, it reached <£451,000, while in I860 it totalled £1,000,000. Next, a commission was appointed, and, as the outcome of their inquiries, the system of paym ent by results was initiated by Yiscount Sherbrooke’s A ct of Parliam ent in 1862. The system was objected to then, as it is objected to now, by teachers. I t was, however, difficult to see w hat other system could be advantageously adopted.. The people, •who, after all, paid for education, an d whom education was intended to benefit, desired to see w hat they were getting for their money, and paym ent by results showed them best w hat was being done. I n 1870 Mr. Forster brought in Ms Bill which provided for the establish m ent of board schools all over th e country where voluntary efforts were not sufficient. Eventually the two forms of education, voluntary and Government, existed side by side, to th e m utual benefit of both. He thought these two classes of schools in a community did good, as they created a spirit of healthy rivalry between schools, teachers, and scholars. In 1880, in th e old country, the Compulsory Education A ct was passed, as it was found th a t even w ith the greater facilities for education, a large proportion of the children did not go to school a t all. In 1891 th e Free Education Act became law, and since then the attendance of the children has been ever so much better. This was in regard to elementary schools. In nearly all the large towns there are now excellent secondary schools. The result is th a t a child can sta rt a t the bottom of th e ladder, and, if he has th e ability, work Ms way up to the universities. H e tho u g h t th e present liberal system of education m ust do away with the grumblers, who would otherwise be able to say th a t a clever boy, if he were poor, had no chance to rise as against the duller boy whose parents m ight be rich. H e h a d shown th a t however slow the advance of education had been in the old country previously, yet. its progress had been very rapid of late years. In Scotland, for the p ast 200 years, education had been on an infinitely better footing than in England, b u t Ireland had been very much behind both. T h at country, howevei-, was improving considerably. I n these colonies the advancement made in education was wonderful, and, coming to W estern Australia, it m ust be confessed th a t the strides made in education w ithin the last four or five years were simply marvellous. I ts progress, indeed, gave every hope for th e future, and ought eventually to take away the cause for a great deal of the grum bling which sometimes occurred w ithin the Colony. The three things necessary for elementary education were physical, intellectual, and moral training. I n th e first place there m ust be a sound body, and in this connection there m ust be more drill. H e would like to see a drill instructor appointed to visit the schools. A teacher could not be expected to be well up in everything, and if an instructor were appointed, m uch better results from drilling would be obtained. H e had seen cases under present conditions where the drill was carried out in a slipshod and haphazard style, which did no CIRCULAR. 183 good to the children. Again, there was nothing like music. The children should be tau g h t to sing. Good singing was splendid exercise, and he really thought th a t there ought to be an instructor of singing as well as one of drill. Again, games should be thorougMy taught, for healthy play brought out the qualities of a child, and where mistakes were made they could be corrected. Cleanliness and tidiness were most im portant elements in a child’s educa tion, and should not be overlooked in its physical training. H e implored young teachers to continually read and study, so th a t they would be able to impart- fresh ideas to their scholars. “ Keep up to d a te ” should be the motto. Obedience was another thing wMch m ust be inculcated, and then honesty, justness, punctuality, and kindness— kindness to animals in particular. As for the teaching of religion, th e Bishop rem arked th a t, wMle he recognised the difficulty of the position in which teachers were, perhaps, placed, he honoured them for the way in which they were carrying out the law of the country. He hoped to see Savings Banks established in every school, and trusted th a t the inclinations of the scholars, if they leaned in the direction of maMng collections and so forth, should be encouraged. The profession of a teacher was one of the most honourable possible, and of all civil servants they should be on a level with those who received the best pay. Teachers had to exercise the most noble faculties for the good of the generations who were growing up to replenish the nation, and they ought to be placed above the position of sometimes wondering how to make both ends meet. The country ought to try and do all it could to rem unerate its teachers so as to place them in the front rank of well-paid servants. I f the State wanted its children to be self-respecting, honourable, upright, and religious, it m ust have teachers who possessed the same qualities, and those qualifications should be recompensed to the utm ost extent. [A|>plause.] D r. Jameson also spoke. H e said th at a t r a i n i n g col lege was a great necessity, b u t he agreed with the Bishop th a t to induce young men and women—young men in particular—to become teachers, an adequate remuneration should be offered them. They should be led to take up teaching as a perm anent profession, and not, as now, to simply regard it as a temporary occupation till something better turned up. Mr. H enry Briggs, M.L.C., said th a t he accepted their invitation w ith great pleasure, for he loved th e work and honoured the calling of a school teacher. Though the greater p a rt of his life had been spent in th e work, and though hundreds of boys both in England and th a t Colony h ad been under Ms care, he would not presume to offer advice, b u t simply and heartily congratulate their union, and wish it prosperity. Such a conference tended to m utual encouragement, and acted as an antidote to th at bane of a teacher’s calling—isolation. Every thoughtful person was impressed by a sense of the importance, dignity, and sacredness of their task ; everyone recogmsed the necessity for the constant exercise of patience, tact, wisdom, and justice; b u t teachers alone knew the many tem ptations towards impatience, weariness, and despondency, for harvest was so far off seedtime. Conferences like the present would brace their energies, give fibre to their endeavours, and cheer and brighten their labours. The 134 THE EDUCATION power of association was great. Tlie solitary sentinel in his perilous watch on tlie African veldt was sustained, by the thought of comradeship, th a t he was one of a great army, and duty became his guiding star. As an old schoolmaster, Mr. Briggs begged to remind them th a t if a teacher began his work with high aims, and carried it through w ith intelligent efforts, he would not have lived in vain. Some of his pupils m ight love him, honour him, and be grateful to him. The good done to the world at large was immeasurable, and its effects m ight extend far beyond his own days. BRUSH D R A W IN G . In previous Circulars the D epartm ent has published notes on B rush Drawing, b u t the following, taken from an address delivered by Mr. David Yuille before the Ayrshire Branch of the Educational In stitu te of Scotland, seems to deal with the subject in a succinct way which should be helpful to teachers. Some of the prices quoted differ a little from those in this Colony. E or instance, Brushwork Books are supplied here at 2s. a dozen, less 10 per cent., and china palettes cost Is. per dozen, less 10 per cent. Class wells are not supplied by the Department, b u t w ith the help of Liebig’s jars a teacher should pull through. Mr. Yuille refers to th irty shade colours, b u t the D epart m ent considers six colours sufficient, as with these a large number of shades can be made. Some teachers find Judson’s dyes or coloured inks quite satisfactory and much cheaper:— I now oome, said Mr. Y u ille, to th a t portion of m y paper which gives me the greatest pleasure to place before you. It is the occupation of which the possibilities are least generally known, and one which gives to the hand a delicate touch, to the eye a true appreciation of form and colour, and engenders a love for all th a t is beautiful in nature. Outfit.—The outfit consists of brush, copy, colours, china palette, and wells. The brush which suits best for all purposes is No. 5 Siberian hair of th e better quality. As th e heads are not always very well fixed, i t is advisable to take a hammer and sharp ware nail and punch the tin into the wood on two sides. This fixes i t firmly, and as the operation is simple, it may be d ine b y boys. Copy.—The copy best suited to beginners is 7 Ain. by 7 in., lithographed in Sin. squares, at Is. 6d. per dozen. These may be sold at 2d., and the profit helps to pay the colours. Colours.—I t is here the greatest difficulty crops up. In schools where there are pupils of well-to-do people it disappears, because the pupils are delighted to possess a box of their own. W here the colours are supplied, it is b est done by means of tubes of m oist colour. These cost 2d. each, or rather less when bought in large quan tities, and can be had in over 30 different shades. In a monochrome lesson, which takes an hour, one tube w ill supply colour sufficient to serve a class ofbetw een 50 and 00. China Palettes for m ixing colours may be had at 9d. per d izen, but these are dispensed w ith when the pupils are supplie I with boxes. M akeshifts m ay be employed in th e form of smj,U saucers. Shaving cream dishes fulfil the wants admirably, and every dish makes two palettes— one out of the dish and one out of the lid. Class W ells cost Is. per dozen, but there are many things th a t can fill their place. Clean ink-wells serve the turn, but are ju st rather small. The best article to be had is the small pot in which L iebig’s extract of m eat is sold, and these can easily be had by asking a subscription of them from the pupils. On th is subject m any books have been printed—m any of them beautiful picture books, bu t useless for making, a three or four years’ course for a school. The b est is th at published by Joseph V aughan, an art master under the London School Board, and it is th e m ain points in his m ethod I would lay before you. To begin w ith, you m ust have some form the average child can grasp, and is at the same tim e easily made. This form is supplied by brush impressions or blobs. These are CIRCULAR [J une, 1900. obtained by layin g th e brush fu ll of colour on the paper. To obtain successful brush impressions, th e paint m ust be of creamy consistency, th e brush fu lly charged, and no tw ist in the hairs. The brush is laid carefully on th e paper j)oint first. W atch the point of the brash, and whenever the hairs begin to sp lit the pressure m ust be removed, or the blob w ill lose its shape. For the first day’s lesson scrap paper should be used. By varying the arrangement and colour, a great many pleasing designs can be made from this simple elem ent. I t is not drawing a t all, b u t it gives the child an idea of th e flexibility of the brush, and trains the eye by placing th e blobs in correct places. The n ext stage is to draw a line. A straight line is a form which, though short, is not the easiest form to draw w ith a brush. I t is a form which, however, th e child can easily appreciate, and te ll w hether i t is righ t or wrong. Straight and curved lines havin g been practised, th ey are then combined w ith th e blob to form m any sim ple designs, and simple forms taken from nature. M any leaves (such as clover, m istletoe, m ountain ash, and box), flowers (such as daisies, asters, dahlias, chrysanthemums), in s e c ts ,' and birds can be easily produced by sim ple brush impressions and lines. B y th is tim e th e pupil w ill have obtained a m ental impression of the blob, and in order to relieve th e monotony, the drawing of th e blob should be introduced. This is done by two strokes of the brush, and all attem pts at outlining and filling in should be nipped in th e bud. The n ext step is the circle. (This m ust not be taken as countenancing any variation from th e order in th e Syllabus, in which teachers are instructed to begin in th e drawing w ith th e ellipse, and not w ith th e circle, which does not lend itself so readily to design.—Ed.) N ext to a straight line th e circle is the form of which th e child has a correct m ental impression. They m ay not be able to draw it correctly, but, generally speaking, th ey can te ll where i t is wrong. H aving been used to the pencil, th e y w ill m ost lik ely tend to draw th e outline, and th en fill i t in. This is by no means th e easiest way to do it, nor is i t th e aim in drawing with th e brush. The brush should be w ell charged w ith colour, and a bold blob made, m aking as m uch of th e circle as possible w ith one stroke. This w ill leave one side w ith ragged edges. W ith th e top of th e brush th e paint is drawn into a clear, clean edge, and the circle is com plete. One of th e greatest difficulties is to g e t uniform size, but th is can only be gained by constant practice. This adds a new elem ent to design, and in combination w ith the blob and line ■ there is no dearth of exercises. Jfla t IFas/i.—A t th is point it would be well to introduce th e flat wash. The child has gained some idea of the flexibility of the brush, and may be trusted to fill a 'space w ith colour. The great secret of a successful wash is to keep the colour running. The child is afraid th a t a mess w ill be made by p u ttin g on so m uch colour, and works w ith th e paper half dry. The consequence is th a t the exercise is streaked w ith brush marks. In the designs th a t follow, a fine warm undertone can be put on, which w ill enhance them considerably. Then, in th e free hand drawing of the cla ss.it can be made an incentive to work if the clever pupils are allowed to p u t on one or two tin ts to show up the different parts of th e drawing. I t is far ahead of crayon work, as. you never can g e t a good body of colour from cheap crayons. Jfoss Drawing.—Interspersed am ongst the exercises th a t follow, a few sim ple common objects m igh t be attem pted, to give variation to th e work. Ellipse.—W hen th e circle has been fairly w ell mastered, the ellipse should follow. This form the child is per fectly w ell acquainted w ith, as all letters of the alphabet are ellipses or parts of an ellipse. I t is made in the same w ay as the circle —one bold stroke of th e brush, and finish the lower portion w hile the paint is still wet. The same difficulty arises in obtaining uniformity, but, w ith the aid of the lines in th e copy, i t is over come. A ny uneven pressure of the brush causes a protuberance on th e edge, and, of course, th e desire is to hide that. This is done by m aking th e ellipse bigger, and in doing so another sw elling is made, and a repetition of th e enlarging process goes on’ u n til the ellipse runs over th e edge of th e paper. In alm ost every ease in brush drawing, th e first attem pt, whether righ t or wrong, m ust be left, as much, or sometimes little, mending means ending. Many simple patterns can be made from -this form alone, and working out a pattern is more pleasing to th e child than a number of isolated exercises. Ornamental borders, vases, and different forms taken from nature, such as birds, insects, and fruits, afford numerous examples in th is new form. Oval.—The oval is th e n ext J une, 1900.] TH E EDUCATION typ e form. This is probably tb e m ost difficult of all. In the circle there is but one size to be mastered, and th at is t-heJiameter. In the ellipse there are W o, the major and minor axes, b n t the tapering form of the oval presents a shape th a t is not easily grasped. L ite th e other forms, however, there is only one way to conquer the difficulty, and th at is to m ate them w ith care, and m a te them, often. SCHOOL E N T E R T A IN M E N T S , E tc. Knjonup School.—Teacher, Miss M. Cullinnne. The children of this school collected the sum of ,£1 13s. 5d. ill aid of the Morning Harold W ar Fund. South Perth School.—Headmaster, Mr. F . O’Leary. The pupils of this school subscribed ,£1 4s. towards the Morning Herald W ar Eund, and £ 2 10s. tow ards the West Australian Famine Fund. North Fremantle Infants School.—Headm istress, Miss Haw Ices. The sum of £ 3 Is. 34d. was collected by the children of this school on behalf of the Morning Herald W ar Fund. Westbrook School.—Master, Mr. W . G-. Arnup. A concert, sports, and ball were held in connection with this school on th e 16th November last. The receipts, inclusive of subscriptions, totalled £ 1 8 5s. 3d. Of this, £1 0 7s. was expended in prizes, 10s. for hire of liall, and £ 4 12s. 6d. for refreshments. The balance, £ 2 15s. 9d., has since been spent in further prizes. South Greenough School.—M istress, Miss Myra K. Smith. A lantern exhibition was held in the school on January 25. The am ount taken a t the door was £ 1 19s., which was expended in th e purchase of prizes. Northam School.—Headm aster, Mr. J . H . Rilev. School concert held December 14. Receipts, including subscriptions, £ 2 4 3s. 2d. Expenses £6 3s. 2d. Balance in. aid of Piano Fund, £18. Paddington 'School.—H eadm aster, Mr. W. Gr. Kerr. The teacher forwards receipts showing the disbursem ent of the balance from last concert, £ 1 9s. 7d., in pictures for school decoration. Highgate School.—Headm aster, Mr. A. E. MacGregor. Concerts held on the 7th December and 14th December last. Receipts, including donation, £ 2 5 13s.; advanced by headmaster, £ 5 0s. 7d. ; total, £30 13s. 7d. Expenses, £ 3 2s. 3d.; school decorations, £ 12 17s. 6d . ; dumb-bells and clubs, £2 2s .; prizes, £ 5 1 1 s. 6d . ; school library, <£4 0s. 4d. Fremantle Boys’ School. — Headmaster, Mr. H. W. Wheeler. The boys of this school collected the sum of £6 3s 3d. on behalf of the Morning Herald W ar Fund. Svbiaco Infants’ School.—Headmistress, Miss Julius. The children of this school subscribed the sum of £1 2s. for the West Australian Fam ine Fund, and 17s. 4d. for the Morning Herald W ar Fund. CIRCULAR. 135 Fremantle Boys’ School.—H eadm aster, Mr. H. W. W heeler. I n connection w ith the recent Swimming -Carnival held by the pupils of this school, the sum of £ 3 7s. 0§d. was received in contributions. This am ount will be expended in. the purchase of musical instrum ents for the use of the Band. Scotsdale School.— Master, Mr. B. Gray. The sum of <£7 3s. 6d. was collected by pupils of this school. Of this am ount <£1 19s. 7d. was expended in a feast, and £ 4 2s. 8d. in prizes, leaving a balance of £ 1 Is. 3d. for buying teaching apparatus. Beaconsfield Infants’ School.—Headmistress, Miss Fage. The balance of £6 7s. 6d. from the last concert has been expended in articles for school decoration. The children collected, also, £ 2 for th e Fam ine Fund, and 3s. 4d. for the W ar Fund. D IS T R IC T B O A R D S, E tc. N a r b o g i n . —Mr. Michael Brown has been elected Secretary of the N arrogin D istrict B oard of Education. T E A C H E R S’ A SSO C IA T IO N S. T e a c h e b s ’ A s s o c i a t i o n . —A meeting of this Association was held a t the Gingin School on May 4th, when there _were • p re sen t:—Messrs. A . Preston, M. F. Clarke, W . Holmes, A . E. Nadebaum, and Miss Raymond. Mr. K innear was elected as a member of the Association. Owing to Mr. McCollum having vacated the presidentship, Mr. Preston was appointed in his place. Mi-. Preston, who was the representative of the Association at the E aster Conference, reported upon his visit. Advantage was taken of the gathering to compare notes on Miss F irks’ visit. The next m eeting was fixed for June 2, when a lesson on Phonic Reading will be given by M r. A. E. Nadebaum. G in g in STOCK N O T E S. The D epartm ent has now a quantity of set squares in stock for issue to the schools as sale stock. These may be applied for on th e monthly sale stock requisitions. There are two sizes, the prices being respectively 6d. and 3d. per set, and teachers, when ordering, should be careful to state which size they require. Teachers a t the following schools, when applying for small articles of furniture for school use, should state whether the articles are obtainable locally, and if so, at w hat c o st:—Roebourne, Cossack, Sharks Bay, Carnarvon, Broome, Onslow, Ham elin, Boranup, Karridale, Esperance, Kunanalling, Norseman, Princess Royal Mink, Niagara, M ount Malcolm, Sons of Gwalia, Nannine, B y A u t h o r i t y : B i c h a b d P e t h e b , G o v e rn m e n t P r i n t e r , P e r t h . IIA OEPARTHEtiT OF EDUCATION AND TRAINIIjS 3 6001 01006737 5